UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
FORMFORM 10-K
(Mark One)
Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20202021
Oror
Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the transition period from __________ to __________

Commission File Number:001-38352
adt-20211231_g1.jpg
ADT Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware47-4116383
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
1501 Yamato Road,
Boca Raton, Florida, 33431
(561) 988-3600
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code, Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each classTrading SymbolName of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per shareADTNew York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes    No ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes ¨   No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes    No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).  Yes   No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filerAccelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Smaller reporting companyEmerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes      No  x
TheAs of June 30, 2021, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equitystock (including shares of common stock and Class B common stock, assuming all outstanding shares of Class B common stock were converted into shares of common stock, and excluding unvested shares of common stock) held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2020 was $815,503,819approximately $1.635 billion as computed by reference to the closing price for suchof the registrant’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange as of such date. Class B common stock is not listed for public trading on June 30, 2020 and excludes unvested sharesany exchange or market system; however, each share will become immediately convertible into one share of common stock.stock, at the option of the holder, subject to certain timing and restrictions.
As of February 16, 2021,22, 2022, there were 762,035,537846,839,865 shares outstanding (excluding 9,611,7709,476,089 unvested shares of common stock) of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 54,744,525 shares outstanding of the registrant’s Class B common stock, $0.01 par value per share.



DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for use in connection with its 20212022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which is to be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2020,2021, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.




TABLE OF CONTENTS
  Page




CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”) contains certain information that may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. While we have specifically identified certain information as being forward-looking in the context of its presentation, we caution you that all statements contained in this report that are not clearly historical in nature, including statements regarding anticipated financial performance, management’s plans and objectives for future operations, business prospects, outcome of regulatory proceedings, market conditions, our ability to successfully respond to the challenges posed by the COVID-19 Pandemic,outbreak of a novel coronavirus, which the World Health Organization declared as a pandemic in March 2020 (the “COVID-19 Pandemic”), our strategic partnership and ongoing relationship with Google LLC (“Google”), the expected timing of product commercialization with Google or any changes thereto, the successful internal development, commercialization and timing of our next generationnext-generation platform, our recent acquisition of Compass Solar Group, LLC (“Sunpro Solar”) (the “Sunpro Solar Acquisition”), and other matters are forward-looking. Forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections of this report entitled “Business,” “Risk Factors,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence,sentences, any time we use the words “expects,” “intends,” “will,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “confident,” “continue,” “propose,” “seeks,” “could,” “may,” “should,” “estimates,” “forecasts,” “might,” “goals,” “objectives,” “targets,” “planned,” “projects,” and, in each case, their negative or other various or comparable terminology, and similar expressions, we intend to clearly express that the information deals with possible future events and is forward-looking in nature. However, the absence of these words or similar expressions does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. For ADT, particular uncertainties that could cause our actual results to be materially different than those expressed in our forward-looking statements include, without limitation:
our ability to keep pace with rapid technological changes, including the development of our next-generation platform, and industry changes;
our ability to effectively implement our strategic partnership with or utilize any of the amounts invested in us by Google LLC;Google;
the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our employees, our customers, our suppliers and our ability to carry on our normal operations;
the impact of supply chain disruptions;
our ability to maintain and grow our existing customer base;
our ability to sell our products and services or launch new products and services in highly competitive markets, including the home security and automation market, andthe commercial fire and security markets, and the solar market, and to achieve market acceptance with acceptable margins;
our ability to successfully upgrade obsolete equipment, such as 3G and CDMA communications equipment installed at our customers’ premises in an efficient and cost-effective manner;
changes in law, economic and financial conditions, including tax law changes, changes to privacy requirements, changes to telemarketing, email marketing and similar consumer protection laws, interest volatility, and trade tariffs and restrictions applicable to the products we sell;
the impact of potential information technology, cybersecurity or data security breaches;
our dependence on third-party providers, suppliers, and dealers to enable us to produce and distribute our products and services in a cost-effective manner that protects our brand;
Ourour ability to successfully implement an equipment ownership model that best satisfies the needs of our customers and to successfully implement and maintain our receivables securitization financing agreement;agreement or similar arrangements;
our ability to successfully pursue alternate business opportunities and strategies;
our ability to integrate various companies we have acquired in an efficient and cost-effective manner;
the amount and timing of our cash flows and earnings, which may be impacted by customer, competitive, supplier and other dynamics and conditions;
our ability to maintain or improve margins through business efficiencies; and
the other factors that are described in this report under the heading “Risk Factors.”
Forward-looking statements and information involve risks, uncertainties, and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in, or reasonably inferred from, such statements, including without limitation, the risks and uncertainties disclosed or referenced in Part I Item 1A of this Annual Report under the heading “Risk Factors.” Therefore, caution should be taken not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Much of the information in this report that looks toward future performance of the Company is based on various factors and important assumptions about future events that may or may not actually occur. As a result, our operations and financial results in the future could differ materially and substantially from those we have discussed in the forward-looking statements included in the


1


Annual Report. We assume no obligation (and specifically disclaim any such obligation) to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise, except as required by law.
SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL RISK FACTORS
This summary briefly lists the principal risks and uncertainties facing our business, which are only a select portion of those risks. A more complete discussion of those risks and uncertainties is set forth in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report, entitled Risk Factors. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also affect us. If any of these risks occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. Our business is subject to the following principal risks and uncertainties:
Risks Related to Our Products and Services
Our future growth is dependent upon our ability to keep pace with rapid technological and industry changes.
We sell our products and services in highly competitive markets, including the home security and automation markets, and the commercial fire and security markets.markets, and the solar market.
OlderThe retirement of older telecommunications technology such as 3G and CDMA is being retired by telecommunications providerslimitations on our customers’ options could materially adversely affect our business, increase customer attrition, and at the same time, our customers may shift their choice of telecommunications services and equipment.
Police departments could refuse to respond to calls from monitored security service companies.require significant capital expenditures.
Our reputation as a service provider of high-quality security offerings may be materially adversely affected by product defects or shortfalls in customer service.
If the insurance industry changes its practice of providing incentives to homeowners for the use of alarm monitoring services, we may experience a reduction in new customer growth or an increase in our subscribercustomer attrition rate.
We have invested and will continue to invest in new businesses, services, and technologies outside the traditional security and interactive services market, which is inherently risky and could disrupt our current operations.
There may be unauthorizedUnauthorized use of our brand names by third parties, and we may incur significantthe expenses incurred in developing and preserving the value of our brand names.
Third parties hold rights to certain ofnames, may materially adversely affect our key brand names outside of the U.S.business.
Risks Related to Our Operations
The COVID-19 Pandemic has had and could continue to have a significant negative impact on our employees, our customers, our suppliers, and our ability to carry on our normal operations.
We relyOur business model relies on a significant number of our customers remaining with us for long periods of time.
We may fail to successfully upgrade, integrate,Delays, costs, and maintaindisruptions that result from upgrading, integrating, and maintaining the security of our information and technology networks including personally identifiable information and other data.could materially adversely affect us.
Due to the ever-changing threat landscape, our products may be subject to potential vulnerabilities of wireless and IoT devices, anddevices; our services may be subject to certain risks, including hacking or other unauthorized access to control or view systems and obtain private information.information; and our normal operations may be disrupted.
We depend on third-party providers and suppliers for components of our security, automation and automationsolar systems, third-party software licenses for our products and services, and third-party providers to transmit signals to our monitoring facilities and to provide other services to our subscribers.customers.
Events could causeAn event causing a disruption in the ability of our monitoring facilities or customer care resources, including work from home operations, to operate.operate could materially adversely affect our business.
Our independent, third-party authorized dealers may not be able to mitigate certain risks such as information technology breaches, data security breaches, product liability, errors and omissions, and marketing compliance.
We may pursue business opportunities that diverge from our current business model.
We continue to integrate our acquisitions, which may divert management’s attention from our ongoing operations, and weoperations. We may not achieve all of the anticipated benefits, synergies, or cost savings from our acquisitions.
Our customer generation strategies through third parties, including our authorized dealer and affinity marketing programs, and our use of celebrities and social media influencers, and the competitive market for customer accounts may expose us to risk and affect our future profitability.


2


We face risks in acquiring and integrating customer accounts.
We may beIf we are unable to recruit and retain keysufficient personnel at all levels of our organization, our ability to manage our business could be materially and the loss of or changes to our senior management could disrupt our business.adversely affected.
Adverse developments in our collective bargaining agreements or other agreements with some employees could negatively impactmaterially and adversely affect our relationship with our employees.
If we fail to maintain effective internal control overbusiness, results of operations, and financial reporting at a reasonable assurance level, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results.condition.
Risks Related to Regulations and Litigation
If we fail to comply with constantly evolving laws, regulations, and industry standards addressing information and technology networks, privacy, and data security, we could face substantial penalties, liability, and reputational harm.


2


Infringement of our intellectual property rights could negatively affect us.
Allegations that we have infringed upon the intellectual property rights of third parties could negatively affect us.
We may be subject to class actions and other lawsuits.lawsuits which may harm our business and results of operations.
Increasing government regulation of telemarketing, email marketing, door-to-door sales, and other marketing methods may increase our costs and restrict the operation and growth of our business.
Our business operates in a regulated industry.industry and any new, or changes to existing, laws or regulations, or our failure to comply with any such rules or regulations could be costly to us, harm our business and operations, and impede our ability to grow our existing business, any new businesses that we acquire, or investment opportunities that we pursue.
Existing electric utility industry regulations, and changes to regulations, may present technical, regulatory, or economic barriers to the purchase and use of solar energy systems that may significantly reduce demand for our solar energy systems.
Our solar sales model may rely on net metering and related policies to offer competitive pricing to customers, and changes to such policies may significantly reduce demand for our solar offerings.
Interconnection limits or circuit-level caps imposed by regulators may significantly reduce our ability to sell solar systems and energy storage solutions in certain markets or slow interconnections, harming our growth rate and customer satisfaction scores.
The ADT Solar business may rely on the availability of rebates, tax credits, and other financial incentives. The expiration, elimination, or reduction of these rebates, credits, and incentives could adversely impact our business.
We could be assessed penalties for false alarms.
Adoption of statutes and governmental policies could characterize certain of our charges as unlawful.
In the absence of net neutrality or similar regulation, certain providers of Internet access may block our services or charge their customers more for using our services, or government regulations relating to the Internet could change.
WeGiven the nature of our business, we are exposed to greater risks of liability for employee acts or omissions or system failures than may be inherent in other businesses.
We mayOur business would be required to make indemnification payments relating to the saleadversely affected if certain of our Canadian business.independent contractors were classified as employees.
We may be subject to liability for obligations of The Brink’s Company under the Coal ActExisting or other coal-related liabilities of The Brink’s Company.
Our use of independent contractors for certain functions may expose us to additional risks.
Newnew tariffs and other trade restrictions imposed on imports from China or other countries where much of our end-user equipment is manufactured, or any counter-measures taken in response, may harm our business and results of operations.
Risks Related to Macroeconomic and Related Factors
General economic conditions can affect our business, and we are susceptible to changes in the business economy, in the housing market, and in business and consumer discretionary income, which may inhibit our ability to grow.grow our customer base and impact our results of operations.
Rising interest rates or increased consumer lender fees could adversely impact our sales, profitability, and financing costs.
We are subject to credit risk and other risks associated with our subscriberscustomers and dealers.
Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets represent a significant portion of our total assets, and we may never realize the full value of our intangible assets.
We have significant deferred tax assets, and may experienceany impairments of or valuation allowances against these deferred tax assets in the future.future could materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness and to the Ownership of Our Common Stock
As a result of ourOur substantial indebtedness we may be unable to raise additional capital sufficient to runlimits our operations or service our debt,financial and we have a more limited ability and more limited flexibility to run our operations as we desire.operational flexibility.
Our stock price may decline if a significant holder sells any partfluctuate significantly.
We continue to be controlled by Apollo Global Management, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries and affiliates, “Apollo” or the “Sponsor”), and Apollo’s interests may conflict with our interests and the interests of their holdings,other stockholders.
If we fail to establish and may be negatively impacted by our status as a controlled company,achieve the actionsobjectives of our controlling stockholder, provisions in our charter or bylaws that benefit our controlling stockholder, or any failure to achieve programs that areEnvironmental, Social, and Governance (“ESG”) program consistent with investor, expectations.customer, employee, or other stakeholder expectations, we may not be viewed as an attractive investment, service provider, workplace, or business, which could have a negative effect on our Company.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for exclusive forum provisions which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes.


3


PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.
Our
Company Overview
ADT Inc., together with its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”, “we”, “our”, “us”, and “ADT”), is a leading provider of security, automation,interactive, and smart home solutions serving consumerresidential, small business, and businesscommercial customers in the United States (“U.S.”). With the acquisition of Sunpro Solar in December 2021, we are now also a leading provider of residential solar solutions. Our mission is to help ourempower customers to protect and connect to what matters most—most - their families, homes, and businesses. We offer many ways to help protectbusinesses - by delivering safe, smart, and connect customers by providing 24/7 professional monitoring services as well as deliveringsustainable lifestyle-driven solutions through professionally installed, (“do-it-for-me” or “DIFM”), do-it-yourself (“DIY”), and mobile andor other digital-based offerings for residential, small business, and large commercial customers. supported by our 24/7 professional monitoring services.
The ADT brand is synonymous with monitored security and, as one of the most recognized and trusted brands in the security systems industry, which we believe is a key drivercompetitive advantage and contributor to our success due to the importance customers place on reputation and trust when purchasing our products and services. The strength of our success.brand is based upon a long-standing record of delivering high-quality, reliable products and services; expertise in system sales, installation, and monitoring; and superior customer care, all driven by our industry-leading experience and knowledge.
We serve our customers through our nationwide sales and service offices; monitoring and support centers; and a large network of security, home-automation, and solar-installation professionals in the U.S. As of December 31, 2020,2021, we servedhad approximately 6.56.6 million recurring revenue customers through more than 300 locations, nine monitoring centers, and the largest network of security and home automation professionals in the U.S.customers.
Our Formation and Business DevelopmentsOrganization
ADT Inc. was incorporated in the State of Delaware in May 2015 as a holding company with no assets or liabilities. In July 2015, we acquired Protection One, Inc. and ASG Intermediate Holding Corp. (collectively, the “Formation Transactions”), which were instrumental in the commencement of our operations. In May 2016, we acquired The ADT Security Corporation (formerly named The ADT Corporation) (“The ADT Corporation”) (the “ADT Acquisition”). The ADT Acquisition, which significantly increased our market share in the security systems industry making us one of the largest monitored security companies in the U.S. and, Canada at the time.time, Canada.
The following represents key business developments in recent years:
In January 2018, we completed an initial public offering (“IPO”), and our common stock, par value $0.01 per share, (“Common Stock”) began trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”)NYSE under the symbol “ADT.”
ADT Inc. is majority-owned by Prime Security Services TopCo (ML), L.P., which is majority-owned by Prime Security Services TopCo Parent, L.P. (“Ultimate Parent”). Ultimate Parent is majority-owned by Apollo Investment Fund VIII, L.P. and its related funds that are directly or indirectly managed by affiliates of Apollo. As of December 31, 2021, Apollo owned approximately 67.5% of our outstanding common stock, including Class B Common Stock (as defined below) on an as-converted basis, and excluding unvested common shares.
Key Business Developments and Recent Initiatives
The following represents key business developments since our IPO:
In December 2018, we acquired Fire & Security Holdings, LLC (“Red Hawk”) (the “Red Hawk Acquisition”), which accelerated our growth in the commercial security market and expanded our product portfolio with the introduction of commercial fire safety and related solutions.
In November 2019, we sold ADT Security Services Canada, Inc. (“ADT Canada”), which resulted in the substantial disposition of our operations in Canada.
In January 2020, we acquired our largest independent dealer, Defender Holdings, Inc. (“Defenders”), our largest independent dealer at the time (the “Defenders Acquisition”)., which represented approximately 55% of our indirect channel in 2019.
In February 2020, we launched a new revenue model initiative for certain residential customers, which (i) revised the amount and nature of fees due at installation, (ii) introduced a 60 month60-month monitoring contract option, and (iii) introduced a new retail installment contract which allows qualifying residential customers to repay the fees due at installation over the course of a 24, 36, or 60 month interest-free period.option.


4


In July 2020, we entered into a Master Supply, Distribution, and Marketing Agreement (the “Commercial“Google Commercial Agreement”) with Google LLCpursuant to which Google has agreed to supply us with certain Google devices as well as certain Google video and analytics services (“Google”Google Services”) and in, for sale to our customers.
In September 2020, we issued and sold 54,744,525 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class B Common Stock”), for an aggregate purchase price of $450 million to Google in a private placement pursuant to Google. The partnership with Google is anticipated to drive our next phase of growth for our DIFM and DIY solutions beginning in 2021.a securities purchase agreement dated July 31, 2020 (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”).
In November 2020, we announced the ongoing development of our ADT-owned next-generation professional security and automation technology platform, which is currently being developed in coordination with Google.Google (as discussed below).
In July 2021, we introduced the concept of Virtual Service Support, which allows us to meet customer demands and preferences while reducing costs of truck rolls for certain service visits. Virtual Service Support delivers a scalable, cost-efficient means of servicing our customers through live video streaming with our skilled technicians to troubleshoot and resolve service issues.
In December 2021, we acquired Sunpro Solar, which entered us into the residential solar market with the launch of ADT Inc.Solar, which will leverage ADT’s brand awareness and trust among consumers to accelerate growth. ADT Solar provides residential customers with solar and energy storage solutions, energy efficiency upgrades, and roofing services.
In January 2022, we announced that together with Ford Motor Company (“Ford”), we will be forming a new entity, Canopy, which will combine ADT’s professional security monitoring and Ford’s AI-driven video camera technology to help customers strengthen security of new and existing vehicles across automotive brands. Ford and ADT’s investment in Canopy is majority-owned by Prime Security Services TopCo Parent, L.P. (“Ultimate Parent”). Ultimate Parentsubject to certain conditions, including regulatory approvals, and initial funding is majority-owned by Apollo Investment Fund VIII, L.P.expected to close in the second quarter of 2022. ADT and its related funds thatFord expect to invest approximately $100 million collectively during the next three years, of which ADT will contribute 40%.
In January 2022, we successfully launched the integrated Google doorbell, and we are directly or indirectly managed by affiliatesjointly solidifying the timeline for subsequent product launches with a focus on optimal customer experience and quality.
Google and Next-Generation Platform Update
Our partnership with Google represents the combination of Apollo Global Management, Inc. (together with its subsidiariesthe leading security brand and affiliates, “Apollo” or the “Sponsor”).leading technology brand joining forces to introduce the next-generation smart and helpful home. As part of December 31, 2020, Apollo owned approximately 74.6%this partnership, each company will contribute $150 million upon the achievement of certain milestones towards the joint marketing of devices and services; customer acquisition; training of our outstandingemployees for the sales, installation, customer service, and maintenance for the product and service offerings; and technology updates for products included in such offerings.
Co-branded offerings are and will continue to be available in the form of both professionally installed and DIY solutions and will include the integration of leading Google devices paired with Google video and analytics services initially through our current technology platform and the Google Home platform. We plan to transition these offerings to be supported by our ADT-owned next-generation professional security and automation technology platform, which is currently being developed in coordination with Google. Our comprehensive interactive technology platform is expected to provide customers with a seamless experience through a common stock,application across security, life safety, automation, and analytics. Additionally, our platform is expected to integrate the user experience, customer service experience, and back-end support.
COVID-19 Pandemic Update
The COVID-19 Pandemic, including Class B Common Stockvariants such as Delta and Omicron, caused certain notable adverse impacts on an as-converted basisgeneral economic conditions, including temporary and excluding unvested common shares, comparedpermanent closures of many businesses, increased governmental regulations, supply chain disruptions, and changes in consumer spending. Our employees are susceptible to 87.7% asCOVID-19 in the ordinary course of December 31, 2019.their work. In order to continue to both protect our employees and serve our customers, we have adjusted, and are continuously evolving, certain aspects of our operations in response to the COVID-19 Pandemic, which include (i) detailed protocols for infectious disease safety for employees, (ii) employee daily wellness checks, (iii) certain work from home actions, including for the majority of our call center professionals, and (iv) investments in personal protective equipment for our employees. We continue to monitor the impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic including the health of our employees, protection of our customers, and our ability to continue to operate all aspects of our business.


45


Information about Segment and Geographic RevenueInformation
We evaluate and report resultsour segment information based on a single operating and reportable segment. However, we expect the manner in which our Chief Executive Officer, who is the chief operating decision maker (the “CODM”), evaluates resultsperformance and allocates resources. Prior to change during2021, we had a single operating and reportable segment. Beginning in the first quarter of 2021, we reported results in two operating and asreportable segments, Consumer and Small Business (“CSB”) and Commercial. Upon consummation of the Sunpro Solar Acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2021, we began reporting results for a result, we anticipate a change in ourthird operating and reportable segment related to the ADT Solar business (“Solar”). There were no further changes to our CSB and Commercial segments.
Where applicable, prior periods have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect our current operating and reportable segment structure.
We organize our segments based primarily on customer type as follows:
CSB - The CSB segment primarily includes (i) revenue and operating costs from the sale, installation, servicing, and monitoring of integrated security, interactive, and automation systems, as well as other offerings such as mobile security and home health solutions; (ii) other operating costs associated with support functions related to these operations; and (iii) general corporate costs and other income and expense items not included in the Commercial or Solar segments. Customers in the CSB segment are comprised of residential homeowners, small business operators, and other individual consumers of security and automation systems.
Results for the Company’s Canadian operations prior to its sale in the fourth quarter of 2019 are included in the CSB segment based on the primary customer market served in Canada.
Commercial - The Commercial segment primarily includes (i) revenue and operating costs from the sale, installation, servicing, and monitoring of integrated security, interactive, and automation systems, fire detection and suppression systems, and other related offerings; (ii) other operating costs associated with support functions related to these operations; and (iii) dedicated corporate and other costs. Customers in the Commercial segment are comprised of larger businesses with more expansive facilities (typically larger than 10,000 square feet) and multi-site operations, which often require more sophisticated integrated solutions.
Solar - The Solar segment primarily includes (i) revenue and operating costs from the design and installation of solar systems, energy storage solutions, and other related solutions and services; (ii) other operating costs associated with support functions related to these operations; and (iii) dedicated corporate and other costs. Customers in the Solar segment are primarily comprised of residential homeowners who purchase solar systems and energy storage solutions, energy efficiency upgrades, and roofing services.
For the results of our operations outside of the U.S., which consist of our operations in Canada prior to the sale of ADT Canada, refer to Note 15 “Geographic Data”3 “Segment Information” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Our
Products and Services
We primarily offer our portfolio of products and services under our ADT brand, which is among the most recognizedincludes burglar alarm, security automation, and trusted brands in theother smart home solutions and fire detection, suppression, and access control systems (referred to collectively as security systems, industry. The strength of our brand is built upon a long-standing record of providing high-qualitysolutions, or offerings), as well as solar systems and reliable monitored security and automation services, expertise in system sales and installation, superior customer care, and industry-leading experience and knowledge. Our interactive offerings add automation and smart home capabilities to traditional security systems. We also seek opportunities that allow us to leverage our brand, our focus on security, and our trust among our customer base to expand our service offerings to help our customers protect and connect to what matters most. Due to the importance that customers place on reputation and trust when purchasing security and automation services and systems, we believe the strength of our brand is a key competitive advantage and contributor to our success.energy storage solutions for residential customers.
Our baselinecore security and automation offerings involve the sale, installation, and monitoring of security and premises automation systemsare designed to detect intrusion; control access; sense movement, smoke, fire, carbon monoxide, flooding, temperature, and other environmental conditions and hazards; and address personal medical emergencies such as injuries medical emergencies, or incapacitation. UponIn our Commercial business, we also sell, install, integrate, maintain, and inspect commercial building safety and management technologies, which include fire detection and suppression, video surveillance, and access control systems. We also offer our customers routine maintenance and the occurrenceinstallation of certain initiating events, monitored security systems send event-specific signals to our monitoring centers. Our monitoring center personnel respond to alarms by relaying appropriate information to first responders, such as local police, fire departments,upgraded or medical emergency response centers; the customer; or others on the customer’s emergency contact list accordingadditional equipment, which provides additional value to the typecustomer and generates incremental recurring monthly revenue. With the acquisition of service contractSunpro Solar, we design, install, and customer preference. We continue to investsell custom solar systems and innovate in our alarm verification technologies as well as partner with industry associationsenergy storage solutions, energy efficiency upgrades, and various first responder agencies to help prioritize response events and enhance response policies. The breadth of our solutions allows us to meet a wide variety of customer needs.roofing services.
The vast majority of new residential customers choose our new customers enroll in our interactiveautomation and smart home solutions, which allow ourprovide customers the ability to remotely monitor and manage their residential and commercial environments. Depending on the service plan and type of product installation, customers are able to remotely access information regarding the security of their residential or commercial environment, arm and disarm their security systems, adjust lighting or thermostat levels, monitor and react to defined events, or view real-time video from cameras covering different areas of their premises fromThrough our customized web portal via web-enabled devices (such as smart phones, laptops,phones), customers can arm/disarm their security systems, record/view real-time video, and tablet computers) and a customized web portal. Additionally, our interactive and smart home solutions enable customersprogram their systems to create customized and automatedreact to defined events, as well as automate custom schedules for managingconnected devices such as lights, thermostats, appliances, garage doors, cameras, and other connected devices. These systemscameras. Our technology can also be programmed to perform additional functions such as recording and viewing live video and sending text messages or other alerts based on triggering events or conditions.
As part of our innovative and dynamic emerging markets, we are extending the concept of security from the physical home or business to personal on-the-go security and safety with SoSecure, our mobile safety application, and other offerings. Customers’ increasingly mobile and active lifestyles have created new opportunities for us in the fast-growing market for self-monitored DIY products and mobile technology. Our technology also allows us to integrate with various third-party connected and wearable devices so that we canallowing us to serve our customers whether they are at home or on-the-go. Additionally, we offerour personal emergency response system products


6


and services which are supported by our monitoring centers and utilize our security monitoring infrastructure to provide customers with solutions helping to sustain independent living and encourage better self-care activities. Our recently acquired solar operations, now ADT Solar, combines our legacy leading smart home security with sustainable home energy management solutions through a single, trusted provider. ADT Solar offers customers solar solutions through dedicated and specialized in-house sales and marketing teams, design and engineering, and installation.
A portionCustomer Contracts
New CSB and certain Commercial customers typically require us to make an upfront investment related to installation costs (such as labor, including commissions, materials, and overhead), which are partially offset by upfront fees charged at the time of installation. The economics of an installation can vary depending on the customer acquisition channel and product, but we generally achieve revenue break-even in less than two and a half years. We periodically adjust the standard monthly monitoring rate charged to new and existing customers, while our ability to increase our average selling prices for individual customers depends on a number of factors, including the quality of our customers use traditional land-line telephone service, as the primary communication method for alarm signals tointroduction of additional features and services which increase the value of our central monitoring centers. As the use of land-line telephone service has decreased, we have implemented cellular and broadband technologies as communication methods for alarm signals, which facilitate our interactive and smart home offerings.
In addition to our sale, installation, and monitoring services, we provide our customers with other services such as routine maintenanceofferings, and the competitive environment in which we operate.
At the time of initial equipment installation, of upgraded or additional equipment. Ourour CSB and Commercial customers maytypically contract for both monitoring and maintenance services, at the time of initial equipment installation, which provides additional value to the customer and generates incremental recurring monthly revenue. In certain markets, we also sell, install, integrate, maintain, and inspect commercial building safety and management technologies, which include fire detection, fire suppression, video surveillance, and access control systems. In some cases for commercial customers, we may engage in arrangements that include system installation without an on-going contractual monitoring or maintenance service relationship.


5


Our monitoring and maintenance services provided to our customers are generally governed by multi-year contracts with automatic renewal provisions providing us with recurring monthly revenue. Under our typical residential customer contract, the customer is charged an upfront fee, which qualifying customers can pay over the course of the contract, and is then obligated to make monthly payments for the remainder of the initial contract term. The standard contract term for residential customers is two, three, or five years, with automatic renewals for successive 30-day periods, unless canceled by either party. The standard contract term for commercial customers is typically five years with various automatic renewals with terms ranging from 30-day periods to one year.contracts. If a customer cancels or is otherwise in default under thea monitoring contract prior to the end of the initial contract term, we have the right under the contract to receive a termination payment from the customer in an amount equal to a designated percentage of all remaining monthly payments.
The standard contract terms for CSB customers are two, three, or five years, with automatic renewals for successive 30-day periods, unless canceled by either party. Residential customers are typically charged an upfront fee, which qualifying customers can pay over the course of the contract, and are then obligated to make monthly payments for the remainder of the initial contract term. Monitoring services are generally billed monthly or quarterly in advance. Moreadvance, and more than 70%80% of our residential customers pay us these fees through automated payment methods, with new residential customers generally opting for these payment methods. We periodically adjust
The standard contract term for commercial customers is typically five years with automatic renewals ranging from 30-day periods to one year. In some commercial arrangements, we may install a system without an on-going contractual monitoring or maintenance service relationship.
The standard contract for solar customers varies based on specifics of the standard monthly monitoring rate chargedjob and generally covers the time from signing of the agreement to new and existing customers.completion of installation. Additionally, a substantial portion of sales are financed by third parties.
New customers forMonitoring Centers
Upon the occurrence of certain initiating events, our monitored security systems send event-specific signals to personnel at our monitoring centers who then relay appropriate information to first responders, such as local police, fire departments, or medical emergency response centers; the customer; or others on the customer’s emergency contact list based on the customer’s contract and automation services typically requirepreferences. We continue to focus on our alarm verification technologies and partner with industry associations and various first responder agencies to help prioritize response events, enhance response policies, and develop processes that allow us to make an upfront investment relatedsend data to installation costs associated with labor, materials,emergency response centers directly. Additionally, our SMART (System Monitoring and overhead, which are partially offsetResponse Technology) Monitoring differentiates our offerings, aims to result in faster and higher-quality responses, and is expected to reduce annual false alarms and customer care calls.
As of December 31, 2021, we operated nine monitoring centers listed by fees received in connection withUnderwriters Laboratories (“UL”) located throughout the initiation of a monitoring contract. While the economics of our installations can vary depending on the customer acquisition channel and type of system, we operate our business with the goal of retaining customers for sufficiently long periods of timeU.S. in order to recoupprovide 24/7 year-round professional monitoring services to our initial investmentcustomers, with three of our monitoring centers also providing outsourced monitoring services for other security companies. To obtain and maintain a UL listing, a security systems monitoring center must be located in newa building meeting UL’s structural requirements, have back-up computer and power systems, and meet UL specifications for staffing and standard operating procedures. Many jurisdictions have laws requiring that security systems for certain buildings be monitored by UL-listed centers. In addition, a UL listing is required by insurers of certain customers generally achieving revenue break-evenas a condition of insurance coverage. Our monitoring centers are also fully redundant, which means all monitoring operations can be automatically transferred to another monitoring center in less than twocase of an emergency such as fire, tornado, major interruption in telephone or computer service, or any other event affecting the functionality of one of our centers. During 2020, we implemented certain work from home actions as a result of the COVID-19 Pandemic, including for a majority of our monitoring center professionals in compliance with UL work-from-home standards.
In addition to our monitoring centers, our Network Operations Center (“NOC”) houses a group of highly-experienced, certified engineers, system administrators, and network analysts capable of designing, provisioning, and maintaining security-only networks for our Commercial customers. The NOC also provides other managed services to support and enhance our customer’s security systems. Employees in our NOC hold a half years.multitude of vendor certifications in addition to classic Cisco and


7


Cisco Meraki Certifications. Our NOC was one of the first security integrators to earn the Cisco Cloud and Managed Services Express Partner Certification and remains one of the few in our industry to hold this specialized certification.
Field Service and Call Centers Operations
We staff our sales and service offices across the U.S. with qualified individuals who make sales calls, install security systems, and provide service and support to our customers, and we utilize third-party subcontract labor when appropriate to assist with these efforts. Our objective is to provide a differentiated service experience by resolving customer issues remotely whenever possible and scheduling service visits at times convenient for the customer. Additionally, we implemented Virtual Service Support in July 2021, which enables our technicians to live-video stream with certain customers to satisfy customer demand for service while reducing some of the costs of in-home visits.
Our call center operations provide support 24 hours a day on a year-round basis, and all requests are routed through our customer contact centers to ensure technical service requests are handled promptly and professionally. In many cases, customer care specialists can remotely resolve non-emergency inquiries regarding service, billing, and alarm testing and support. We continue to offer customers additional choices in managing their services through customer-facing self-service tools via interactive voice response systems and the Internet.
We believe a strong selling point for multi-site customers is our ability to serve our largest multi-site customers from our National Accounts Operation Center (“NAOC”) in Irving, Texas, which allows the customer to call one location to resolve all support issues, including billing, installations, service calls, upgrades, or other service-related issues.
We provide ongoing training to call center and field employees and our authorized dealers, and we continually measure and monitor customer satisfaction-oriented metrics across each customer touch point.
Sales and Distribution Channels
We utilize a complementary mix of direct and indirect sales and distribution channels, as discussed below.
Direct Channel
Our direct channel customers are generated by our direct response and other marketing efforts, and general brand awareness, customer referrals, and lead generation partners, and are supported by our internal sales force located in our four national sales call centers as well as our nationwide network of sales and service offices located throughout the U.S.
Our telephone sales consultants work to understand customer needs and then direct customers to the most suitable sales approach.offices. In many scenarios, we close the sale of a basic system over the phone and allow our field force to augment the system at the time of installation. In other cases, we seek to schedule an appointment with a field sales consultant toconsultants work directly with the customer to select an ideal system. Driven by consumer preferences, we also market to customers through retail and e-commerce channels, which are expected to grow in the next few years, and we have been supplementing existing channels to meet consumers where they prefer to shop.
Our security field sales consultants undergo an in-depth screening process prior to hire. Each field sales consultant completes comprehensive centralized training prior to conducting customer sales presentations, andas well as participates in ongoing training in support of new offerings and the use of our structured model sales call. We utilize a highly structured sales approach, which includes, in addition to the structured model sales call, daily monitoring of sales activity and effectiveness metrics and regular coaching by our sales management teams.
In our solar business, we obtain sales primarily through third-party and self-generated leads, as well as through a referral app for our customers.
Indirect Channel
Our indirect channel customers are generated mainly through our network of agreements with third-party independent alarm dealers who sell alarm equipment and ADT Authorized Dealer-branded monitoring, interactive, and interactiveother services to residential end users (the “ADT Authorized Dealer Program”). The ADT Authorized Dealer Program extends our reach by aligning us with select independent security sales and installation companies. As opportunities arise, we have in the past engaged, and we may continue to engage, in selective bulk account purchases, which typically involve the purchase of a set of customer accounts from other security service providers.
As of December 31, 2021, our network of authorized dealers consisted of approximately 200 authorized dealers operating across the U.S. Our authorized dealers are contractually obligated to offer exclusively to us all qualified monitored accounts they generate, but we are not obligated to accept these accounts. We pay our authorized dealers for the acquisition of any qualified monitored accounts (referred to as dealer generated customer accounts) we purchase from them. In certain instances in which we reject an account, we generally still indirectly provide monitoring services for that account through a monitoring services agreement with the authorized dealer. Dealer generated customer contracts typically have an initial term of three years with automatic renewals for successive 30-day periods, unless


8


canceled by either party. If a purchased account is canceled during the charge-back period, which is generally thirteen months, the dealer is required to refund our payment of the purchase price for the canceled account.
As of December 31, 2020, our network of authorized dealers consisted of approximately 200 authorized dealers operating across the U.S. We monitor each authorized dealer’s financial stability, use of sound and ethical business


6


practices, and delivery of reliable and consistent high-quality sales and installation methods. Authorized dealers are required to adhere to the same high-quality standards for sales and installation as our own sales and service offices. We monitor each authorized dealer’s financial stability, use of sound and ethical business practices, and delivery of reliable and consistent high-quality sales and installation methods.
The Defenders Acquisition resulted inMarketing and Strategic Partnerships
We have been focusing on driving revenue through increased consumer awareness and preference; enhancing consumer purchasing flexibility; and refreshing, refining, modernizing, and customizing our go-to-market approach. To support the acquisitiongrowth of our largest independent dealer, which represented approximately 55% of our indirect channel for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Field Operations
As of December 31, 2020, we served our customer base, from more than 300 salesimprove brand awareness, and drive greater market penetration, we consider new customer channels and lead generation methods, explore opportunities to provide branded solutions, and form strategic partnerships and alliances with various third parties.
We strive to optimize our marketing spend through a lead modeling process, whereby we dynamically allocate spend based on lead flow and measured marketing channel effectiveness. We market our offerings through national television, radio, and direct mail advertisements, as well as through Internet advertising, which includes national search engine marketing, email, online video, local search, and social media. We also have several affinity partnerships with organizations that promote our services to their customer bases. In addition, we market through social media influencers and celebrity spokespersons representing the ADT brand. Our strategic partnerships and alliances include home builders, property management firms, homeowners’ associations, insurance companies, financial institutions, retailers, public utilities, and software service providers. For example, we have existing partnerships with national leaders in home construction and ride sharing, and we believe there is a healthy pipeline of future partnership and alliance opportunities.
Our goal is to maximize customer lifetime value for both new and existing customers by (i) continuing to evaluate our pricing and product offerings; (ii) managing costs and service offices located throughout the U.S. We staff our network of sales and service offices with installation and service technicians to efficiently and effectively make sales calls, install systems, and provide service support based on customer needs and our evaluation of growth opportunities in each market. We utilize third-party subcontract labor when appropriate to assist with these efforts. We maintain the relevant and necessary licenses related to the provision of installation of security and related services in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Our objective isstrategies to provide a differentiated service experience, including by providing same-day or next-day service to the majority of our customers.
Monitoring Centers and Support Services
As of December 31, 2020, we operated nine monitoring centers, which are listed by Underwriters Laboratories (“U.L.”), located throughout the U.S. in order to provide professional monitoring servicesenhanced value; (iii) upgrading existing customers to our customers 24 hours a day on a year-round basis, of which three monitoring centers also provide outsourced monitoringinteractive services, for other security companies. To obtain and maintain a U.L. listing, a security systems monitoring center must be located in a building meeting U.L.’s structural requirements, have back-up computer and power systems, and meet U.L. specifications for staffing and standard operating procedures. Many jurisdictions have laws requiring that security systems for certain buildings be monitored by U.L.-listed centers. In addition, a U.L. listing is required by insurers of certain customers as a condition of insurance coverage. Our monitoring centers are fully redundant, which means that in the event of an emergency at one of our monitoring centers such as fire, tornado, major interruption in telephone or computer service, or any other event affecting the functionality of the center, all monitoring operations can be automatically transferred to another monitoring center.
Newark, Delaware is home to our Network Operations Centerinternet protocol (“NOC”). The NOC houses a group of highly experienced certified engineers capable of designing and provisioning broadband networks for our customers. These employees are Cisco Certified and Meraki Certified, and our NOC earned the Cisco Cloud and Managed Services Express Partner Certification, which makes us one of the few security companies in the industry with this designation.
Customer Care
Our call center operations provide support 24 hours a day on a year-round basis. Customer care specialists answer non-emergency inquiries regarding service, billing, and alarm testing and support, while our monitoring centers primarily handle inbound alarms and the dispatch of alarms to first responders. To ensure technical service requests are handled promptly and professionally, all requests are routed through our customer contact centers. Customer care specialists help customers resolve minor service and operating issues and, in many cases, the specialists can remotely resolve customer concerns. We continue to implement new customer-facing self-service tools via interactive voice response systems and the Internet, thereby providing customers additional choices in managing their services.
We serve our largest multi-site customers from our National Accounts Operation Center (“NAOC”IP”) in Irving, Texas. Our multi-site customers call one location to resolve all support issues, including billing, installations, service calls, upgrades,video solutions, or other service-related assistance. We believe this concept is a strong selling point for multi-site customers choosing us for their security needs.upgraded solutions whenever possible; and (iv) achieving long customer tenure.
We believe the fastest and most profitable way to grow our company is by retaining the customers we already have. To maintain our high standard of customer service, we provide ongoing training to call center and field employees and our authorized dealers. We also continually measure and monitor key performance metrics that drive a high-value customer experience, including customer satisfaction-oriented metrics across each customer touch point.
Our Markets
We serve our customers in the following three primary markets: Residential,Consumer and Small Business, Commercial, and Emerging.Solar. We also seek opportunities to leverage our brand name, our core focus on security, and our high degree of trust among our customer base to pursue new customers in complementary markets such as DIY offerings, smart home technologies, and personal on-the-go security and safety. We have seen an increase in interest in smart home offerings and other mobile technology applications, which we believe is attributable to a variety of factors, including advancements in technology, younger generations of consumers, and shifts to de-urbanization. We believe our strategic initiatives will help us satisfy consumer and commercial demands in light of these macro-level dynamics and position us for sustainable growth for years to come.
Residential: Consumer and Small Business
Our residentialconsumer and small business market primarily consists of owners of single-family homes who have purchased monitored securityor small businesses, renters, and automation services.other DIY customers. The market is generally characterized by a large and homogeneous customer base with less complex system installations. Many of our residential and small business customers are driven to purchase monitored security and automation services as a result of moving to a new location; a perceived or actual increase in crime or life safety concerns in their neighborhood; significant events such as the birth of a child or opening of a new business; or incentives provided by insurance carriers, who may offer lower insurance premium rates if a security system is installed or may require that a system be installed as a condition of coverage.

Commercial

7


Commercial:Our commercial market includes retail businesses, food and beverage service providers, medical offices, financial institutions, and professional service providers, among others, and can rangeranges from smaller businesses to large single-site commercial facilities as well asto multi-site national companies. The market is characterized by higher penetration rates, driven in part by fire and building codes and insurance requirements, and by a higher degree of complexity with respect to system installations.
Emerging: Our emerging markets, which include new customer types and new offerings, present opportunities for us to leverage our brand name, our core focus on security, and our high degree of trust among our customer base to pursue complementary markets such as DIY offerings, smart home technologies, network and cybersecurity, and personal on-the-go security and safety. We also leverage our security monitoring infrastructure to provide customers with solutions that help sustain independent living and encourage better self-care activities.
Customers and Marketing
As of December 31, 2020, we served approximately 6.5 million recurring revenue customers throughout the U.S. We target new customers and manage our existing customer base to maximize customer lifetime value, which includes continually evaluating our product offerings, pricing, and service strategies; managing our costs to provide enhanced service to customers; upgrading existing customers to our interactive services, internet protocol (“IP”) video solutions, or other upgraded solutions; and achieving long customer tenure. Our ability to increase our average selling prices for individual customers is dependent on a number of factors including the quality of our service, the continued introduction of additional features and services that increase the value of our offerings to customers, and the competitive environment in which we operate.
Many of our residential customers are driven to purchase monitored security and automation services as a result of moving to a new residence, a perceived or actual increase in crime, life safety concerns in their neighborhood, or other significant life events, such as the birth of a child; or incentives provided by their insurance carriers, who may offer lower insurance premium rates if a security system is installed or may require that a system be installed as a condition of coverage.
Reasons for purchasing monitored security and automation systems vary for our business customers. Most business customers require a basic security system for insurance purposes, whileand certain commercial premises are required to install and maintain fire alarm, and in some cases,sometimes fire suppression, systems to meet the requirements under applicable building codes and insurance policies. Additionally, asbusinesses may also leverage our IP video solutions have become more affordable and interactive, businesses view these solutions for applications beyond just security and leverage them for operational purposes such as well, including employee safety, theft prevention, and inventory management.
To supportWe have been focused on increasing our market share and penetration in the commercial market. While we experienced significant growth in our commercial channel during 2019, our commercial growth was negatively impacted by the COVID-19


9


Pandemic during 2020 and 2021. However, we saw improvements beginning in 2021 and believe we are poised to return to commercial growth organically and through opportunistic value-add acquisitions.
Solar
Our solar market consists primarily of residential property owners. The market is highly fragmented, under-penetrated, and has a longer lag between sale/contract and installation than our customer base and to improve awareness of our brand,residential security market. With the shift in consumer preference toward clean energy, we market our monitored security and automation services through national television, radio, and direct mail advertisements, as well as through Internet advertising, which includes national search engine marketing, email, online video, local search, and social media. We continually work to optimize our marketing spend through a lead modeling process, whereby we dynamically allocate our marketing spend based on lead flow and measured marketing channel effectiveness. In addition to traditional and digital marketing, we have several affinity partnerships with organizations that promote our services to their customer bases. We also rely on marketing by social media influencers and celebrity spokespersons that represent the ADT brand to generate new customers.
We continually consider and evaluate new customer lead generation methods and channelsbelieve there are numerous opportunities to increase market share within the solar industry. Sales are typically financed by third party financing institutions, which reduces risk associated with collections. Additionally, we believe there is a large cross-selling and bundling opportunity with our customer base and drive greater market penetration. We also explore opportunities to expand our market presence by providing branded solutions and partnering with various third parties, includingCSB markets as consumers adopt smart home builders, property management firms, homeowners’ associations, insurance companies, financial institutions, retailers, public utilities, and software service providers.automation.
Competition
Success in acquiring new customers depends on a variety of factors, including (i) brand and reputation, (ii) market visibility, (iii) service and product capabilities, (iv) quality, (v) price, and (vi) the ability to identify and sell to prospective customers. Technology trends are also creating significant change in our industry.industries. While providing us with many opportunities, innovation has also lowered the barriers to entry for automation, interactive, and smart home solutions, and new business models and competitors have emerged. We are focused on extending our leadership position in the traditional residential and commercial security markets while also growing our share of emerging and adjacent markets, including solar. We believe a combination of increasing customer interest in lifestyle and business productivity and technology advancements will support the increasing penetration of automation, interactive, and smart home, solutions. We are focused on extending our leadership position in the traditional residential and commercial markets while also growing our share of the expanding emerging markets.solar solutions.
The traditional residential and commercial security markets in the U.S. remain highly competitive and fragmented, with a low number of major firmscompanies and thousands of smaller regional and local companies. The high fragmentation of the marketscompanies, which is primarily the result of relatively low barriers to entering the businessentry in local geographies and the availability of companies providing outsourced monitoring services but not maintaining the customer relationship.
We believe our principal competitors within the traditional residential security market are Vivint Smart Home, Inc., Brinks Home Security (operating brand of Monitronics International, Inc.), and Xfinity Home Security (a division of Comcast Corporation). Our principal competitors within the


8


commercial market are Johnson Controls International plc. (“Johnson Controls”), Convergint Technologies, Stanley Security (a division of Stanley Black and Decker), and Securitas Electronic Security. Additionally, with our recent investments and enhancements in DIY offerings, as well as our partnership with Google, we are positioning ourselves to grow our market share in the DIY space, facing competition from competitors including SimpliSafe AppleHome Security Systems, Apple’s HomeKit, and Amazon Ring.Amazon’s Ring Smart Security System. We believe our principal competitors within the commercial security market are Johnson Controls International plc. (“Johnson Controls”), Convergint Technologies, STANLEY Security (a division of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.), and Securitas Electronic Security, Inc. (a division of Securitas AB).
SuccessFurthermore, ADT competes with point solutions (products with one intended application) and home automation-only systems, because in acquiring newsome cases customers is dependent onbelieve that point solutions and/or smart home devices replace the need for full-scale security systems. Additionally, while we continue to see a varietyshift toward self-installation of factors,security and smart home devices, third-party professional installers are available in market which offer low-cost, professional installation alternatives, including brandBest Buy’s Geek Squad, OnTech, and reputation, market visibility, serviceAngi. Also, some self-monitored solutions are available which don’t require a monthly fee for home automation services, including Blue by ADT (self-monitoring), Samsung SmartThings, and product capabilities, quality, price,Ring Alarm (self-monitoring). With these solutions, customers are not required to pay a monthly fee for access to home automation and/or self-monitored security, which means there are no-cost alternatives to professionally monitored (monthly fee-based) solutions. While self-monitored solutions do not replace the need for professionally monitored solutions, as more features and functionality are built into the abilityfree, self-monitored solutions, it could reduce the demand for some customers to identifyopt for more expensive, professionally monitored options.
With our acquisition of Sunpro Solar, our principal competitors in the solar industry are Sunrun, Inc., Sunnova Energy International, Inc., SunPower Inc., Trinity Solar, Inc., Titan Solar Power, and sellPower Home Solar, LLC. We also face competition from companies that offer solar solutions in addition to prospective customers. their core business.
Our approach to competition is to emphasize the quality and reputation of our services, our superior customer service, our industry-leading brand, our monitoring centers, our commitment to consumer privacy, and our knowledge of customer needs. In addition, we continue to add new features and functionalities to further differentiate our offerings, including the potential benefits of offering security and solar solutions together, and support a pricing premium.
We believe we are well positioned to compete with traditional and new competitors due to our focus on safety, security, and pricing; our nationwide team of sales consultants; our solid reputation for and expertise in providing reliable security and monitoring services through our in-house network of redundant monitoring centers; our reliable product solutions; and our highly skilled installation and service organization.organization; and our partnership with Google.


10


Resources Material to Our Business
Materials and Inventory
We purchase equipment and components of our products from a limited number of suppliers and distributors. distributors and utilize dual sourcing methods (when possible) to minimize the risk of a disruption from any single supplier. We also rely on various information technology and telecommunications service providers as part of the functionality and monitoring of our systems.
Inventory is primarily held in our regional distribution centers at levels we believe are sufficient to meet current and anticipated customer needs. We alsoneeds; and we maintain inventory of certain equipment and components at eachour field officeoffices and in technicians’ vehicles. Generally,Additionally, third-party distributors generally maintain a minimum stocking level of certain key items to cover supply chain disruptions.
We also utilize dual sourcing methodsare subject to minimizerisk associated with certain supply chain disruptions. While we have only experienced minimal impact in our Commercial operations and in the riskdevelopment of new products due to supply chain disruptions in 2021, we could experience a disruption from any single supplier. material impact to our sales and revenue, operating results, cash flows, and ability to commercialize new products in the future.
We are continuously monitoring global supply chain disruptions, and we do not currently anticipate any major interruptions in our supply chain. Additionally, we rely on various information technology and telecommunications service providers as part ofchain in the functionality and monitoring of security systems.near term.
Intellectual Property
Patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other proprietary rights are important to our business and we continuously refine our intellectual property strategy to maintain and improve our competitive position. We register new intellectual property to protect our ongoing technological innovations and strengthen our brand, and we take appropriate action against infringements or misappropriations of our intellectual property rights by others. We review third-party intellectual property rights to help avoid infringement and to identify strategic opportunities. We typically enter into confidentiality agreements to further protect our intellectual property.
We own a portfolio of patents that relate to a variety of monitored security and automation technologies utilized in our business, including security panels and sensors as well as video and information management solutions. We also own a portfolio of trademarks, in the U.S. and Canada, including ADT, ADT Pulse, Protection 1, ADT Commercial, and Blue by ADT. Our brand is critical to our success due to the importance customers place on reputationADT, and trust when deciding on a security provider.ADT Solar. In addition, we are a licensee of intellectual property, including from our third-party suppliers and technology partners. Patents extend for limited periods of time in the various countries where patent protection is obtained. Trademark rights may potentially extend for longer periods of time and are typically dependent upon the use of the trademarks.
Certain trademarks associated with the ADT brand that we own within the U.S. and Canada are owned outside of the U.S. and Canada by Johnson Controls (as successor to Tyco International Ltd., “Tyco”). In certain instances, such trademarks are licensed in certain territories outside the U.S. and Canada by Johnson Controls to certain third parties. Pursuant to the Tyco Trademark Agreement entered into between The ADT Corporation and Tyco in connection with the separation of The ADT Corporation from Tyco in 2012, we are generally prohibited from registering, attempting to register, or using the ADT brand outside the U.S. and its territories and Canada. As a result, if we choose to sell products or services or otherwise do business outside the U.S. and Canada, we do not have the right to use the ADT brand to promote our products and services.
In connection with the sale of ADT Canada in 2019, we entered into a non-competition and non-solicitation agreement with TELUS Corporation (“TELUS”) pursuant to which we will not have any operations in Canada, subject to limited exceptions for cross-border commercial customers and mobile safety applications, for a period of seven years. Additionally, we entered into a patent and trademark license agreement with TELUS granting (i) the use of our patents in Canada for a period of seven years and (ii) exclusive use of our trademarks in Canada for a period of five years and non-exclusive use for an additional two years thereafter.


9


Seasonality of Our Business
Our security and home automation business experienceshas historically experienced a certain level of seasonality with respect to residential customers. Since more household moves take place during the second and third calendar quarters of each year, our disconnect rate and new customer additions are typically higher in those quarters than in the first and fourth calendar quarters. There is also a slight seasonal effect on our new customer installation volume and related cash expenses incurred in investments in new customers, however,customers. However, other factors such as the level of marketing expense and relevant promotional offers can mitigate the effects of seasonality. In addition, we may see increased servicing costs related to higher alarm signals and customer service requests as a result of inclement weather-related incidents.


11


We believe the COVID-19 Pandemic affected some of these seasonal trends beginning in 2020 and continuing into 2021. We also believe the lower volume of customer relocations we experienced during 2020 and our use of certain pricing and retention initiatives for existing customers helped counterbalance any increase in gross customer revenue attrition as a result of changes in consumer or business spending caused by the COVID-19 Pandemic. We are currently unable to determine whether there will be any ongoing impact on our seasonality, and we may continue to experience fluctuations in certain trends, such as relocations, in the future.
In our Solar business, seasonality may be impacted by customers’ desires to obtain tax credits towards the end of the year, which could cause sales to be higher during the last calendar quarter, and may also be impacted by regional weather patterns.
Government Regulation and Other Regulatory Matters
Our operations are subject to numerous federal, state, and local laws and regulations related to consumer protection, privacy, occupational licensing, building codes, environmentaltax, and permitting, as well as consumer protection and privacy, labor and employment, tax, and permitting.environmental protection. Changes in laws and regulations can positively and negatively affect our operations and impact the manner in which we conduct our business.
Licensing and Permitting - Most states in which we operate have licensing laws directed specifically toward professional installation and monitoring of security devices. In certaindevices, as well as solar installations. Our business is also subject to requirements, codes, and standards imposed by local government jurisdictions, we must obtainas well as various insurance, approval and listing, and standards organizations. We maintain the relevant and necessary licenses or permits to comply with standards governing employee selection, training, and business conduct. We do not believe that federal, state, and local laws and regulations relatingrelated to the dischargeprovision of materials into the environment, or otherwise relating to the protectioninstallation of the environment, or any existing or pending climate change legislation, regulation, or international treaties or accords are reasonably likely to have a material effectsecurity and solar systems and related services in the foreseeable future on our business. We will continue to monitor emerging developmentsjurisdictions in this area.which we operate.
WeAdditionally, we rely extensively on telecommunications service providers, to communicate signals as part of the functionality and monitoring of security systems. These telecommunications service providerswhich are regulated in the U.S. by the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) and state public utilities commissions.commissions, to communicate signals as part of the functionality and monitoring of security and solar systems.
Our advertising and sales practices are regulated by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) andsecurity business is subject to various state and consumer protection laws, which may include restrictions on the manner in which we promote the sale of our security services and require us to provide most purchasers of our services with three-day or longer rescission rights.
Our communications with current and potential customers are regulated by federal and state laws, which include restrictions on telemarketing activities, the use of auto-dialing technology, email marketing, and text communications.
Some local government authorities have adopted or are considering various measures aimed at reducing false alarms. Such measures include requiring permits for individual alarm systems, revoking such permits following a specified number of false alarms, imposing fines on customers or alarm monitoring companies for false alarms, limiting the number of times police will respond to alarms at a particular location after a specified number of false alarms, requiring additional verification of an alarm signal before the police respond, or providing no response to residential system alarms.
Our Solar business is exposed to federal, state, and local government regulations and policies concerning the electric utility industry, is also subject to requirements, codes, and standards imposed by various insurance, approval and listing, and standards organizations. Depending upon the type of customer, security service provided, and requirementsas well as internal policies of the applicable local governmental jurisdiction, adherenceelectric utility companies, which often is exposed to electricity pricing, tax credits and other incentives, and the requirements, codes,interconnection of customer-owned electricity generation.
Consumer Protection and standards of such organizations is mandatory in some instancesPrivacy - Our advertising and voluntary in others. Changes insales practices are regulated by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and state and consumer protection laws, and regulations can affect our operations, both positively and negatively, and impactwhich may include restrictions on the manner in which we conductpromote the sale of our products and services and require us to provide most consumers with three-day or longer rescission rights.
Our communications with current and potential customers are regulated by federal and state laws, which include restrictions on the use of telemarketing, auto-dialing technology, email marketing, and text communications.
Labor and Employment - Our operations are subject to regulation under the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act, or OSHA, and equivalent state laws. Failure to comply with applicable OSHA regulations or other federal, state, and local laws and regulations, even if no work-related serious injury or death occurs, may result in civil or criminal enforcement and substantial penalties, significant capital expenditures, or suspension or limitation of operations.
Additionally, in certain jurisdictions, we must obtain licenses or permits to comply with standards governing employee selection, training, and business conduct.
Environmental Protection - We continue to monitor emerging developments regarding environmental protection laws. At this time, we do not believe that federal, state, and local laws and regulations relating to the discharge of materials into the environment, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment, or any existing or pending climate change legislation, regulation, or international treaties or accords are reasonably likely to have a material effect in the foreseeable future on our business.


12


Human Capital and Environmental, Social,ESG
As we seek to accomplish our corporate mission and Governance (“ESG”)
Our success is built upon the success of those whose lives we touch. This includesexecute on our strategic initiatives, our activities both directly and indirectly impact our customer base, our employees, and the communities we serve, who we impact both directly and indirectly as we seek to accomplish our corporate mission to help our customers protect and connect to what matters most—their families, homes, and businesses.
serve. We place a strong emphasis on environmental, social, and governance issues, and we believe that such emphasis enhances our corporate performance, while enabling us to hire and retain top talent whosewho share these values embrace environmental and social responsibility and who remain passionatepassion about our organization.
Human Capital Management
As of December 31, 2020,2021, we employed approximately 20,50025,000 people, of whomincluding approximately 5,700 are3,600 security system sales consultants and 2,000 solar sales consultants; 6,200 security installation and service technicians approximately 4,100 areand 1,200 solar installation technicians; and 4,500 customer care professionals, and approximately 4,500 are sales consultants. professionals.
Approximately 7%5% of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements, and we believe our relations with our employees and labor unions have generally been positive.

In December 2021, we acquired Sunpro Solar and are continuing to integrate them into our human capital programs.

Performance Culture
10


ADT defines a Performance Culture as our shared values, priorities, and principles that shape beliefs and drive behaviors and decision-making that drives high levels of performance at an individual, team, and organizational level. We are committed to fostering a culture and environment where every employeeteam member feels valued. Ourvalued and empowered to collaborate and achieve business results. In 2021, we made adjustments to our annual performance reviews across key talent areas to focus on performance differentiation, such as introducing individual performance components as part of certain team members’ annual incentive plans.
Talent Recruitment and Management
We are committed to attracting, retaining, and developing a strong and dedicated workforce as our success depends in large part on our hiring and retaining top talent across the entire organization, with primary emphasis on our management team and our employees who interface directly with our customers (such as sales representatives, installation and service technicians, and call center personnel)., which make up the majority of our organization. We compete for talent with other companies both smaller and larger, and both in our market and in other industries. In order to attract and retain top talent, we focus on having a diverse, inclusive, and safe workplace, while offering competitive compensation, benefits, and health and wellness programs. A majority of employees also have incentive compensationWe provide training and learning opportunities, which are primarily focused on financial, sales, operational,rotational assignment opportunities, and customer service metrics.continuous feedback in order to further our employee development. In addition, our long-term equity compensation is intended to align management interests with those of our stockholders and to encourage the creation of long-term value.
In 2021, we shifted to a mix of hybrid, remote, and in-person work based on role to support talent attraction and retention. We provide training andoffer ADT employees a variety of learning opportunities, rotational assignmenttuition reimbursement, and opportunities for employee mobility by supporting internal promotions to fill open positions, all of which are designed to allow employees to be successful throughout their careers.
Inclusive Diversity and continuous feedback in order to further our employee development.Belonging (“IDB”)
We are committed to building a culture of diversity and inclusion for our employees. BecauseWe believe our employees should reflect the communities where we live and serve, and we strive to hire and retain a workforce that is truly representative of our markets. We track our workforce composition data over time to determine if we are making appropriate progress in advancing gender, racial, and ethnic representation within our employee demographics. As of December 31, 2021, approximately half of our workforce consisted of racially and ethnically diverse employees and approximately one-third consisted of female employees. ADT’s Inclusive Diversity and Belonging Council (the “AIDBC”) and Business Employee Resource Groups (“BERG”) help advance our IDB efforts.
In 2020, we took a meaningful step on our journey to create a work environment where inclusion, diversity, and belonging can truly thrive by establishing the ADT Inclusive Diversity and Belonging Council (the “AIDBC”). The AIDBC plays an integral role in laying the ground-work for establishing enterprise initiatives that will advance our mission to promote diversity and inclusion.AIDBC. The AIDBC represents a broad cross section of our organization, including executive and senior management, and is expectedfocuses on driving IDB commitments and priorities by identifying and prioritizing action, taking accountability for achieving results, and ensuring timely updates are provided to help build an enterprise wide program by elevating inclusionour Chief Executive Officer. In 2021, the AIDBC established ADT’s IDB “North Star,” which states that everyone deserves to feel safe and to succeed. We strive to create a workplace that encourages the sharing of diverse ideas, celebrates differences, sees value in diversity, as aand provides the resources, space, and opportunity for employees to grow and succeed. Along with the establishment of the IDB North Star, each of the council members partnered with their respective business priority across the organizationexecutive to establish IDB commitments and priorities for each


13


respective business area, which focus on attracting, growing, and developing talent through participation in a manner that includes measurable goalsbusiness initiatives and accountability.community work.
We value the healthalso support and safety of our team members and customers above all else. We continually work to foster a culture of safety that enablesenable our employees to minimize riskparticipate in BERGs, which offer specific opportunities for employees to partner and collaborate through learning and networking channels, volunteer projects, and mentoring. Our BERGs also participate in various business initiatives; and officers and executives from across the Company leverage their time, networks, and resources to understandsupport our various BERGs and follow safety rules,advance IDB efforts, which have grown in 2021.
Employee Well-being and Health & Safety
We show our commitment to caring for our employees’ well-being by devoting significant resources to team members’ wellness, health, and safety. In January 2021, we launched an annual well-being program available to all team members, which includes a variety of education and coaching programs, as well as to identifymonthly and correct unsafe actions, behaviors, or situations. We believe that all occupational injuriesquarterly well-being sessions. Employees enrolled in our self-insured medical plan are eligible for cash incentives by completing certain well-being activities. More than 6,500 employees registered for the well-being portal, with 1,500 employees and illnesses, as well as environmental incidents, are generally preventablespouses/domestic partners completing both a health assessment and we focus on compliance with all applicable environmental, health,a biometric screening. Additionally, enhanced safety guidelines, cleaning protocols, and safety requirements. Wesocial distancing practices remain in place for both in-office workers and branch and field team members during the ongoing COVID-19 Pandemic. In order to continue to institute fleet safety initiatives toboth protect our drivers and others across our fleet of vehicles, including collision warning and auto braking technologies. We also offer our employees and their families comprehensive healthserve our customers in response to the COVID-19 Pandemic, we have adjusted, and wellness rewards to help them achieve their best overall self.are continuously evolving, certain aspects of our operations, as discussed above under the section “Key Business Developments and Recent Initiatives.”
Our Environmental, Health, and Safety (“EHS”) vision is to build a culture that promotes safe behaviors on each task, every day, to achieve zero incidents and enhance employee wellness, and to minimize our environmental impact. In order to achieve our vision, we strive to incorporate our values of people, prevention, and accountability into our business and the decisions we make each day. We believe that all occupational injuries and illnesses, as well as environmental incidents, are generally preventable, and we focus on compliance with all applicable environmental, health, and safety requirements. We have implemented an EHS management system that includes expectations for compliance, accountability, sustainability, and continuous improvement.
During March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreakimprovement to foster a culture of a novel coronavirussafety that enables our employees to minimize risk and to understand and follow safety rules, as a pandemic (the “COVID-19 Pandemic”), which has become increasingly widespread in the U.S. In orderwell as to identify, avoid, and correct unsafe actions, behaviors, or situations. For example, we continue to both protectinstitute fleet safety initiatives across our employeesfleet of vehicles, including installing and serve our customers, we have adjustedmaintaining collision warning and are continuously evolving certain aspectsauto braking technologies on all of our operations from those as discussed above, which includes (i) detailed protocols for infectious disease safety for employees, (ii) daily wellness checks for employees, and (iii) certain work from home actions, including for the majority of our call center professionals. In addition, we have invested in personal protective equipment for our employees and other work from home initiatives,vehicles.
Environmental
We are committed to reducing our impact on the environment by promoting environmental stewardship throughout our organization. In 2021, we began providing virtual service appointments as an option to our customers, reducing our truck rolls and related greenhouse gas emissions. We also acquired Sunpro Solar and believe that we can grow our solar business in a meaningful manner to help reduce the negative impact that certain traditional or non-sustainable energy sources have on the environment. We have also implemented our ADT Environmental Absolutes framework, which represents our focus on complying with environmental requirements, addressing proper disposal of waste streams, and promoting recycling of materials. We invest significant time and resources to reduce buildingour greenhouse gasesgas emissions and have focused on efficiency improvements in lighting, air handling, and data operations. We continually explore methods to reduce greenhouse gases from our motor vehicle fleet, including through the purchase of newer vehicle models having greater fuel efficiency and the use of hybrid vehicles. We employ waste recycling and diversion programs and continue to evolve new initiatives such as the placement of sensors inside our trash dumpsters to monitor waste levels and reduce unnecessary trash hauls. We will continue to look for new, and to improve existing, initiatives that reduce our carbon footprint. We are also assessing the impact of climate change on our operations and supply chain as one aspect of our enterprise risk management review process and will continue to do so on an ongoing basis.
Social
Our volunteerism and philanthropyphilanthropic social initiatives are varied and widespread across the organization.organization and the communities we serve. Our team members across the U.S. give back to their communities as part of ADT Always Cares, a corporate-wide citizenship program comprised of employee-directed volunteerism and philanthropy. We contributed approximately $750,000 to over 100 non-profit organizations in 2021, ranging from local soup kitchens and homeless shelters to many national organizations like Habitat for Humanity and the Ronald McDonald House. Additionally, we identified five students to receive four-year scholarships as part of our support for the United Negro College Fund, and we also provided each student ongoing mentoring from ADT leaders. ADT Always Cares also supports inclusion, diversity, and belonging initiatives by contributing to causes involving our BERGs.


14


Through our LifeSaver Awards program, we provide support to first responders, by providing charitable contributionsespecially volunteer firefighters, an effort which has been a long-standing commitment of ADT as we know it is important for customers to the police and fire departments who helped save our customers from home fires, carbon monoxide poisoning, and other medical emergencies. During 2020, we increased our philanthropy campaign by providing contributions to more than 130 non-profit organizations impacted by the COVID-19 Pandemic, donating meals to


11


employees at major hospitals to express gratitude for their sacrifice and dedication inreceive a timely response to the COVID-19 Pandemic, and givingtheir alarm activations during an active emergency. In December 2021, ADT granted an aggregate of $50,000 to five volunteer fire departments that battled wildfireswere unable to hold their regular fundraisers in the western U.S. We also look for opportunities to support organizations that focus on diversity and inclusion efforts. In 2020, we donatedtheir communities due to the United Negro College Fundimpact of the COVID-19 Pandemic. Helping ensure first responder agencies are set up for success with the proper equipment, training, and other needs is paramount to provide five students with four-year college scholarships.meeting security service customer expectations.
Governance
We are committed to making sure that every team member understands and embraces our core values of trust, collaboration, service, and innovation. That understandingcharge begins with our Code of Conduct, which outlines our commitment to our customers, our investors, our communities, and to one another. Our Code of Conduct outlines what is expected of our employees and ensures we continue to foster a culture of high integrity. Our Code of Conduct is supplemented by a variety of additional policies applicable to all team members which are designed to further foster ethical and sound business practices including, for example, policies with respect to non-retaliation, equal employment opportunity, anti-harassment, information technology security, personal data protection and privacy, conflicts of interest, intellectual property and the protection of confidential information, insider trading, anti-bribery and corruption, and the approval of transactions with related persons. In addition, our Audit Committee, which is comprised solely of independent directors, is responsible on behalf of the Board for the oversight of our enterprise risk management program. As one part of this program, on an annual basis, management reviews with the Audit Committee and the Board the Company’s Risk Appetite Statement with respect to the level of risk that the Company is willing to accept in pursuit of its goals and the risk tolerances management could assume with respect to those risks that are relevant to the Company. We adhere to the governance requirements established by federal and state law, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and the NYSE, and we strive to establish appropriate risk management methods and control procedures to adequately manage, monitor, and control the major risks we may face day to day.
Recent Initiatives Within Our Business Operations
We also believe that strong governance is essential to achieving our commitments around ESG. To this end, we have been successful in improvingestablished a working group of leaders from throughout the company who are focused on ESG. During 2021, we conducted a materiality assessment across certain of our operating key performance indicatorsemployees, investors, customers, and suppliers to help determine what might be the important areas of focus for our ESG initiatives. We also formalized our ESG reporting under the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.
In February 2022, we adopted the following ESG Commitment Statement: Our commitment to respect the environment, promote social responsibility, and lead with responsible governance is fundamental to who we are and guides our safe, smart, and sustainable business practices.
As we progress our ESG program during 2022, we will focus our initiatives in recent years, such as customer acquisition efficiency and customer retention. We believe these improvements in our fundamentals have positioned us wellone or more of the following areas, which we determined to achieve long-term capital efficient growth. During 2020, we commenced certain ongoing strategic initiatives that we believe will be transformativeimportant to our business. We have seen an increase in interest in smart home offerings and other mobile technology applications that we believe is attributable to a variety of factors, including advancements in technology, younger generations of consumers, and shifts to de-urbanization. Our strategic initiatives are intended to help us satisfy consumer and commercial demands in light of these macro-level dynamics and to position us for sustainable growth for years to come.
For example, our partnership with Google represents the combination of the leading security brand and the leading technology brand joining forces to introduce the next-generation smart and helpful home. Co-branded offerings are expected to be available beginning in 2021 in the form of both DIFM and DIY solutions and will include the integration of leading Google devices paired with Google video and analytics service. As part of this partnership, each company will contribute $150 million upon the achievement of certain milestones towards the joint marketing of devices and services, customer acquisition, training of our employees for the sales, installation, customer service, and maintenance for the product and service offerings, and technology updates for products included in such offerings.
These co-branded offerings will be initially supported by our current technology platform and we then plan to transition them to be supported by our ADT-owned next-generation professional security and automation technology platform, which is currently being developed in coordination with Google. Our comprehensive interactive technology platform is expected to provide customers with a seamless experience across security, life safety, automation, and analytics through a common application. Additionally, our platform is expected to integrate the user experience, customer service experience, and back-end support.
We are also increasing our emphasis on the use of strategic partnerships and alliances with third parties to expand our market presence. For example,stakeholders through our partnerships with D.R. Hortonmateriality assessment: (i) data privacy and Lyft, we are teaming up with national leaders in home constructioncyber security; (ii) inclusive diversity and ride sharing, respectively, while also investing inbelonging; (iii) employee well-being and integrating our services with newdevelopment; (iv) customer and existing technologiescommunity health and applications. We believe there is a healthy pipeline of future partnershipsafety; (v) environmental management; (vi) climate change risk management; (vii) responsible governance; and alliance opportunities.(viii) product safety and quality.
Given the successful implementation of a temporary work from home strategy during 2020, we are re-imagining what our physical footprint should look like. While the COVID-19 Pandemic has presented its challenges, it has also presented opportunities, such as with respect to how employees may most effectively work from home. This shift to an at home environment may provide us with an opportunity to more permanently reduce our number of fixed physical locations. For example, we expect a portion of our monitoring and customer service employees to remain in a permanent work from home environment. We believe this will reduce operating expenses while being a significant benefit for our employees, thereby making ADT an even more attractive place to work.
In addition, we have been focused on increasing our market share and penetration in the commercial market, which began with the Red Hawk Acquisition in 2018. While we experienced significant growth in our commercial channel during 2019, our commercial growth was negatively impacted by the COVID-19 Pandemic during 2020. However, we have now completed our integration of the Red Hawk business, and believe we are poised to return to commercial growth organically and through opportunistic value-add acquisitions.


12


Available Information
Availability of SEC Reports
Our website is located at https://www.adt.com. Our investor relations website is located at https://investor.adt.com. We make available free of charge on our investor relations website under “Financials” our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, reports filed pursuant to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), and any amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such materials to the SEC. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding our filings at http://www.sec.gov.
Use of Website to Provide Information
From time to time, we have made and expect in the future to use our website as a channel of distribution of material information regarding the Company. Financial and other material information regarding the Company is routinely posted on our website and accessible at https://investor.adt.com. In order to receive notifications regarding new postings to our website, investors are encouraged to enroll on our website to receive automatic email alerts. None of the information on our website is incorporated into this Annual Report.


13


ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.
In addition to risks and uncertainties in the ordinary course of business that are common to all businesses, important factors that are specific to our industry and the Company could have a material and adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. You should carefully consider the risks described below and in our subsequent periodic filings with the SEC. The following risk factors should be read in conjunction with “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes in this Annual Report.
Risks Related to Our ProductsOperations
The COVID-19 Pandemic has had and Services
Our future growth is dependent uponcould continue to have a significant negative impact on our employees, our customers, our suppliers, and our ability to keep pacecarry on our normal operations.
Our business model relies on a significant number of our customers remaining with rapid technologicalus for long periods of time.
Delays, costs, and industry changes through a combinationdisruptions that result from upgrading, integrating, and maintaining the security of partnerships with third parties, our own internal development,information and by acquisition, in ordertechnology networks could materially adversely affect us.
Due to the ever-changing threat landscape, our products may be subject to potential vulnerabilities of wireless and IoT devices; our services may be subject to certain risks, including hacking or other unauthorized access to control or view systems and obtain private information; and maintain new technologiesour normal operations may be disrupted.
We depend on third-party providers and suppliers for components of our security, automation and solar systems, third-party software licenses for our products and service introductionsservices, and third-party providers to transmit signals to our monitoring facilities and provide other services to our customers.
An event causing a disruption in the ability of our monitoring facilities or customer care resources, including work from home operations, to operate could materially adversely affect our business.
Our independent, third-party authorized dealers may not be able to mitigate certain risks such as information technology breaches, data security breaches, product liability, errors and omissions, and marketing compliance.
We may pursue business opportunities that diverge from our current business model.
We continue to integrate our acquisitions, which may divert management’s attention from our ongoing operations. We may not achieve all of the anticipated benefits, synergies, or cost savings from our acquisitions.
Our customer generation strategies through third parties, including our authorized dealer and affinity marketing programs, and our use of celebrities and social media influencers, and the competitive market acceptance with acceptable margins.for customer accounts may expose us to risk and affect our future profitability.
Our business operatesWe face risks in markets thatacquiring and integrating customer accounts.
If we are characterized by rapidly changing technologies, evolving industry standards, potential new entrants,unable to recruit and changes in customer needs and expectations. For example, a numberretain sufficient personnel at all levels of cable and other telecommunications companies and large technology companies with home automation solutions offer interactive and security services that are competitive with our products and services. If these services gain greater market acceptance and traction,organization, our ability to growmanage our business could be materially and adversely affected. Accordingly,
Adverse developments in our future success dependscollective bargaining agreements or other agreements with some employees could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Risks Related to Regulations and Litigation
If we fail to comply with constantly evolving laws, regulations, and industry standards addressing information and technology networks, privacy, and data security, we could face substantial penalties, liability, and reputational harm.


2


Infringement of our intellectual property rights could negatively affect us.
Allegations that we have infringed upon the intellectual property rights of third parties could negatively affect us.
We may be subject to class actions and other lawsuits which may harm our business and results of operations.
Increasing government regulation of telemarketing, email marketing, door-to-door sales, and other marketing methods may increase our costs and restrict the operation and growth of our business.
Our business operates in part ona regulated industry and any new, or changes to existing, laws or regulations, or our failure to comply with any such rules or regulations could be costly to us, harm our business and operations, and impede our ability to accomplish the following: identify emerging technological trends in our target end-markets; develop, acquire, and maintain competitive products and services that capitalize on existing and emerging trends; enhancegrow our existing productsbusiness, any new businesses that we acquire, or investment opportunities that we pursue.
Existing electric utility industry regulations, and serviceschanges to regulations, may present technical, regulatory, or economic barriers to the purchase and use of solar energy systems that may significantly reduce demand for our solar energy systems.
Our solar sales model may rely on net metering and related policies to offer competitive pricing to customers, and changes to such policies may significantly reduce demand for our solar offerings.
Interconnection limits or circuit-level caps imposed by adding innovative featuresregulators may significantly reduce our ability to sell solar systems and energy storage solutions in certain markets or slow interconnections, harming our growth rate and customer satisfaction scores.
The ADT Solar business may rely on a timely and cost-effective basis that differentiates us from our competitors; incorporate popular third-party interactive products and services into our product and service offerings; sufficiently capture intellectual property rights in new inventionsthe availability of rebates, tax credits, and other innovations;financial incentives. The expiration, elimination, or reduction of these rebates, credits, and developincentives could adversely impact our business.
We could be assessed penalties for false alarms.
In the absence of net neutrality or acquiresimilar regulation, certain providers of Internet access may block our services or charge their customers more for using our services, or government regulations relating to the Internet could change.
Given the nature of our business, we are exposed to greater risks of liability for employee acts or omissions or system failures than may be inherent in other businesses.
Our business would be adversely affected if certain of our independent contractors were classified as employees.
Existing or new tariffs and bring productsother trade restrictions imposed on imports from China or other countries where much of our end-user equipment is manufactured, or any counter-measures taken in response, may harm our business and services, including enhancements,results of operations.
Risks Related to market quicklyMacroeconomic and cost-effectively. Our ability to develop, alone or with third parties, or to acquire new products and services that are technologically innovative requires the investment of significant resources andRelated Factors
General economic conditions can affect our competitive position. These acquisitionbusiness, and development efforts divert resources fromwe are susceptible to changes in the business economy, in the housing market, and in business and consumer discretionary income, which may inhibit our ability to grow our customer base and impact our results of operations.
Rising interest rates or increased consumer lender fees could adversely impact our sales, profitability, and financing costs.
We are subject to credit risk and other potential investmentsrisks associated with our customers and dealers.
Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets represent a significant portion of our total assets, and we may never realize the full value of our intangible assets.
We have significant deferred tax assets, and any impairments of or valuation allowances against these deferred tax assets in the future could materially adversely affect our businesses,results of operations, financial condition, and theycash flows.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness and to the Ownership of Our Common Stock
Our substantial indebtedness limits our financial and operational flexibility.
Our stock price may fluctuate significantly.
We continue to be controlled by Apollo Global Management, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries and affiliates, “Apollo” or the “Sponsor”), and Apollo’s interests may conflict with our interests and the interests of other stockholders.
If we fail to establish and achieve the objectives of our Environmental, Social, and Governance (“ESG”) program consistent with investor, customer, employee, or other stakeholder expectations, we may not leadbe viewed as an attractive investment, service provider, workplace, or business, which could have a negative effect on our Company.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for exclusive forum provisions which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes.


3


PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.
Company Overview
ADT Inc., together with its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”, “we”, “our”, “us”, and “ADT”), is a leading provider of security, interactive, and smart home solutions serving residential, small business, and commercial customers in the United States (“U.S.”). With the acquisition of Sunpro Solar in December 2021, we are now also a leading provider of residential solar solutions. Our mission is to empower customers to protect and connect to what matters most - their families, homes, and businesses - by delivering safe, smart, and sustainable lifestyle-driven solutions through professionally installed, do-it-yourself (“DIY”), and mobile or other digital-based offerings supported by our 24/7 professional monitoring services.
The ADT brand is one of the most recognized and trusted brands in the security industry, which we believe is a key competitive advantage and contributor to our success due to the developmentimportance customers place on reputation and trust when purchasing our products and services. The strength of our brand is based upon a long-standing record of delivering high-quality, reliable products and services; expertise in system sales, installation, and monitoring; and superior customer care, all driven by our industry-leading experience and knowledge.
We serve our customers through our nationwide sales and service offices; monitoring and support centers; and a large network of security, home-automation, and solar-installation professionals in the U.S. As of December 31, 2021, we had approximately 6.6 million recurring revenue customers.
Formation and Organization
ADT Inc. was incorporated in the State of Delaware in May 2015 as a holding company with no assets or liabilities. In July 2015, we acquired Protection One, Inc. and ASG Intermediate Holding Corp. (collectively, the “Formation Transactions”), which were instrumental in the commencement of our operations. In May 2016, we acquired The ADT Security Corporation (formerly named The ADT Corporation) (“The ADT Corporation”) (the “ADT Acquisition”), which significantly increased our market share in the security systems industry making us one of the largest monitored security companies in the U.S. and, at the time, Canada.
In January 2018, we completed an initial public offering (“IPO”), and our common stock, par value $0.01 per share, (“Common Stock”) began trading on the NYSE under the symbol “ADT.”
ADT Inc. is majority-owned by Prime Security Services TopCo (ML), L.P., which is majority-owned by Prime Security Services TopCo Parent, L.P. (“Ultimate Parent”). Ultimate Parent is majority-owned by Apollo Investment Fund VIII, L.P. and its related funds that are directly or indirectly managed by affiliates of Apollo. As of December 31, 2021, Apollo owned approximately 67.5% of our outstanding common stock, including Class B Common Stock (as defined below) on an as-converted basis, and excluding unvested common shares.
Key Business Developments and Recent Initiatives
The following represents key business developments since our IPO:
In December 2018, we acquired Fire & Security Holdings, LLC (“Red Hawk”) (the “Red Hawk Acquisition”), which accelerated our growth in the commercial security market and expanded our product portfolio with the introduction of commercial fire safety and related solutions.
In November 2019, we sold ADT Security Services Canada, Inc. (“ADT Canada”), which resulted in the substantial disposition of our operations in Canada.
In January 2020, we acquired Defender Holdings, Inc. (“Defenders”), our largest independent dealer at the time (the “Defenders Acquisition”), which represented approximately 55% of our indirect channel in 2019.
In February 2020, we launched a new commercially successful technologies, products, or services onrevenue model initiative for certain residential customers, which (i) revised the amount and nature of fees due at installation, (ii) introduced a timely basis.60-month monitoring contract option, and (iii) introduced a new retail installment contract option.
For example, in


4


In July 2020, we entered into thea Master Supply, Distribution, and Marketing Agreement (the “Google Commercial AgreementAgreement”) with Google pursuant to which Google has agreed to supply us with certain Google devices as well as certain Google video and analytics services and we have agreed, with certain exceptions, to exclusively provide (“Google end-user video and sensing analytics services and smart-home, security and safety devicesServices”), for sale to our customers. If
In September 2020, we issued and sold 54,744,525 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class B Common Stock”), for an aggregate purchase price of $450 million to Google fails to perform or to provide products that continually meet the demands of our customers, or if we fail to develop products and services that our customers find desirable and in a timely manner, our business will be materially, adversely impacted. In addition, while we are requiredprivate placement pursuant to use Google exclusively for certain of our product supply, Google can sell the same or similar devices to our competitors who may more successfully commercialize products or services that are competitive to ours, thereby materially harming our business.a securities purchase agreement dated July 31, 2020 (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”).
In addition, in November 2020, we announced the ongoing development of our ADT-owned next-generation professional security and automation technology platform, which is currently being developed in coordination with Google (as discussed below).
In July 2021, we introduced the concept of Virtual Service Support, which allows us to meet customer demands and preferences while reducing costs of truck rolls for certain service visits. Virtual Service Support delivers a scalable, cost-efficient means of servicing our customers through live video streaming with our skilled technicians to troubleshoot and resolve service issues.
In December 2021, we acquired Sunpro Solar, which entered us into the residential solar market with the launch of ADT Solar, which will leverage ADT’s brand awareness and trust among consumers to accelerate growth. ADT Solar provides residential customers with solar and energy storage solutions, energy efficiency upgrades, and roofing services.
In January 2022, we announced that together with Ford Motor Company (“Ford”), we will be forming a new entity, Canopy, which will combine ADT’s professional security monitoring and Ford’s AI-driven video camera technology to help customers strengthen security of new and existing vehicles across automotive brands. Ford and ADT’s investment in Canopy is subject to certain conditions, including regulatory approvals, and initial funding is expected to close in the second quarter of 2022. ADT and Ford expect to invest approximately $100 million collectively during the next three years, of which ADT will contribute 40%.
In January 2022, we successfully launched the integrated Google doorbell, and we are jointly solidifying the timeline for subsequent product launches with a focus on optimal customer experience and quality.
Google and Next-Generation Platform Update
Our partnership with Google represents the combination of the leading security brand and the leading technology brand joining forces to introduce the next-generation smart and helpful home. As part of this partnership, each company will contribute $150 million upon the achievement of certain milestones towards the joint marketing of devices and services; customer acquisition; training of our employees for the sales, installation, customer service, and maintenance for the product and service offerings; and technology updates for products included in such offerings.
Co-branded offerings are and will continue to be available in the form of both professionally installed and DIY solutions and will include the integration of leading Google devices paired with Google video and analytics services initially through our current technology platform and the Google Home platform. We plan to transition these offerings to be supported by our ADT-owned next-generation professional security and automation technology platform, which is currently being developed in coordination with Google. Our comprehensive interactive technology platform is expected to provide customers with a seamless experience through a common application across security, life safety, automation, and analytics through a common application.analytics. Additionally, our platform is expected to integrate the customeruser experience, the customer service experience, and back-end support. We may not achieve a successful platform build
COVID-19 Pandemic Update
The COVID-19 Pandemic, including variants such as Delta and Omicron, caused certain notable adverse impacts on general economic conditions, including temporary and permanent closures of many businesses, increased governmental regulations, supply chain disruptions, and changes in a timely manner, within budget, orconsumer spending. Our employees are susceptible to COVID-19 in a manner that enables the commercializationordinary course of productstheir work. In order to continue to both protect our employees and services that meet the continuallyserve our customers, we have adjusted, and are continuously evolving, demandscertain aspects of our customers. The failureoperations in response to successfully build a platform will significantlythe COVID-19 Pandemic, which include (i) detailed protocols for infectious disease safety for employees, (ii) employee daily wellness checks, (iii) certain work from home actions, including for the majority of our call center professionals, and (iv) investments in personal protective equipment for our employees. We continue to monitor the impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic including the health of our employees, protection of our customers, and our ability to provide commercially viable products and services, and will result in the loss of a substantial amount of investment dollars. In addition, the development of this platform will take management’s time and attention away from other opportunities. A failurecontinue to successfully develop this platform could result in a material adverse impact on our business.
Any new or enhanced products and services developed in these manners may not satisfy customer preferences, and potential product failures may cause customers to reject our products and services. As a result, these products and services may not achieve market acceptance, and our brand image could suffer. In addition, our competitors may introduce superior products or business strategies, impairing our brand and the desirabilityoperate all aspects of our products and services, which may cause customers to defer or forego purchases of our products and services, and impacting our ability to charge monthly service fees. If our competitors implement new technologies before we are able to implement them, those competitors may be able to provide more effective products than ours, possibly at lower prices and experience higher adoption rates and popularity. Any delay or failure in the introduction of new or enhanced solutions could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the markets for our products and services may not develop or grow as we anticipate. The failure of our technology, products, orbusiness.


145


servicesSegment and Geographic Information
We evaluate and report our segment information based on the manner in which our Chief Executive Officer, who is the chief operating decision maker (the “CODM”), evaluates performance and allocates resources. Prior to gain2021, we had a single operating and reportable segment. Beginning in the first quarter of 2021, we reported results in two operating and reportable segments, Consumer and Small Business (“CSB”) and Commercial. Upon consummation of the Sunpro Solar Acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2021, we began reporting results for a third operating and reportable segment related to the ADT Solar business (“Solar”). There were no further changes to our CSB and Commercial segments.
Where applicable, prior periods have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect our current operating and reportable segment structure.
We organize our segments based primarily on customer type as follows:
CSB - The CSB segment primarily includes (i) revenue and operating costs from the sale, installation, servicing, and monitoring of integrated security, interactive, and automation systems, as well as other offerings such as mobile security and home health solutions; (ii) other operating costs associated with support functions related to these operations; and (iii) general corporate costs and other income and expense items not included in the Commercial or Solar segments. Customers in the CSB segment are comprised of residential homeowners, small business operators, and other individual consumers of security and automation systems.
Results for the Company’s Canadian operations prior to its sale in the fourth quarter of 2019 are included in the CSB segment based on the primary customer market acceptance,served in Canada.
Commercial - The Commercial segment primarily includes (i) revenue and operating costs from the potential for product defects, orsale, installation, servicing, and monitoring of integrated security, interactive, and automation systems, fire detection and suppression systems, and other related offerings; (ii) other operating costs associated with support functions related to these operations; and (iii) dedicated corporate and other costs. Customers in the obsolescenceCommercial segment are comprised of larger businesses with more expansive facilities (typically larger than 10,000 square feet) and multi-site operations, which often require more sophisticated integrated solutions.
Solar - The Solar segment primarily includes (i) revenue and operating costs from the design and installation of solar systems, energy storage solutions, and other related solutions and services; (ii) other operating costs associated with support functions related to these operations; and (iii) dedicated corporate and other costs. Customers in the Solar segment are primarily comprised of residential homeowners who purchase solar systems and energy storage solutions, energy efficiency upgrades, and roofing services.
For the results of our operations outside of the U.S., which consist of our operations in Canada prior to the sale of ADT Canada, refer to Note 3 “Segment Information” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Products and Services
We primarily offer our portfolio of products and services could significantly reduceunder our revenue, increase our operating costs, or otherwise materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
In addition to developing and acquiring new technologies and introducing new offerings, we may need, from time to time, to phase out outdated and unsuitable technologies and services. If we are unable to do so on a cost-effective basis, we could experience reduced profits.
We sell our products and services in highly competitive markets, including the homeADT brand, which includes burglar alarm, security and automation markets and the commercial fire and security markets, which may result in pressure on our profit margins and limit our ability to maintain or increase the market share of our products and services.
The monitored security industry is highly fragmented and subject to significant competition and pricing pressures. We experience significant competitive pricing pressures on installation, monitoring, and service fees. Several competitors offer installation fees and monitoring fees that match or are lower than ours. Other competitors may charge significantly more for installation, but in many cases, less for monitoring. In addition, cable and telecommunications companies have expanded into the home automation, and monitoredother smart home solutions and fire detection, suppression, and access control systems (referred to collectively as security industry and are bundling their existing offerings with monitored security services, often at lower monthly monitoring rates.
In many cases, we face competition for direct sales from our independent, third-party authorized dealers, who may offer installation for considerably less than we do in particular markets. We face competition from other providers such as technology and cable and telecommunications companies that may have existing access to and relationships with subscribers and highly recognized brands, which may drive increased awareness of their security/automation offerings relative to ours, have access to greater capital and resources than us, and may spend significantly more on advertising, marketing, and promotional resources,systems, solutions, or offerings), as well as solar systems and energy storage solutions for residential customers.
Our core security offerings are designed to detect intrusion; control access; sense movement, smoke, fire, carbon monoxide, flooding, temperature, and other environmental conditions and hazards; and address personal medical emergencies such as injuries or incapacitation. In our Commercial business, we also sell, install, integrate, maintain, and inspect commercial building safety and management technologies, which include fire detection and suppression, video surveillance, and access control systems. We also offer our customers routine maintenance and the installation of upgraded or additional equipment, which provides additional value to the customer and generates incremental recurring monthly revenue. With the acquisition of other companies withSunpro Solar, we design, install, and sell custom solar systems and energy storage solutions, energy efficiency upgrades, and roofing services.
The vast majority of new residential customers choose our automation and smart home automation solution offerings, any ofsolutions, which could have a material adverse effect on ourprovide customers the ability to drive awarenessremotely monitor and demand formanage their environments. Through our productscustomized web portal via web-enabled devices (such as smart phones), customers can arm/disarm their security systems, record/view real-time video, and services. In particular, these companies may be able to offer subscribers a lower price by bundling their services. We also face potential competition from DIY products such as SimpliSafe, Apple HomeKit, and Amazon Ring, which enable customers to self-monitor and control their environments without third-party involvement through the Internet, text messages, emails, or similar communications, but with the disadvantage that alarm events may go unnoticed. Some DIY providers may also offer professional monitoring with the purchase ofprogram their systems and equipment without a contractual commitment, which may be attractive to some customers and put us at a competitive disadvantage. Other DIY providers may offer new internet of things (“IoT”) devices and services with automated features and capabilities that may be appealingreact to customers. In addition, certain DIY providers have a significantly broader customer base and product offering than us, allowing them to cross-sell interactive and security solutions that are competitive with our offerings to customers who are loyal to the competitor’s brand. Shifts in customer preferences toward DIY systems could increase our attrition rates over time and the risk of accelerated amortization of customer contracts resulting from a declining customer base. In November 2020, we announced our intention to launch a co-branded ADT | Google core professionally installed DIFM offering during the second half of 2021 and a co-branded ADT | Google DIY solution in 2021 having new distribution channels, including retail sales directly to prospective customers. We cannot be certain that either offering will launch successfully, or occur at all, or whether any such co-branded product will be commercially viable. Notwithstanding our new partnership with Google, it is possible that one or more of our competitors could develop a significant technological advantage over us that allows them to provide additional service or better-quality service or to lower their price, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Continued pricing pressure, improvements in technology, competitor brand loyalty, and shifts in customer preferences toward self-monitoring and DIY could adversely impact our customer base and/or pricing structure and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
We also face competition in the commercial fire and security markets where many of our competitors are large, global industrial companiesdefined events, as well as smaller regional and local companies, which may be positioned to offer products and services at lower cost than us or which may benefit from pre-existing or highly localized relationships and knowledge. Our ability to compete in the commercial fire and security business is also dependent on our ability to acquire and resell third-party products and services demanded by commercial customers, some of which we may not be able to provide. If we fail to build relationships with commercial customers or obtain the rights to resell third-party products and services required by commercial customers, our profitability, business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
The retirement of older telecommunications technologyautomate custom schedules for connected devices such as 3Glights, thermostats, appliances, garage doors, and CDMA by telecommunications providerscameras. Our technology can also integrate with various third-party connected and shifts inwearable devices allowing us to serve customers whether they are at home or on-the-go. Additionally, our customers’ choice of telecommunications services and equipment could materially adversely affect our business, increase customer attrition, and require significant capital expenditures.
Certain elements of our operating model have historically relied on our customers’ continued selection and use of traditional copper wireline telecommunications service to transmit alarm signals to our monitoring centers. There is a growing trend forpersonal emergency response system products


156


and services utilize our security monitoring infrastructure to provide customers with solutions helping to switchsustain independent living and encourage better self-care activities. Our recently acquired solar operations, now ADT Solar, combines our legacy leading smart home security with sustainable home energy management solutions through a single, trusted provider. ADT Solar offers customers solar solutions through dedicated and specialized in-house sales and marketing teams, design and engineering, and installation.
Customer Contracts
New CSB and certain Commercial customers typically require us to make an upfront investment related to installation costs (such as labor, including commissions, materials, and overhead), which are partially offset by upfront fees charged at the exclusive usetime of cellular, or IP based technologyinstallation. The economics of an installation can vary depending on the customer acquisition channel and product, but we generally achieve revenue break-even in their homesless than two and businesses, as telecommunication providers discontinue their copper wireline services in favora half years. We periodically adjust the standard monthly monitoring rate charged to new and existing customers, while our ability to increase our average selling prices for individual customers depends on a number of IP-based technology. Manyfactors, including the quality of our service, the introduction of additional features and services which increase the value of our offerings, and the competitive environment in which we operate.
At the time of initial equipment installation, our CSB and Commercial customers also have security systems that rely on technology thattypically contract for both monitoring and maintenance services, which are generally governed by multi-year contracts. If a customer cancels or is not operable with newer cellular networks or IP-based networks, and as such, will not be ableotherwise in default under a monitoring contract prior to transmit alarm signals on these networks. The discontinuation of copper landline service, older cellular technologies, and other services by telecommunications providers, as well as the switch by customers to the exclusive use of cellular or IP technology, may require system upgrades to alternative, and potentially more expensive, alarm systems to transmit alarm signals and function properly. This could increase our customer revenue attrition, as was the case when we sought to migrate certain customers off of the earlier 2G networks, and slow new customer generation.
We have received notice from the providers of 3G and Code-Division Multiple Access (“CDMA”) cellular networks that they will be retiring their 3G and CDMA networks by the first quarter of 2022. One carrier that sunset CDMA in 2019 has agreed to continue to provide such service only until the end of 2022. the initial contract term, we have the right under the contract to receive a termination payment from the customer in an amount equal to a designated percentage of all remaining monthly payments.
The standard contract terms for CSB customers are two, three, or five years, with automatic renewals for successive 30-day periods, unless canceled by either party. Residential customers are typically charged an upfront fee, which qualifying customers can pay over the course of the contract, and are then obligated to make monthly payments for the remainder of the initial contract term. Monitoring services are generally billed monthly or quarterly in advance, and more than 80% of our residential customers pay us these fees through automated payment methods, with new residential customers generally opting for these payment methods.
The standard contract term for commercial customers is typically five years with automatic renewals ranging from 30-day periods to one year. In some commercial arrangements, we may install a system without an on-going contractual monitoring or maintenance service relationship.
The standard contract for solar customers varies based on specifics of the job and generally covers the time from signing of the agreement to completion of installation. Additionally, a substantial portion of sales are financed by third parties.
Monitoring Centers
Upon the occurrence of certain initiating events, our monitored security systems send event-specific signals to personnel at our monitoring centers who then relay appropriate information to first responders, such as local police, fire departments, or medical emergency response centers; the customer; or others on the customer’s emergency contact list based on the customer’s contract and preferences. We continue to focus on our alarm verification technologies and partner with industry associations and various first responder agencies to help prioritize response events, enhance response policies, and develop processes that allow us to send data to emergency response centers directly. Additionally, our SMART (System Monitoring and Response Technology) Monitoring differentiates our offerings, aims to result in faster and higher-quality responses, and is expected to reduce annual false alarms and customer care calls.
As of December 31, 2021, we operated nine monitoring centers listed by Underwriters Laboratories (“UL”) located throughout the U.S. in order to provide 24/7 year-round professional monitoring services to our customers, with three of our monitoring centers also providing outsourced monitoring services for other security companies. To obtain and maintain a UL listing, a security systems monitoring center must be located in a building meeting UL’s structural requirements, have back-up computer and power systems, and meet UL specifications for staffing and standard operating procedures. Many jurisdictions have laws requiring that security systems for certain buildings be monitored by UL-listed centers. In addition, a UL listing is required by insurers of certain customers as a condition of insurance coverage. Our monitoring centers are also fully redundant, which means all monitoring operations can be automatically transferred to another monitoring center in case of an emergency such as fire, tornado, major interruption in telephone or computer service, or any other event affecting the functionality of one of our centers. During 2020, we provided services to approximately 1.9 million customer sites that transmit signals via 3G or CDMA networks. A failure to effectively transition these customers awayimplemented certain work from retiring networks would result in a loss of signal to the systems and services we provide, which may result in a loss of related recurring monthly revenue. Implementation of additional service charges in connection with our transition plans, may cause customers to view such charges unfavorably, which could cause customer attrition to increase. If we are unable to upgrade cellular equipment at customer sites to meet new network standards prior to the retirement of 3G and CDMA networks, or to respond to other changes carriers are or may make to their networks in a timely and cost-effective manner, whether due to an insufficient supply of electronic components or parts, an insufficient skilled labor force, or due to any other reason, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows, could be materially adversely affected.
During November 2020, we acquired Cell Bounce, a technology company with proprietary radio conversion technology in the form of a user-installable device, which is expected to allow for the transition of customers on 3G networks in a cost efficient and timely manner. The Cell Bounce technology is unproven on a large commercial scale and any long term failure in the technology or inability to install the technology in a cost effective and timely manner, includinghome actions as a result of the unwillingness of customers to self-install the device, or their prolonged delay in doing so, would result inCOVID-19 Pandemic, including for a lossmajority of our investment to date to acquire and integrate Cell Bounce into our operations and could have a material, adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.monitoring center professionals in compliance with UL work-from-home standards.
In November 2017, as part of the FCC’s efforts to facilitate the transition from traditional copper-based wireline networks to IP-based fiber broadband networks, the FCC repealed its rules requiring telecommunications carriers to provide direct advanced public notice to consumers of the retirement of copper-based wireline networks. Many of our customers rely solely on copper-based telephone networks to transmit alarm signals from their premisesaddition to our monitoring stations. Since some customer alarm systems are not compatible with IP-based communication paths, we will be required to upgrade or install new technologies, which may include the need to subsidize the replacementcenters, our Network Operations Center (“NOC”) houses a group of the customers’ outdated systems athighly-experienced, certified engineers, system administrators, and network analysts capable of designing, provisioning, and maintaining security-only networks for our expense.Commercial customers. The carrier’s ability to retire copper-based wireline networks without advanced notice could lead to customer confusion and impede our ability to timely transfer customers to new network technologies. Any technology upgrades or implementations could require significant capital expenditures, may increase our attrition rates, and mayNOC also divert management andprovides other resource attention away from customer service and sales efforts for new customers. In the future, we may not be able to successfully implement new technologies or adapt existing technologies to changing market demands. If we are unable to adapt in a timely manner to changing technologies, market conditions or customer preferences, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
In addition, we use broadband Internet access servicemanaged services to support and enhance our product offerings, such as video monitoringcustomer’s security systems. Employees in our NOC hold a multitude of vendor certifications in addition to classic Cisco and surveillance, and as a communications option for alarm monitoring and other services. Video monitoring and surveillance services use significantly more bandwidth than non-video Internet activity. As utilization rates and penetration of these services increase, the need for increased network capacity will necessitate our incurring significant capital expenditures to avoid service disruptions as well as ensure a seamless video experience for our customers, which could materially, adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Police departments could refuse to respond to calls from monitored security service companies.
Police departments in certain jurisdictions do not respond to calls from monitored security service companies unless certain conditions are met, such as video or other verification or eyewitness accounts of suspicious activities, either as a matter of policy or by local ordinance. We offer video verification in certain jurisdictions which increases costs of some security systems, which may increase costs to customers. As an alternative to video cameras in some jurisdictions, we have offered affected customers the option of receiving response from private guard companies, at least as an initial means to verify suspicious activities. In most cases this is accomplished through contracts with private guard companies, which increases the overall cost to customers. If more police departments were to refuse to respond or be prohibited from responding to calls from monitored security service companies unless certain conditions are met, such as video or other verification or eyewitness accounts of


167


suspicious activities,Cisco Meraki Certifications. Our NOC was one of the first security integrators to earn the Cisco Cloud and Managed Services Express Partner Certification and remains one of the few in our industry to hold this specialized certification.
Field Service and Call Centers Operations
We staff our sales and service offices across the U.S. with qualified individuals who make sales calls, install security systems, and provide service and support to our customers, and we utilize third-party subcontract labor when appropriate to assist with these efforts. Our objective is to provide a differentiated service experience by resolving customer issues remotely whenever possible and scheduling service visits at times convenient for the customer. Additionally, we implemented Virtual Service Support in July 2021, which enables our technicians to live-video stream with certain customers to satisfy customer demand for service while reducing some of the costs of in-home visits.
Our call center operations provide support 24 hours a day on a year-round basis, and all requests are routed through our customer contact centers to ensure technical service requests are handled promptly and professionally. In many cases, customer care specialists can remotely resolve non-emergency inquiries regarding service, billing, and alarm testing and support. We continue to offer customers additional choices in managing their services through customer-facing self-service tools via interactive voice response systems and the Internet.
We believe a strong selling point for multi-site customers is our ability to attractserve our largest multi-site customers from our National Accounts Operation Center (“NAOC”) in Irving, Texas, which allows the customer to call one location to resolve all support issues, including billing, installations, service calls, upgrades, or other service-related issues.
We provide ongoing training to call center and retain customers could be negatively impactedfield employees and our business, financial condition, resultsauthorized dealers, and we continually measure and monitor customer satisfaction-oriented metrics across each customer touch point.
Sales and Distribution Channels
We utilize a complementary mix of operations,direct and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.indirect sales and distribution channels, as discussed below.
Direct Channel
Our reputation as a service provider of high-quality security offerings may be materially adversely affecteddirect channel customers are generated by product defects or shortfallsour direct response and other marketing efforts, general brand awareness, customer referrals, and lead generation partners, and are supported by our internal sales force located in customer service.
Our business depends on our reputation and ability to maintain good relationships with our subscribers, dealers, suppliers, and local regulators, among others. Our reputation may be harmed either through product defects, such as the failure of one or more of our subscribers’ alarm systems, or shortfalls in customer service. Subscribers generally judge our performance through their interactions with the staff at the monitoring and customer carenational sales call centers dealers, and technicians who perform on-site installation and maintenance services, as well as their dayour nationwide network of sales and service offices. In many scenarios, we close the sale of a basic system over the phone and allow our field force to day interactionsaugment the system at the time of installation. In other cases, field sales consultants work directly with the productcustomer to select an ideal system. Driven by consumer preferences, we also market to customers through retail and e-commerce channels, which are expected to grow in the mobile application. Any failurenext few years, and we have been supplementing existing channels to meet subscribers’ expectationsconsumers where they prefer to shop.
Our security field sales consultants undergo an in-depth screening process prior to hire. Each field sales consultant completes comprehensive centralized training prior to conducting customer sales presentations, as well as participates in such customer service areas could cause an increaseongoing training in attrition rates or make it difficult to recruitsupport of new subscribers. Any harm to our reputation or subscriber relationships caused by the actions of our dealers, personnel, or third-party product or service providers or any other factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition,offerings and results of operations.
If the insurance industry changes its practice of providing incentives to homeowners for the use of alarmour structured model sales call. We utilize a highly structured sales approach, which includes, in addition to the structured model sales call, daily monitoring of sales activity and effectiveness metrics and regular coaching by our sales management teams.
In our solar business, we obtain sales primarily through third-party and self-generated leads, as well as through a referral app for our customers.
Indirect Channel
Our indirect channel customers are generated mainly through our network of agreements with third-party independent dealers who sell equipment and ADT Authorized Dealer-branded monitoring, interactive, and other services to residential end users (the “ADT Authorized Dealer Program”). As opportunities arise, we have in the past engaged, and we may experience a reduction in new customer growth or an increase in our subscriber attrition rate.
It has been common practice in the insurance industry to provide a reduction in rates for policies written on homes that have monitored alarm systems. There can be no assurance that insurance companies will continue to offer these rate reductions. If these incentives were reduced or eliminated, new homeowners who otherwise might not feel the need for alarm monitoring services would be removed from our potential customer pool, which could hinder the growth of our business, and existing subscribers may choose to disconnect or not renew their service contracts, which could increase our attrition rates. In either case, our growth prospects and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
We have invested and will continue to invest in new businesses, services, and technologies outside the traditional security and interactive services market, which is inherently risky and could disrupt our current operations.
We have invested and will continue to invest in new businesses, products, services, and technologies beyond traditional security and interactive services. Our investments may involve significant risks and uncertainties, including capital loss on some or all of our investments, insufficient revenue from such investments to offset any new liabilities assumed and expenses associated with these new investments, distraction of management from current operations, and issues not identified during pre-investment planning and due diligence that could cause us to fail to realize the anticipated benefits of such investments and incur unanticipated liabilities. Since these investments are inherently risky, these new businesses, products, services, and technologies may not be successful and as a result, may materially adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Unauthorized use of our brand names by third parties, and the expenses incurred in developing and preserving the value of our brand names, may materially adversely affect our business.
Our brand names are critical to our success. Unauthorized use of our brand names by third parties may materially adversely affect our business and reputation, including the perceived quality and reliability of our products and services. We rely on trademark law, company brand name protection policies, and agreements with our employees, customers, business partners, and others to protect the value of our brand names. Despite our precautions, we cannot provide assurance that those procedures are sufficiently effective to protect against unauthorized third-party use of our brand names. In particular, in recent years, various third parties have used our brand names to engage, in fraudulent activities, including unauthorized telemarketing conducted inselective bulk account purchases, which typically involve the purchase of a set of customer accounts from other security service providers.
As of December 31, 2021, our names to induce our existing customers to switch to competing monitoring service providers, lead generation activities for competitors, and obtaining personally identifiable or personal financial information. Third parties sometimes use our names and trademarks, or other confusingly similar variances thereof, in other contexts that may impact our brands. We may not be successful in detecting, investigating, preventing, or prosecuting all unauthorized third-party usenetwork of our brand names. Future litigation with respect to such unauthorized use could also result in substantial costs and diversionauthorized dealers consisted of our resources. These factors could materially adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Third parties hold rights to certain of our key brand names outside of the U.S.
Our success depends in part on our continued ability to use trademarks to capitalize on our brands’ name-recognition and to further develop our brands in the U.S, as well as in other international markets should we choose to expand and continue to grow our business outside ofapproximately 200 authorized dealers operating across the U.S. Our authorized dealers are contractually obligated to offer exclusively to us all qualified monitored accounts they generate, but we are not obligated to accept these accounts. We pay our authorized dealers for the acquisition of any qualified monitored accounts (referred to as dealer generated customer accounts) we purchase from them. In certain instances in which we reject an account, we generally still indirectly provide monitoring services for that account through a monitoring services agreement with the future. Not allauthorized dealer. Dealer generated customer contracts typically have an initial term of the trademarks that are used by our brands have been registered inthree years with automatic renewals for successive 30-day periods, unless


178


allcanceled by either party. If a purchased account is canceled during the charge-back period, which is generally thirteen months, the dealer is required to refund our payment of the countriespurchase price for the canceled account.
Authorized dealers are required to adhere to the same high-quality standards for sales and installation as our own sales and service offices. We monitor each authorized dealer’s financial stability, use of sound and ethical business practices, and delivery of reliable and consistent high-quality sales and installation methods.
Marketing and Strategic Partnerships
We have been focusing on driving revenue through increased consumer awareness and preference; enhancing consumer purchasing flexibility; and refreshing, refining, modernizing, and customizing our go-to-market approach. To support the growth of our customer base, improve brand awareness, and drive greater market penetration, we consider new customer channels and lead generation methods, explore opportunities to provide branded solutions, and form strategic partnerships and alliances with various third parties.
We strive to optimize our marketing spend through a lead modeling process, whereby we dynamically allocate spend based on lead flow and measured marketing channel effectiveness. We market our offerings through national television, radio, and direct mail advertisements, as well as through Internet advertising, which includes national search engine marketing, email, online video, local search, and social media. We also have several affinity partnerships with organizations that promote our services to their customer bases. In addition, we market through social media influencers and celebrity spokespersons representing the ADT brand. Our strategic partnerships and alliances include home builders, property management firms, homeowners’ associations, insurance companies, financial institutions, retailers, public utilities, and software service providers. For example, we have existing partnerships with national leaders in home construction and ride sharing, and we believe there is a healthy pipeline of future partnership and alliance opportunities.
Our goal is to maximize customer lifetime value for both new and existing customers by (i) continuing to evaluate our pricing and product offerings; (ii) managing costs and service strategies to provide enhanced value; (iii) upgrading existing customers to our interactive services, internet protocol (“IP”) video solutions, or other upgraded solutions whenever possible; and (iv) achieving long customer tenure.
Our Markets
We serve our customers in the following three primary markets: Consumer and Small Business, Commercial, and Solar. We also seek opportunities to leverage our brand name, our core focus on security, and our high degree of trust among our customer base to pursue new customers in complementary markets such as DIY offerings, smart home technologies, and personal on-the-go security and safety. We have seen an increase in interest in smart home offerings and other mobile technology applications, which we believe is attributable to a variety of factors, including advancements in technology, younger generations of consumers, and shifts to de-urbanization. We believe our strategic initiatives will help us satisfy consumer and commercial demands in light of these macro-level dynamics and position us for sustainable growth for years to come.
Consumer and Small Business
Our consumer and small business market primarily consists of owners of single-family homes or small businesses, renters, and other DIY customers. The market is generally characterized by a large and homogeneous customer base with less complex system installations. Many of our residential and small business customers are driven to purchase monitored security and automation services as a result of moving to a new location; a perceived or actual increase in crime or life safety concerns in their neighborhood; significant events such as the birth of a child or opening of a new business; or incentives provided by insurance carriers, who may dooffer lower insurance premium rates if a security system is installed or may require that a system be installed as a condition of coverage.
Commercial
Our commercial market ranges from large single-site commercial facilities to multi-site national companies. The market is characterized by higher penetration rates, driven in part by fire and building codes and insurance requirements, and by a higher degree of complexity with respect to system installations. Most business customers require a basic security system for insurance purposes, and certain commercial premises are required to install and maintain fire alarm, and sometimes fire suppression, systems to meet the requirements under applicable building codes and insurance policies. Additionally, businesses may also leverage our IP video solutions for operational purposes such as employee safety, theft prevention, and inventory management.
We have been focused on increasing our market share and penetration in the future,commercial market. While we experienced significant growth in our commercial channel during 2019, our commercial growth was negatively impacted by the COVID-19


9


Pandemic during 2020 and 2021. However, we saw improvements beginning in 2021 and believe we are poised to return to commercial growth organically and through opportunistic value-add acquisitions.
Solar
Our solar market consists primarily of residential property owners. The market is highly fragmented, under-penetrated, and has a longer lag between sale/contract and installation than our residential security market. With the shift in consumer preference toward clean energy, we believe there are numerous opportunities to increase market share within the solar industry. Sales are typically financed by third party financing institutions, which reduces risk associated with collections. Additionally, we believe there is a large cross-selling and bundling opportunity with our CSB markets as consumers adopt smart home automation.
Competition
Success in acquiring new customers depends on a variety of factors, including (i) brand and reputation, (ii) market visibility, (iii) service and product capabilities, (iv) quality, (v) price, and (vi) the ability to identify and sell to prospective customers. Technology trends are also creating significant change in our industries. While providing us with many opportunities, innovation has also lowered the barriers to entry for automation, interactive, and smart home solutions, and new business models and competitors have emerged. We are focused on extending our leadership position in the traditional residential and commercial security markets while also growing our share of emerging and adjacent markets, including solar. We believe a combination of increasing customer interest in lifestyle and business productivity and technology advancements will support the increasing penetration of automation, interactive, smart home, and solar solutions.
The traditional residential and commercial security markets in the U.S. remain highly competitive and fragmented, with a low number of major companies and thousands of smaller regional and local companies, which is primarily the result of relatively low barriers to entry in local geographies and the availability of companies providing outsourced monitoring services but not maintaining the customer relationship.
We believe our principal competitors within the traditional residential security market are Vivint Smart Home, Inc., Brinks Home Security (operating brand of Monitronics International, Inc.), and Xfinity Home Security (a division of Comcast Corporation). Additionally, with our recent investments and enhancements in DIY offerings, as well as our partnership with Google, we are positioning ourselves to grow our market share in the DIY space, facing competition from SimpliSafe Home Security Systems, Apple’s HomeKit, and Amazon’s Ring Smart Security System. We believe our principal competitors within the commercial security market are Johnson Controls International plc. (“Johnson Controls”), Convergint Technologies, STANLEY Security (a division of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.), and Securitas Electronic Security, Inc. (a division of Securitas AB).
Furthermore, ADT competes with point solutions (products with one intended application) and home automation-only systems, because in some cases customers believe that point solutions and/or smart home devices replace the need for full-scale security systems. Additionally, while we continue to see a shift toward self-installation of security and smart home devices, third-party professional installers are available in market which offer low-cost, professional installation alternatives, including Best Buy’s Geek Squad, OnTech, and Angi. Also, some self-monitored solutions are available which don’t require a monthly fee for home automation services, including Blue by ADT (self-monitoring), Samsung SmartThings, and Ring Alarm (self-monitoring). With these solutions, customers are not required to pay a monthly fee for access to home automation and/or self-monitored security, which means there are no-cost alternatives to professionally monitored (monthly fee-based) solutions. While self-monitored solutions do not replace the need for professionally monitored solutions, as more features and functionality are built into the free, self-monitored solutions, it could reduce the demand for some customers to opt for more expensive, professionally monitored options.
With our acquisition of Sunpro Solar, our principal competitors in the solar industry are Sunrun, Inc., Sunnova Energy International, Inc., SunPower Inc., Trinity Solar, Inc., Titan Solar Power, and Power Home Solar, LLC. We also face competition from companies that offer solar solutions in addition to their core business.
Our approach to competition is to emphasize the quality and reputation of our services, our superior customer service, our industry-leading brand, our monitoring centers, our commitment to consumer privacy, and our knowledge of customer needs. In addition, we continue to add new features and functionalities to further differentiate our offerings, including the potential benefits of offering security and solar solutions together, and support a pricing premium.
We believe we are well positioned to compete with traditional and new competitors due to our focus on safety, security, and pricing; our nationwide team of sales consultants; our solid reputation for and expertise in providing reliable security and monitoring services through our in-house network of redundant monitoring centers; our reliable product solutions; our highly skilled installation and service organization; and our partnership with Google.


10


Resources Material to Our Business
Materials and Inventory
We purchase equipment and components of our products from a limited number of suppliers and distributors and utilize dual sourcing methods (when possible) to minimize the risk of a disruption from any single supplier. We also rely on various information technology and telecommunications service providers as part of the functionality and monitoring of our systems.
Inventory is primarily held in our regional distribution centers at levels we believe are sufficient to meet current and anticipated customer needs; and we maintain inventory of certain equipment and components at our field offices and in technicians’ vehicles. Additionally, third-party distributors generally maintain a minimum stocking level of certain key items to cover supply chain disruptions.
We are subject to risk associated with certain supply chain disruptions. While we have only experienced minimal impact in our Commercial operations and in the development of new products due to supply chain disruptions in 2021, we could experience a material impact to our sales and revenue, operating results, cash flows, and ability to commercialize new products in the future.
We are continuously monitoring global supply chain disruptions, and we do not currently anticipate any major interruptions in our supply chain in the near term.
Intellectual Property
Patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other proprietary rights are important to our business and we continuously refine our intellectual property strategy to maintain and improve our competitive position. We register new intellectual property to protect our ongoing technological innovations and strengthen our brand, and we take appropriate action against infringements or misappropriations of our intellectual property rights by others. We review third-party intellectual property rights to help avoid infringement and to identify strategic opportunities. We typically enter into confidentiality agreements to further protect our intellectual property.
We own a portfolio of patents that relate to a variety of monitored security and automation technologies utilized in our business, including security panels and sensors as well as video and information management solutions. We also own a portfolio of trademarks, including ADT, ADT Pulse, Protection 1, ADT Commercial, Blue by ADT, and ADT Solar. In addition, we are a licensee of intellectual property, including from our third-party suppliers and technology partners. Patents extend for limited periods of time in the various countries where patent protection is obtained. Trademark rights may never be registered in any or allpotentially extend for longer periods of these countries. Rights in trademarks are generally territorial in naturetime and are obtained on a country-by-country basis bytypically dependent upon the first person to obtain protection through use or registration in that country in connection with specified products and services. Some countries’ laws do not protect unregistered trademarks at all, or make them more difficult to enforce, and third parties may have filed for “ADT,” “PROTECTION ONE,” or similar marks in countries where we have not registered these brands as trademarks. Accordingly, we may not be able to adequately protect our brands everywhere in the world and use of such brands may result in liability for trademark infringement, trademark dilution, or unfair competition.the trademarks.
In particular, certainCertain trademarks associated with the ADT brand including “ADT”that we own within the U.S. and the blue octagon,Canada are owned in all territories outside of the U.SU.S. and Canada by Johnson Controls which acquired and merged with and into Tyco.(as successor to Tyco International Ltd., “Tyco”). In certain instances, such trademarks are licensed in certain territories outside the U.S. and Canada by Johnson Controls to certain third parties. Pursuant to a trademark agreementthe Tyco Trademark Agreement entered into between The ADT Corporation and Tyco (the “Tyco Trademark Agreement”) in connection with the separation of The ADT Corporation from Tyco in 2012, which endures in perpetuity, we are generally prohibited from ever registering, attempting to register, or using such trademarks outside the U.S. (including Puerto Rico and the US Virgin Islands) and Canada, and we may not challenge Tyco’s rights in such trademarksADT brand outside the U.S. and its territories and Canada. Additionally, under the Tyco Trademark Agreement,As a result, if we and Tyco each has the rightchoose to propose new secondary source indicators (e.g., “Pulse”) to become designated source indicators of such party. To qualify as a designated source indicator, certain specified criteria must be met, including that the indicator has not been used as a material indicator by the non-proposing partysell products or its affiliates over the previous seven years. If we are unable to object to Tyco’s proposal for a new designated source indicator by successfully asserting that the new indicator did not meet the requisite criteria, we would subsequently be precluded from using, registering,services or attempting to register such indicator in any jurisdiction, includingotherwise do business outside the U.S. and Canada, whether alone or in connection with an ADT brand. While we and Tyco are each requireddo not have the right to (i) adhere to specified quality control standards with respect to the use of the subject trademarks in their respective jurisdictions, (ii) cooperate with respect to enforcement in their respective territories, and (iii) cooperate to avoid and correct any potential or actual customer confusion over the proper ownership of the ADT brand in any particular territory, it is nonetheless possible that dilution, infringement, or customer confusion may result from the arrangement, which could materially adversely affectto promote our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations,products and cash flows.services.
In addition, in November 2019, we sold all of our shares of ADT Canada to TELUS. In connection with the sale of ADT Canada in 2019, we and TELUS, among other things, entered into a non-competition and non-solicitation agreement with TELUS Corporation (“TELUS”) pursuant to which we agreedwill not to directly or indirectly engagehave any operations in a business competitive with ADT Canada, subject to limited exceptions for cross-border commercial customers and mobile safety applications, for a period of seven years. In connection with our sale of ADT Canada,Additionally, we also entered into a patent and trademark license agreement with TELUS granting them (i) the use of our patents in Canada for a period of seven years and (ii) the exclusive rights to use of our trademarks in Canada for a period of five years followed byand non-exclusive use of our trademarks for an additional two years. Any violationyears thereafter.
Seasonality
Our security and home automation business has historically experienced a certain level of seasonality with respect to residential customers. Since more household moves take place during the second and third calendar quarters of each year, our disconnect rate and new customer additions are typically higher in those quarters than in the first and fourth calendar quarters. There is also a slight seasonal effect on our new customer installation volume and related cash expenses incurred in investments in new customers. However, other factors such as the level of marketing expense and relevant promotional offers can mitigate the effects of seasonality. In addition, we may see increased servicing costs related to higher alarm signals and customer service requests as a result of inclement weather-related incidents.


11


We believe the COVID-19 Pandemic affected some of these seasonal trends beginning in 2020 and continuing into 2021. We also believe the lower volume of customer relocations we experienced during 2020 and our use of certain pricing and retention initiatives for existing customers helped counterbalance any increase in gross customer revenue attrition as a result of changes in consumer or business spending caused by TELUSthe COVID-19 Pandemic. We are currently unable to determine whether there will be any ongoing impact on our seasonality, and we may continue to experience fluctuations in certain trends, such as relocations, in the future.
In our Solar business, seasonality may be impacted by customers’ desires to obtain tax credits towards the end of the year, which could cause sales to be higher during the last calendar quarter, and may also be impacted by regional weather patterns.
Government Regulation and Other Regulatory Matters
Our operations are subject to numerous federal, state, and local laws and regulations related to occupational licensing, building codes, tax, and permitting, as well as consumer protection and privacy, labor and employment, and environmental protection. Changes in laws and regulations can positively and negatively affect our operations and impact the manner in which we conduct our business.
Licensing and Permitting - Most states in which we operate have licensing laws directed specifically toward professional installation and monitoring of security devices, as well as solar installations. Our business is also subject to requirements, codes, and standards imposed by local government jurisdictions, as well as various insurance, approval and listing, and standards organizations. We maintain the relevant and necessary licenses related to the provision of installation of security and solar systems and related services in the jurisdictions in which we operate.
Additionally, we rely extensively on telecommunications service providers, which are regulated in the U.S. by the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) and state public utilities commissions, to communicate signals as part of the functionality and monitoring of security and solar systems.
Our security business is subject to various state and local measures aimed at reducing false alarms. Such measures include requiring permits for individual alarm systems, revoking such permits following a specified number of false alarms, imposing fines on customers or alarm monitoring companies for false alarms, limiting the number of times police will respond to alarms at a particular location after a specified number of false alarms, requiring additional verification of an alarm signal before the police respond, or providing no response to residential system alarms.
Our Solar business is exposed to federal, state, and local government regulations and policies concerning the electric utility industry, as well as internal policies of the electric utility companies, which often is exposed to electricity pricing, tax credits and other incentives, and the interconnection of customer-owned electricity generation.
Consumer Protection and Privacy - Our advertising and sales practices are regulated by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and state and consumer protection laws, which may include restrictions on the manner in which we promote the sale of our agreementsproducts and services and require us to provide most consumers with them,three-day or their misuse of our intellectual property or behaviorlonger rescission rights.
Our communications with current and potential customers are regulated by TELUS in a manner that incorrectly reflects poorlyfederal and state laws, which include restrictions on us because of TELUS’sthe use of our intellectual property could damage our brandtelemarketing, auto-dialing technology, email marketing, and reputationtext communications.
Labor and Employment - Our operations are subject to regulation under the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act, or OSHA, and equivalent state laws. Failure to comply with applicable OSHA regulations or other federal, state, and local laws and regulations, even if no work-related serious injury or death occurs, may result in civil or criminal enforcement and substantial penalties, significant capital expenditures, or suspension or limitation of operations.
Additionally, in certain jurisdictions, we must obtain licenses or permits to comply with standards governing employee selection, training, and business conduct.
Environmental Protection - We continue to monitor emerging developments regarding environmental protection laws. At this time, we do not believe that federal, state, and local laws and regulations relating to the discharge of materials into the environment, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment, or any existing or pending climate change legislation, regulation, or international treaties or accords are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect in the foreseeable future on our business.


12


Human Capital and ESG
As we seek to accomplish our corporate mission and execute on our strategic initiatives, our activities both directly and indirectly impact our customer base, our employees, and the communities we serve. We place a strong emphasis on environmental, social, and governance issues, and we believe such emphasis enhances our corporate performance, while enabling us to hire and retain top talent who share these values and passion about our organization.
Human Capital Management
As of December 31, 2021, we employed approximately 25,000 people, including approximately 3,600 security system sales consultants and 2,000 solar sales consultants; 6,200 security installation and service technicians and 1,200 solar installation technicians; and 4,500 customer care professionals.
Approximately 5% of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements, and we believe our relations with our employees and labor unions have generally been positive.
In December 2021, we acquired Sunpro Solar and are continuing to integrate them into our human capital programs.
Performance Culture
ADT defines a Performance Culture as our shared values, priorities, and principles that shape beliefs and drive behaviors and decision-making that drives high levels of performance at an individual, team, and organizational level. We are committed to fostering a culture and environment where every team member feels valued and empowered to collaborate and achieve business financial condition,results. In 2021, we made adjustments to our annual performance reviews across key talent areas to focus on performance differentiation, such as introducing individual performance components as part of certain team members’ annual incentive plans.
Talent Recruitment and Management
We are committed to attracting, retaining, and developing a strong and dedicated workforce as our success depends in large part on our hiring and retaining top talent across the entire organization, with primary emphasis on our management team and our employees who interface directly with our customers (such as sales representatives, installation and service technicians, and call center personnel), which make up the majority of our organization. We focus on having a diverse, inclusive, and safe workplace, while offering competitive compensation, benefits, and health and wellness programs. We provide training and learning opportunities, rotational assignment opportunities, and continuous feedback in order to further our employee development. In addition, our long-term equity compensation is intended to align management interests with those of our stockholders and to encourage the creation of long-term value.
In 2021, we shifted to a mix of hybrid, remote, and in-person work based on role to support talent attraction and retention. We offer ADT employees a variety of learning opportunities, tuition reimbursement, and opportunities for employee mobility by supporting internal promotions to fill open positions, all of which are designed to allow employees to be successful throughout their careers.
Inclusive Diversity and Belonging (“IDB”)
We are committed to building a culture of diversity and inclusion for our employees. We believe our employees should reflect the communities where we live and serve, and we strive to hire and retain a workforce that is truly representative of our markets. We track our workforce composition data over time to determine if we are making appropriate progress in advancing gender, racial, and ethnic representation within our employee demographics. As of December 31, 2021, approximately half of our workforce consisted of racially and ethnically diverse employees and approximately one-third consisted of female employees. ADT’s Inclusive Diversity and Belonging Council (the “AIDBC”) and Business Employee Resource Groups (“BERG”) help advance our IDB efforts.
In 2020, we took a meaningful step on our journey to create a work environment where inclusion, diversity, and belonging can thrive by establishing the AIDBC. The AIDBC represents a broad cross section of our organization, including executive and senior management, and focuses on driving IDB commitments and priorities by identifying and prioritizing action, taking accountability for achieving results, and ensuring timely updates are provided to our Chief Executive Officer. In 2021, the AIDBC established ADT’s IDB “North Star,” which states that everyone deserves to feel safe and to succeed. We strive to create a workplace that encourages the sharing of diverse ideas, celebrates differences, sees value in diversity, and provides the resources, space, and opportunity for employees to grow and succeed. Along with the establishment of the IDB North Star, each of the council members partnered with their respective business executive to establish IDB commitments and priorities for each


13


respective business area, which focus on attracting, growing, and developing talent through participation in business initiatives and community work.
We also support and enable our employees to participate in BERGs, which offer specific opportunities for employees to partner and collaborate through learning and networking channels, volunteer projects, and mentoring. Our BERGs also participate in various business initiatives; and officers and executives from across the Company leverage their time, networks, and resources to support our various BERGs and advance IDB efforts, which have grown in 2021.
Employee Well-being and Health & Safety
We show our commitment to caring for our employees’ well-being by devoting significant resources to team members’ wellness, health, and safety. In January 2021, we launched an annual well-being program available to all team members, which includes a variety of education and coaching programs, as well as monthly and quarterly well-being sessions. Employees enrolled in our self-insured medical plan are eligible for cash incentives by completing certain well-being activities. More than 6,500 employees registered for the well-being portal, with 1,500 employees and spouses/domestic partners completing both a health assessment and a biometric screening. Additionally, enhanced safety guidelines, cleaning protocols, and social distancing practices remain in place for both in-office workers and branch and field team members during the ongoing COVID-19 Pandemic. In order to continue to both protect our employees and serve our customers in response to the COVID-19 Pandemic, we have adjusted, and are continuously evolving, certain aspects of our operations, as discussed above under the section “Key Business Developments and Recent Initiatives.”
Our Environmental, Health, and Safety (“EHS”) vision is to build a culture that promotes safe behaviors on each task, every day, to achieve zero incidents and enhance employee wellness, and to minimize our environmental impact. In order to achieve our vision, we strive to incorporate our values of people, prevention, and accountability into our business and the decisions we make each day. We believe that all occupational injuries and illnesses, as well as environmental incidents, are generally preventable, and we focus on compliance with all applicable environmental, health, and safety requirements. We have implemented an EHS management system that includes expectations for compliance, accountability, sustainability, and continuous improvement to foster a culture of safety that enables our employees to minimize risk and to understand and follow safety rules, as well as to identify, avoid, and correct unsafe actions, behaviors, or situations. For example, we continue to institute fleet safety initiatives across our fleet of vehicles, including installing and maintaining collision warning and auto braking technologies on all of our vehicles.
Environmental
We are committed to reducing our impact on the environment by promoting environmental stewardship throughout our organization. In 2021, we began providing virtual service appointments as an option to our customers, reducing our truck rolls and related greenhouse gas emissions. We also acquired Sunpro Solar and believe that we can grow our solar business in a meaningful manner to help reduce the negative impact that certain traditional or non-sustainable energy sources have on the environment. We have also implemented our ADT Environmental Absolutes framework, which represents our focus on complying with environmental requirements, addressing proper disposal of waste streams, and promoting recycling of materials. We invest significant time and resources to reduce our greenhouse gas emissions and have focused on efficiency improvements in lighting, air handling, and data operations. We continually explore methods to reduce greenhouse gases from our motor vehicle fleet, including through the purchase of newer vehicle models having greater fuel efficiency and the use of hybrid vehicles. We employ waste recycling and diversion programs and continue to evolve new initiatives such as the placement of sensors inside our trash dumpsters to monitor waste levels and reduce unnecessary trash hauls. We will continue to look for new, and to improve existing, initiatives that reduce our carbon footprint. We are also assessing the impact of climate change on our operations and cash flows.supply chain as one aspect of our enterprise risk management review process and will continue to do so on an ongoing basis.
Social
Our volunteerism and philanthropic social initiatives are varied and widespread across the organization and the communities we serve. Our team members across the U.S. give back to their communities as part of ADT Always Cares, a corporate-wide citizenship program comprised of employee-directed volunteerism and philanthropy. We contributed approximately $750,000 to over 100 non-profit organizations in 2021, ranging from local soup kitchens and homeless shelters to many national organizations like Habitat for Humanity and the Ronald McDonald House. Additionally, we identified five students to receive four-year scholarships as part of our support for the United Negro College Fund, and we also provided each student ongoing mentoring from ADT leaders. ADT Always Cares also supports inclusion, diversity, and belonging initiatives by contributing to causes involving our BERGs.


14


Through our LifeSaver Awards program, we provide support to first responders, especially volunteer firefighters, an effort which has been a long-standing commitment of ADT as we know it is important for customers to receive a timely response to their alarm activations during an active emergency. In December 2021, ADT granted an aggregate of $50,000 to five volunteer fire departments that were unable to hold their regular fundraisers in their communities due to the impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic. Helping ensure first responder agencies are set up for success with the proper equipment, training, and other needs is paramount to meeting security service customer expectations.
Governance
We are committed to making sure every team member understands and embraces our core values of trust, collaboration, service, and innovation. That charge begins with our Code of Conduct, which outlines our commitment to our customers, our investors, our communities, and to one another. Our Code of Conduct outlines what is expected of our employees and ensures we continue to foster a culture of high integrity. Our Code of Conduct is supplemented by a variety of additional policies applicable to all team members which are designed to further foster ethical and sound business practices including, for example, policies with respect to non-retaliation, equal employment opportunity, anti-harassment, information technology security, personal data protection and privacy, conflicts of interest, intellectual property and the protection of confidential information, insider trading, anti-bribery and corruption, and the approval of transactions with related persons. In addition, our Audit Committee, which is comprised solely of independent directors, is responsible on behalf of the Board for the oversight of our enterprise risk management program. As one part of this program, on an annual basis, management reviews with the Audit Committee and the Board the Company’s Risk Appetite Statement with respect to the level of risk that the Company is willing to accept in pursuit of its goals and the risk tolerances management could assume with respect to those risks that are relevant to the Company. We adhere to the governance requirements established by federal and state law, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and the NYSE, and we strive to establish appropriate risk management methods and control procedures to adequately manage, monitor, and control the major risks we may face day to day.
We also believe that strong governance is essential to achieving our commitments around ESG. To this end, we have established a working group of leaders from throughout the company who are focused on ESG. During 2021, we conducted a materiality assessment across certain of our employees, investors, customers, and suppliers to help determine what might be the important areas of focus for our ESG initiatives. We also formalized our ESG reporting under the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.
In February 2022, we adopted the following ESG Commitment Statement: Our commitment to respect the environment, promote social responsibility, and lead with responsible governance is fundamental to who we are and guides our safe, smart, and sustainable business practices.
As we progress our ESG program during 2022, we will focus our initiatives in one or more of the following areas, which we determined to be important to our stakeholders through our materiality assessment: (i) data privacy and cyber security; (ii) inclusive diversity and belonging; (iii) employee well-being and development; (iv) customer and community health and safety; (v) environmental management; (vi) climate change risk management; (vii) responsible governance; and (viii) product safety and quality.
Risks Related to Our Operations
The COVID-19 Pandemic has had and could continue to have a significant negative impact on our employees, our customers, our suppliers, and our ability to carry on our normal operations given its impact on the economy generally, as well as the resulting “shelter in place” and other operational requirements we have or must continue to adhere to, or which could be reinstituted upon a re-emergence of COVID-19 in a particular jurisdiction, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
We continue to monitor the impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on all aspects of our business. This includes the health of our employees, the protection of our customers, and our ability to continue to operate all aspects of our operations. Our employees are susceptible to COVID-19 in the ordinary course of their work. While we seek to protect our employees’ health through various initiatives, we cannot be certain that our employees will not contract COVID-19, be required to quarantine as a result of coming in contact with others who have the disease, or be unable to work in order to care for someone with the disease. Any such instances, whether on a large scale basis or concentrated in any one area of the business could result in legal claims and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. The health and safety of our customers is also a top priority and we similarly take precautions to protect their health and well-being. The refusal of customers to allow us to enter their residences or businesses due to the fear of COVID-19 could have a material impact on our business, and the spreading of the disease between our customers and our employees could interrupt our operations, result in legal claims and damage our brand. Any such result could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.


18


We rely on monitoring centers and customer care centers as an integral part of our ongoingOur business operations. While we have taken steps to enable the majority of the employees who staff these operations to conduct their jobs from home, the closure of any such site or the widespread illness of the employees remaining in any such site could result in a material disruption to our business. Similarly, our work from home environment could subject us to the failure of the communications networks serving our employees which we no longer control and who may not have sufficient back up capabilities. In addition, this work from home environment results in more home access points that are susceptible to cybersecurity attacks, such as computer hacking, computer viruses, worms or other malicious software or malicious activities. In addition, our monitoring centers are listed by U.L. and must meet certain requirements to maintain that listing. Permitting some of our monitoring center or customer care center employees to work from home during the duration of the COVID-19 Pandemic or for any period of time or permanently thereafter may impact our U.L. listing and our ability to provide our services in situations where a U.L. listing is required or otherwise negatively impact the customer experience. Our employees who work from home may also experience a decrease in the quality of job performance, whether immediate or over time. Any such impact with respect to our employees who are working from home could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Any continued widespread growth in infections could also result in additional, or the re-institution of prior, travel restrictions or “shelter-in-place” mandates that further impact the ability of our employees to reach our operations, be available to install new or repair existing systems within residential homes or commercial operations, or to enter such homes or commercial operations. Such inability to access residences, or any unwillingness of customers to allow us to enter their sites, to proactively continue our program to replace the 3G and CDMA cellular equipment used in many of our security systems could also negatively impact the pace of our 3G and CDMA radio replacement program, which could impair our ability to convert all of those radios across our system by the applicable technology sunset dates. In addition, the continuation of infections has resulted, and could continue to result, in a change in policy of emergency responders in certain jurisdictions who have declined, and may continue temporarily or permanently to decline, to respond to certain verified or non-verified burglar alarm calls from our monitoring centers or from our employees who are working from home, and restrictions on business operations may continue, or be re-instituted, or expand in certain jurisdictions with only limited exceptions. Such restrictions, which could impact us directly should we fail to fall within a permissible exception, and which could also result in future sustained business closures among our customer and potential customer bases, would magnify the negative impact already experienced across our operations and, most significantly, within our commercial operations. Any of the foregoing impacts on our employees, first responders, customers, operations, or business generally, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Our dealers and suppliers may be similarly impacted by the COVID-19 Pandemic. Our indirect channel customers are generated mainly through our network of agreements with third-party independent alarm dealers who sell alarm equipment and ADT Authorized Dealer-branded monitoring and interactive services to end users. These dealers face many of the same challenges we face due to the COVID-19 Pandemic and the impact on their respective employees, customers and operations generally. These dealers may not have sufficient financial strength or operational diversity to enable them to maintain their operations throughout the COVID-19 Pandemic. We may also find that it is difficult or impossible to receive equipment from our suppliers or that we have an impaired ability to deliver products and services to customers, or to even make repairs, on a timely basis. If we experience such disruptions, we may experience customer dissatisfaction and potential loss of confidence, and liabilities to customers or other third parties, each of which could harm our reputation and impact future revenues from these customers. We could also be subject to claims or litigation with respect to losses caused by such disruptions. Our property and business interruption insurance and our cyber liability insurance may not be sufficient to fully cover these losses, or any of the other losses we may experience as a result of the COVID-19 Pandemic, many of which we may not even be able to contemplate or quantify at this time, and such insurance may not cover a particular event at all. Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
The COVID-19 Pandemic has also caused significant disruption to and volatility within the financial markets. A long-term refusal of residential or commercial customers to allow us to access their premises, significant cancellations or non-payment of accounts, or an inability to obtain new customers, could impact our liquidity. We may not be able to timely access the financial markets or be able to do so on terms that are favorable to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
We are also concerned with the impacts that have and could continue to result as cases of COVID-19 re-emerge in jurisdictions which have and will continue to reopen for business and / or no longer require social distancing. COVID-19 cases have increased significantly in many jurisdictions that have re-opened, prompting new restrictions. Even if current containment efforts or a successful vaccine lead to dramatic reductions in COVID-19 cases, we are also concerned with the uncertainty around the subsequent re-emergence or mutation of COVID-19. If individuals cease to undertake appropriate protective measures or if any vaccine proves ineffective in the long term or is not commercially available to the entire population, a re-emergence of COVID-19 could cause additional significant disruptions in the economy continuing into the future, which could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.


19


The COVID-19 Pandemic may also exacerbate the other risks noted in this Item 1A. “Risk Factors,” including, but not limited to: our ability to comply with the terms of our indebtedness, our ability to generate revenues, earn profits and maintain adequate liquidity, our ability to service existing and attract new customers, our ability to maintain our overall competitiveness in the market, the potential for significant fluctuations in demand for our services, overall industry trends impacting our business, as well as potential volatility in our stock price.
We relymodel relies on a significant number of our customers remaining with us as customers for long periods of time.
We operate our business with the goal of retaining customers for long periods of time to recoup our initial investment in new customers, generally achieving revenue break-even in less than twoDelays, costs, and a half years. Accordingly, our long-term profitability is dependent on long customer tenure. This requiresdisruptions that we minimize our rate of customer disconnects, or attrition. Factors that can increase disconnects include customer relocations, problems experienced with our product or service quality, customer service, customer non-pay, unfavorable general economic conditions,result from upgrading, integrating, and the preference for lower pricing of competitors’ products and services over ours. If we fail to keep our customers for a sufficiently long period of time, our profitability, business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected. In addition, if attrition rates were to rise significantly, we may be required to accelerate the depreciation and amortization expense for, or to impair, certain of our assets, which would cause a material adverse effect on our financial condition, and results of operations.
Failure to successfully upgrade, integrate, and maintainmaintaining the security of our information and technology networks including personally identifiable information and other data, could materially adversely affect us.
We are dependent on information technology networks and systems, including Internet and Internet-based or “cloud” computing services, to collect, process, transmit, and store electronic information. We have completed a significant number of acquisitions of companies that operate different technology platforms and systems. We are currently implementing modifications and upgrades to our information technology systems and also integrating systems from our various acquisitions, including making changes to legacy systems, replacing legacy systems with successor systems with new functionality, and implementing new systems. Any delay in making such changes or replacements or in purchasing new systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows. There are inherent costs and risks associated with integrating, replacing and changing these systems and implementing new systems, including potential disruption of our sales, operations and customer service functions, potential disruption of our internal control structure, substantial capital expenditures, additional administration and operating expenses, retention of sufficiently skilled personnel to integrate, implement and operate the new systems, demands on management time, and other risks and costs of delays or difficulties in transitioning to new systems or of integrating new systems into our current systems. In addition, our information technology system implementations may not result in productivity improvements at a level that outweighs the costs of implementation, or at all. The implementation of or delay in implementing new information technology systems may also cause disruptions in our business operations, impede our ability to comply with constantly evolving laws, regulations and industry standards addressing information and technology networks, privacy and data security, and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
Due to the ever-changing threat landscape, our products may be subject to potential vulnerabilities of wireless and IoT devices, anddevices; our services may be subject to certain risks, including hacking or other unauthorized access to control or view systems and obtain private information.
Companies that collect and retain sensitive and confidential information are under increasing attack by cybercriminals and other actors around the world. While we implement security measures within our products, services, operations, and other actors’ systems, those measures may not prevent cybersecurity breaches; the access, capture, or alteration of information by criminals; the exposure or exploitation of potential security vulnerabilities; distributed denial of service attacks; the installation of malware or ransomware; acts of vandalism; computer viruses; or misplaced data or data loss that could be detrimental to our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Third parties, including our partners and vendors, could also be a source of security risk to us in the event of a failure of their own products, components, networks, security systems, and infrastructure. In addition, we cannot be certain that advances in criminal capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography, or other developments will not compromise or breach the technology protecting the networks that access our products and services.
A significant actual or perceived (whether or not valid) theft, loss, fraudulent use or misuse of customer, employee, or other personally identifiable data, whether by us, our partners and vendors, or other third parties, or as a result of employee error or malfeasance or otherwise, non-compliance with applicable industry standards or our contractual or other legal obligations regarding such data, or a violation of our privacy and information security policies with respect to such data, could result in costs, fines, litigation, or regulatory actions against us. Such an event could additionally result in unfavorable publicity and therefore materially and adversely affect the market’s perception of the security and reliability of our servicesinformation; and our

normal operations may be disrupted.

20


credibility and reputation with our customers, which may lead to customer dissatisfaction and could result in lost sales and increased customer revenue attrition.
In addition, we depend on our information technology infrastructure for business-to-business and business-to-consumer electronic commerce. Security breaches of, or sustained attacks against, this infrastructure could create system disruptions and shutdowns that could negatively impact our operations. Increasingly, our products and services are accessed through the Internet, and security breaches in connection with the delivery of our services via the Internet may affect us and could be detrimental to our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We continue to invest in new and emerging technology and other solutions to protect our network and information systems, but there can be no assurance that these investments and solutions will prevent any of the risks described above. In addition, any delay in making such investments due to conflicting budget priorities or otherwise could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows. While we maintain cyber liability insurance that provides both third-party liability and first-party insurance coverages, our insurance may not be sufficient to protect against all of our losses from any future disruptions or breaches of our systems or other event as described above.
We depend on third-party providers and suppliers for components of our security, automation and automationsolar systems, third-party software licenses for our products and services, and third-party providers to transmit signals to our monitoring facilities and provide other services to our subscribers. Any failure or interruption in products or services provided by these third parties could harm our ability to operate our business.
The components for the security and automation systems that we install are manufactured by third parties. We are therefore susceptible to interruptions in supply and to the receipt of components that do not meet our standards. Our suppliers may be susceptible to disruptions from fire, natural disasters, weather and the effects of climate change (such as sea level rise, drought, flooding, wildfires, and increased storm severity), pandemics, malicious acts, terrorism, government action, or other concerns impacting their local workforce, all of which are beyond our and their control. Any financial or other difficulties our providers face may have negative effects on our business. We exercise no control over our suppliers, which increases our vulnerability to problems with the products and services they provide or to their choice of which companies they will allow to sell their products. We are also aware that there exists a worldwide shortage of electronic components, that lead times for such components is increasing, and that existing commitments by certain manufacturers are being extended and, in certain cases, allocations are being made. While a single cause of the shortages has not been identified, it is believed that among other reasons, there has been a surge in demand for such components and exponential growth in certain sectors which rely on such components, and these trends may continue and increase. Certain of our key suppliers have begun to see the impact on their ability to obtain certain components which could present challenges to our ability to obtain the inventory necessary to meet the demands of our new and existing customers, and to complete crucial initiatives such as the upgrading of cellular equipment at customer sites to meet new network standards prior to the retirement of 3G and CDMA networks. While we strive to utilize dual-sourcing methods to allow similar hardware components for our security systems to be interchangeable to minimize the risk of a disruption from a single supplier, any interruption in supply could cause delays in installations and repairs and the loss of current and potential customers. Also, if a previously installed component were found to be defective, we might not be able to recover the costs associated with its repair or replacement across our installed customer base, and these costs, or the diversion of technical personnel to address the defect could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. In the event of a product recall or litigation against our suppliers or us, we could experience a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
We rely on third-party software for key automation features in certain of our offerings and on the interoperation of that software with our own, such as our mobile applications and related platform. We could experience service disruptions if customer usage patterns for such offerings exceed, or are otherwise outside of, design parameters for the system and the ability for us or our third-party provider to make corrections. Such interruptions in the provision of services could result in our inability to meet customer demand, damage our reputation and customer relationships, and materially and adversely affect our business. We also rely on certain software technology that we license from third parties and use in our products and services to perform key functions and provide critical functionality. For example, we license the software platform for our monitoring operations from third parties. Because a number of our products and services incorporate technology developed and maintained by third parties, we are, to a certain extent, dependent upon such third parties’ ability to update, maintain, or enhance their current products and services; to ensure that their products are free of defects or security vulnerabilities; to develop new products and services on a timely and cost-effective basis; and to respond to emerging industry standards, customer preferences, and other technological changes. Further, these third-party technology licenses may not always be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If our agreements with third-party vendors are not renewed or the third-party software becomes obsolete, is incompatible with future versions of our products or services, or otherwise fails to address our needs, we cannot provide assurance that we would be able to replace the functionality provided by the third-party software with technology from alternative providers. Furthermore, even if we obtain licenses to alternative software products or services that provide the functionality we need, we may be required to replace hardware installed at our monitoring centers and at our customers’ sites, including security system


21


control panels and peripherals, in order to execute our integration of or migration to alternative software products. Any of these factors could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
We also rely on various third-party telecommunications providers and signal processing centers to transmit and communicate signals to our monitoring facility in a timely and consistent manner. These telecommunications providers and signal processing centers could deprioritize or fail to transmit or communicate these signals to the monitoring facility for many reasons, including disruptions from fire, natural disasters, weather and the effects of climate change (such as flooding, wildfires, and increased storm severity), transmission interruption, malicious acts, provider preference, government action, or terrorism. The failure of one or more of these telecommunications providers or signal processing centers to transmit and communicate signals to the monitoring facility in a timely manner could affect our ability to provide alarm monitoring, home automation, and interactive services to our subscribers. We also rely on third-party technology companies to provide automation and interactive services to our customers. These technology companies could fail to provide these services consistently, or at all, which could result in our inability to meet customer demand and damage our reputation. There can be no assurance that third-party telecommunications providers, signal processing centers, and other technology companies will continue to transmit and communicate signals to the monitoring facility or provide home automation and interactive services to subscribers without disruption. Any such failure or disruption, particularly one of a prolonged duration, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
In addition, the ongoing impacts of the COVID-19 Pandemic could impact any or all of the third party providers and suppliers on whom we rely. While the full impact of this disease and worldwide reaction to it are not fully known, any disruption of such providers and suppliers caused by this disease could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
An event causing a disruption in the ability of our monitoring facilities or customer care resources, including work from home operations, to operate could materially adversely affect our business.
A disruption in our ability to provide security monitoring services and otherwise serve our customers could have a material adverse effect on our business. A disruption could occur for many reasons, including fire, natural disasters, weather and the effects of climate change (such as sea level rise, drought, flooding, wildfires, and increased storm severity), health epidemics or pandemics, transportation interruption, extended power outages, human or other error, war, terrorism, sabotage, or other conflicts, or as a result of disruptions to internal and external networks or third-party transmission lines. Monitoring and customer care could also be disrupted by information systems and network-related events or cybersecurity attacks, such as computer hacking, computer viruses, worms or other malicious software, distributed denial of service attacks, malicious social engineering, or other destructive or disruptive activities that could also cause damage to our properties, equipment, and data. While our monitoring centers are redundant, a failure of our back-up procedures or a disruption affecting multiple monitoring facilities could disrupt our ability to provide security monitoring services to our customers. These events could also make it difficult or impossible to receive equipment from suppliers or impair our ability to deliver products and services to customers on a timely basis. If we experience such disruptions, we may experience customer dissatisfaction and potential loss of confidence, and liabilities to customers or other third parties, each of which could harm our reputation and impact future revenues from these customers. We could also be subject to claims or litigation with respect to losses caused by such disruptions. Our property and business interruption insurance and our cyber liability insurance may not be sufficient to fully cover our losses or may not cover a particular event at all. During 2020, in response to the COVID-19 Pandemic, we took steps to enable the majority of the employees who staff our monitoring and customer care facilities to conduct their jobs remotely, which could subject us to the failure of the communications networks serving our employees which we no longer control and who may not have sufficient back up capabilities. In addition, this remote working environment results in more home access points that are susceptible to cybersecurity attacks, such as computer hacking, computer viruses, worms or other malicious software or malicious activities. In addition, the COVID-19 Pandemic could lead to disruptions in our supply chain, causing shortages or unavailability of equipment necessary to install or repair systems and to maintain our monitoring and customer care facilities. Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.


22


Our independent, third-party authorized dealers may not be able to mitigate certain risks such as information technology breaches, data security breaches, product liability, errors and omissions, and marketing compliance.
We generate a portion of our new customers through our authorized dealer network. We rely on independent, third-party authorized dealers to implement mitigation plans for certain risks they may experience, including, but not limited to, information technology breaches, data security breaches, product liability, errors and omissions, and marketing compliance. If our authorized dealers experience any of these risks, or fail to implement mitigation plans for their risks, or if such implemented mitigation plans are inadequate or fail, we may be susceptible to business, legal, or reputational risks associated with our authorized dealers on which we rely to generate customers. Any interruption or permanent disruption in the generation of customer accounts or services provided by our authorized dealers could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
We may pursue business opportunities that diverge from our current business model, which may materially adversely affect our business results.model.
We may pursue business opportunities that diverge from our current business model, including expanding our products or service offerings, investing in new and unproven technologies, adding customer acquisition channels, and forming new alliances with companies to market our services. We can provide no assurance that any such business opportunities will prove to be successful. Among other negative effects, our pursuit of such business opportunities could cause our cost of investment in new customers to grow at a faster rate than our recurring revenue and fees collected at the time of installation. In addition, any new business partner may not agree to the terms and conditions or limitations on liability that we typically impose upon third parties. Acquisitions in recent years have also significantly expanded our risk profile. We have acquired companies which provide cybersecurity services for business customers and as companies are under increasing attack by cybercriminals around the world, a breach by such cybercriminals of our customers’ systems or operations could result in claims and lawsuits against us and result in damage to our brand and reputation. We have also acquired several companies that sell and service fire and integrated security systems to business customers, which significantly expanded our commercial fire and security capabilities, reach, and customer base. In addition, as we expand our products and services to larger commercial installations, we may have customers who experience large commercial losses that result in claims and lawsuits against us and result in damage to our brand and reputation. In January 2020, we acquired Defenders, which was our largest authorized dealer in 2019. While this acquisition expands our direct go-to-market operations, we cannot be certain that we can maintain the level of new account generation through Defenders as was achieved through Defenders prior to the acquisition or that we can maintain as effective a third-party dealer model, having removed our largest dealer from this sales channel. We are also currently exploring the option of offering certain of our monitoring and cybersecurity services under non-ADT brands to international markets outside of the U.S. Additionally, any new alliances or customer acquisition channels could require developmental investments or have higher cost structures than our current arrangements, which could reduce operating margins and require more working capital. In the event that working capital requirements exceed operating cash flow, we could be required to draw on our revolving credit facility, or pursue other external financing, which may not be readily available. Any of these factors could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
We continue to integrate our acquisitions, which may divert management’s attention from our ongoing operations. We may not achieve all of the anticipated benefits, synergies, or cost savings from our acquisitions.
Our acquisitions require the integration of many separate companies that have previously operated independently. While the integration of our acquisitions with our business and systems is ongoing, the anticipated financial and operational benefits, including increased revenues, synergies, and cost savings depends in part on our ability to successfully combine and integrate our acquisitions with our other business. There can be no assurance regarding the extent to which we will be able to realize increased revenues, synergies, cost savings, or other benefits from our acquisitions. These benefits may not be achieved within the anticipated time frame and we may not realize all of these anticipated benefits.
The continued integration of operations, products, and personnel from our acquisitions will continue to require the attention of our management and place demands on other internal resources. The diversion of management’s attention, and any difficulties encountered in the transition and integration process, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, the overall continued integration of our acquired businesses may result in material unanticipated problems, expenses, liabilities, competitive responses, and loss of customer relationships. The difficulties of combining the operations of the companies may generally include, among others:
difficulties in achieving anticipated cost savings, synergies, business opportunities, and growth prospects from the combination;
difficulties in the integration of operations and systems;


23


difficulties in replacing numerous systems, including those involving management information, purchasing, accounting and finance, sales, billing, employee benefits, payroll, data privacy, physical security, cyber security, and regulatory compliance, many of which may be dissimilar;
conforming standards, controls, procedures, accounting and other policies, equipment ownership models, business cultures, and compensation structures;
difficulties in establishing a SOX compliant control environment across all companies;
difficulties which may arise from matters not revealed or understood in the pre-acquisition diligence process such as external and internal threats and vulnerabilities in systems, websites or products and other cyber-related concerns, theft of data or other assets of the acquired company, legacy claims in tax, litigation or otherwise of the acquired company;
difficulties in the assimilation of employees, including possible culture conflicts and different opinions on technical decisions and product roadmaps;
difficulties in managing the expanded operations of a significantly larger and more complex company;
challenges in keeping existing customers and obtaining new customers;
challenges in gaining acceptance of the acquisition within the investment community;
challenges in attracting and retaining key personnel, particularly with acquired businesses having rates of employee attrition that are significantly higher than our own;
challenges in ensuring the sales practices of acquired businesses conform to the regulatory environment within which we operate, including, among others, with respect to marketing and sales practices;
coordinating a geographically dispersed organization; and
challenges with ensuring that environmental, social and governance or corporate social responsibility policies of acquired companies are in compliance with ADT’s policies and practices.
In addition, we continue to integrate the financial reporting systems and processes of various companies we have acquired. Successfully implementing our business plan and complying with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other regulations requires us to be able to prepare timely and accurate consolidated financial statements. Any delay in this implementation of, or disruption in, the transition to new or enhanced systems, procedures, or controls, may cause us to present restatements or cause our operations to suffer, and we may be unable to conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective and to obtain an unqualified report on internal controls from our independent registered public accounting firm.
While we have not experienced any material difficulties to date in connection with integrating our acquisitions, many of these factors are outside our control and any one of them could result in increased costs, decreases in the amount of expected revenues, and further diversion of management’s time and energy, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our customer generation strategies through third parties, including our authorized dealer and affinity marketing programs, and our use of celebrities and social media influencers, and the competitive market for customer accounts may expose us to risk and affect our future profitability.
An element of our business strategy is the generation of new customer accounts through third parties, including our authorized dealers, which authorized dealers accounted for approximately one-fourth of our new customer accounts for 2020. Our future operating results will depend in large part on our ability to continue to manage this business generation strategy effectively. We currently generate accounts through hundreds of independent third parties, including authorized dealers, and a significant portion of our accounts originate from a smaller number of such third parties. We experience loss of third-party sales partnerships, including authorized dealers from our authorized dealer program, due to various factors, such as dealers and third parties becoming inactive or discontinuing their electronic security business, non-renewal of our dealer and sales generation contracts, and competition from other alarm monitoring companies. If we experience a loss of authorized dealers or third-party sellers representing a significant portion of our customer account generation, or if we are unable to replace or recruit authorized dealers, other third-party sellers, or alternate distribution channel partners in accordance with our business strategy, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
In addition, we are subject to reputational risks that may arise from the actions of our dealers and their employees, independent contractors, and other agents that are wholly or partially beyond our control, such as violations of our marketing policies and procedures as well as any failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations. If our dealers engage in marketing practices


24


that are not in compliance with local laws and regulations, we may be in breach of such laws and regulations, which may result in regulatory proceedings and potential penalties that could materially impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, unauthorized activities in connection with sales efforts by employees, independent contractors, and other agents or our dealers, including calling consumers in violation of the Telephone Consumer Protection Act and predatory door-to-door sales tactics and fraudulent misrepresentations, could subject us to governmental investigations and class action lawsuits for, among others, false advertising and deceptive trade practice damage claims, against which we will be required to defend. Such defense efforts will be costly and time-consuming, and there can be no assurance that such defense efforts will be successful, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
The successful promotion of our brands also depends on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts and on our ability to offer member discounts and special offers for our products and services to our partners. We have actively pursued affinity marketing programs, which provide members of participating organizations with special offers on our products and services. The organizations with which we have affinity marketing programs typically closely monitor their relationships with us, as well as their members’ satisfaction with our products and services. These organizations may require us to pay higher fees to them, decrease our pricing for their members, introduce additional competitive options, or otherwise alter the terms of our participation in their marketing programs in ways that are unfavorable to us. These organizations may also terminate their relationships with us if we fail to meet contract service levels and/ or member satisfaction standards, among other things. If any of our affinity or marketing relationships is terminated or altered in an unfavorable manner, we may lose a source of sales leads, and our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
We also rely on marketing by social media influencers and celebrity spokespersons that represent the ADT brand to generate new customers. The promotion of our brand, products and services by social media influencers and celebrities is subject to FTC regulations, including the requirement to disclose any compensatory arrangements between ADT and the influencer in any reviews or public statements by the influencer about ADT or our products and services. These social media influencers and celebrities, with whom we maintain relationships, could also engage in activities or behaviors or use their platforms to communicate directly with our customers in a manner that violates applicable regulations or reflects poorly on our brand and may be attributed to us or otherwise adversely affect us, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. In connection with the promotion of ADT’s brand by influences and celebrities, ADT is also subject to an FTC consent decree from 2014 which requires adherence to a robust internal compliance process. Any failure to adhere to such compliance process could result in financial penalties.
We face risks in acquiring and integrating customer accounts.
An element of our business strategy may involve the bulk acquisition of customer accounts. Acquisitions of customer accounts involve a number of special risks, including the possibility of unexpectedly high rates of attrition and unanticipated deficiencies in the accounts and systems acquired despite our investigations prior to acquisition. We face competition from other alarm monitoring companies, including companies that may offer higher prices and more favorable terms for customer accounts purchased, and/or lower minimum financial or operational qualification or requirements for purchased accounts. This competition could reduce the acquisition opportunities available to us, slowing our rate of growth, and/or increase the price we pay for such account acquisitions, thus reducing our return on investment and negatively impacting our revenue and results of operations. We can provide no assurance that we will be able to purchase customer accounts on favorable terms in the future.
The purchase price we pay for customer accounts is affected by the recurring revenue historically generated by such accounts, as well as several other factors, including the level of competition, our prior experience with accounts purchased in bulk from specific sellers, the geographic location of accounts, the number of accounts purchased, the customers’ credit scores, and the type of security or automation equipment or platform used by the customers. In purchasing accounts, we have relied on management’s knowledge of the industry, due diligence procedures, and representations and warranties of bulk account sellers. We can provide no assurance that in all instances the representations and warranties made by bulk account sellers are true and complete or, if the representations and warranties are inaccurate, that we will be able to recover damages from bulk account sellers in an amount sufficient to fully compensate us for any resulting losses. In addition, we may need to incorporate and maintain specialized equipment and knowledge in order to service customer accounts purchased, or pay to upgrade such customers to ADT equipment. If any of these risks materialize, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
If we are unable to recruit and retain keysufficient personnel at all levels of our organization, our ability to manage our business could be materially and adversely affected.
Our success will depend in part upon the continued services of key talent, including, our management team, sales representatives, installation and service technicians and call center talent. Our ability to recruit and retain key talent for management, sales, technician and call center positions could be impacted adversely by the competitive labor environment and


25


require us to pay wages and incur other costs in excess of our planned expenditure. In addition, we may acquire businesses from time to time that have rates of employee attrition significantly higher than our own and we may experience difficulty or delay in hiring to fill positions at these higher rates or in bringing the employee attrition rate of such acquired businesses to a level consistent with our own. The loss, incapacity, or unavailability for any reason of key members of our management team, higher than expected payroll and other costs associated with the hiring and retention of key talent and the inability or delay in hiring new key employees, such as, sales, technician and call center personnel, could materially adversely affect our ability to manage our business and our future operational and financial results.
The loss of or changes to our senior management could disrupt our business.
Our senior management is important to the success of our business and there is significant competition for executive talent with experience in the security and home automation industry. As a result, we may not be able to retain our existing senior management. Our future success will partly depend on our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. James D. DeVries’ ability, along with the ability of other senior management and key employees, to effectively implement our business strategies. In addition, we may not be able to fill new positions or vacancies created by expansion or turnover. The loss of any member of our senior management team or changes in strategy or execution as a result of their replacement (either from inside or outside our existing management team) could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Adverse developments in our relationshipcollective bargaining agreements or other agreements with oursome employees could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
As of December 31, 2020, approximately 1,490 of our employees at various sites, or approximately 7% of our total workforce, were represented by unions and covered by collective bargaining agreements. We are currently a party to approximately 28 collective bargaining agreements. Almost one-third of these agreements are up for renewal in any given year. We cannot predict the outcome of negotiations of the collective bargaining agreements covering our employees. If we are unable to reach new agreements or renew existing agreements, employees subject to collective bargaining agreements may engage in strikes, work slowdowns, or other labor actions, which could materially disrupt our ability to provide services. New labor agreements or the renewal of existing agreements may impose significant new costs on us, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in the future.
If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting at a reasonable assurance level, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations, investor confidence in our business and the trading prices of our securities.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. If material weaknesses in our internal controls are discovered, they may adversely affect our ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information timely and accurately and, as a result, our financial statements may contain material misstatements or omissions.
In addition, it is possible that control deficiencies could be identified by our management or by our independent registered public accounting firm in the future or may occur without being identified. Such a failure could result in regulatory scrutiny, and cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial condition, lead to a default under our indebtedness and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flow or results of operations.
Risks Related to Regulations and Litigation
If we fail to comply with constantly evolving laws, regulations, and industry standards addressing information and technology networks, privacy, and data security, we could face substantial penalties, liability, and reputational harm, and our business, operations, and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
Along with our own confidential data and information retained in the normal course of our business, we or our partners collect and retain significant volumes of third party data, some of which is subject to certain laws and regulations. Our ability to analyze this data to present the subscriber with an improved user experience is a valuable component of our services, but we cannot ensure you that the data we require will be available from these sources in the future or that the cost of such data will not increase. If the data that we require is not available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all, we may not be able to provide certain parts of our current or planned products and services, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.harm.


262


In addition, we may also collect and retain other sensitive types of data, including, among other things, audio recordings of telephone calls and video images of customer sites. We must comply with applicable federal and state laws and regulations governing the collection, retention, processing, storage, disclosure, access, use, security, and privacy of such information in addition to our own posted information security and privacy policies and applicable industry standards, such as the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards. The legal, regulatory, and contractual environment surrounding the foregoing continues to evolve, and there has been an increasing amount of focus on privacy and data security issues with the potential to affect our business. These privacy and data security laws, regulations, and standards, as well as contractual requirements, could increase our cost of doing business, and failure to comply with these laws, regulations, standards, and contractual requirements could result in government enforcement actions (which could include civil or criminal penalties), private litigation, and/or adverse publicity. In the event of a breach of personal information that we hold or that is held by third parties on our behalf, we may be subject to governmental fines, individual and class action claims, remediation expenses, and/or harm to our reputation. In 2020, we disclosed that a Company technician had secured unauthorized personal access to certain customers’ in-home security systems, resulting in legal claims against us, which have and may continue to arise either as individual claims or as class actions. We could incur significant legal costs in defending existing or new claims or in the ultimate resolution of such claims, and we may suffer reputational harm and damage to our brand as a result of such claims or any related publicity. Further, if we fail to comply with applicable privacy and security laws, regulations, policies, and standards; properly protect the integrity and security of our facilities and systems and the data located within them; or defend against cybersecurity attacks; or if our third-party service providers, partners, or vendors fail to do any of the foregoing with respect to data and information assessed, used, stored, or collected on our behalf; or if we fail to successfully defend against any matters that may arise as a result of the rogue conduct of the technician as described above or should we fail to prevent future rogue actors from undertaking similar actions, our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
For example, the data that we collect and retain includes personally identifiable information related to our customers and employees and may be protected health information subject to certain requirements under the Health Insurance Portability Accountability Act (“HIPAA”) and its implementing regulations, which regulate the use, storage, and disclosure of personally identifiable health information. We may change our processes or modify our product and service offerings in a manner that requires us to adopt additional or different policies and procedures to meet our obligations under HIPAA. Becoming fully HIPAA-compliant involves adopting and implementing privacy and security policies and procedures as well as administrative, physical, and technical safeguards. Additionally, HIPAA compliance requires certain agreements with contracting partners to be in place. Endeavoring to become fully HIPAA-compliant may be costly both financially and in terms of administrative resources. It may take substantial time and require the assistance of external resources, such as attorneys, information technology, and/or other consultants. We would have to be HIPAA-compliant to provide services pursuant to which we are required to collect or manage patient information for or on behalf of a health care provider or health plan. Thus, if we do not become fully HIPAA-compliant, our expansion opportunities may be limited. Furthermore, it is possible that HIPAA may be expanded in the future to apply to certain of our current products or services.
The California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which became effective in 2020, gives California residents certain rights in relation to their personal information, requires that companies take certain actions, and applies to activities regarding personal information that is collected by us, directly or indirectly, from California residents. The CCPA creates and may continue to create, as its interpretation and enforcement evolves, a range of new compliance obligations, which could cause us to change our business practices, with the possibility for significant financial penalties for noncompliance that may materially adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. In addition, in November of 2020, California voters passed Proposition 24, also known as the California Privacy Rights Act, which will impose additional requirements on businesses with regard to the collection, use, and sharing of data beginning in 2023 and which could materially impact our business.
The General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) applies to our activities regarding personal data of which we may come in to possession, directly or indirectly through vendors and subcontractors, from persons or businesses in the European Union. As interpretation and enforcement of the GDPR evolves, it will create a range of new compliance obligations, which could cause us to change our business practices, with the possibility for significant financial penalties for noncompliance. The European Commission in July 2016 and the Swiss Government in January 2017 approved the EU-U.S. and the Swiss-U.S. Privacy Shield frameworks, respectively, which are designed to allow U.S. companies that self-certify to the U.S. Department of Commerce and publicly commit to comply with the Privacy Shield requirements to freely import personal data from the EU and Switzerland. However, these frameworks face a number of legal challenges and their validity remains subject to legal, regulatory, and political developments in both Europe and the U.S. This has resulted in some uncertainty, and compliance obligations could cause us to incur costs or require us to change our business practices in a manner adverse to our business and failure to comply could result in significant penalties that may materially adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.


27


Infringement of our intellectual property rights could negatively affect us.
We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, confidentiality provisions, and licensing arrangements to establish and protect our proprietary rights. We cannot guarantee, however, that the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property rights will be adequate to prevent infringement of our rights or misappropriation of our intellectual property or technology. Adverse events affecting the use of our trademarks could affect our use of those trademarks and negatively impact our brands. In addition, if we expand our business outside of the U.S. in the future, effective patent, trademark, copyright, and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in some jurisdictions. Furthermore, while we enter into confidentiality agreements with certain of our employees and third parties to protect our intellectual property, such confidentiality agreements could be breached or otherwise may not provide meaningful protection for our confidential information, trade secrets, and know-how related to the design, manufacture, or operation of our products and services. If it becomes necessary for us to resort to litigation to protect our intellectual property rights, any proceedings could be burdensome and costly, and we may not prevail. Further, adequate remedies may not be available in the event of an unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, trade secrets, or know-how. If we fail to successfully enforce our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could suffer, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Allegations that we have infringed upon the intellectual property rights of third parties could negatively affect us.
We may be subject to claims of intellectual property infringement by third parties. In particular, as our services have expanded, we have become subject to claims alleging infringement of intellectual property, including litigation brought by special purpose or so-called “non-practicing” entities that focus solely on extracting royalties and settlements by alleging infringement and threatening enforcement of patent rights. These companies typically have little or no business or operations, and there are few effective deterrents available to prevent such companies from filing patent infringement lawsuits against us. Our exposure to intellectual property infringement claims may increase as we continue to build our new proprietary platform announced in November 2020 or expand upon our existing intellectual property in the future. In addition, we rely on licenses and other arrangements with third parties covering intellectual property related to many of the products and services that we market. Notwithstanding these arrangements, we could be at risk for infringement claims from third parties. Additionally, while we are party to a patent agreement with Tyco, which generally includes a covenant by Tyco not to bring an action against us alleging that the manufacture, use, or sale of any products or services in existence as of the date of our separation from Tyco infringes any patents owned or controlled by Tyco and used by us on or prior to such date, such agreement does not protect us from infringement claims for future product or service expansions. In general, if a court determines that one or more of our services infringes on intellectual property rights owned by others, we may be required to cease marketing those services, to obtain licenses from the holders of the intellectual property at a material cost or on unfavorable terms, or to take other potentially costly or burdensome actions to avoid infringing third-party intellectual property rights. The litigation process is costly and subject to inherent uncertainties, and we may not prevail in litigation matters regardless of the merits of our position. Intellectual property lawsuits or claims may become extremely disruptive if the plaintiffs succeed in blocking the trade of our products and services and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
We may be subject to class actions and other lawsuits which may harm our business and results of operations.
We have and we may continue to be subject to class action litigation involving alleged violations of privacy, consumer protection laws, employment laws or other matters. In addition, we have previously been subject to securities class actions relating to our IPO and we may in the future be subject to additional securities litigation in connection with our IPO, in connection with issues arising subsequent to the IPO or in connection with issues that may have arisen prior to the acquisition of what was then The ADT Corporation. This type of litigation may be lengthy and may result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources. Results cannot be predicted with certainty and an adverse outcome in such litigation could result in monetary damages or injunctive relief that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
In addition, we are currently and may in the future become subject to legal proceedings and commercial or contractual disputes other than class actions. These are typically claims that arise in the normal course of business including, without limitation, commercial or contractual disputes with our suppliers, intellectual property matters, third-party liability matters, which may include product liability claims, automobile negligence claims and property/casualty claims, and employment law matters. There is a possibility that such claims may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows that is greater than we anticipate and/or negatively affect our reputation.


28


Increasing government regulation of telemarketing, email marketing, door-to-door sales, and other marketing methods may increase our costs and restrict the operation and growth of our business.
We rely on telemarketing, email marketing, door-to-door sales, and other marketing channels, including social media conducted internally and through third parties to generate a substantial number of leads for our business, all of which is subject to federal, state and local regulation. Telemarketing and email marketing activities are subject to an increasing amount of regulation in the U.S. Regulations have been issued by the FTC and the FCC that place restrictions on unsolicited telephone calls to residential and wireless telephone subscribers, whether direct dial or by means of automatic telephone dialing systems, prerecorded, or artificial voice messages and telephone fax machines, and require us to maintain a “do not call” list and to train our personnel to comply with these restrictions. The FTC regulates sales practices generally and email marketing and telemarketing specifically, including through their consent decree on ADT that regulates our use of social media influencers and celebrities, and has broad authority to prohibit a variety of advertising or marketing practices that may constitute “unfair or deceptive acts or practices.” Most of the statutes and regulations in the U.S. applicable to telemarketing and email marketing allow a private right of action for the recovery of damages or provide for enforcement by the FTC and FCC, state attorneys general, or state agencies permitting the recovery of significant civil or criminal penalties, costs and attorneys’ fees if regulations are violated. We strive to comply with all such applicable regulations, but can provide no assurance that we, our authorized dealers or third parties that we rely on for telemarketing, email marketing, and other lead generation activities will be in compliance with all applicable regulations at all times. Although our contractual arrangements with our authorized dealers, affinity marketing partners, and other third parties generally require them to comply with all such regulations and to indemnify us for damages arising from their failure to do so, we can provide no assurance that the FTC and FCC, private litigants, or others will not attempt to hold us responsible for any unlawful acts conducted by our authorized dealers, affinity marketing partners and other third parties or that we could successfully enforce or collect upon any indemnities. Additionally, certain FCC rulings and FTC enforcement actions may support the legal position that we may be held vicariously liable for the actions of third parties, including any telemarketing violations by our independent, third-party authorized dealers that are performed without our authorization or that are otherwise prohibited by our policies. The FCC and FTC have relied on certain actions to support the notion of vicarious liability, including, but not limited to, the use of our brand or trademark, the authorization or approval of telemarketing scripts, or the sharing of consumer prospect lists. Changes in such regulations or the interpretation thereof that further restrict such activities could result in a material reduction in the number of leads for our business and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Our business operates in a regulated industry.
Our operationsindustry and employees are subjectany new, or changes to various federal, state, and local laws and regulations in such areas as consumer protection, occupational licensing, environmental protection (including climate change regulations), labor and employment, tax, and other laws and regulations. Most states in which we operate have licensing laws directed specifically toward the sale, installation, monitoring and maintenance of fire and security devices. Our business relies heavily upon the use of both wireline and wireless telecommunications to communicate signals, and telecommunications companies are regulated by federal, state, and local governments.
Increased public awareness and concern regarding global climate change may result in more international, regional and/or federal or other requirements or expectations that could mandate more restrictive or expansive standards than existing, regulations. There continues to be a lack of consistent climate legislation, which creates economic and regulatory uncertainty. If environmental laws or regulations are either changed or adopted and impose significant operational restrictions and compliance requirements upon our business or products, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
In certain jurisdictions, we are required to obtain licenses or permits to comply with standards governing employee selection and training and to meet certain standards in the conduct of our business. The loss of such licenses or permits or the imposition of conditions to the granting or retention of such licenses or permits could have a material adverse effect on us. Furthermore, in certain jurisdictions, certain security systems must meet fire and building codes to be installed, and it is possible that our current or future products and service offerings will fail to meet such codes, which could require us to make costly modifications to our products and services or to forego operating in certain jurisdictions.
We must also comply with numerous federal, state, and local laws and regulations that govern matters relating to our interactions with residential customers, including those pertaining to privacy and data security, consumer financial and credit transactions, home improvement contracts, warranties, and door-to-door solicitation. These laws and regulations are dynamic and subject to potentially differing interpretations, and various federal, state, and local legislative and regulatory bodies may initiate investigations, expand current laws or regulations, or enact new laws and regulations, regarding these matters. As we expand our product and service offerings and enter into new jurisdictions, we may be subject to more expansive regulation and oversight. For example, as a result of internal growth and through our acquisition of various commercial businesses, we are expanding commercial offerings and exploring markets outside of the U.S, and we will need to identify and comply with laws


29


and regulations that apply to such services and our operations generally in the relevant jurisdictions. In addition, any financing or lending activity will subject us to various rules and regulations, such as the U.S. federal Truth in Lending Act and analogous state legislation. Also, as we continue to expand our sales to government entities, we will be subject to additional contracting regulations, disclosure obligations, and various civil and criminal penalties, among other things, in a significant manner that we are not subject to today.
Changes in these laws or regulations or their interpretation could dramatically affect how we do business, acquire customers, and manage and use information we collect from and about current and prospective customers and the costs associated therewith. We strive to comply with all applicable laws and regulations relating to our interactions with all customers. It is possible, however, that these requirements may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices.
Changes in laws or regulations could require us to change the way we operate or to utilize resources to maintain compliance, which could increase costs or otherwise disrupt operations. In addition, failure to comply with any applicable lawssuch rules or regulations could result in substantial fines or revocation of our operating permits and licenses. If laws and regulations werebe costly to change or if we or our products failed to comply with them,us, harm our business financial condition, results ofand operations, and cash flowsimpede our ability to grow our existing business, any new businesses that we acquire, or investment opportunities that we pursue.
Existing electric utility industry regulations, and changes to regulations, may present technical, regulatory, or economic barriers to the purchase and use of solar energy systems that may significantly reduce demand for our solar energy systems.
Our solar sales model may rely on net metering and related policies to offer competitive pricing to customers, and changes to such policies may significantly reduce demand for our solar offerings.
Interconnection limits or circuit-level caps imposed by regulators may significantly reduce our ability to sell solar systems and energy storage solutions in certain markets or slow interconnections, harming our growth rate and customer satisfaction scores.
The ADT Solar business may rely on the availability of rebates, tax credits, and other financial incentives. The expiration, elimination, or reduction of these rebates, credits, and incentives could be materially adversely affected.impact our business.
We could be assessed penalties for false alarms.
Some local governments impose assessments, fines, penalties, and limitations on either customers or the alarm companies for false alarms. Certain municipalities have adopted ordinances under which both permit and alarm dispatch fees are charged directly to the alarm companies. Our alarm service contracts generally allow us to pass these charges on to customers, but we may not be able to collect these charges if customers are unwilling or unable to pay them and such outcome may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Furthermore, our customers may elect to terminate or not renew our services if assessments, fines, or penalties for false alarms become significant. If more local governments were to impose assessments, fines, or penalties, our customer base, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
Adoption of statutes and governmental policies purporting to characterize certain of our charges as unlawful may adversely affect our business.
Generally, if a customer cancels their contract with us prior to the end of the initial contract term, other than in accordance with the contract, we may charge the customer an early cancellation fee. Consumer protection policies or legal precedents could be proposed or adopted to restrict the charges we can impose upon contract cancellation. Such initiatives could compel us to increase our prices during the initial term of our contracts and consequently lead to less demand for our services and increased customer attrition. Adverse judicial determinations regarding these matters could cause us to incur legal exposure to customers against whom such charges have been imposed and expose us to the risk that certain of our customers may seek to recover such charges through litigation, including class action lawsuits. Any such loss in demand for our services, increase in attrition, or the costs of defending such litigation and enforcement actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
In the absence of net neutrality or similar regulation, certain providers of Internet access may block our services or charge their customers more for using our services, or government regulations relating to the Internet could change, which could materially adversely affect our revenue and growth.change.
Our interactive and home automation services are primarily accessed throughGiven the Internet and our security monitoring services, including those utilizing video streaming, are increasingly delivered using Internet technologies. Users who access our services through mobile devices, such as smart phones, laptops, and tablet computers must have a high-speed Internet connection, such as broadband, 3G, CDMA, 4G/LTE, or 5G, to use our services. Currently, this access is provided by telecommunications companies and Internet access service providers that have significant and increasing market power in the broadband and Internet access marketplace. In the absencenature of government regulation, these providers could take measures that affect their customers’ ability to use our products and services, such as degrading the quality of the data packets we transmit over their lines, giving our packets low priority, giving other packets higher priority than ours, blocking our packets entirely, or attempting to charge their customers more for using our products and services. To the extent that Internet service providers implement usage-based pricing, including meaningful bandwidth caps, or otherwise try to monetize access to their networks, we could incur greater operating expenses and customer acquisition and retention could be negatively impacted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. Furthermore, to the extent network operators were to create tiers of Internet access service and either charge us for or prohibit our services from being available to our customers through these tiers, our business could be negatively impacted. Some of these providers also offer products and services that directly compete with our own offerings, which could potentially give them a competitive


30


advantage. In addition, the FCC recently rolled back net neutrality protections in the U.S. as described below and most other countries have not adopted formal net neutrality or open Internet rules.
On February 26, 2015, the FCC reclassified broadband Internet access services in the U.S. as a telecommunications service subject to some elements of common carrier regulation, including the obligation to provide service on just and reasonable terms, and adopted specific net neutrality rules prohibiting the blocking, throttling, or “paid prioritization” of content or services. However, in December 2017, the FCC re-classified broadband Internet access service as an unregulated information service and repealed the specific rules against blocking, throttling, or “paid prioritization” of content or services. It retained a rule requiring Internet service providers to disclose their practices to consumers, entrepreneurs and the FCC. A number of parties appealed this order, and on October 1, 2019, the US Court of Appeals for the DC Circuit upheld a portion of the FCC’s 2017 ruling, while invalidating the portion that preempted states and local governments from enacting their own net neutrality rules. On December 13, 2019, the plaintiffs asked the full DC Circuit to rehear their case. The petition was denied on February 6, 2020. It is possible Congress may adopt legislation establishing clear net neutrality requirements at some point, or the FCC under the Biden Administration could reverse the current FCC’s Restoring Internet Freedom Order. The elimination of net neutrality rules and any changes to the rules could affect the market for broadband Internet access service in a way that impacts our business and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Wewe are exposed to greater risks of liability for employee acts or omissions or system failures than may be inherent in other businesses.
If a customer or third-party believes that it has suffered harm to person or property due to an actual or alleged act or omission of oneOur business would be adversely affected if certain of our authorized dealers, independent contractors employees or other agents, or due to a security or interactive system failure, they (or their insurers) may pursue legal action against us, and the cost of defending the legal action and of any judgment against us could be substantial. In particular, because our products and services are intended to help protect lives and real and personal property, we may have greater exposure to litigation risks than businesses that provide other commercial, consumer, and small business products and services. Our standard customer contracts contain a series of risk-mitigation provisions that serve to limit our liability and/or limit a claimant’s ability to pursue legal action. However, in the event of litigation with respect to such matters, it is possible that these risk-mitigation provisions may be deemed not applicable or unenforceable and, regardless of the ultimate outcome, we may incur significant costs of defense that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows, and there can be no assurance that any such defense efforts will be successful.
We may be required to make indemnification payments relating to the sale of our Canadian business to Telus Corporation.
In connection with the sale of ADT Canada, we entered into an agreement with TELUS which provides that we are liable for all taxes of the Canadian business for all pre-closing tax periods. We are liable to indemnify TELUS for any tax liabilities assessed by the Canadian tax authorities in the future that are related to pre-closing tax years. We have no assurance that adjustments that would affect our pre-disposition tax liabilities will not be proposed by the tax authorities,were classified as there is a potential for adverse determinations to be made on tax years that remain subject to audit. Our agreement with TELUS provides that we manage all tax audits relating to the pre-closing tax years. As of December 31, 2020, ADT Canada has resolved all income tax audits through the 2015 tax year.
We may be subject to liability for obligations of The Brink’s Company under the Coal Act or other coal-related liabilities of The Brink’s Company.
On May 14, 2010, The ADT Corporation acquired Broadview Security, a business formerly owned by The Brink’s Company. Under the Coal Industry Retiree Health Benefit Act of 1992, as amended (“Coal Act”), The Brink’s Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries as of July 20, 1992 (including certain legal entities acquired in the Broadview Security acquisition) are jointly and severally liable with certain of The Brink’s Company’s other current and former subsidiaries for health care coverage obligations provided for by the Coal Act. A Voluntary Employees’ Beneficiary Association (“VEBA”) trust has been established by The Brink’s Company to pay for these liabilities, although the trust may have insufficient funds to satisfy all future obligations. We cannot rule out the possibility that certain legal entities acquired in the Broadview Security acquisition may also be liable for other liabilities in connection with The Brink’s Company’s former coal operations. At the time of the separation of Broadview Security from The Brink’s Company in 2008, Broadview Security entered into an agreement pursuant to which The Brink’s Company agreed to indemnify it for any and all liabilities and expenses related to The Brink’s Company’s former coal operations, including any health care coverage obligations. The Brink’s Company has agreed that this indemnification survives The ADT Corporation’s acquisition of Broadview Security. We in turn agreed to indemnify Tyco for such liabilities in our separation from it. If The Brink’s Company and the VEBA are unable to satisfy all such obligations, we could be held liable, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

employees.

31


Our use of independent contractors for certain functions may expose us to additional risks.
In order to meet our evolving customer needs, we rely on third-party independent contractors in addition to our existing workforce to perform certain tasks including installation and service of our customer alarm systems. From time to time, we are involved in lawsuits and claims that assert that certain independent contractors should be treated as our employees. The state of the law regarding independent contractor status varies from state to state and is subject to change based on court decisions, legislation, and regulation. For example, on April 30, 2018, the California Supreme Court adopted a new standard, the “ABC” test, for determining whether a company “employs”Existing or is the “employer” for purposes of the California Wage Orders in its decision in the Dynamex Operations West, Inc. v. Superior Court case. The California legislature adopted this standard as the test not only for purposes of the California Wage Order, but also for all provisions of the California Labor Code and Unemployment Insurance Code. The “ABC” test alters the analysis of whether an individual, who is classified by a hiring entity as an independent contractor in California, has been properly classified as an independent contractor. Under the new test, an individual is considered an employee unless the hiring entity establishes three criteria: (i) the worker is free from the control and direction of the hirer in connection with the performance of the work, both under the contract for the performance of such work and in fact; (ii) the worker performs work that is outside the usual course of the hiring entity’s business; and (iii) the worker is customarily engaged in an independently established trade, occupation, or business of the same nature as the work performed for the hiring entity.
Adverse determinations regarding the independent contractor status of any of our subcontractors could, among other things, entitle such individuals to the reimbursement of certain expenses and to the benefit of wage-and-hour laws, result in ADT being liable for employment and withholding tax and benefits for such individuals, and result in ADT being liable to such individuals for violations of other laws protecting employees. Any such adverse determination could result in a material reduction of the number of subcontractors we can use for our business or significantly increase our costs to serve our customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
New tariffs and other trade restrictions imposed on imports from China or other countries where much of our end-user equipment is manufactured, or any counter-measures taken in response, may harm our business and results of operations.
New tariffs imposed on imports from China, where certain components included in our end-user equipment are manufactured, and any counter-measures taken in response to such new tariffs, may harm our business and results of operations. In 2018 and 2019, the U.S. federal government imposed tariffs on certain alarm equipment components manufactured in China, and on other categories of electronic equipment manufactured in China that we install in our customers’ premises, such as batteries and thermostats. Certain of these tariffs are as high as 25% and such tariffs have increased our costs for such equipment as a result of some or all of such new tariffs being passed on to us by the sellers of such equipment. If any or all of the costs of these tariffs continue to be passed on to us by the sellers of our end-user equipment, we may be required to raise our prices, which could result in the loss of customers and harm our business and results of operations. Alternatively, we may seek to find new sources of end-user products, which may result in higher costs and disruption to our business. In addition, the U.S. federal government’s 2018 National Defense Authorization Act imposed a ban on the use of certain surveillance, telecommunications, and other equipment manufactured by certain of our suppliers based in China, to help protect critical infrastructure and other sites deemed to be sensitive for national security purposes in the U.S. This federal government ban implemented in August 2019, and the ban on use of certain covered equipment by federal contractors implemented in August 2020, has required us to find new sources of end-user products, which may result in higher costs and disruption to our business. In addition to the current tariffs, it is possible further tariffs will be imposed on imports of equipment that we install in end-user premises, or that our business will be impacted by retaliatory trade measures taken by China or other countries, causing us to raise our prices or make changes to our business, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Risks Related to Macroeconomic and Related Factors
General economic conditions can affect our business, and we are susceptible to changes in the business economy, in the housing market, and in business and consumer discretionary income, which may inhibit our ability to grow our customer base and impact our results of operations.
Rising interest rates or increased consumer lender fees could adversely impact our sales, profitability, and financing costs.
We are subject to credit risk and other risks associated with our customers and dealers.
Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets represent a significant portion of our total assets, and we may never realize the full value of our intangible assets.
We have significant deferred tax assets, and any impairments of or valuation allowances against these deferred tax assets in the future could materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness and to the Ownership of Our Common Stock
Our substantial indebtedness limits our financial and operational flexibility.
Our stock price may fluctuate significantly.
We continue to be controlled by Apollo Global Management, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries and affiliates, “Apollo” or the “Sponsor”), and Apollo’s interests may conflict with our interests and the interests of other stockholders.
If we fail to establish and achieve the objectives of our Environmental, Social, and Governance (“ESG”) program consistent with investor, customer, employee, or other stakeholder expectations, we may not be viewed as an attractive investment, service provider, workplace, or business, which could have a negative effect on our Company.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for exclusive forum provisions which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes.


3


PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.
Company Overview
ADT Inc., together with its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”, “we”, “our”, “us”, and “ADT”), is a leading provider of security, interactive, and smart home solutions serving residential, small business, and commercial customers in the United States (“U.S.”). With the acquisition of Sunpro Solar in December 2021, we are now also a leading provider of residential solar solutions. Our mission is to empower customers to protect and connect to what matters most - their families, homes, and businesses - by delivering safe, smart, and sustainable lifestyle-driven solutions through professionally installed, do-it-yourself (“DIY”), and mobile or other digital-based offerings supported by our 24/7 professional monitoring services.
The ADT brand is one of the most recognized and trusted brands in the security industry, which we believe is a key competitive advantage and contributor to our success due to the importance customers place on reputation and trust when purchasing our products and services. The strength of our brand is based upon a long-standing record of delivering high-quality, reliable products and services; expertise in system sales, installation, and monitoring; and superior customer care, all driven by our industry-leading experience and knowledge.
We serve our customers through our nationwide sales and service offices; monitoring and support centers; and a large network of security, home-automation, and solar-installation professionals in the U.S. As of December 31, 2021, we had approximately 6.6 million recurring revenue customers.
Formation and Organization
ADT Inc. was incorporated in the State of Delaware in May 2015 as a holding company with no assets or liabilities. In July 2015, we acquired Protection One, Inc. and ASG Intermediate Holding Corp. (collectively, the “Formation Transactions”), which were instrumental in the commencement of our operations. In May 2016, we acquired The ADT Security Corporation (formerly named The ADT Corporation) (“The ADT Corporation”) (the “ADT Acquisition”), which significantly increased our market share in the security systems industry making us one of the largest monitored security companies in the U.S. and, at the time, Canada.
In January 2018, we completed an initial public offering (“IPO”), and our common stock, par value $0.01 per share, (“Common Stock”) began trading on the NYSE under the symbol “ADT.”
ADT Inc. is majority-owned by Prime Security Services TopCo (ML), L.P., which is majority-owned by Prime Security Services TopCo Parent, L.P. (“Ultimate Parent”). Ultimate Parent is majority-owned by Apollo Investment Fund VIII, L.P. and its related funds that are directly or indirectly managed by affiliates of Apollo. As of December 31, 2021, Apollo owned approximately 67.5% of our outstanding common stock, including Class B Common Stock (as defined below) on an as-converted basis, and excluding unvested common shares.
Key Business Developments and Recent Initiatives
The following represents key business developments since our IPO:
In December 2018, we acquired Fire & Security Holdings, LLC (“Red Hawk”) (the “Red Hawk Acquisition”), which accelerated our growth in the commercial security market and expanded our product portfolio with the introduction of commercial fire safety and related solutions.
In November 2019, we sold ADT Security Services Canada, Inc. (“ADT Canada”), which resulted in the substantial disposition of our operations in Canada.
In January 2020, we acquired Defender Holdings, Inc. (“Defenders”), our largest independent dealer at the time (the “Defenders Acquisition”), which represented approximately 55% of our indirect channel in 2019.
In February 2020, we launched a new revenue model initiative for certain residential customers, which (i) revised the amount and nature of fees due at installation, (ii) introduced a 60-month monitoring contract option, and (iii) introduced a new retail installment contract option.


4


In July 2020, we entered into a Master Supply, Distribution, and Marketing Agreement (the “Google Commercial Agreement”) with Google pursuant to which Google has agreed to supply us with certain Google devices as well as certain Google video and analytics services (“Google Services”), for sale to our customers.
In September 2020, we issued and sold 54,744,525 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class B Common Stock”), for an aggregate purchase price of $450 million to Google in a private placement pursuant to a securities purchase agreement dated July 31, 2020 (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”).
In November 2020, we announced the ongoing development of our ADT-owned next-generation professional security and automation technology platform, which is currently being developed in coordination with Google (as discussed below).
In July 2021, we introduced the concept of Virtual Service Support, which allows us to meet customer demands and preferences while reducing costs of truck rolls for certain service visits. Virtual Service Support delivers a scalable, cost-efficient means of servicing our customers through live video streaming with our skilled technicians to troubleshoot and resolve service issues.
In December 2021, we acquired Sunpro Solar, which entered us into the residential solar market with the launch of ADT Solar, which will leverage ADT’s brand awareness and trust among consumers to accelerate growth. ADT Solar provides residential customers with solar and energy storage solutions, energy efficiency upgrades, and roofing services.
In January 2022, we announced that together with Ford Motor Company (“Ford”), we will be forming a new entity, Canopy, which will combine ADT’s professional security monitoring and Ford’s AI-driven video camera technology to help customers strengthen security of new and existing vehicles across automotive brands. Ford and ADT’s investment in Canopy is subject to certain conditions, including regulatory approvals, and initial funding is expected to close in the second quarter of 2022. ADT and Ford expect to invest approximately $100 million collectively during the next three years, of which ADT will contribute 40%.
In January 2022, we successfully launched the integrated Google doorbell, and we are jointly solidifying the timeline for subsequent product launches with a focus on optimal customer experience and quality.
Google and Next-Generation Platform Update
Our partnership with Google represents the combination of the leading security brand and the leading technology brand joining forces to introduce the next-generation smart and helpful home. As part of this partnership, each company will contribute $150 million upon the achievement of certain milestones towards the joint marketing of devices and services; customer acquisition; training of our employees for the sales, installation, customer service, and maintenance for the product and service offerings; and technology updates for products included in such offerings.
Co-branded offerings are and will continue to be available in the form of both professionally installed and DIY solutions and will include the integration of leading Google devices paired with Google video and analytics services initially through our current technology platform and the Google Home platform. We plan to transition these offerings to be supported by our ADT-owned next-generation professional security and automation technology platform, which is currently being developed in coordination with Google. Our comprehensive interactive technology platform is expected to provide customers with a seamless experience through a common application across security, life safety, automation, and analytics. Additionally, our platform is expected to integrate the user experience, customer service experience, and back-end support.
COVID-19 Pandemic Update
The COVID-19 Pandemic, including variants such as Delta and Omicron, caused certain notable adverse impacts on general economic conditions, including temporary and permanent closures of many businesses, increased governmental regulations, supply chain disruptions, and changes in consumer spending. Our employees are susceptible to COVID-19 in the ordinary course of their work. In order to continue to both protect our employees and serve our customers, we have adjusted, and are continuously evolving, certain aspects of our operations in response to the COVID-19 Pandemic, which include (i) detailed protocols for infectious disease safety for employees, (ii) employee daily wellness checks, (iii) certain work from home actions, including for the majority of our call center professionals, and (iv) investments in personal protective equipment for our employees. We continue to monitor the impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic including the health of our employees, protection of our customers, and our ability to continue to operate all aspects of our business.


5


Segment and Geographic Information
We evaluate and report our segment information based on the manner in which our Chief Executive Officer, who is the chief operating decision maker (the “CODM”), evaluates performance and allocates resources. Prior to 2021, we had a single operating and reportable segment. Beginning in the first quarter of 2021, we reported results in two operating and reportable segments, Consumer and Small Business (“CSB”) and Commercial. Upon consummation of the Sunpro Solar Acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2021, we began reporting results for a third operating and reportable segment related to the ADT Solar business (“Solar”). There were no further changes to our CSB and Commercial segments.
Where applicable, prior periods have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect our current operating and reportable segment structure.
We organize our segments based primarily on customer type as follows:
CSB - The CSB segment primarily includes (i) revenue and operating costs from the sale, installation, servicing, and monitoring of integrated security, interactive, and automation systems, as well as other offerings such as mobile security and home health solutions; (ii) other operating costs associated with support functions related to these operations; and (iii) general corporate costs and other income and expense items not included in the Commercial or Solar segments. Customers in the CSB segment are comprised of residential homeowners, small business operators, and other individual consumers of security and automation systems.
Results for the Company’s Canadian operations prior to its sale in the fourth quarter of 2019 are included in the CSB segment based on the primary customer market served in Canada.
Commercial - The Commercial segment primarily includes (i) revenue and operating costs from the sale, installation, servicing, and monitoring of integrated security, interactive, and automation systems, fire detection and suppression systems, and other related offerings; (ii) other operating costs associated with support functions related to these operations; and (iii) dedicated corporate and other costs. Customers in the Commercial segment are comprised of larger businesses with more expansive facilities (typically larger than 10,000 square feet) and multi-site operations, which often require more sophisticated integrated solutions.
Solar - The Solar segment primarily includes (i) revenue and operating costs from the design and installation of solar systems, energy storage solutions, and other related solutions and services; (ii) other operating costs associated with support functions related to these operations; and (iii) dedicated corporate and other costs. Customers in the Solar segment are primarily comprised of residential homeowners who purchase solar systems and energy storage solutions, energy efficiency upgrades, and roofing services.
For the results of our operations outside of the U.S., which consist of our operations in Canada prior to the sale of ADT Canada, refer to Note 3 “Segment Information” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Products and Services
We primarily offer our portfolio of products and services under our ADT brand, which includes burglar alarm, security automation, and other smart home solutions and fire detection, suppression, and access control systems (referred to collectively as security systems, solutions, or offerings), as well as solar systems and energy storage solutions for residential customers.
Our core security offerings are designed to detect intrusion; control access; sense movement, smoke, fire, carbon monoxide, flooding, temperature, and other environmental conditions and hazards; and address personal medical emergencies such as injuries or incapacitation. In our Commercial business, we also sell, install, integrate, maintain, and inspect commercial building safety and management technologies, which include fire detection and suppression, video surveillance, and access control systems. We also offer our customers routine maintenance and the installation of upgraded or additional equipment, which provides additional value to the customer and generates incremental recurring monthly revenue. With the acquisition of Sunpro Solar, we design, install, and sell custom solar systems and energy storage solutions, energy efficiency upgrades, and roofing services.
The vast majority of new residential customers choose our automation and smart home solutions, which provide customers the ability to remotely monitor and manage their environments. Through our customized web portal via web-enabled devices (such as smart phones), customers can arm/disarm their security systems, record/view real-time video, and program their systems to react to defined events, as well as automate custom schedules for connected devices such as lights, thermostats, appliances, garage doors, and cameras. Our technology can also integrate with various third-party connected and wearable devices allowing us to serve customers whether they are at home or on-the-go. Additionally, our personal emergency response system products


6


and services utilize our security monitoring infrastructure to provide customers with solutions helping to sustain independent living and encourage better self-care activities. Our recently acquired solar operations, now ADT Solar, combines our legacy leading smart home security with sustainable home energy management solutions through a single, trusted provider. ADT Solar offers customers solar solutions through dedicated and specialized in-house sales and marketing teams, design and engineering, and installation.
Customer Contracts
New CSB and certain Commercial customers typically require us to make an upfront investment related to installation costs (such as labor, including commissions, materials, and overhead), which are partially offset by upfront fees charged at the time of installation. The economics of an installation can vary depending on the customer acquisition channel and product, but we generally achieve revenue break-even in less than two and a half years. We periodically adjust the standard monthly monitoring rate charged to new and existing customers, while our ability to increase our average selling prices for individual customers depends on a number of factors, including the quality of our service, the introduction of additional features and services which increase the value of our offerings, and the competitive environment in which we operate.
At the time of initial equipment installation, our CSB and Commercial customers typically contract for both monitoring and maintenance services, which are generally governed by multi-year contracts. If a customer cancels or is otherwise in default under a monitoring contract prior to the end of the initial contract term, we have the right under the contract to receive a termination payment from the customer in an amount equal to a designated percentage of all remaining monthly payments.
The standard contract terms for CSB customers are two, three, or five years, with automatic renewals for successive 30-day periods, unless canceled by either party. Residential customers are typically charged an upfront fee, which qualifying customers can pay over the course of the contract, and are then obligated to make monthly payments for the remainder of the initial contract term. Monitoring services are generally billed monthly or quarterly in advance, and more than 80% of our residential customers pay us these fees through automated payment methods, with new residential customers generally opting for these payment methods.
The standard contract term for commercial customers is typically five years with automatic renewals ranging from 30-day periods to one year. In some commercial arrangements, we may install a system without an on-going contractual monitoring or maintenance service relationship.
The standard contract for solar customers varies based on specifics of the job and generally covers the time from signing of the agreement to completion of installation. Additionally, a substantial portion of sales are financed by third parties.
Monitoring Centers
Upon the occurrence of certain initiating events, our monitored security systems send event-specific signals to personnel at our monitoring centers who then relay appropriate information to first responders, such as local police, fire departments, or medical emergency response centers; the customer; or others on the customer’s emergency contact list based on the customer’s contract and preferences. We continue to focus on our alarm verification technologies and partner with industry associations and various first responder agencies to help prioritize response events, enhance response policies, and develop processes that allow us to send data to emergency response centers directly. Additionally, our SMART (System Monitoring and Response Technology) Monitoring differentiates our offerings, aims to result in faster and higher-quality responses, and is expected to reduce annual false alarms and customer care calls.
As of December 31, 2021, we operated nine monitoring centers listed by Underwriters Laboratories (“UL”) located throughout the U.S. in order to provide 24/7 year-round professional monitoring services to our customers, with three of our monitoring centers also providing outsourced monitoring services for other security companies. To obtain and maintain a UL listing, a security systems monitoring center must be located in a building meeting UL’s structural requirements, have back-up computer and power systems, and meet UL specifications for staffing and standard operating procedures. Many jurisdictions have laws requiring that security systems for certain buildings be monitored by UL-listed centers. In addition, a UL listing is required by insurers of certain customers as a condition of insurance coverage. Our monitoring centers are also fully redundant, which means all monitoring operations can be automatically transferred to another monitoring center in case of an emergency such as fire, tornado, major interruption in telephone or computer service, or any other event affecting the functionality of one of our centers. During 2020, we implemented certain work from home actions as a result of the COVID-19 Pandemic, including for a majority of our monitoring center professionals in compliance with UL work-from-home standards.
In addition to our monitoring centers, our Network Operations Center (“NOC”) houses a group of highly-experienced, certified engineers, system administrators, and network analysts capable of designing, provisioning, and maintaining security-only networks for our Commercial customers. The NOC also provides other managed services to support and enhance our customer’s security systems. Employees in our NOC hold a multitude of vendor certifications in addition to classic Cisco and


7


Cisco Meraki Certifications. Our NOC was one of the first security integrators to earn the Cisco Cloud and Managed Services Express Partner Certification and remains one of the few in our industry to hold this specialized certification.
Field Service and Call Centers Operations
We staff our sales and service offices across the U.S. with qualified individuals who make sales calls, install security systems, and provide service and support to our customers, and we utilize third-party subcontract labor when appropriate to assist with these efforts. Our objective is to provide a differentiated service experience by resolving customer issues remotely whenever possible and scheduling service visits at times convenient for the customer. Additionally, we implemented Virtual Service Support in July 2021, which enables our technicians to live-video stream with certain customers to satisfy customer demand for service while reducing some of the costs of in-home visits.
Our call center operations provide support 24 hours a day on a year-round basis, and all requests are routed through our customer contact centers to ensure technical service requests are handled promptly and professionally. In many cases, customer care specialists can remotely resolve non-emergency inquiries regarding service, billing, and alarm testing and support. We continue to offer customers additional choices in managing their services through customer-facing self-service tools via interactive voice response systems and the Internet.
We believe a strong selling point for multi-site customers is our ability to serve our largest multi-site customers from our National Accounts Operation Center (“NAOC”) in Irving, Texas, which allows the customer to call one location to resolve all support issues, including billing, installations, service calls, upgrades, or other service-related issues.
We provide ongoing training to call center and field employees and our authorized dealers, and we continually measure and monitor customer satisfaction-oriented metrics across each customer touch point.
Sales and Distribution Channels
We utilize a complementary mix of direct and indirect sales and distribution channels, as discussed below.
Direct Channel
Our direct channel customers are generated by our direct response and other marketing efforts, general brand awareness, customer referrals, and lead generation partners, and are supported by our internal sales force located in our national sales call centers as well as our nationwide network of sales and service offices. In many scenarios, we close the sale of a basic system over the phone and allow our field force to augment the system at the time of installation. In other cases, field sales consultants work directly with the customer to select an ideal system. Driven by consumer preferences, we also market to customers through retail and e-commerce channels, which are expected to grow in the next few years, and we have been supplementing existing channels to meet consumers where they prefer to shop.
Our security field sales consultants undergo an in-depth screening process prior to hire. Each field sales consultant completes comprehensive centralized training prior to conducting customer sales presentations, as well as participates in ongoing training in support of new offerings and the use of our structured model sales call. We utilize a highly structured sales approach, which includes, in addition to the structured model sales call, daily monitoring of sales activity and effectiveness metrics and regular coaching by our sales management teams.
In our solar business, we obtain sales primarily through third-party and self-generated leads, as well as through a referral app for our customers.
Indirect Channel
Our indirect channel customers are generated mainly through our network of agreements with third-party independent dealers who sell equipment and ADT Authorized Dealer-branded monitoring, interactive, and other services to residential end users (the “ADT Authorized Dealer Program”). As opportunities arise, we have in the past engaged, and we may continue to engage, in selective bulk account purchases, which typically involve the purchase of a set of customer accounts from other security service providers.
As of December 31, 2021, our network of authorized dealers consisted of approximately 200 authorized dealers operating across the U.S. Our authorized dealers are contractually obligated to offer exclusively to us all qualified monitored accounts they generate, but we are not obligated to accept these accounts. We pay our authorized dealers for the acquisition of any qualified monitored accounts (referred to as dealer generated customer accounts) we purchase from them. In certain instances in which we reject an account, we generally still indirectly provide monitoring services for that account through a monitoring services agreement with the authorized dealer. Dealer generated customer contracts typically have an initial term of three years with automatic renewals for successive 30-day periods, unless


8


canceled by either party. If a purchased account is canceled during the charge-back period, which is generally thirteen months, the dealer is required to refund our payment of the purchase price for the canceled account.
Authorized dealers are required to adhere to the same high-quality standards for sales and installation as our own sales and service offices. We monitor each authorized dealer’s financial stability, use of sound and ethical business practices, and delivery of reliable and consistent high-quality sales and installation methods.
Marketing and Strategic Partnerships
We have been focusing on driving revenue through increased consumer awareness and preference; enhancing consumer purchasing flexibility; and refreshing, refining, modernizing, and customizing our go-to-market approach. To support the growth of our customer base, improve brand awareness, and drive greater market penetration, we consider new customer channels and lead generation methods, explore opportunities to provide branded solutions, and form strategic partnerships and alliances with various third parties.
We strive to optimize our marketing spend through a lead modeling process, whereby we dynamically allocate spend based on lead flow and measured marketing channel effectiveness. We market our offerings through national television, radio, and direct mail advertisements, as well as through Internet advertising, which includes national search engine marketing, email, online video, local search, and social media. We also have several affinity partnerships with organizations that promote our services to their customer bases. In addition, we market through social media influencers and celebrity spokespersons representing the ADT brand. Our strategic partnerships and alliances include home builders, property management firms, homeowners’ associations, insurance companies, financial institutions, retailers, public utilities, and software service providers. For example, we have existing partnerships with national leaders in home construction and ride sharing, and we believe there is a healthy pipeline of future partnership and alliance opportunities.
Our goal is to maximize customer lifetime value for both new and existing customers by (i) continuing to evaluate our pricing and product offerings; (ii) managing costs and service strategies to provide enhanced value; (iii) upgrading existing customers to our interactive services, internet protocol (“IP”) video solutions, or other upgraded solutions whenever possible; and (iv) achieving long customer tenure.
Our Markets
We serve our customers in the following three primary markets: Consumer and Small Business, Commercial, and Solar. We also seek opportunities to leverage our brand name, our core focus on security, and our high degree of trust among our customer base to pursue new customers in complementary markets such as DIY offerings, smart home technologies, and personal on-the-go security and safety. We have seen an increase in interest in smart home offerings and other mobile technology applications, which we believe is attributable to a variety of factors, including advancements in technology, younger generations of consumers, and shifts to de-urbanization. We believe our strategic initiatives will help us satisfy consumer and commercial demands in light of these macro-level dynamics and position us for sustainable growth for years to come.
Consumer and Small Business
Our consumer and small business market primarily consists of owners of single-family homes or small businesses, renters, and other DIY customers. The market is generally characterized by a large and homogeneous customer base with less complex system installations. Many of our residential and small business customers are driven to purchase monitored security and automation services as a result of moving to a new location; a perceived or actual increase in crime or life safety concerns in their neighborhood; significant events such as the birth of a child or opening of a new business; or incentives provided by insurance carriers, who may offer lower insurance premium rates if a security system is installed or may require that a system be installed as a condition of coverage.
Commercial
Our commercial market ranges from large single-site commercial facilities to multi-site national companies. The market is characterized by higher penetration rates, driven in part by fire and building codes and insurance requirements, and by a higher degree of complexity with respect to system installations. Most business customers require a basic security system for insurance purposes, and certain commercial premises are required to install and maintain fire alarm, and sometimes fire suppression, systems to meet the requirements under applicable building codes and insurance policies. Additionally, businesses may also leverage our IP video solutions for operational purposes such as employee safety, theft prevention, and inventory management.
We have been focused on increasing our market share and penetration in the commercial market. While we experienced significant growth in our commercial channel during 2019, our commercial growth was negatively impacted by the COVID-19


9


Pandemic during 2020 and 2021. However, we saw improvements beginning in 2021 and believe we are poised to return to commercial growth organically and through opportunistic value-add acquisitions.
Solar
Our solar market consists primarily of residential property owners. The market is highly fragmented, under-penetrated, and has a longer lag between sale/contract and installation than our residential security market. With the shift in consumer preference toward clean energy, we believe there are numerous opportunities to increase market share within the solar industry. Sales are typically financed by third party financing institutions, which reduces risk associated with collections. Additionally, we believe there is a large cross-selling and bundling opportunity with our CSB markets as consumers adopt smart home automation.
Competition
Success in acquiring new customers depends on a variety of factors, including (i) brand and reputation, (ii) market visibility, (iii) service and product capabilities, (iv) quality, (v) price, and (vi) the ability to identify and sell to prospective customers. Technology trends are also creating significant change in our industries. While providing us with many opportunities, innovation has also lowered the barriers to entry for automation, interactive, and smart home solutions, and new business models and competitors have emerged. We are focused on extending our leadership position in the traditional residential and commercial security markets while also growing our share of emerging and adjacent markets, including solar. We believe a combination of increasing customer interest in lifestyle and business productivity and technology advancements will support the increasing penetration of automation, interactive, smart home, and solar solutions.
The traditional residential and commercial security markets in the U.S. remain highly competitive and fragmented, with a low number of major companies and thousands of smaller regional and local companies, which is primarily the result of relatively low barriers to entry in local geographies and the availability of companies providing outsourced monitoring services but not maintaining the customer relationship.
We believe our principal competitors within the traditional residential security market are Vivint Smart Home, Inc., Brinks Home Security (operating brand of Monitronics International, Inc.), and Xfinity Home Security (a division of Comcast Corporation). Additionally, with our recent investments and enhancements in DIY offerings, as well as our partnership with Google, we are positioning ourselves to grow our market share in the DIY space, facing competition from SimpliSafe Home Security Systems, Apple’s HomeKit, and Amazon’s Ring Smart Security System. We believe our principal competitors within the commercial security market are Johnson Controls International plc. (“Johnson Controls”), Convergint Technologies, STANLEY Security (a division of Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.), and Securitas Electronic Security, Inc. (a division of Securitas AB).
Furthermore, ADT competes with point solutions (products with one intended application) and home automation-only systems, because in some cases customers believe that point solutions and/or smart home devices replace the need for full-scale security systems. Additionally, while we continue to see a shift toward self-installation of security and smart home devices, third-party professional installers are available in market which offer low-cost, professional installation alternatives, including Best Buy’s Geek Squad, OnTech, and Angi. Also, some self-monitored solutions are available which don’t require a monthly fee for home automation services, including Blue by ADT (self-monitoring), Samsung SmartThings, and Ring Alarm (self-monitoring). With these solutions, customers are not required to pay a monthly fee for access to home automation and/or self-monitored security, which means there are no-cost alternatives to professionally monitored (monthly fee-based) solutions. While self-monitored solutions do not replace the need for professionally monitored solutions, as more features and functionality are built into the free, self-monitored solutions, it could reduce the demand for some customers to opt for more expensive, professionally monitored options.
With our acquisition of Sunpro Solar, our principal competitors in the solar industry are Sunrun, Inc., Sunnova Energy International, Inc., SunPower Inc., Trinity Solar, Inc., Titan Solar Power, and Power Home Solar, LLC. We also face competition from companies that offer solar solutions in addition to their core business.
Our approach to competition is to emphasize the quality and reputation of our services, our superior customer service, our industry-leading brand, our monitoring centers, our commitment to consumer privacy, and our knowledge of customer needs. In addition, we continue to add new features and functionalities to further differentiate our offerings, including the potential benefits of offering security and solar solutions together, and support a pricing premium.
We believe we are well positioned to compete with traditional and new competitors due to our focus on safety, security, and pricing; our nationwide team of sales consultants; our solid reputation for and expertise in providing reliable security and monitoring services through our in-house network of redundant monitoring centers; our reliable product solutions; our highly skilled installation and service organization; and our partnership with Google.


10


Resources Material to Our Business
Materials and Inventory
We purchase equipment and components of our products from a limited number of suppliers and distributors and utilize dual sourcing methods (when possible) to minimize the risk of a disruption from any single supplier. We also rely on various information technology and telecommunications service providers as part of the functionality and monitoring of our systems.
Inventory is primarily held in our regional distribution centers at levels we believe are sufficient to meet current and anticipated customer needs; and we maintain inventory of certain equipment and components at our field offices and in technicians’ vehicles. Additionally, third-party distributors generally maintain a minimum stocking level of certain key items to cover supply chain disruptions.
We are subject to risk associated with certain supply chain disruptions. While we have only experienced minimal impact in our Commercial operations and in the development of new products due to supply chain disruptions in 2021, we could experience a material impact to our sales and revenue, operating results, cash flows, and ability to commercialize new products in the future.
We are continuously monitoring global supply chain disruptions, and we do not currently anticipate any major interruptions in our supply chain in the near term.
Intellectual Property
Patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other proprietary rights are important to our business and we continuously refine our intellectual property strategy to maintain and improve our competitive position. We register new intellectual property to protect our ongoing technological innovations and strengthen our brand, and we take appropriate action against infringements or misappropriations of our intellectual property rights by others. We review third-party intellectual property rights to help avoid infringement and to identify strategic opportunities. We typically enter into confidentiality agreements to further protect our intellectual property.
We own a portfolio of patents that relate to a variety of monitored security and automation technologies utilized in our business, including security panels and sensors as well as video and information management solutions. We also own a portfolio of trademarks, including ADT, ADT Pulse, Protection 1, ADT Commercial, Blue by ADT, and ADT Solar. In addition, we are a licensee of intellectual property, including from our third-party suppliers and technology partners. Patents extend for limited periods of time in the various countries where patent protection is obtained. Trademark rights may potentially extend for longer periods of time and are typically dependent upon the use of the trademarks.
Certain trademarks associated with the ADT brand that we own within the U.S. and Canada are owned outside of the U.S. and Canada by Johnson Controls (as successor to Tyco International Ltd., “Tyco”). In certain instances, such trademarks are licensed in certain territories outside the U.S. and Canada by Johnson Controls to certain third parties. Pursuant to the Tyco Trademark Agreement entered into between The ADT Corporation and Tyco in connection with the separation of The ADT Corporation from Tyco in 2012, we are generally prohibited from registering, attempting to register, or using the ADT brand outside the U.S. and its territories and Canada. As a result, if we choose to sell products or services or otherwise do business outside the U.S. and Canada, we do not have the right to use the ADT brand to promote our products and services.
In connection with the sale of ADT Canada in 2019, we entered into a non-competition and non-solicitation agreement with TELUS Corporation (“TELUS”) pursuant to which we will not have any operations in Canada, subject to limited exceptions for cross-border commercial customers and mobile safety applications, for a period of seven years. Additionally, we entered into a patent and trademark license agreement with TELUS granting (i) the use of our patents in Canada for a period of seven years and (ii) exclusive use of our trademarks in Canada for a period of five years and non-exclusive use for an additional two years thereafter.
Seasonality
Our security and home automation business has historically experienced a certain level of seasonality with respect to residential customers. Since more household moves take place during the second and third calendar quarters of each year, our disconnect rate and new customer additions are typically higher in those quarters than in the first and fourth calendar quarters. There is also a slight seasonal effect on our new customer installation volume and related cash expenses incurred in investments in new customers. However, other factors such as the level of marketing expense and relevant promotional offers can mitigate the effects of seasonality. In addition, we may see increased servicing costs related to higher alarm signals and customer service requests as a result of inclement weather-related incidents.


11


We believe the COVID-19 Pandemic affected some of these seasonal trends beginning in 2020 and continuing into 2021. We also believe the lower volume of customer relocations we experienced during 2020 and our use of certain pricing and retention initiatives for existing customers helped counterbalance any increase in gross customer revenue attrition as a result of changes in consumer or business spending caused by the COVID-19 Pandemic. We are currently unable to determine whether there will be any ongoing impact on our seasonality, and we may continue to experience fluctuations in certain trends, such as relocations, in the future.
In our Solar business, seasonality may be impacted by customers’ desires to obtain tax credits towards the end of the year, which could cause sales to be higher during the last calendar quarter, and may also be impacted by regional weather patterns.
Government Regulation and Other Regulatory Matters
Our operations are subject to numerous federal, state, and local laws and regulations related to occupational licensing, building codes, tax, and permitting, as well as consumer protection and privacy, labor and employment, and environmental protection. Changes in laws and regulations can positively and negatively affect our operations and impact the manner in which we conduct our business.
Licensing and Permitting - Most states in which we operate have licensing laws directed specifically toward professional installation and monitoring of security devices, as well as solar installations. Our business is also subject to requirements, codes, and standards imposed by local government jurisdictions, as well as various insurance, approval and listing, and standards organizations. We maintain the relevant and necessary licenses related to the provision of installation of security and solar systems and related services in the jurisdictions in which we operate.
Additionally, we rely extensively on telecommunications service providers, which are regulated in the U.S. by the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) and state public utilities commissions, to communicate signals as part of the functionality and monitoring of security and solar systems.
Our security business is subject to various state and local measures aimed at reducing false alarms. Such measures include requiring permits for individual alarm systems, revoking such permits following a specified number of false alarms, imposing fines on customers or alarm monitoring companies for false alarms, limiting the number of times police will respond to alarms at a particular location after a specified number of false alarms, requiring additional verification of an alarm signal before the police respond, or providing no response to residential system alarms.
Our Solar business is exposed to federal, state, and local government regulations and policies concerning the electric utility industry, as well as internal policies of the electric utility companies, which often is exposed to electricity pricing, tax credits and other incentives, and the interconnection of customer-owned electricity generation.
Consumer Protection and Privacy - Our advertising and sales practices are regulated by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and state and consumer protection laws, which may include restrictions on the manner in which we promote the sale of our products and services and require us to provide most consumers with three-day or longer rescission rights.
Our communications with current and potential customers are regulated by federal and state laws, which include restrictions on the use of telemarketing, auto-dialing technology, email marketing, and text communications.
Labor and Employment - Our operations are subject to regulation under the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act, or OSHA, and equivalent state laws. Failure to comply with applicable OSHA regulations or other federal, state, and local laws and regulations, even if no work-related serious injury or death occurs, may result in civil or criminal enforcement and substantial penalties, significant capital expenditures, or suspension or limitation of operations.
Additionally, in certain jurisdictions, we must obtain licenses or permits to comply with standards governing employee selection, training, and business conduct.
Environmental Protection - We continue to monitor emerging developments regarding environmental protection laws. At this time, we do not believe that federal, state, and local laws and regulations relating to the discharge of materials into the environment, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment, or any existing or pending climate change legislation, regulation, or international treaties or accords are reasonably likely to have a material effect in the foreseeable future on our business.


12


Human Capital and ESG
As we seek to accomplish our corporate mission and execute on our strategic initiatives, our activities both directly and indirectly impact our customer base, our employees, and the communities we serve. We place a strong emphasis on environmental, social, and governance issues, and we believe such emphasis enhances our corporate performance, while enabling us to hire and retain top talent who share these values and passion about our organization.
Human Capital Management
As of December 31, 2021, we employed approximately 25,000 people, including approximately 3,600 security system sales consultants and 2,000 solar sales consultants; 6,200 security installation and service technicians and 1,200 solar installation technicians; and 4,500 customer care professionals.
Approximately 5% of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements, and we believe our relations with our employees and labor unions have generally been positive.
In December 2021, we acquired Sunpro Solar and are continuing to integrate them into our human capital programs.
Performance Culture
ADT defines a Performance Culture as our shared values, priorities, and principles that shape beliefs and drive behaviors and decision-making that drives high levels of performance at an individual, team, and organizational level. We are committed to fostering a culture and environment where every team member feels valued and empowered to collaborate and achieve business results. In 2021, we made adjustments to our annual performance reviews across key talent areas to focus on performance differentiation, such as introducing individual performance components as part of certain team members’ annual incentive plans.
Talent Recruitment and Management
We are committed to attracting, retaining, and developing a strong and dedicated workforce as our success depends in large part on our hiring and retaining top talent across the entire organization, with primary emphasis on our management team and our employees who interface directly with our customers (such as sales representatives, installation and service technicians, and call center personnel), which make up the majority of our organization. We focus on having a diverse, inclusive, and safe workplace, while offering competitive compensation, benefits, and health and wellness programs. We provide training and learning opportunities, rotational assignment opportunities, and continuous feedback in order to further our employee development. In addition, our long-term equity compensation is intended to align management interests with those of our stockholders and to encourage the creation of long-term value.
In 2021, we shifted to a mix of hybrid, remote, and in-person work based on role to support talent attraction and retention. We offer ADT employees a variety of learning opportunities, tuition reimbursement, and opportunities for employee mobility by supporting internal promotions to fill open positions, all of which are designed to allow employees to be successful throughout their careers.
Inclusive Diversity and Belonging (“IDB”)
We are committed to building a culture of diversity and inclusion for our employees. We believe our employees should reflect the communities where we live and serve, and we strive to hire and retain a workforce that is truly representative of our markets. We track our workforce composition data over time to determine if we are making appropriate progress in advancing gender, racial, and ethnic representation within our employee demographics. As of December 31, 2021, approximately half of our workforce consisted of racially and ethnically diverse employees and approximately one-third consisted of female employees. ADT’s Inclusive Diversity and Belonging Council (the “AIDBC”) and Business Employee Resource Groups (“BERG”) help advance our IDB efforts.
In 2020, we took a meaningful step on our journey to create a work environment where inclusion, diversity, and belonging can thrive by establishing the AIDBC. The AIDBC represents a broad cross section of our organization, including executive and senior management, and focuses on driving IDB commitments and priorities by identifying and prioritizing action, taking accountability for achieving results, and ensuring timely updates are provided to our Chief Executive Officer. In 2021, the AIDBC established ADT’s IDB “North Star,” which states that everyone deserves to feel safe and to succeed. We strive to create a workplace that encourages the sharing of diverse ideas, celebrates differences, sees value in diversity, and provides the resources, space, and opportunity for employees to grow and succeed. Along with the establishment of the IDB North Star, each of the council members partnered with their respective business executive to establish IDB commitments and priorities for each


13


respective business area, which focus on attracting, growing, and developing talent through participation in business initiatives and community work.
We also support and enable our employees to participate in BERGs, which offer specific opportunities for employees to partner and collaborate through learning and networking channels, volunteer projects, and mentoring. Our BERGs also participate in various business initiatives; and officers and executives from across the Company leverage their time, networks, and resources to support our various BERGs and advance IDB efforts, which have grown in 2021.
Employee Well-being and Health & Safety
We show our commitment to caring for our employees’ well-being by devoting significant resources to team members’ wellness, health, and safety. In January 2021, we launched an annual well-being program available to all team members, which includes a variety of education and coaching programs, as well as monthly and quarterly well-being sessions. Employees enrolled in our self-insured medical plan are eligible for cash incentives by completing certain well-being activities. More than 6,500 employees registered for the well-being portal, with 1,500 employees and spouses/domestic partners completing both a health assessment and a biometric screening. Additionally, enhanced safety guidelines, cleaning protocols, and social distancing practices remain in place for both in-office workers and branch and field team members during the ongoing COVID-19 Pandemic. In order to continue to both protect our employees and serve our customers in response to the COVID-19 Pandemic, we have adjusted, and are continuously evolving, certain aspects of our operations, as discussed above under the section “Key Business Developments and Recent Initiatives.”
Our Environmental, Health, and Safety (“EHS”) vision is to build a culture that promotes safe behaviors on each task, every day, to achieve zero incidents and enhance employee wellness, and to minimize our environmental impact. In order to achieve our vision, we strive to incorporate our values of people, prevention, and accountability into our business and the decisions we make each day. We believe that all occupational injuries and illnesses, as well as environmental incidents, are generally preventable, and we focus on compliance with all applicable environmental, health, and safety requirements. We have implemented an EHS management system that includes expectations for compliance, accountability, sustainability, and continuous improvement to foster a culture of safety that enables our employees to minimize risk and to understand and follow safety rules, as well as to identify, avoid, and correct unsafe actions, behaviors, or situations. For example, we continue to institute fleet safety initiatives across our fleet of vehicles, including installing and maintaining collision warning and auto braking technologies on all of our vehicles.
Environmental
We are committed to reducing our impact on the environment by promoting environmental stewardship throughout our organization. In 2021, we began providing virtual service appointments as an option to our customers, reducing our truck rolls and related greenhouse gas emissions. We also acquired Sunpro Solar and believe that we can grow our solar business in a meaningful manner to help reduce the negative impact that certain traditional or non-sustainable energy sources have on the environment. We have also implemented our ADT Environmental Absolutes framework, which represents our focus on complying with environmental requirements, addressing proper disposal of waste streams, and promoting recycling of materials. We invest significant time and resources to reduce our greenhouse gas emissions and have focused on efficiency improvements in lighting, air handling, and data operations. We continually explore methods to reduce greenhouse gases from our motor vehicle fleet, including through the purchase of newer vehicle models having greater fuel efficiency and the use of hybrid vehicles. We employ waste recycling and diversion programs and continue to evolve new initiatives such as the placement of sensors inside our trash dumpsters to monitor waste levels and reduce unnecessary trash hauls. We will continue to look for new, and to improve existing, initiatives that reduce our carbon footprint. We are also assessing the impact of climate change on our operations and supply chain as one aspect of our enterprise risk management review process and will continue to do so on an ongoing basis.
Social
Our volunteerism and philanthropic social initiatives are varied and widespread across the organization and the communities we serve. Our team members across the U.S. give back to their communities as part of ADT Always Cares, a corporate-wide citizenship program comprised of employee-directed volunteerism and philanthropy. We contributed approximately $750,000 to over 100 non-profit organizations in 2021, ranging from local soup kitchens and homeless shelters to many national organizations like Habitat for Humanity and the Ronald McDonald House. Additionally, we identified five students to receive four-year scholarships as part of our support for the United Negro College Fund, and we also provided each student ongoing mentoring from ADT leaders. ADT Always Cares also supports inclusion, diversity, and belonging initiatives by contributing to causes involving our BERGs.


14


Through our LifeSaver Awards program, we provide support to first responders, especially volunteer firefighters, an effort which has been a long-standing commitment of ADT as we know it is important for customers to receive a timely response to their alarm activations during an active emergency. In December 2021, ADT granted an aggregate of $50,000 to five volunteer fire departments that were unable to hold their regular fundraisers in their communities due to the impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic. Helping ensure first responder agencies are set up for success with the proper equipment, training, and other needs is paramount to meeting security service customer expectations.
Governance
We are committed to making sure every team member understands and embraces our core values of trust, collaboration, service, and innovation. That charge begins with our Code of Conduct, which outlines our commitment to our customers, our investors, our communities, and to one another. Our Code of Conduct outlines what is expected of our employees and ensures we continue to foster a culture of high integrity. Our Code of Conduct is supplemented by a variety of additional policies applicable to all team members which are designed to further foster ethical and sound business practices including, for example, policies with respect to non-retaliation, equal employment opportunity, anti-harassment, information technology security, personal data protection and privacy, conflicts of interest, intellectual property and the protection of confidential information, insider trading, anti-bribery and corruption, and the approval of transactions with related persons. In addition, our Audit Committee, which is comprised solely of independent directors, is responsible on behalf of the Board for the oversight of our enterprise risk management program. As one part of this program, on an annual basis, management reviews with the Audit Committee and the Board the Company’s Risk Appetite Statement with respect to the level of risk that the Company is willing to accept in pursuit of its goals and the risk tolerances management could assume with respect to those risks that are relevant to the Company. We adhere to the governance requirements established by federal and state law, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and the NYSE, and we strive to establish appropriate risk management methods and control procedures to adequately manage, monitor, and control the major risks we may face day to day.
We also believe that strong governance is essential to achieving our commitments around ESG. To this end, we have established a working group of leaders from throughout the company who are focused on ESG. During 2021, we conducted a materiality assessment across certain of our employees, investors, customers, and suppliers to help determine what might be the important areas of focus for our ESG initiatives. We also formalized our ESG reporting under the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.
In February 2022, we adopted the following ESG Commitment Statement: Our commitment to respect the environment, promote social responsibility, and lead with responsible governance is fundamental to who we are and guides our safe, smart, and sustainable business practices.
As we progress our ESG program during 2022, we will focus our initiatives in one or more of the following areas, which we determined to be important to our stakeholders through our materiality assessment: (i) data privacy and cyber security; (ii) inclusive diversity and belonging; (iii) employee well-being and development; (iv) customer and community health and safety; (v) environmental management; (vi) climate change risk management; (vii) responsible governance; and (viii) product safety and quality.
Available Information
Availability of SEC Reports
Our website is located at https://www.adt.com. Our investor relations website is located at https://investor.adt.com. We make available free of charge on our investor relations website under “Financials” our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, reports filed pursuant to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), and any amendments to those reports that are filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such materials to the SEC. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding our filings at http://www.sec.gov.
Use of Website to Provide Information
From time to time, we have made, and expect in the future to use, our website as a means of disclosing material information to the public in a broad, non-exclusionary manner, including for purposes of the SEC’s Regulation Fair Disclosure (Reg FD). Financial and other material information regarding the Company is routinely posted on our website and accessible at https://investor.adt.com. In order to receive notifications regarding new postings to our website, investors are encouraged to enroll on our website to receive automatic email alerts. None of the information on our website is incorporated into this Annual Report.


15


ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.
In addition to risks and uncertainties in the ordinary course of business that are common to all businesses, important factors that are specific to our industry and the Company could have a material and adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. You should carefully consider the risks described below and in our subsequent periodic filings with the SEC. The following risk factors should be read in conjunction with Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes in this Annual Report.
Risks Related to Our Products and Services
Our growth is dependent upon our ability to keep pace with rapid technological and industry changes through a combination of partnerships with third parties, internal development, and acquisitions, in order to obtain and maintain new technologies for our products and service introductions that achieve market acceptance with acceptable margins.
Our business operates in markets that are characterized by rapidly changing technologies, evolving industry standards, potential new entrants, and changes in customer needs and expectations. Accordingly, our future success depends in part on our ability to accomplish the following: identify emerging technological trends in our target end-markets; develop, acquire, and maintain competitive products and services that capitalize on existing and emerging trends; enhance our existing products and services by adding innovative features on a timely and cost-effective basis that differentiates us from our competitors; incorporate popular third-party interactive products and services into our product and service offerings; sufficiently capture and protect intellectual property rights in new inventions and other innovations; and develop or acquire and bring products and services, including enhancements, to market quickly and cost-effectively. Our ability to develop, alone or with third parties, or to acquire new products and services that are technologically innovative requires the investment of significant resources and can affect our competitive position. These acquisition and development efforts divert resources from other potential investments in our businesses, and they may not lead to the development of new commercially successful technologies, products, or services on a timely basis.
For example, in July 2020, we entered into a commercial agreement with Google for the supply of certain Google devices as well as certain Google video and analytics services. We have agreed, with certain exceptions, to exclusively provide Google end-user video and sensing analytics services and smart-home, security and safety devices to our customers, although Google can sell the same or similar devices to our competitors who may more successfully commercialize products or services that are competitive to ours, thereby materially harming our business. If Google fails to perform or to provide products that continually meet the demands of our customers, or if we fail to sell the products that Google provides, or if we fail to develop products and services with Google that our customers find desirable, all in a timely manner, or if Google were to begin offering security products or services competitive to our own, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows will be materially, adversely impacted. In addition, subject to customary termination rights related to breach and change of control, this commercial agreement has an initial term of seven years from the date that the Google Services are successfully integrated into our end-user security and automation platform. Product introductions and the timing of such integration are focused on customer experience and mutually agreed upon. If the integrated service is not launched by June 30, 2022, then Google has the contractual right to require us to offer Google Services without integration for professional installations with limited exceptions. If this were to occur, we could experience a decrease in revenue, higher costs resulting in decreased profitability, and a degradation in customer experience which may increase attrition among new customers and negatively impact our brand and ability to acquire new customers, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
In November 2020, we announced the ongoing development of our ADT-owned next-generation professional security and automation technology platform. Our comprehensive interactive platform is expected to provide customers with a seamless experience across security, life safety, automation, and analytics through a common application that integrates the user experience, the customer service experience, and back-end support. We may not achieve a successful platform build in a timely manner, within budget, or in a manner that enables the commercialization of products and services that meet the continually evolving demands of our customers, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
In addition, as we begin to commercialize products based upon our interactive platform, we have adjusted our processes for reviewing and securing intellectual property rights. Nevertheless, we may become the target of additional lawsuits alleging that we have infringed the patents or technology of third parties. Regardless of the merits of these lawsuits and our steps taken to mitigate infringement risk, any allegations could cause us to incur significant costs to defend and resolve, and could harm our business and reputation, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.


16


Any new or enhanced products and services that we develop may not satisfy customer preferences, and potential product failures may cause customers to reject our products and services. As a result, these products and services may not achieve market acceptance, and our brand image could suffer. In addition, our competitors may introduce superior products or business strategies, impairing our brand and the desirability of our products and services, which may cause customers to defer or forego purchases of our products and services, and impact our ability to charge monthly service fees. If our competitors implement new technologies before we are able to implement them, those competitors may be able to provide more effective products than ours, possibly at lower prices, and experience higher adoption rates and popularity. Any delay or failure in the introduction of new or enhanced solutions could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the markets for our products and services may not develop or grow as we anticipate. The failure of our technology, products, or services to gain market acceptance, the potential for product defects, or the obsolescence of our products and services could significantly reduce our revenue, increase our operating costs, or otherwise materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
We sell our products and services in highly competitive markets, including the home security and automation markets, the commercial fire and security markets, and the solar market, which may result in pressure on our profit margins and limit our ability to maintain or increase the market share of our products and services.
We experience significant competitive pressure in both the do-it-for-me (“DIFM”) and DIY spaces. The monitored security industry is highly fragmented and subject to significant competition and pricing pressures. We experience significant competitive pricing pressures in the DIFM space on installation, monitoring, and service fees. Several competitors offer comparable or lower installation and monitoring fees, and others may charge significantly more for installation, but in many cases, less for monitoring. We also face significant competition in the DIY space from companies such as SimpliSafe, Apple HomeKit, and Amazon Ring, which enable customers to self-monitor and control their environments without third-party involvement through the Internet, text messages, emails, or similar communications. Some DIY providers may also offer professional monitoring with the purchase of their systems and equipment without a contractual commitment, or offer new internet of things (“IoT”) devices and services with automated features and capabilities, which may be appealing to customers and put us at a competitive disadvantage. In addition, certain DIY providers have a significantly broader customer base and product offering than us, allowing them to cross-sell interactive and security solutions that are competitive with our offerings to customers who are loyal to the competitor’s brand. Continuing shifts in customer preferences toward DIY systems could increase our attrition rates over time and the risk of accelerated amortization of customer contracts resulting from a declining customer base.
In addition, cable, telecommunications, and large technology companies have expanded into the home automation and monitored security industry and are bundling their existing offerings with interactive and monitored security services, often at lower monthly monitoring rates. These companies: (i) may have existing access to and relationships with customers, as well as highly recognized brands, which may drive increased awareness of their security/automation offerings relative to ours; (ii) may have access to greater capital and resources than us; and (iii) may spend significantly more on advertising, marketing, and promotional resources, as well as the acquisition of other companies with home automation solution offerings, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to drive awareness and demand for our products and services. We may also face competition for direct sales from our independent, third-party authorized dealers, who may offer installation for considerably less than we do in particular markets.
Additionally, one or more of our competitors either in the DIFM or DIY space could develop a significant technological advantage over us, allowing them to provide additional or better-quality service or to lower prices, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Continued pricing pressure, technology improvements, competitor brand loyalty, and continuing shifts in customer preferences toward self-monitoring and DIY could adversely impact our customer base, revenue, and/or pricing structure and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
We also face competition in the commercial fire and security markets, including competition from large, global industrial companies, which may be positioned to offer products and services at lower cost than us or which may benefit from pre-existing or highly localized relationships and knowledge. Our ability to compete in the commercial fire and security business is also dependent on our ability to acquire and resell third-party products and services demanded by commercial customers, some of which we may not be able to provide. If we fail to build relationships with commercial customers or obtain the rights to resell third-party products and services required by commercial customers, our profitability, business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
The solar energy industry is an emerging and constantly evolving market opportunity. Solar energy is a new market for us, with strong competitors that could make it difficult for us to attract customers at prices we believe are appropriate, which could result in lower revenue and cash flow from operating activities. We do not have experience in this industry and may not be as capable as our competitors in adapting our business as market needs may demand, or in realizing opportunities within this business. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully compete against larger or more established competitors. If the


17


markets for solar energy do not develop to the size or at the rate we expect, or if we fail to compete effectively in this market, it may adversely impact our ability to meet our growth and revenue plans, which may adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
We believe the solar energy industry will still take several years to fully develop and mature, and we cannot be certain that the market will grow to the size or at the rate we expect. Any future growth of the solar energy industry and the success of our solar offerings depend on many factors beyond our control, including recognition and acceptance of the solar market by consumers, the pricing of alternative sources of energy, a favorable regulatory environment, the continuation of expected tax benefits and other incentives, and our ability to provide our solar offerings cost-effectively, which may adversely affect our business.
We face competition from traditional energy companies as well as solar and other renewable energy companies.
The solar energy industry is highly competitive and continually evolving as participants strive to distinguish themselves within their markets and compete with large utilities. We believe that our primary competitors are the established utilities that supply energy to homeowners by traditional means. We compete with these utilities primarily based on price, predictability of price, and the ease by which homeowners can switch to electricity generated by our solar offerings. If we cannot offer compelling value to customers based on these factors, then our business and revenue will not grow. Utilities generally have substantially greater financial, technical, operational and other resources than we do. As a result of their greater size, utilities may be able to devote more resources to the research, development, promotion and sale of their products or respond more quickly to evolving industry standards and changes in market conditions than we can. Furthermore, these competitors are able to devote substantially more resources and funding to regulatory and lobbying efforts.
Utilities could also offer other value-added products or services that could help them compete with us even if the cost of electricity they offer is higher than ours. In addition, a majority of utilities’ sources of electricity are non-solar, which may allow utilities to sell electricity more cheaply than we can. Moreover, regulated utilities are increasingly seeking approval to “rate-base” their own residential solar and storage businesses. Rate-basing means that utilities would receive guaranteed rates of return for their solar and storage businesses. This is already commonplace for utility scale solar projects and commercial solar projects. While few utilities to date have received regulatory permission to rate-base residential solar or storage, our competitiveness would be significantly harmed should more utilities receive such permission because we do not receive guaranteed profits for our solar service offerings.
We also face competition from other residential solar service providers. Some of these competitors have a higher degree of brand name recognition, differing business and pricing strategies, may have greater capital resources than we have, as well as extensive knowledge of our target markets. If we are unable to establish or maintain a consumer brand that resonates with customers, maintain high customer satisfaction, or compete with the pricing offered by our competitors, our sales and market share position may be adversely affected, as our growth is dependent on originating new customers. We also face competitive pressure from companies that may offer lower-priced consumer offerings than we do.
In addition, we compete with companies that are not regulated like traditional utilities but that have access to the traditional utility electricity transmission and distribution infrastructure. These energy service companies are able to offer customers electricity supply-only solutions that are competitive with the net cost of electricity produced by the solar systems we sell. This may limit our ability to attract customers, particularly those who wish to avoid long-term loans or large up-front cash payments or have an aesthetic or other objection to putting solar panels on their roofs.
Furthermore, we face competition from purely finance-driven non-integrated competitors that subcontract out the installation of solar energy systems, from installation-only businesses, from large construction companies and from electrical and roofing companies. In addition, local installers that might otherwise be viewed as potential solar partners may gain market share by being able to be the first providers in new local markets. Some of these competitors may provide energy at lower costs than we do.
As the solar industry grows and evolves, we will continue to face existing competitors as well as new competitors who are not currently in the market (including those resulting from the consolidation of existing competitors) that achieve significant developments in alternative technologies or new products such as storage solutions, loan products, or other programs related to third-party ownership. Our failure to adapt to changing market conditions, to compete successfully with existing or new competitors, and to adopt new or enhanced technologies could limit our growth and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.


18


The retirement of older telecommunications technology such as 3G and CDMA by telecommunications providers and limitations on our customers’ options of telecommunications services and equipment could materially adversely affect our business, increase customer attrition, and require significant capital expenditures.
Certain elements of our operating model have historically relied on our customers’ continued selection and use of traditional copper wireline telecommunications service to transmit alarm signals to our monitoring centers. There is a growing trend for customers to switch to the exclusive use of cellular or IP-based technology in their homes and businesses, as telecommunication providers discontinue their copper wireline services in favor of IP-based technology. Many of our customers’ security systems rely on technology that is not operable with newer cellular or IP-based networks, and as such, will not transmit alarm signals on these networks. The discontinuation of copper landline services, older cellular technologies, and other services by telecommunications providers, as well as the switch by customers to the exclusive use of cellular or IP-based technology, may require system upgrades to alternative, and potentially more expensive, alarm systems to function and transmit alarm signals properly. This could increase our customer revenue attrition, as was the case when we sought to migrate certain customers off of the earlier 2G networks, and slow new customer generation.
In February 2022, a major provider of 3G cellular networks began to retire this network and a major provider of Code-Division Multiple Access (“CDMA”) is scheduled to do so in December 2022. Of our customers impacted by the February 2022 network retirements, we transitioned, or provided our customers with the means to transition, all but a relatively small number of customer accounts. None of these remaining customers have responded to our multiple requests to upgrade their systems and therefore we could not transition them prior to the initial February 2022 transition date. Similarly, only a relatively small number of customers remain to be transitioned prior to the December 2022 CDMA network transition date, and we will be unable to transition them if they do not reply to our outreach. A failure to effectively transition these customers away from retiring networks before they are sunset will result in a loss of signal to the systems and certain services we provide, which may impact our ability to bill and collect for services provided. Implementation of additional service charges in connection with our transition plans may cause customers to view such charges unfavorably, which could increase our customer attrition. We cannot know the full impact of network retirement on our customers and therefore on our business until sometime after all such retirements have occurred. If we are unable to upgrade cellular equipment at customer sites to meet new network standards resulting from the retirement of 3G and CDMA networks, or to respond to other changes carriers are making or may make to their networks in a timely and cost-effective manner, whether due to an insufficient supply of electronic components or parts, an insufficient skilled labor force, or due to any other reason, or if we are sued by one or more customers due to our inability to provide certain services, or due to any loss incurred while we are not able to provide certain services, or due to any continuous billing for services after a transition date, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows, could be materially adversely affected.
In November 2017, as part of the FCC’s efforts to facilitate the transition from traditional copper-based wireline networks to IP-based fiber broadband networks, the FCC repealed its rules requiring telecommunications carriers to provide direct advanced public notice to consumers of the retirement of copper-based wireline networks. Many of our customers rely solely on copper-based telephone networks to transmit alarm signals from their premises to our monitoring stations. Since some customer alarm systems are not compatible with IP-based communication paths, we will be required to upgrade or install new technologies, which may include the need to subsidize the replacement of the customers’ outdated systems at our expense. The carrier’s ability to retire copper-based wireline networks without advanced notice could lead to customer confusion and impede our ability to timely transfer customers to new network technologies. Any technology upgrades or implementations could require significant capital expenditures, may increase our attrition rates, and may also divert management and other resource attention away from customer service and sales efforts for new customers. In the future, we may not be able to successfully implement new technologies or adapt existing technologies to changing market demands. If we are unable to adapt in a timely manner to changing technologies, market conditions or customer preferences, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
In addition, we use broadband Internet access service to support our product offerings, such as video monitoring and surveillance, and as a communications option for alarm monitoring and other services. Video monitoring and surveillance services use significantly more bandwidth than non-video Internet activity. As utilization rates and penetration of these services increase, the need for increased network capacity might necessitate incurring additional capital or operational expenditures to avoid service disruptions as well as ensure a seamless video experience for our customers, which could materially adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Police departments could refuse to respond to calls from monitored security service companies.
Police departments in certain jurisdictions do not respond to calls from monitored security service companies unless certain conditions are met, such as video or other verification or eyewitness accounts of suspicious activities, either as a matter of policy or by local ordinance. We offer video verification or the option to receive a response from private guard companies in certain jurisdictions, which increases the cost of some security systems and may increase the cost to customers. If more police


19


departments refuse to respond or are prohibited from responding to calls from monitored security service companies unless certain conditions are met, such as video or other verification or eyewitness accounts of suspicious activities, our ability to attract and retain customers could be negatively impacted, and our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
Our reputation as a service provider of high-quality security offerings may be materially adversely affected by product defects or shortfalls in customer service.
Our business depends on our reputation and ability to maintain good relationships with our customers, dealers, suppliers, and local regulators, among others. Our reputation may be harmed either through product defects, such as the failure of one or more of our customers’ alarm systems, or shortfalls in customer service. Customers generally judge our performance through their interactions with staff at our monitoring and customer care centers, dealers, and field installation and service technicians, as well as their day-to-day interactions with our products and mobile applications. Any failure to meet customers’ expectations in such customer service areas could cause an increase in attrition rates or make it difficult to recruit new customers. Any harm to our reputation or customer relationships caused by the actions of our dealers, personnel, or third-party product or service providers or any other factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
If the insurance industry changes its practice of providing incentives to homeowners for the use of alarm monitoring services, we may experience a reduction in new customer growth or an increase in our customer attrition rate.
It has been common practice in the insurance industry to provide a reduction in rates for policies written on homes that have monitored security systems. There can be no assurance that insurance companies will continue to offer these rate reductions. If these incentives are reduced or eliminated, new homeowners who otherwise might not feel the need for monitored security services would be removed from our potential customer pool, which could hinder the growth of our business, and existing customers may choose to disconnect or not renew their service contracts, which could increase our attrition rates. In either case, our growth prospects and our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
Unauthorized use of our brand names by third parties, and the expenses incurred in developing and preserving the value of our brand names, may materially adversely affect our business.
Our brand names are critical to our success. Unauthorized use of our brand names by third parties may materially adversely affect our business and reputation, including the perceived quality and reliability of our products and services. We rely on trademark law, company brand name protection policies, and agreements with our employees, customers, business partners, and others to protect the value of our brand names. Despite our precautions, we cannot provide assurance that those procedures are sufficiently effective to protect against unauthorized third-party use of our brand names. In particular, in recent years, various third parties have used our brand names to engage in fraudulent activities, including unauthorized telemarketing conducted in our names to induce our existing customers to switch to competing monitoring service providers, lead generation activities for competitors, and obtaining personally identifiable or personal financial information. Third parties sometimes use our names and trademarks, or other confusingly similar variations thereof, in other contexts that may impact our brands. We may not be successful in detecting, investigating, preventing, or prosecuting all unauthorized third-party use of our brand names. Future litigation with respect to such unauthorized use could also result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources. These factors could materially adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Third parties hold rights to certain of our key brand names outside of the U.S.
Our success depends in part on our continued ability to use trademarks to capitalize on our brands’ name-recognition and to further develop our brands in the U.S, as well as in other international markets should we choose to expand and continue to grow our business outside of the U.S. in the future. Not all of the trademarks that are used by our brands have been registered in all of the countries in which we may do business in the future, and some trademarks may never be registered in any or all of these countries. Rights in trademarks are generally territorial in nature and are obtained on a country-by-country basis by the first person to obtain protection through use or registration in that country in connection with specified products and services. Some countries’ laws do not protect unregistered trademarks at all, or make them more difficult to enforce, and third parties may have filed for “ADT,” “PROTECTION ONE,” “SUNPRO,” or similar marks in countries where we have not registered these brands as trademarks. Accordingly, we may not be able to adequately protect our brands everywhere in the world and use of such brands may result in liability for trademark infringement, trademark dilution, or unfair competition.
In particular, certain trademarks associated with the ADT brand, including “ADT” and the blue octagon, are owned in all territories outside of the U.S. and Canada by Johnson Controls, which acquired and merged with and into Tyco. In certain instances, such trademarks are licensed in certain territories outside the U.S. and Canada by Johnson Controls to third parties.


20


Pursuant to a trademark agreement entered into between The ADT Corporation and Tyco (the “Tyco Trademark Agreement”) in connection with the separation of The ADT Corporation from Tyco in 2012, which endures in perpetuity, we are prohibited from ever registering, attempting to register or using such trademarks outside the U.S. (including Puerto Rico and the US Virgin Islands) and Canada, and we may not challenge Tyco’s rights in such trademarks outside the U.S. and Canada. Additionally, under the Tyco Trademark Agreement, we and Tyco each has the right to propose new secondary source indicators (e.g., “Pulse”) to become designated source indicators of such party. To qualify as a designated source indicator, certain specified criteria must be met, including that the indicator has not been used as a material indicator by the non-proposing party or its affiliates over the previous seven years. If we are unable to object to Tyco’s proposal for a new designated source indicator by successfully asserting that the new indicator did not meet the requisite criteria, we would subsequently be precluded from using, registering, or attempting to register such indicator in any jurisdiction, including the U.S. and Canada, whether alone or in connection with an ADT brand. Any dilution, infringement, or customer confusion with respect to our brand or use of trade names could materially adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
In addition, in November 2019, we sold all of our shares of ADT Canada to TELUS and, among other things, entered into a non-competition and non-solicitation agreement with TELUS pursuant to which we agreed not to directly or indirectly engage in a business competitive with ADT Canada, subject to limited exceptions for cross-border commercial customers and mobile safety applications, for a period of seven years. In connection with our sale of ADT Canada, we also entered into a patent and trademark license agreement with TELUS granting them (i) the use of our patents in Canada for a period of seven years and (ii) the exclusive rights to use our trademarks in Canada for a period of five years followed by non-exclusive use of our trademarks for an additional two years. Any violation by TELUS of our agreements with them, or their misuse of our intellectual property or behavior by TELUS in a manner that incorrectly reflects poorly on us because of TELUS’s use of our intellectual property could damage our brand and reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Risks Related to Our Operations
The COVID-19 Pandemic has had and could continue to have a significant negative impact on our employees, our customers, our suppliers, and our ability to carry on our normal operations, including those operations now conducted in a work from home environment, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
The outbreak of a novel strain of coronavirus, COVID-19, that became a global pandemic in 2020 has contributed to consumer unease and decreased discretionary spending. Variants of COVID-19, such as Delta and Omicron, continue to do the same. We cannot predict the ultimate effects of the outbreak of COVID-19 or any resulting social, political, and economic conditions that result therefrom. Neither can we predict the effectiveness and distribution of vaccines nor the government response to the pandemic. We continue to monitor the impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on all aspects of our business. This includes the health of our employees, the protection of our customers, and our ability to continue to operate all aspects of our operations. Our employees are susceptible to COVID-19 in the ordinary course of their work, and we cannot be certain that additional employees will not contract COVID-19, be required to quarantine as a result of coming in contact with others who have the disease, or be unable to work in order to care for someone with the disease. Any such instances, could result in legal claims and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. The health and safety of our customers is also a top priority and we similarly take precautions to protect their health and well-being. The refusal of customers to allow us to enter their residences, premises, or businesses due to the fear of COVID-19 could have a material impact on our business, and the spreading of the disease between our customers and our employees could interrupt our operations, result in legal claims and damage our brand. Any such result could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
We rely on monitoring centers and customer care centers as an integral part of our ongoing business operations and we have deployed hybrid and remote working options and will continue this model in 2022. The closure of any site or the widespread illness of the employees remaining in any such site could result in a material disruption to our business. Because the majority of employees who staff these operations currently conduct their jobs from home, our work from home environment could subject us to the failure of the communications networks serving our employees which we no longer control and who may not have sufficient back up capabilities. In addition, this work from home environment results in more home access points that are susceptible to cybersecurity attacks, such as computer hacking, computer viruses, worms or other malicious software or malicious activities. In addition, our monitoring centers are listed by UL and must meet certain requirements to maintain that listing. UL has adopted a temporary standard that enables our operators to work from home while remaining within the listing requirements and we must ensure that each such home environment continues to meet all such requirements as well as the UL permanent requirements, which have been established by UL, but not yet implemented. Our employees who work from home may also experience a decrease in the quality of job performance, whether immediate or over time. Any such impact with


21


respect to our employees who are working from home could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Any continued or renewed growth in infections could also result in additional, or the re-institution of prior, travel restrictions or “shelter-in-place” mandates that further impact the ability of our employees to reach our operations, be available to install new or repair existing systems within residential homes or commercial operations, or to enter such homes or commercial operations. In addition, the continuation of infections has resulted, and could continue to result, in a change in policy of emergency responders in certain jurisdictions who have declined, and may continue temporarily or permanently to decline, to respond to certain verified or non-verified burglar alarm calls from our monitoring centers or from our employees who are working from home, and restrictions on business operations may continue, or be re-instituted, or expand in certain jurisdictions with only limited exceptions. In some jurisdictions, ADT Solar has been considered essential service exempt from “shelter-in-place” and similar mandates, which allowed the company to continue installation and field service operations. However, in 2020 certain jurisdictions temporarily enacted restrictions that prevented field sales and installations, and it is possible that other jurisdictions could enact similar restrictions or curtail the scope of currently permitted operations. Such restrictions, which could impact us directly should we fail to fall within a permissible exception, and which could also result in future sustained business closures among our customer and potential customer bases, would magnify the negative impact already experienced across our operations and, most significantly, within our commercial operations. Any of the foregoing impacts on our employees, first responders, customers, operations, or business generally, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Our dealers and suppliers have been and may continue to be negatively impacted by the COVID-19 Pandemic. Our indirect channel customers are generated mainly through our network of agreements with third-party independent alarm dealers who sell alarm equipment and ADT Authorized Dealer-branded monitoring and interactive services to end users. Our dealers face many of the same challenges we face due to the COVID-19 Pandemic, and may experience a similar impact on their respective employees, customers, and operations. These dealers may not have sufficient financial strength or operational diversity to enable them to maintain their operations throughout the COVID-19 Pandemic. We may also find that it is difficult or impossible to receive equipment from our suppliers or that we have an impaired ability to deliver products and services to customers, or to even make repairs, on a timely basis. If we experience such disruptions, we may experience customer dissatisfaction and potential loss of confidence, and liabilities to customers or other third parties, each of which could harm our reputation and impact future revenues from these customers. We could also be subject to claims or litigation with respect to losses caused by such disruptions. Our property and business interruption insurance and our cyber liability insurance may not be sufficient to fully cover these losses, or any of the other losses we may experience as a result of the COVID-19 Pandemic, many of which we may not even be able to contemplate or quantify at this time, and such insurance may not cover a particular event at all. Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
In addition, on November 5, 2021, the U.S. Department of Labor’s OSHA issued an emergency temporary standard (“OSHA ETS”) requiring all employers with at least 100 employees (“Covered Employers”) to implement a COVID-19 vaccination policy that requires their employees be fully vaccinated or tested weekly. Under the OSHA ETS, each Covered Employer must require its employees to be vaccinated or to undergo weekly COVID-19 testing and wear a face covering at work. Covered Employers, such as the Company, will be required to provide paid time off to workers to get vaccinated and allow for paid leave to recover from any side effects. The OSHA ETS also requires Covered Employers to (i) determine the vaccination status of each employee, (ii) obtain acceptable proof of vaccination status from vaccinated employees and maintain records of such vaccinations, and (iii) require employees to provide prompt notice when they test positive for COVID-19 diagnosis or receive a COVID-19 diagnosis. Following the issuance of a stay by the U.S. Supreme Court preventing the implementation of the OSHA ETS, OSHA withdrew the OSHA ETS, but did not withdraw it as a proposed rule. We anticipate further litigation if OSHA attempts to implement any rule similar in nature to the OSHA ETS.
Any future OSHA rule or similar mandatory vaccination or testing requirements that may become applicable to our employees may result in employee attrition, including attrition of critically skilled labor, difficulty in obtaining services, parts, components and equipment from impacted suppliers, and increased costs which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
The COVID-19 Pandemic may also exacerbate the other risks noted in this Item 1A “Risk Factors.”
We rely on a significant number of our customers remaining with us as customers for long periods of time.
New customers require an upfront investment, and we generally achieve revenue break-even in less than two and a half years. Accordingly, our long-term profitability is dependent on long customer tenure. This requires that we minimize our rate of customer disconnects, or attrition, which can increase as a result of factors such as customer relocations, problems experienced with our product or service quality, customer service, customer non-pay, unfavorable general economic conditions, and the


22


preference for lower pricing of competitors’ products and services over ours. If attrition rates were to rise significantly, we may be required to accelerate the depreciation and amortization expense for, or to impair, certain of our assets, which would cause a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if we fail to keep our customers for a sufficiently long period of time, our profitability, business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
Delays, costs, and disruptions that result from upgrading, integrating, and maintaining the security of our information and technology networks could materially adversely affect us.
We are dependent on information technology networks and systems, including Internet and Internet-based or “cloud” computing services, to collect, process, transmit, and store electronic information. We have completed a significant number of acquisitions of companies that operate different technology platforms and systems. We are currently implementing modifications and upgrades to our information technology systems and also integrating systems from our various acquisitions, including making changes to legacy systems, replacing legacy systems with successor systems with new functionality, and implementing new systems. Any delay in making such changes or replacements or in purchasing new systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. There are inherent costs and risks associated with integrating, replacing and changing these systems and implementing new systems, including potential disruption of our sales, operations and customer service functions, potential disruption of our internal control structure, substantial capital expenditures, additional administration and operating expenses, retention of sufficiently skilled personnel to integrate, implement and operate the new systems, demands on management time, securing our systems along with dependent processes from cybersecurity threats, and other risks and costs of delays or difficulties in transitioning to new systems or of integrating new systems into our current systems. In addition, our information technology system implementations may not result in productivity improvements at a level that outweighs the costs of implementation, or at all. The implementation of or delay in implementing new information technology systems may also cause disruptions in our business operations, and impede our ability to comply with constantly evolving laws, regulations and industry standards addressing information and technology networks, privacy and data security, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Due to the ever-changing threat landscape, our products may be subject to potential vulnerabilities of wireless and IoT devices; our services may be subject to certain risks, including hacking or other unauthorized access to control or view systems and obtain private information; and our normal operations may be disrupted.
Companies that collect and retain sensitive and confidential information as we do are under increasing attack by cybercriminals and other actors around the world. Attacks may come from phishing, malware, ransomware, or other methods. While we implement security measures within our products, services, operations, and other actors’ systems, those measures may not prevent cybersecurity breaches; the access, capture, or alteration of information by criminals; the exposure or exploitation of potential security vulnerabilities; distributed denial of service attacks; the installation of malware or ransomware; acts of vandalism; computer viruses; or misplaced data or data loss that could be detrimental to our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. We are the target of a number of these forms of attack each year. If one of these attacks is successful, it may result in significant financial costs for us, lead to a loss of business, or harm our reputation and our business relationships. Third parties, including our partners and vendors, could also be a source of security risk to us, or cause disruptions to our normal operations, in the event of a failure of their own products, components, networks, security systems, and infrastructure. For example, in 2021, one of our vendors, the Ultimate Kronos Group (“Kronos”), which is a workforce management and human capital management cloud provider, experienced a ransomware attack that resulted in Kronos temporarily decommissioning the functionality of certain of its cloud software, requiring us to find alternative methods to properly pay our employees and to monitor the status of the work in progress of certain of our projects in a timely manner. In addition, some of the products we sell and provide services for are categorized as IoT and may become targets for cybercriminals and other actors attempting an attack. Our need to adapt many of our employees to working from home environment due to the COVID-19 Pandemic may also further expose us to security risks. We cannot be certain that advances in criminal capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography, or other developments will not compromise or breach the technology protecting the networks that access our products and services.
A significant actual or perceived (whether or not valid) theft, loss, fraudulent use or misuse of customer, employee, or other personally identifiable data, whether by us, our partners and vendors, or other third parties, or as a result of employee error or malfeasance or otherwise, non-compliance with applicable industry standards or our contractual or other legal obligations regarding such data, or a violation of our privacy and information security policies with respect to such data, could result in costs, fines, litigation, or regulatory actions against us. Such an event could additionally result in unfavorable publicity and therefore materially and adversely affect the market’s perception of the security and reliability of our services and our credibility and reputation with our customers, which may lead to customer dissatisfaction and could result in lost sales and increased customer revenue attrition.


23


In addition, we depend on our information technology infrastructure for business-to-business and business-to-consumer electronic commerce. Security breaches of, or sustained attacks against, this infrastructure could create system disruptions and shutdowns that could negatively impact our operations. Increasingly, our products and services are accessed through the Internet, and security breaches in connection with the delivery of our services via the Internet may affect us and could be detrimental to our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. There can be no assurance that our continued investments in new and emerging technology and other solutions to protect our network and information systems will prevent any of the risks described above. In addition, any delay in making such investments due to conflicting budget priorities or otherwise could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. There can be no assurance that our cyber liability insurance will be sufficient to protect against all of our losses from any future disruptions or breaches of our systems or other event as described above.
We depend on third-party providers and suppliers for components of our security, automation and solar systems, third-party software licenses for our products and services, and third-party providers to transmit signals to our monitoring facilities and provide other services to our customers. Any failure or interruption in products or services provided by these third parties could harm our ability to operate our business.
The components for the security, automation and solar systems that we install are manufactured by third parties. We are therefore susceptible to interruptions in supply and to the receipt of components that do not meet our standards. Our suppliers may be susceptible to disruptions from fire, natural disasters, weather and the effects of climate change (such as sea level rise, drought, flooding, wildfires, and increased storm severity), pandemics, malicious acts, terrorism, government action, or other concerns impacting their local workforce or operations, all of which are beyond our and their control. Any financial or other difficulties our providers face may have negative effects on our business. We exercise no control over our suppliers, which increases our vulnerability to problems with the products and services they provide or to their choice of which companies they will allow to sell their products. We are also aware that there exists a worldwide shortage of electronic components, that lead times for such components is increasing, and that existing commitments by certain manufacturers are being extended and, in certain cases, allocations are being made. While a single cause of the shortages has not been identified, it is believed that among other reasons, there has been a surge in demand for such components and major growth in certain sectors which rely on such components, and these trends may continue and increase. Certain of our key suppliers have seen this impact their ability to obtain certain components which could present challenges to our ability to obtain the inventory necessary to meet the demands of our new and existing customers, and to complete crucial initiatives such as the upgrading of cellular equipment at customer sites to meet new network standards prior to the retirement of 3G and CDMA networks. We are also subject to supply chain disruption should we learn that any of our suppliers is in violation of legislation which bans the import of goods based on their method of production, such as through the use of forced labor or otherwise. Our efforts to minimize the risk of a disruption from a single supplier may not be effective, and we have begun to experience some disruptions in our supply chain during 2021 and 2022 to date. Any continued or more significant interruption in supply could cause significant delays in installations and repairs and the loss of current and potential customers. Although some specific shortages may be resolved, they may recur. From time to time, we may also experience product recalls and other unplanned product repairs or replacements with customers. In 2021, for example, we experienced such product service events, none of which were material, although there can be no assurance that any such future product service events will not be more extensive or more costly, material to us, and/or require the outlay of cash while we pursue cost recovery from manufacturers and suppliers, and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in pursuing recoveries from those third parties. If a previously installed component were found to be defective, we might not be able to recover the costs associated with its repair or replacement across our installed customer base, and these costs, or the diversion of technical personnel to address the defect could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. In the event of a product recall or litigation against our suppliers or us, we could experience a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
ADT Solar purchases solar panels and other components from a limited number of suppliers, making it susceptible to quality issues, shortages, and price changes. If we fail to develop, maintain, and expand our relationships with these or other suppliers, we may be unable to adequately meet anticipated demand for solar energy systems, or may only be able to offer systems at higher costs or after delays. If one or more of our suppliers ceases or reduces production, we may be unable to quickly identify alternate suppliers or to qualify alternative products on commercially reasonable terms. For example, in February 2022, our primary supplier of solar panels announced that it is exiting the solar module business. Any failure to find replacement providers in a timely manner or that can provide the same quality of solar panels at similar price points could, among other things, result in our inability to complete existing installations in a timely manner, accept new engagements, achieve margins that are acceptable to us and consistent with past performance, and maintain our reputation as a provider of high quality solar solutions. There have also been periods of industry-wide shortages of key components, including solar panels, in times of rapid industry growth. The manufacturing infrastructure for some of these components has a long lead time, requires significant capital investment, and relies on the continued availability of key commodity materials, potentially resulting in an inability to meet demand for these components. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows may be harmed not only as a result of any increases in costs associated with our solar offerings but also any failure of these costs to decline. If we


24


do not reduce our cost structure in the future, our ability to continue to be profitable may be impaired. Declining costs related to raw materials, manufacturing and the sale and installation of our solar service offerings have been a key driver in the pricing of our solar service offerings and, more broadly, customer adoption of solar energy. While historically the prices of solar panels and raw materials have declined, the cost of solar panels and raw materials could increase in the future, and such products’ availability could decrease, due to a variety of factors, including restrictions stemming from the COVID-19 pandemic, tariffs and trade barriers, export regulations, regulatory or contractual limitations, industry market requirements, and changes in technology and industry standards. Any decline in the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar compared to the functional currency of component suppliers could increase component prices. In addition, the U.S. government has imposed tariffs on solar cells manufactured in China. Any of these shortages, necessity to find alternative suppliers, delays, or price changes could limit growth, cause cancellations, or adversely affect profitability, and result in loss of market share and damage to our brand, materially adversely affecting our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
We rely on third-party software for key automation features in certain of our offerings and on the interoperation of that software with our own, such as our mobile applications and related platform. We could experience service disruptions if customer usage patterns for such offerings exceed, or are otherwise outside of, design parameters for the system and the ability for us or our third-party provider to make corrections. Such interruptions in the provision of services could result in our inability to meet customer demand, damage our reputation and customer relationships, and materially and adversely affect our business. We also rely on certain software technology that we license from third parties and use in our products and services to perform key functions and provide critical functionality. For example, we license the software platform for our monitoring operations from third parties. Because a number of our products and services incorporate technology developed and maintained by third parties, we are, to a certain extent, dependent upon such third parties’ ability to update, maintain, or enhance their current products and services; to ensure that their products are free of defects or security vulnerabilities; to develop new products and services on a timely and cost-effective basis; and to respond to emerging industry standards, customer preferences, and other technological changes. Further, these third-party technology licenses may not always be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If our agreements with third-party vendors are not renewed or the third-party software becomes obsolete, is incompatible with future versions of our products or services, or otherwise fails to address our needs, we cannot provide assurance that we would be able to replace the functionality provided by the third-party software with technology from alternative providers. Furthermore, even if we obtain licenses to alternative software products or services that provide the functionality we need, we may be required to replace hardware installed at our monitoring centers and at our customers’ sites, including security system control panels and peripherals, in order to execute our integration of or migration to alternative software products. Any of these factors could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
We also rely on various third-party telecommunications providers and signal processing centers to transmit and communicate signals to our monitoring facility in a timely and consistent manner. These telecommunications providers and signal processing centers could deprioritize or fail to transmit or communicate these signals to the monitoring facility for many reasons, including disruptions from fire, natural disasters, pandemics, weather and the effects of climate change (such as flooding, wildfires, and increased storm severity), transmission interruption, malicious acts, provider preference, government action, or terrorism. The failure of one or more of these telecommunications providers or signal processing centers to transmit and communicate signals to the monitoring facility in a timely manner could affect our ability to provide alarm monitoring, home automation, and interactive services to our customers. We also rely on third-party technology companies to provide automation and interactive services to our customers. These technology companies could fail to provide these services consistently, or at all, which could result in our inability to meet customer demand and damage our reputation. There can be no assurance that third-party telecommunications providers, signal processing centers, and other technology companies will continue to transmit and communicate signals to the monitoring facility or provide home automation and interactive services to customers without disruption. Any such failure or disruption, particularly one of a prolonged duration, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
An event causing a disruption in the ability of our monitoring facilities or customer care resources, including work from home operations, to operate could materially adversely affect our business.
A disruption in our ability to provide security monitoring services or otherwise provide ongoing customer care to our customers could have a material adverse effect on our business. A disruption could occur for many reasons, including fire, natural disasters, weather, and the effects of climate change (such as sea level rise, drought, flooding, wildfires, and increased storm severity); health epidemics or pandemics; transportation interruption; extended power outages; human or other error, war, terrorism, sabotage, or other conflicts; or as a result of disruptions to internal and external networks or third party transmission lines. Monitoring and customer care could also be disrupted by information systems and network-related events or cybersecurity attacks, such as computer hacking, computer viruses, worms, or other malicious software, distributed denial of service attacks, malicious social engineering, or other destructive or disruptive activities that could also cause damage to our properties, equipment, and data. A failure of our redundant back-up procedures or a disruption affecting multiple monitoring facilities or work from home environment could disrupt our ability to provide security monitoring or customer care services to


25


our customers. If we experience such disruptions, we may experience customer dissatisfaction and potential loss of confidence, and liabilities to customers or other third parties, each of which could harm our reputation and impact future revenues from these customers. We could also be subject to claims or litigation with respect to losses caused by such disruptions. Our property and business interruption insurance and our cyber liability insurance may not be sufficient to fully cover our losses or may not cover a particular event at all. Any such disruptions or outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Our independent, third-party authorized dealers may not be able to mitigate certain risks such as information technology breaches, data security breaches, product liability, errors and omissions, and marketing compliance.
We generate a portion of our new customers through our authorized dealer network. We rely on independent, third-party authorized dealers to implement mitigation plans for certain risks they may experience, including, but not limited to, information technology breaches, data security breaches, product liability, errors and omissions, and marketing compliance. In addition, our dealers rely on other third parties to submit orders and transmit data and may themselves be subject to many of these same risks. If our authorized dealers, or the third parties on whom they rely, experience any of these risks, or fail to implement mitigation plans for their risks, or if such implemented mitigation plans are inadequate or fail, we may be susceptible to business, legal, or reputational risks associated with our authorized dealers on which we rely to generate customers. Any interruption or permanent disruption in the generation of customer accounts or services provided by our authorized dealers could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
We may pursue business opportunities that diverge from our current business model, or invest in new businesses, services, and technologies outside the traditional security and interactive services market, any of which may materially adversely affect our business results.
We have and will continue to pursue and invest in new business opportunities that diverge from our current business model and practices, including expanding our products or service offerings, investing in new and unproven technologies, adding customer acquisition channels, and forming new alliances with companies to market our services. We can provide no assurance that any such business opportunities or investments will prove to be successful. Among other negative effects, our pursuit of such business opportunities could cause our cost of investment in new customers to grow at a faster rate than our recurring revenue and fees collected at the time of installation. In addition, any new business partner may not agree to the terms and conditions or limitations on liability that we typically impose upon third parties. Acquisitions in recent years have also significantly expanded our risk profile. For example, we have acquired companies which provide cybersecurity services for business customers and as companies are under increasing attack by cybercriminals around the world, a breach by such cybercriminals of our customers’ systems or operations could result in claims and lawsuits against us and result in damage to our brand and reputation. We have also acquired several companies that sell and service fire and integrated security systems to business customers, which significantly expanded our commercial fire and security capabilities, reach, and customer base. In addition, as we expand our products and services to larger commercial installations, we may have customers who experience large commercial losses that result in claims and lawsuits against us and result in damage to our brand and reputation. In addition, in December 2021 we acquired Sunpro Solar although solar was not then a part of our core business, and in January 2022, we announced that together with Ford, we will be forming a new entity, Canopy, which represents our entry into the automotive space. We are also currently exploring the option of offering certain of our monitoring and cybersecurity services under non-ADT brands to international markets outside of the U.S. Additionally, any new alliances or customer acquisition channels could require large investments of capital to develop such business, or have higher cost structures than our current arrangements, which could reduce operating margins and require more working capital. In the event that working capital requirements exceed operating cash flow, we could be required to draw on our revolving credit facility, or pursue other external financing, which may not be readily available. We may also experience capital loss on some or all of our investments, insufficient revenue from such investments to offset new liabilities assumed and expenses associated with these new investments, distraction of management from current operations, and issues not identified during pre-investment planning and due diligence that could cause us to fail to realize the anticipated benefits of such investments and incur unanticipated liabilities. Any of these factors could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
We continue to integrate our acquisitions, which may divert management’s attention from our ongoing operations. We may not achieve all of the anticipated benefits, synergies, or cost savings from our acquisitions.
Our acquisitions require the integration of many separate companies that have previously operated independently. The continued integration of operations, products, and personnel from our acquisitions will continue to require the attention of our management and place demands on other internal resources if they are to be successful. The diversion of management’s attention, and any difficulties encountered in the transition and integration process, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. In addition, the overall continued integration of our acquired


26


businesses may result in material unanticipated problems, expenses, liabilities, competitive responses, and loss of customer relationships. The difficulties of combining the operations of the companies may generally include, among others:
difficulties in achieving anticipated cost savings, synergies, business opportunities, and growth prospects from the combination;
difficulties in the integration of operations and systems, and in replacing numerous systems, including those involving management information, purchasing, accounting and finance, sales, billing, employee benefits, payroll, data privacy, physical security, cyber security, and regulatory compliance, many of which may be dissimilar;
conforming standards, controls, procedures, accounting and other policies, equipment ownership models, business cultures, and compensation structures;
difficulties in establishing a control environment compliant with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “SOX Act”) across all companies;
difficulties which may arise from matters not revealed or understood in the pre-acquisition diligence process such as external and internal threats and vulnerabilities in systems, websites or products and other cyber-related concerns, theft of data or other assets of the acquired company, legacy claims in tax, litigation or otherwise of the acquired company;
difficulties in the assimilation of employees, including possible culture conflicts and different opinions on technical decisions and product roadmaps;
difficulties in managing the expanded operations of a significantly larger and more complex company;
challenges in gaining acceptance of the acquisition within the investment community;
challenges in attracting and retaining key personnel;
challenges in ensuring the sales practices of acquired businesses conform to the regulatory environment within which we operate, including, among others, with respect to marketing and sales practices;
coordinating a geographically dispersed organization; and
challenges with ensuring that environmental, social and governance or corporate social responsibility policies of acquired companies are in compliance with ADT’s policies and practices.
In addition, we continue to integrate the financial reporting systems and processes of various companies we have acquired. Successfully implementing our business plan and complying with the SOX Act and other regulations requires us to be able to prepare timely and accurate consolidated financial statements. Any delay in this implementation of, or disruption in, the transition to new or enhanced systems, procedures, or controls, including internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures, may cause us to present restatements or cause our operations to suffer, and we may be unable to conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective and to obtain an unqualified report on internal controls from our independent registered public accounting firm.
Any of these difficulties in combining operations could result in increased costs, decreases in the amount of expected revenues, and further diversion of management’s time and energy, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Our customer generation strategies through third parties, including our authorized dealer and affinity marketing programs, and our use of celebrities and social media influencers, and the competitive market for customer accounts may expose us to risk and affect our future profitability.
An element of our business strategy is the generation of new customer accounts through third parties, including our authorized dealers, and future operating results depend in large part on our ability to continue to manage this business generation strategy effectively. We currently generate accounts through hundreds of independent third parties, including authorized dealers, and a significant portion of our accounts originate from a smaller number of such third parties. If we experience a loss of authorized dealers or third-party sellers representing a significant portion of our customer account generation, or if we are unable to replace or recruit authorized dealers, other third-party sellers, or alternate distribution channel partners in accordance with our business strategy, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
In addition, we are subject to reputational risks that may arise from the actions of our dealers and their employees, independent contractors, and other agents that are wholly or partially beyond our control, such as violations of our marketing policies and procedures as well as any failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations. If our dealers engage in marketing practices that are not in compliance with local laws and regulations, we may be in breach of such laws and regulations, which may result in regulatory proceedings and potential penalties that could materially adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. In addition, unauthorized activities in connection with sales efforts by employees, independent contractors, and other agents or our dealers, including calling consumers in violation of the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, predatory door-to-door sales tactics, and fraudulent misrepresentations, could subject us to governmental investigations and class action lawsuits for, among others, false advertising and deceptive trade practice damage claims, against


27


which we will be required to defend. Such defense efforts are costly and time-consuming, and there can be no assurance that such defense efforts will be successful, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
The successful promotion of our brands also depends on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts and on our ability to offer member discounts and special offers for our products and services to our partners. We have actively pursued affinity marketing programs, which provide members of participating organizations with special offers on our products and services. These organizations may require us to pay higher fees to them, decrease our pricing for their members, introduce additional competitive options, or otherwise alter the terms of our participation in their marketing programs in ways that are unfavorable to us. These organizations may also terminate their relationships with us if we fail to meet contract service levels and/ or member satisfaction standards, among other things. If any of our affinity or marketing relationships is terminated or altered in an unfavorable manner, we may lose a source of sales leads, and our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
We also rely on marketing by social media influencers and celebrity spokespersons that represent the ADT brand to generate new customers. The promotion of our brand, products, and services by social media influencers and celebrities is subject to FTC regulations, including, for example, a requirement to disclose any compensatory arrangements between ADT and influencers in any reviews or public statements by such influencers about ADT or our products and services. These social media influencers and celebrities, with whom we maintain relationships, could also engage in activities or behaviors or use their platforms to communicate directly with our customers in a manner that violates applicable regulations or reflects poorly on our brand and that behavior may be attributed to us or otherwise adversely affect us. In connection with the promotion of ADT’s brand by influencers and celebrities, ADT is also subject to a twenty-year FTC consent decree from 2014 which requires adherence to a robust internal compliance process. Any such activities or behaviors of the social media influencers or celebrities we engage, or our failure to adhere to the compliance processes as required by the FTC consent decree, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows, or on our reputation.
We face risks in acquiring and integrating customer accounts.
An element of our business strategy may involve the bulk acquisition of customer accounts. Acquisitions of customer accounts involve a number of special risks, including the possibility of unexpectedly high rates of attrition and unanticipated deficiencies in the accounts and systems acquired despite our investigations prior to acquisition. We face competition from other alarm monitoring companies, including companies that may offer higher prices and more favorable terms for customer accounts purchased, and/or lower minimum financial or operational qualification or requirements for purchased accounts. This competition could reduce the acquisition opportunities available to us, slowing our rate of growth, and/or increase the price we pay for such account acquisitions, thus reducing our return on investment and negatively impacting our revenue and results of operations. We can provide no assurance that we will continue to be able to purchase customer accounts on favorable terms or at all in the future.
The purchase price we pay for customer accounts is affected by the recurring revenue historically generated by such accounts, as well as several other factors, including the level of competition, our prior experience with accounts purchased in bulk from specific sellers, the geographic location of the accounts, the number of accounts purchased, the customers’ credit scores, and the type of security or automation equipment or platform used by the customers. In purchasing accounts, we have relied on management’s knowledge of the industry, due diligence procedures, and representations and warranties of bulk account sellers. We can provide no assurance that in all instances the representations and warranties made by bulk account sellers are true and complete or, if the representations and warranties are inaccurate, that we will be able to recover damages from bulk account sellers in an amount sufficient to fully compensate us for any resulting losses. In addition, we may need to incorporate and maintain specialized equipment and knowledge in order to service customer accounts purchased, or pay to upgrade such customers to ADT equipment. If any of these risks materialize, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
If we are unable to recruit and retain sufficient personnel at all levels of our organization, our ability to manage our business could be materially and adversely affected.
Our success depends in part upon the continued services of sufficient talent at all levels of our organization, including, our management team, sales representatives, installation and service technicians and call center talent. Our ability to recruit and retain sufficient talent for these positions is based on our reputation as a successful business with a culture of fairly hiring, training, and promoting qualified employees. However, our success could be impacted adversely by the competitive labor environment and require us to incur wages and benefits in excess of our planned expenditure. Labor shortages in 2021 made talent recruitment particularly challenging and competitive. In addition, we acquire businesses from time to time that have rates of employee attrition significantly higher than our own and we may experience difficulty or delay in hiring to fill positions due to these higher rates or in bringing the employee attrition rate of such acquired businesses to a level consistent with our own.


28


The loss, incapacity, or unavailability for any reason of sufficient personnel at any level of our organization, higher than expected payroll and other costs associated with the hiring and retention of sufficient talent at all levels of our organization and the inability or delay in hiring new employees, whether in management, sales, installation and service technicians, or call center personnel, could materially adversely affect our business financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
The loss of or changes to our senior management could disrupt our business.
Competition for senior management talent having security, home automation, and solar industry experience has increased. Factors that impact our ability to attract and retain senior management include compensation and benefits and our successful reputation as a top provider in these industries. Our success partly depends on our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. James D. DeVries’, ability, along with the ability of other senior management and key employees, to effectively implement our business strategies and to continue to identify and grow talent through our annual strategic talent planning process. In addition, the success of our newly acquired subsidiary, ADT Solar, partly depends on our Executive Vice President, Solar, Mr. Marc Jones, who is the founder of Sunpro Solar, as well as its management team. The unexpected loss of any member of our senior management team and the related loss of their knowledge of products, offerings, and industry experience, and the difficulty of quickly finding qualified senior management talent to replace any such loss, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Adverse developments in our collective bargaining agreements or other agreements with some employees could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
As of December 31, 2021, approximately 1,350 of our employees at various sites, or approximately 5% of our total workforce, were represented by unions and covered by collective bargaining agreements. We are currently a party to approximately 23 collective bargaining agreements. Almost one-third of these agreements are up for renewal in any given year. We cannot predict the outcome of negotiations of the collective bargaining agreements covering our employees. If we are unable to reach new agreements or renew existing agreements, employees subject to collective bargaining agreements may engage in strikes, work slowdowns, or other labor actions, which could materially disrupt our ability to provide services. New labor agreements or the renewal of existing agreements may impose significant new costs on us, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows in the future.
If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting at a reasonable assurance level, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations, investor confidence in our business and the trading prices of our securities.
We may identify a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. If material weaknesses in our internal controls are discovered, they may adversely affect our ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information timely and accurately and, as a result, our financial statements may contain material misstatements or omissions.
In addition, it is possible that control deficiencies could be identified by our management or by our independent registered public accounting firm in the future or may occur without being identified. Such a failure could result in regulatory scrutiny, and cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial condition, lead to a default under our indebtedness and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Risks Related to Regulations and Litigation
If we fail to comply with constantly evolving laws, regulations, and industry standards addressing information and technology networks, privacy, and data security, we could face substantial penalties, liability, and reputational harm, and our business, operations, and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
Along with our own confidential data and information retained in the normal course of our business, we or our partners collect and retain significant volumes of third party data, some of which is subject to certain laws and regulations. Our ability to analyze this data to provide the customer with an improved user experience is a valuable component of our services, but we cannot provide assurance that the data we require will be available from these sources in the future or that the cost of such data will not increase. If the data that we require is not available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all, we may not be able to provide certain parts of our current or planned products and services, and our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.


29


In addition, we may also collect and retain other sensitive types of data, including, among other things, audio recordings of telephone calls and video images of customer sites. We must comply with applicable federal and state laws and regulations governing the collection, retention, processing, storage, disclosure, access, use, security, and privacy of such information in addition to our own posted information security and privacy policies and applicable industry standards, such as the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards. The legal, regulatory, and contractual environment surrounding the foregoing continues to evolve, and there has been an increasing amount of focus on privacy and data security issues with the potential to affect our business. These privacy and data security laws, regulations, and standards, as well as contractual requirements, could increase our cost of doing business, and failure to comply with these laws, regulations, standards, and contractual requirements could result in government enforcement actions (which could include civil or criminal penalties), private litigation, and/or adverse publicity. In the event of a breach of personal information that we hold or that is held by third parties on our behalf, we may be subject to governmental fines, individual and class action claims, remediation expenses, and/or harm to our reputation. In 2020, we disclosed that a Company technician had secured unauthorized personal access to certain customers’ in-home security systems, resulting in legal claims against us, which have and may continue to arise either as individual claims or as class actions. We could incur significant legal costs in defending existing or new claims or in the ultimate resolution of such claims, and we may suffer reputational harm and damage to our brand as a result of such claims or any related publicity. Further, if we fail to comply with applicable privacy and security laws, regulations, policies, and standards; properly protect the integrity and security of our facilities and systems and the data located within them; or defend against cybersecurity attacks; or if our third-party service providers, partners, or vendors fail to do any of the foregoing with respect to data and information assessed, used, stored, or collected on our behalf; or if we fail to successfully defend against any matters that may arise as a result of the rogue conduct of the technician as described above or should we fail to prevent future rogue actors from undertaking similar actions, our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
Examples of certain requirements we face include those with respect to the Health Insurance Portability Act, the California Consumer Privacy Act, the California Privacy Rights Act, the Colorado Privacy Act, the Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act, and the General Data Protection Regulation. These laws and regulations are examples of our need to comply with costly and complex requirements at state, federal, and international levels. As these requirements continue to evolve, and expand to additional jurisdictions, we may incur or be required to incur costs or change our business practices in a manner adverse to our business and failure to comply could result in significant penalties that may materially adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Infringement of our intellectual property rights could negatively affect us.
We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, confidentiality provisions, and licensing arrangements to establish and protect our proprietary rights. We cannot guarantee, however, that the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property rights will be adequate to prevent infringement of our rights or misappropriation of our intellectual property or technology. Adverse events affecting the use of our trademarks could affect our use of those trademarks and negatively impact our brands. In addition, if we expand our business outside of the U.S. in the future, effective patent, trademark, copyright, and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in some jurisdictions. Furthermore, our confidentiality agreements with certain of our employees and third parties to protect our intellectual property could be breached or otherwise may not provide meaningful protection for our confidential information, trade secrets, and know-how related to the design, manufacture, or operation of our products and services. In 2021, we initiated certain litigation to protect our intellectual property rights. These litigation actions may continue for long periods of time, may not be successful, or may result in impairment of certain of our intellectual property rights, and our need to continue to bring claims may be significant and may be indefinite. Any future proceedings on these or other matters could be burdensome and costly, and we may not prevail. Further, adequate remedies may not be available in the event of an unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, trade secrets, or know-how. If we fail to successfully enforce our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could suffer, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Allegations that we have infringed upon the intellectual property rights of third parties could negatively affect us.
We may be subject to claims of intellectual property infringement by third parties. In particular, as our services have expanded, we have become subject to claims alleging infringement of intellectual property, including litigation brought by special purpose or so-called “non-practicing” entities that focus solely on extracting royalties and settlements by alleging infringement and threatening enforcement of patent rights. These companies typically have little or no business or operations, and there are few effective deterrents available to prevent such companies from filing patent infringement lawsuits against us. Our exposure to intellectual property infringement claims may increase as we continue to build our new proprietary platform announced in November 2020 or expand upon our existing intellectual property in the future. In addition, we rely on licenses and other arrangements with third parties covering intellectual property related to many of the products and services that we market. Notwithstanding these arrangements, we could be at risk for infringement claims from third parties. Additionally, our patent agreement with Tyco, which generally includes a covenant by Tyco not to bring an action against us alleging that the


30


manufacture, use, or sale of any products or services in existence as of the date of our separation from Tyco infringes any patents owned or controlled by Tyco and used by us on or prior to such date, does not protect us from infringement claims for future product or service expansions. In general, if a court determines that one or more of our services infringes on intellectual property rights owned by others, we may be required to cease marketing those services, to obtain licenses from the holders of the intellectual property at a material cost or on unfavorable terms, or to take other potentially costly or burdensome actions to avoid infringing third-party intellectual property rights. The litigation process is costly and subject to inherent uncertainties, and we may not prevail in litigation matters regardless of the merits of our position. Intellectual property lawsuits or claims may become extremely disruptive if the plaintiffs succeed in blocking the trade of our products and services and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
We may be subject to class actions and other lawsuits which may harm our business and results of operations.
We have and we may continue to be subject to class action litigation involving alleged violations of privacy, consumer protection laws, employment laws or other matters. In addition, we have previously been subject to securities class actions relating to our IPO, and we may in the future be subject to additional securities litigation in connection with our IPO, in connection with issues arising subsequent to the IPO, or in connection with issues that may have arisen prior to the acquisition of what was then The ADT Corporation. This type of litigation may be lengthy and may result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources. Results cannot be predicted with certainty, and an adverse outcome in such litigation could result in monetary damages or injunctive relief that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
In addition, we are currently and may in the future become subject to legal proceedings and commercial or contractual disputes other than class actions. These are typically claims that arise in the normal course of business including, without limitation, commercial or contractual disputes with our suppliers, intellectual property matters, third-party liability matters, which may include product liability claims, automobile negligence claims and property/casualty claims, and employment law matters. There is a possibility that such claims may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows that is greater than we anticipate and/or negatively affect our reputation.
Increasing government regulation of telemarketing, email marketing, door-to-door sales, and other marketing methods may increase our costs and restrict the operation and growth of our business.
We rely on telemarketing, email marketing, door-to-door sales, and other marketing channels, including social media conducted internally and through third parties to generate a substantial number of leads for our business, all of which are subject to federal, state and local regulation. Telemarketing and email marketing activities are subject to an increasing amount of regulation in the U.S. Regulations have been issued by the FTC and the FCC that place restrictions on unsolicited telephone calls to residential and wireless telephone customers, whether direct dial or by means of automatic telephone dialing systems, prerecorded, or artificial voice messages and telephone fax machines, and require us to maintain a “do not call” list and to train our personnel to comply with these restrictions. The FTC regulates sales practices generally and email marketing and telemarketing specifically, including through their consent decree on ADT that regulates our use of social media influencers and celebrities, and has broad authority to prohibit a variety of advertising or marketing practices that may constitute “unfair or deceptive acts or practices.” Most of the statutes and regulations in the U.S. applicable to telemarketing and email marketing allow a private right of action for the recovery of damages or provide for enforcement by the FTC and FCC, state attorneys general, or state agencies permitting the recovery of significant civil or criminal penalties, costs and attorneys’ fees if regulations are violated. We strive to comply with all such applicable regulations, but can provide no assurance that we, our authorized dealers or third parties that we rely on for telemarketing, email marketing, and other lead generation activities will be in compliance with all applicable regulations at all times. Although our contractual arrangements with our authorized dealers, affinity marketing partners, and other third parties generally require them to comply with all such regulations and to indemnify us for damages arising from their failure to do so, we can provide no assurance that the FTC and FCC, private litigants, or others will not attempt to hold us responsible for any unlawful acts conducted by our authorized dealers, affinity marketing partners and other third parties or that we could successfully enforce or collect upon any indemnities. Additionally, certain FCC rulings and FTC enforcement actions may support the legal position that we may be held vicariously liable for the actions of third parties, including any telemarketing violations by our independent, third-party authorized dealers that are performed without our authorization or that are otherwise prohibited by our policies. The FCC, FTC, and state agencies have relied on certain actions to support the notion of vicarious liability, including, but not limited to, the use of our brand or trademark, the authorization or approval of telemarketing scripts, or the sharing of consumer prospect lists. Changes in such regulations or the interpretation thereof that further restrict such activities could result in a material reduction in the number of leads for our business and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.


31


Our business operates in a regulated industry and any new, or changes to existing, laws or regulations, or our failure to comply with any such rules or regulations could be costly to us, harm our business and operations, and impede our ability to grow our existing business, any new businesses that we acquire, or investment opportunities that we pursue.
Our operations and employees are subject to various federal, state, and local laws and regulations in such areas as consumer protection, occupational licensing, environmental protection (including climate change regulations), labor and employment, tax, and other laws and regulations. Most states in which we operate have licensing laws directed specifically toward the sale, installation, monitoring and maintenance of fire and security devices. Our business relies heavily upon the use of both wireline and wireless telecommunications to communicate signals, and telecommunications companies are regulated by federal, state, and local governments.
Increased public awareness and concern regarding global climate change may result in more international, regional, and/or federal or other requirements or expectations that could mandate more restrictive or expansive standards than existing regulations. There continues to be a lack of consistent climate legislation, which creates economic and regulatory uncertainty, as well as consumer and investor unease. We or our suppliers may be required to make increased capital expenditures to improve our services or product portfolio to meet new regulations and standards. Further, our customers and the markets we serve may impose environmental standards through regulation, market-based emissions policies, or consumer preference that we may not be able to timely meet due to the required level of capital investment or technological advancement. There can be no assurance that our compliance or our efforts to improve our services or products will be successful, and there can be no assurance that proposed regulation or deregulation will not have a negative competitive impact, or that economic returns will reflect our investments in new product development. If environmental laws or regulations are either changed or adopted and impose significant operational restrictions and compliance requirements upon our business or products, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
In certain jurisdictions, we are required to obtain licenses or permits to comply with standards governing employee selection and training and to meet certain standards in the conduct of our business. The loss of such licenses or permits or the imposition of conditions to the granting or retention of such licenses or permits could have a material adverse effect on us. Furthermore, in certain jurisdictions, certain security systems must meet fire and building codes to be installed, and it is possible that our current or future products and service offerings will fail to meet such codes, which could require us to make costly modifications to our products and services or to forego operating in certain jurisdictions.
We must also comply with numerous federal, state, and local laws and regulations that govern matters relating to our interactions with residential customers, including those pertaining to privacy and data security, consumer financial and credit transactions, home improvement contracts, warranties, and door-to-door solicitation. These laws and regulations are dynamic and subject to potentially differing interpretations, and various federal, state, and local legislative and regulatory bodies may initiate investigations, expand current laws or regulations, or enact new laws and regulations, regarding these matters. As we expand our product and service offerings and enter into new jurisdictions, we may be subject to more expansive regulation and oversight. For example, as a result of internal growth and through our acquisition of various commercial businesses, we are expanding commercial offerings and exploring markets outside of the U.S., and we will need to identify and comply with laws and regulations that apply to such services and our operations generally in the relevant jurisdictions. In addition, any financing or lending activity will subject us to various rules and regulations, such as the U.S. federal Truth in Lending Act and analogous state legislation. Also, as we continue to expand our sales to government entities, we will be subject to additional contracting regulations, disclosure obligations, and various civil and criminal penalties, among other things, in a significant manner that we are not subject to today.
In addition, and in connection with our acquisition of Sunpro Solar, the installation of solar energy systems requires employees to work at heights with complicated and potentially dangerous systems. There is risk of serious injury or death if proper safety procedures are not followed. ADT Solar operations are subject to regulation under OSHA, and equivalent state laws. Changes to OSHA requirements, or stricter interpretation or enforcement of existing laws or regulations, could result in increased costs. Failure to comply with applicable OSHA regulations or other federal, state, and local laws and regulations related to any aspect of the ADT Solar business, even if no work-related serious injury or death occurs, may result in civil or criminal enforcement and substantial penalties, significant capital expenditures, or suspension or limitation of operations. Any such accidents, citations, violations, injuries, or failure to comply with industry best practices may result in adverse publicity, which could damage our reputation and competitive position, and may adversely affect our business.
Changes in these laws or regulations or their interpretation could dramatically affect how we do business, acquire customers, and manage and use information we collect from and about current and prospective customers and the costs associated therewith. We strive to comply with all applicable laws and regulations relating to our interactions with all customers. It is possible, however, that these requirements may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices.


32


Changes in laws or regulations could require us to change the way we operate or to utilize resources to maintain compliance, which could increase costs or otherwise disrupt operations. In addition, failure to comply with any applicable laws or regulations could result in substantial fines or revocation of our operating permits and licenses. If laws and regulations were to change or if we or our products failed to comply with them, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
Existing electric utility industry regulations, and changes to regulations, may present technical, regulatory, or economic barriers to the purchase and use of solar energy systems that may significantly reduce demand for our solar energy systems.
Federal, state, and local government regulations and policies concerning the electric utility industry, and internal policies and regulations promulgated by electric utilities, heavily influence the market for electricity generation products and services. These regulations and policies often relate to electricity pricing and the interconnection of customer-owned electricity generation. In the U.S., governments and utilities continuously modify these regulations and policies. These regulations and policies could deter potential customers from purchasing renewable energy, including solar energy systems. This could result in a significant reduction in the potential demand for ADT Solar energy systems.
Market prices of retail electricity generated by utilities or other energy sources could decline for a variety of reasons. Any such declines in retail prices of electricity or changes in customer preferences would adversely impact our business. In addition, depending on the region, electricity generated by solar energy systems competes most effectively with expensive peak-hour electricity from the electric grid rather than the less expensive average price of electricity. Modifications to the utilities’ peak hour pricing policies or rate design, such as a flat rate, would require us to lower the price of solar energy systems to compete with the price of electricity from the electric grid.
Our solar sales model may rely on net metering and related policies to offer competitive pricing to customers, and changes to such policies may significantly reduce demand for our solar offerings.
Net metering policies are designed to allow homeowners to serve their own energy load using on-site generation. Electricity that is generated by a solar energy system and consumed on-site avoids a retail energy purchase from the applicable utility, and excess electricity that is exported back to the electric grid generates a retail credit within a homeowner’s monthly billing period. At the end of the monthly billing period, if the homeowner has generated excess electricity within that month, the homeowner typically carries forward a credit for any excess electricity to be offset against future utility energy purchases. At the end of an annual billing period or calendar year, utilities either continue to carry forward a credit, or reconcile the homeowner’s final annual or calendar year bill using different rates (including zero credit) for the exported electricity.
Utilities, their trade associations, and fossil fuel interests in the country are currently challenging net metering policies, and seeking to eliminate them, cap them, reduce the value of the credit provided to homeowners for excess generation, or impose charges on homeowners that have net metering.
In addition, any changes to government or internal utility regulations and policies that favor electric utilities could reduce ADT Solar’s competitiveness and cause a significant reduction in demand for our products and services. For example, certain jurisdictions have proposed assessing fees on customers purchasing energy from solar energy systems or imposing a new charge that would disproportionately impact solar energy system customers who utilize net metering, either of which would increase the cost of energy to those customers and could reduce demand for solar energy systems. Similar government or utility policies adopted in the future could reduce demand for our products and services, increase the operational burdens to install solar systems, increase the amount of time between the sale and installation of solar systems, and adversely impact growth and timing of revenue recognition. Any such changes to existing government regulations or policies, or the imposition of new regulations and policies that increase the cost of solar systems, whether directly or indirectly, to our customers, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Interconnection limits or circuit-level caps imposed by regulators may significantly reduce our ability to sell solar systems and energy storage solutions in certain markets or slow interconnections, harming our growth rate and customer satisfaction scores.
Interconnection rules establish the circumstances in which rooftop solar will be connected to the electricity grid. Interconnection limits or circuit-level caps imposed by regulators may curb our growth in key markets. Utilities throughout the country have different rules and regulations regarding interconnection and some utilities cap or limit the amount of solar energy that can be interconnected to the grid. Solar systems generally do not provide power to customers until they are interconnected to the grid.
Interconnection regulations are based on claims from utilities regarding the amount of solar energy that can be connected to the grid without causing grid reliability issues or requiring significant grid upgrades.


33


The ADT Solar business may rely on the availability of rebates, tax credits, and other financial incentives. The expiration, elimination, or reduction of these rebates, credits, and incentives could adversely impact our business.
U.S. federal, state, and local government bodies provide incentives to end users, distributors, system integrators, and manufacturers of solar energy systems to promote solar electricity in the form of rebates, tax credits, and other financial incentives such as system performance payments and payments for renewable energy credits associated with renewable energy generation. ADT Solar may rely on these governmental rebates, tax credits, and other financial incentives to market solar systems and energy storage solutions to customers. However, these incentives may expire on a particular date, end when the allocated funding is exhausted, or be reduced or terminated as solar energy adoption rates increase. These reductions or terminations often occur without warning.
Reductions in, or eliminations/expirations of, governmental incentives could adversely impact our sales, increase cost of materials, and reduce the size of our addressable market, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. Specifically, future results of operations may be impacted by the potential discontinuation or material reduction or other change in the federal solar tax credit (the “ITC”). The ITC currently allows for a qualifying homeowner to deduct 26% of the cost of installing residential solar systems from their U.S. federal income taxes, thereby returning a material portion of the purchase price of the residential solar system to homeowners. Congress has extended the ITC expiration date multiple times including, most recently, in December 2020. Under the terms of the current extension, the ITC will remain at 26% through the end of 2022, reduce to 22% for 2023, and further reduce to 0.0% after the end of 2023 for residential solar systems, unless it is extended before that time. Although the ITC has been extended several times, there is no guarantee that it will be extended beyond 2023.
We could be assessed penalties for false alarms.
Some local governments impose assessments, fines, penalties, and limitations on either customers or the alarm companies for false alarms. Certain municipalities have adopted ordinances under which both permit and alarm dispatch fees are charged directly to the alarm companies. Our alarm service contracts generally allow us to pass these charges on to customers, but we may not be able to collect these charges if customers are unwilling or unable to pay them and our customers may elect to terminate or not renew our services if assessments, fines, or penalties for false alarms become significant. If more local governments impose assessments, fines, or penalties, or our customers refuse to reimburse us for such charges or terminate or fail to renew their services with us because of these charges, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
Adoption of statutes and governmental policies purporting to characterize certain of our charges as unlawful may adversely affect our business.
Generally, if a customer cancels their contract with us prior to the end of the initial contract term, other than in accordance with the contract, we may charge the customer an early cancellation fee. Consumer protection policies or legal precedents could be proposed or adopted to restrict the charges we can impose upon contract cancellation. Such initiatives could compel us to increase our prices during the initial term of our contracts and consequently lead to less demand for our services and increased customer attrition. Adverse judicial determinations regarding these matters could cause us to incur legal exposure to customers against whom such charges have been imposed and expose us to the risk that certain of our customers may seek to recover such charges through litigation, including class action lawsuits. Any such loss in demand for our services, increase in attrition, or the costs of defending such litigation and enforcement actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
In the absence of net neutrality or similar regulation, certain providers of Internet access may block our services or charge their customers more for using our services, or government regulations relating to the Internet could change, which could materially adversely affect our revenue and growth.
Our interactive and home automation services are primarily accessed through the Internet and our security monitoring services, including those utilizing video streaming, are increasingly delivered using Internet technologies. Users who access our services through mobile devices, such as smart phones, laptops, and tablet computers must have a high-speed Internet connection, such as broadband, 4G/LTE, or 5G, to use our services. Currently, this access is provided by telecommunications companies and Internet access service providers that have significant and increasing market power in the broadband and Internet access marketplace. In the absence of government regulation, these providers could take measures that affect their customers’ ability to use our products and services, such as degrading the quality of the data packets we transmit over their lines, giving our packets low priority, giving other packets higher priority than ours, blocking our packets entirely, or attempting to charge their customers more for using our products and services. To the extent that Internet service providers implement usage-based pricing, including meaningful bandwidth caps, or otherwise try to monetize access to their networks, we could incur greater operating expenses and customer acquisition and retention could be negatively impacted, which could have a material adverse


34


effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. Furthermore, to the extent network operators were to create tiers of Internet access service and either charge us for or prohibit our services from being available to our customers through these tiers, our business could be negatively impacted. Some of these providers also offer products and services that directly compete with our own offerings, which could potentially give them a competitive advantage. In addition, the FCC recently rolled back net neutrality protections in the U.S. as described below and most other countries have not adopted formal net neutrality or open Internet rules.
In December 2017, the FCC re-classified broadband Internet access service as an unregulated information service and repealed the specific rules against blocking, throttling, or “paid prioritization” of content or services. It retained a rule requiring Internet service providers to disclose their practices to consumers, entrepreneurs and the FCC. This elimination of net neutrality rules and any further changes to the rules could affect the market for broadband Internet access service in a way that impacts our business and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Given the nature of our business, we are exposed to greater risks of liability for employee acts or omissions or system failures than may be inherent in other businesses.
If a customer or third-party believes that it has suffered harm to person or property due to an actual or alleged act or omission of one of our authorized dealers, independent contractors, employees or other agents, or due to a security or interactive system failure, they (or their insurers) may pursue legal action against us, and the cost of defending the legal action and of any judgment against us could be substantial. In particular, because our products and services are intended to help protect lives and real and personal property, we may have greater exposure to litigation risks than businesses that provide other commercial, consumer, and small business products and services. In the event of litigation with respect to such matters, it is possible that the risk-mitigation provisions in our standard customer contracts may be deemed not applicable or unenforceable and, regardless of the ultimate outcome, we may incur significant costs of defense that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows, and there can be no assurance that any such defense efforts will be successful.
We may be subject to liability for obligations of The Brink’s Company under the Coal Act or other coal-related liabilities of The Brink’s Company.
On May 14, 2010, The ADT Corporation acquired Broadview Security, a business formerly owned by The Brink’s Company. Under the Coal Industry Retiree Health Benefit Act of 1992, as amended (“Coal Act”), The Brink’s Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries as of July 20, 1992 (including certain legal entities acquired in the Broadview Security acquisition) are jointly and severally liable with certain of The Brink’s Company’s other current and former subsidiaries for health care coverage obligations provided for by the Coal Act. A Voluntary Employees’ Beneficiary Association (“VEBA”) trust has been established by The Brink’s Company to pay for these liabilities, although the trust may have insufficient funds to satisfy all future obligations. We cannot rule out the possibility that certain legal entities acquired in the Broadview Security acquisition may also be liable for other liabilities in connection with The Brink’s Company’s former coal operations. At the time of the separation of Broadview Security from The Brink’s Company in 2008, Broadview Security entered into an agreement pursuant to which The Brink’s Company agreed to indemnify it for any and all liabilities and expenses related to The Brink’s Company’s former coal operations, including any health care coverage obligations. The Brink’s Company has agreed that this indemnification survives The ADT Corporation’s acquisition of Broadview Security. We in turn agreed to indemnify Tyco for such liabilities in our separation from it. If The Brink’s Company and the VEBA are unable to satisfy all such obligations, we could be held liable, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Our business would be adversely affected if certain of our independent contractors were classified as employees.
We rely on third-party independent contractors in addition to our existing workforce to perform certain tasks including installation and service of our customer alarm systems. From time to time, we are involved in lawsuits and claims that assert that certain independent contractors should be treated as our employees. The state of the law regarding independent contractor status varies from state to state and is subject to change based on court decisions, legislation, and regulation. If any of our independent contractors or our subcontractors were classified as employees, such individuals could become entitled to the reimbursement of certain expenses and to the benefit of wage-and-hour laws, result in ADT being liable for employment and withholding tax and benefits for such individuals, and result in ADT being liable to such individuals for violations of other laws protecting employees. Any such determination could result in a material reduction of the number of subcontractors we can use for our business or significantly increase our costs to serve our customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.


35


Existing or new tariffs and other trade restrictions imposed on imports from China or other countries where much of our end-user equipment is manufactured, or any counter-measures taken in response, may harm our business and results of operations.
New tariffs imposed on imports from China, where certain components included in our end-user equipment are manufactured, and any counter-measures taken in response to such new tariffs, may harm our business and results of operations. In 2018 and 2019, the U.S. federal government imposed tariffs on certain alarm equipment components manufactured in China, and on other categories of electronic equipment manufactured in China that we install in our customers’ premises, such as batteries and thermostats, as well as imported solar energy equipment. Certain of these tariffs are as high as 25% and such tariffs have increased our costs for such equipment as a result of some or all of such new tariffs being passed on to us by the sellers of such equipment. If any or all of the costs of these tariffs continue to be passed on to us by the sellers of our end-user equipment, we may be required to raise our prices, which could result in the loss of customers and harm our business and results of operations. Alternatively, we may seek to find new sources of end-user products, which may result in higher costs and disruption to our business. In addition, the U.S. federal government’s 2018 National Defense Authorization Act imposed a ban on the use of certain surveillance, telecommunications, and other equipment manufactured by certain of our suppliers based in China, to help protect critical infrastructure and other sites deemed to be sensitive for national security purposes in the U.S. This federal government ban implemented in August 2019, and the ban on use of certain covered equipment by federal contractors implemented in August 2020, has required us to find new sources of end-user products, which may result in higher costs and disruption to our business. It is also possible additional tariffs will be imposed on imports of equipment that we install in end-user premises, or that our business will be impacted by retaliatory trade measures taken by China or other countries, causing us to raise our prices or make changes to our business, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
In addition, in November 2021, President Biden signed the Secure Equipment Law into effect, which will require the FCC to adopt rules stating that they will no longer review or give licenses to the equipment that makes use of radio frequencies manufactured by companies believed to pose a national security threat, including Huawei, ZTE, Dahua, and Hikvision. This could impact ADT’s ability to source products compatible with a customer’s existing system, or make repairs if new, compatible equipment cannot be sourced. We are also subject to supply chain disruptions should we learn that any one of our suppliers is in violation of legislation such as the Uyghur Forced Labor Prevention Act signed into law in December 2021, which bans the import of goods based on their method of production, such as through the use of forced labor, or otherwise. Any inability to source product, product parts, or other components required by our business in a timely and cost effective manner could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Risks Related to Macroeconomic and Related Factors
General economic conditions can affect our business, and we are susceptible to changes in the business economy, in the housing market, and in business and consumer discretionary income, which may inhibit our ability to grow our customer base and impact our results of operations.
Demand for our products and services is affected by the general economy, the business environment, and the turnover in the housing market, among other things. Downturns in the general economy, the business environment, and the housing market would reduce opportunities to make sales of our products and services. Downturns in the rate of the sale of new and existing homes, which we believe drives a substantial portion of our new customer volume in any given year, and downturns in the rate of commercial property development, which drives demand for our commercial offerings, would reduce opportunities to make sales of new security, fire, and home automation, and solar systems and services and reduce opportunities to take over existing security,


32


fire, and home automation systems. Recoveries in the housing market increase the occurrence of relocations, which may lead to customers disconnecting service and not contracting with us in their new homes.
The demand for our products and services is also dependent, in part, on national, regional, and local economic conditions, as well as our customers’ level of discretionary income. When our customers’ disposable income available for discretionary spending is reduced (such as by higher housing, energy, interest, operating or other costs, or where the actual or perceived wealth of customers has decreased as a result of circumstances such as lower real estate values, increased foreclosure rates, inflation, increased tax rates, or other economic disruptions), we could experience increased attrition rates and reduced customer demand. Where levels of business activity decline, the commercial fire and security business could experience increased attrition rates and reduced demand. No assurance can be given that we will be able to continue acquiring quality customers or that we will not experience higher attrition rates. Our long-term revenue growth rate primarily depends on installations and new contracts exceeding disconnects. If customer disconnects and defaults increase, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.


36


Rising interest rates or increased consumer lender fees could adversely impact our sales, profitability, and our financing costs
Our solar sales business model relies on customers financing the purchase price of their system through third-party lenders. Those lenders charge us fees on the principal balance of those loans. Rising interest rates may increase the lenders’ cost of capital and those increased costs will result in an increase in the fees charged to us. Any increase in those fees will have an adverse impact on our ability to offer attractive pricing on our solar offerings to customers, which could negatively impact sales and profitability of our solar energy offerings.
We are subject to credit risk and other risks associated with our subscriberscustomers and dealers.
A substantial part of our revenue is derived from the recurring monthly revenue due from subscriberscustomers under alarm monitoring contracts. Therefore, we are dependent on theour customers’ ability and willingness of subscribers to pay amounts due under the alarm monitoring contracts on a monthly basis in a timely manner. Although subscriberscustomers are contractually obligated to pay amounts due under an alarm monitoring contract and are generally contractually obligated to pay early cancellation fees if they prematurely cancel the alarm monitoring contract during theits initial term of the alarm monitoring contract (typically between two and five years), subscribers’customers’ payment obligations are unsecured, which could impair our ability to collect any unpaid amounts from our subscribers.customers. To the extent customer payment defaults by subscribers under the alarm monitoring contracts are greater than anticipated, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
We have introduced and will continue to explore different commercial terms for our products and services, such as increasing or otherwise changing the amount of up-front payments, providing different financing options, such as retail installment contracts for the amount of up-front payments associated with our transactions, or offering longer or shorter contract term options. These options could increase the credit risks associated with our subscribers,customers, and the introduction of, or transition to, different options could result in quarterly revenue and expense fluctuations that are significantly greater than our historic patterns. While we intend to manage such credit risk by evaluating the credit quality of customers eligible for our financing options and non-standard term lengths, our efforts to mitigate risk may not be sufficient to prevent an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Some of these customer financing options may be supported by financing arrangements with third parties. During March 2020, we entered into anparties, including uncommitted receivables securitization financing agreement (the “Receivables Facility”). Under the terms of the Receivables Facility, we may receive up to $200 million of financing secured by retail installment contract receivables. Third-party financing arrangements such as the Receivables Facilityagreements, which may impose or result in limitations on the products and services we offer customers that are financed under such arrangements,arrangements. These limitations may adversely affect our relationships with customers, and may subject us to risk with respect to our ability to generate current levels of cash flow should, for example, the Receivables Facilitysuch arrangements be terminated, any of which in turnterminated. Either result could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Offering more commercial term and financing options, and transitions between such options, may introduce operational complexity, require the devotion of resources that could otherwise be deployed elsewhere, and may increase market valuation risks due to differences in the financial treatment of different offerings. Such increased offerings or transitions between different offerings or equipment ownership models could also result in customer confusion or dissatisfaction, limit or remove our ability to offer “free device” promotions or other customer satisfaction programs, and may provide competitors with the opportunity to target our existing and potential clients by offering such “free device” or other promotions that we may be unable to offer under our own programs. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Under the standard alarm monitoring contract acquisition agreements that we enter into with our dealers, if a subscribercustomer terminates his or her service with us during the first thirteen months after we have acquired the alarm monitoring contract, the dealer is typically required to substitute with a compatible alarm monitoring contract or compensate us in an amount based on the original acquisition cost of the terminating alarm monitoring contract. We are subject to the risk that dealers will breach these obligations. Although we generally withhold specified amounts from the acquisition cost paid to dealers for alarm monitoring contracts (“holdback”), which may be used to satisfy or offset these and other applicable dealer obligations under the alarm monitoring contract acquisition agreements, there can be no guarantee that these amounts will be sufficient to satisfy or offset the full extent of the default by a dealer of its obligations under its agreement. If the holdback proves insufficient to cover dealer obligations, we are also subject to the credit risk that the dealers may not have sufficient funds to compensate us or


33


that any such dealer will otherwise breach its obligation to compensate us for a terminating alarm monitoring contract. To the extent defaults by dealers of the obligations under their agreements are greater than anticipated, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.


37


Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets represent a significant portion of our total assets, and we may never realize the full value of our intangible assets.
As of December 31, 2020,2021, we had approximately $11 billiona carrying value of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets.assets of approximately $11.4 billion. We review suchgoodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually. We review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be fully recoverable. Impairment may result from, among other things, deterioration in performance; adverse market conditions; adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, including changes that restrict the activities of or affect the products and services we offer; challenges to the validity of certain registered intellectual property; reduced sales of certain products or services incorporating registered intellectual property; increased attrition; and a variety of other factors. Depending on future circumstances, it is possible that we may never realize the full value of our intangible assets. Any future determination of impairment of goodwill or other identifiable intangible assets could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We have significant deferred tax assets, and any impairments of or valuation allowances against these deferred tax assets in the future could materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.
We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and(and in Canada up to the time of sale of ADT Canada and for back years as per the sale agreement with respect to the sale of ADT Canada,Canada), and in various state, territorial, provincial, and local jurisdictions. The amount of income taxes we pay is subject to our interpretation and application of tax laws in jurisdictions in which we file. Changes in current or future laws or regulations, the imposition of new or changed tax laws or regulations, or new related interpretations by taxing authorities in the jurisdictions in which we file could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Our future consolidated federal and state income tax liability may be significantly reduced by tax credits and tax net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards available to us under the applicable tax codes. Certain of the entities we have acquired had material NOL carryforwards prior to our acquisition. Our ability to fully utilize these deferred tax assets, however, may be limited for various reasons, including whether projected future taxable income becomes insufficient to recognize the full benefit of our NOL carryforwards prior to their expirations. If a corporation experiences an “ownership change,” Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) provide annual limitations with respect to the ability of a corporation to utilize its NOL (as well as certain built-in losses) and tax credit carryforwards against future U.S. taxable income. In general, an ownership change may result from transactions increasing the ownership of certain stockholders in the stock of the corporation by more than 50 percentage points over a three-year testing period.
The Formation Transactions and the ADT Acquisition resulted in an ownership change of each of the entities involved. OurBecause our ability to fully utilize the NOL carryforwards of thoseour entities is subject to the limitations under Section 382 of the IRC. ItIRC, it is also possible that future changes in the direct or indirect ownership in our equity might result in additional ownership changes that may trigger the imposition of additional limitations under Section 382 of the IRC with respect to these tax attributes.
In addition, audits by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) as well as state, territorial, provincial, and local tax authorities could reduce our tax attributes and/or subject us to tax liabilities if tax authorities make adverse determinations with respect to our NOL or tax credits carryforwards. Any future disallowance of some or all of our tax credits or NOL carryforwards as a result of legislative change could materially adversely affect our tax obligations. Any increase in taxation or limitation of benefits could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
In connection with the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (“Tax Reform”), a new limitation under IRC Section 163(j) was imposed on the amount of interest expense allowed as a deduction in our tax returns each year. The amounts disallowed each year can be carried forward indefinitely and used in subsequent years if an excess limitation exists. We have begun to accumulate a significant deferred tax asset related to this disallowed interest carryforward. However, there is a risk that we will not recognize the benefit of this deferred tax asset in the foreseeable future due to our annual interest expense exceeding the imposed limitation. We may need to record a valuation allowance against this deferred tax asset in the future as the deferred tax asset grows, which may have a material adverse effectseffect on our future financial condition and results of operations. We expect to have NOLs available for another three to five years, after which there is a risk that the interest disallowance willmay have ana material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.


3438


Risks Related to Our Indebtedness
Our substantial indebtedness which we can significantly increase,limits our financial and operational flexibility and could materially adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund ourbusiness, financial condition, results of operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, and prevent us from making debt service payments.cash flows.
As of December 31, 2020,2021, we had $9.7$9.8 billion face value of outstanding indebtedness, excluding finance leases.leases, and we may increase our debt level at any time. Such substantial indebtedness negatively impacts our business because:
During the year ended December 31, 2020,a significant portion of our cash flow used for debt service, excluding finance leases and including interest rate swap contracts, totaled $575 million, which included scheduled quarterly principal payments on our debt of $23 million, payments on our Receivables Facility of $7 million, interest payments on our debt of $507 million, and $38 million related to payments on interest rate swap contracts that included an other-than-insignificant financing element at inception.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, our cash flows from operating activities totaled $1.4 billion, which included interest paid on our debt of $507 million. As such, our cash flows from operating activities before giving effect to the payment of interest amounted to $1.9 billion. Cash paymentsis used to service our debt, represented approximately 31%and therefore impedes our ability to grow the business or fuel innovation;
restrictive covenants under our debt arrangements could prevent us from borrowing additional funds for working capital, capital expenditures, and debt service requirements, which could result in a default, an inability to fund our strategic initiatives, an inability to declare and pay dividends, or otherwise preclude us from undertaking actions that are in the best interests of our net cash flows from operating activities before giving effectCompany and our stockholders;
we may be required to make non-strategic divestitures to fund our debt servicing needs;
an increase in interest rates could significantly increase the paymentcost of interest.
our variable rate debt and make any refinancing of our current fixed rate debt significantly more costly. In addition, our cash flows included net repayments on our long-term borrowings of $387 million, payments on our finance leases of $28 million (excluding $3 million of interest payments on our finance leases), and payments onwe have interest rate swap contracts that included an other-than-insignificant financing element at inceptionto hedge our interest rate exposure which may not be effective. Our variable rate debt and our interest rate swap contracts are based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). With the phase out of $38 million, partially offset by net proceeds under the Receivables Facility of $76 million,
Our substantial indebtednessLIBOR and the restrictive covenants undertransition to an alternative successor reference rate such as the agreements governing such indebtedness could:Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), we may experience a negative impact on our cost of financing;
any refinancing could be on terms or with conditions that limit our ability to borrow money for our working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, strategic initiatives, or other purposes;
make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, and any failure to comply with the obligations of any of our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants and borrowing conditions, could result in an event of default under the agreements governing our indebtedness;
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to the repayment of our indebtedness, thereby reducing funds available to us for other purposes;
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our operations or business;
make us more highly leveraged than some of our competitors, which may place us at a competitive disadvantage;
make us more vulnerable to downturns in oursuccessfully conduct business or the economy;
restrict us from making strategic acquisitions, engaging in development activities, introducing new technologies, or exploiting business opportunities;
cause us to make non-strategic divestitures;
limit, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our indebtedness, among other things, our ability to borrow additional funds or dispose of assets;
expose us to the risk of increased interest rates, as certain of our borrowings are at variable rates of interest; or
expose us to risk of refinancing periodically at increased interest rates for both fixed rates and variable rate borrowings.
We and our subsidiaries also may be able to incur substantially more indebtedness in the future. Although the terms of the agreements governing our indebtedness contain certain restrictions on our and our subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. These restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness. Additionally, the covenants under any future debt instruments could allow us to incur a significant amount of additional indebtedness. The more leveraged we become, the more we, and in turn our security holders, will be exposed to certain risks described above.
In addition, the agreements governing our indebtedness contain restrictive covenants that may limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interest. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of substantially all of our indebtedness.


35


We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and to fund our working capital and capital expenditures, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness that may not be successful.
Our ability to satisfy our debt obligations (including any payments of principal upon the maturity of such obligations) depends upon, among other things:
our future financial and operating performance (including the realization of any cost savings described herein), which will be affected by prevailing economic, industry, and competitive conditions and financial, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control;
our future ability to refinance or restructure our existing debt obligations, which depends on, among other things, the condition of the capital markets, our financial condition, and the terms of existing or future debt agreements;future; and
any inability to service or refinance our future abilitydebt or acceleration of debt due could result in default which could result in all of our outstanding debt becoming due and payable, an inability to borrow underaccess our revolving credit facility, the availability of which depends on, among other things,foreclosure against our complying with the covenants in the credit agreement governing such facility.assets, and bankruptcy or liquidation.
We can provide no assurance that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service or repay our debt, or that we will be ablehave the ability to issue new debt, draw underon our revolving credit facility or otherwise, in an amount sufficientfund other alternative sources of funds to fundsatisfy our liquidity needs.
If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to service our indebtedness, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital, or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. In addition, the terms of existing or future debt agreements may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions for fair market value or at all. Furthermore, any proceeds that we could realize from any such dispositions may not be adequate to meet our debt service obligations then due. Our shareholders, including our Sponsor and its affiliates, and Google, have no continuing obligation to provide us with debt or equity financing. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all, could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations, and cash flows and could negatively impact our ability to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness.
If we cannot make scheduled payments on our indebtedness, we will be in default and lenders of our indebtedness could (a) declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable, (b) terminate commitments to loan money under our revolving credit facility, (c) foreclose against the assets securing our indebtedness, and (d) force us into bankruptcy or liquidation.
If our indebtedness is accelerated, we may need to repay or refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness before maturity. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain sufficient funds to enable us to repay or refinance our debt obligations on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility.
Our debt agreements contain, and any future indebtedness of ours would likely contain, a number of covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:
incur additional debt, guarantee indebtedness, or issue certain preferred equity interests;
pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of, or repurchase or redeem, our capital stock, or make other restricted payments;
prepay, redeem, or repurchase certain debt;
make loans or certain investments;
sell certain assets;
create liens on certain assets;
consolidate, merge, sell, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;


36


enter into certain transactions with our affiliates;
alter the businesses we conduct;
enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; and
designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.
As a result of these covenants, we will continue to be limited in the manner in which we conduct our business, and we may be unable to engage in favorable business activities or finance future operations or capital needs.


39


We have pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral under our debt agreements. If any of the holders of our indebtedness accelerate the repayment of such indebtedness upon an event of default, there can be no assurance that we will have sufficient assets to repay our indebtedness.
A failure to comply with the covenants under our debt agreements or any future indebtedness could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In the event of any such default, the lenders thereunder:
will not be required to lend any additional amounts to us;
could elect to declare all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable; or
could require us to apply all of our available cash to repay these borrowings.
Such actions by the lenders could cause cross-defaults under our other indebtedness. If we are unable to repay those amounts, our secured lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness.
If any of our outstanding indebtedness were to be accelerated, there can be no assurance that our assets would be sufficient to repay such indebtedness in full.
Our variable-rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly.
Certain of our borrowings are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on certain of our variable-rate indebtedness will increase even though the amount borrowed remains the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease. In addition, in July 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority announced that it intends to no longer compel or persuade participating banks to submit London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) quotations and would phase out LIBOR as a benchmark by the end of 2021. More recently, in November 2020, the ICE Benchmark Administration (“IBA”) announced a consultation on the extension of most tenors of USD LIBOR until June 30, 2023. The proposed extension would not apply to the rate’s other denominations - euro, sterling, Swiss franc and Japanese yen. The final announcement regarding the dates for cessation of all USD LIBOR tenors is not expected until early 2021, when IBA’s consultation period ends. However, U.S. banking regulators have made clear that USD LIBOR originations should end by no later than December 30, 2021, and that new LIBOR originations prior to that date must provide for an alternative reference rate or a hardwired fallback. In accordance with recommendations from the Alternative Reference Rates Committee (“ARRC”), USD LIBOR is expected to be replaced with the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), a new index calculated on a daily basis by reference to short-term repurchase agreements for U.S. Treasury securities. Although there have been a few issuances utilizing SOFR or the Sterling Over Night Index Average, an alternative reference rate that is based on transactions, it is unknown whether SOFR or any of the other alternative reference rates will attain market acceptance as replacements for LIBOR. The International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. recently announced fallback language for LIBOR-referencing derivatives contracts that provides for SOFR as the primary replacement rate in the event of a LIBOR cessation. There is currently no definitive successor reference rate to LIBOR and various industry organizations are still working to develop workable transition mechanisms. Such changes, reforms or replacements relating to LIBOR could have an adverse impact on the market for or value of any LIBOR-linked securities,


37


loans, derivatives or other financial instruments or extensions of credit held by us. As such, LIBOR-related changes could affect our overall results of operations and financial condition.
We have interest rate swap contracts to hedge our interest rate exposure on our variable-rate debt. However, certain of our variable-rate debt instruments are subject to a 1.00% floor on interest payments while our interest rate swap contracts do not include a floor. If current LIBOR increases above 1.00%, the increase in our debt service obligations on most of our variable-rate indebtedness will be neutralized as we have entered into interest rate swaps that hedge any increase in current LIBOR above 1.00%. If current LIBOR is below 1.00%, even though the amount borrowed remains the same, our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will decrease by the impact of the difference between 1.00% and current LIBOR because certain of our variable-rate debt has an interest floor of 1.00% while the corresponding interest rate swap contracts do not have a LIBOR floor. Additionally, we may not maintain interest rate swaps with respect to all of our variable-rate indebtedness, and any such swaps may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk, may prove disadvantageous, or may create additional risks. As of December 31, 2020, any 0.125% decrease in LIBOR below 1.0% would result in an increase of approximately $4 million in annualized interest expense on our variable-rate debt, including the impact of our interest rate swaps. In January 2021, we amended our variable-rate debt and reduced the floor from 1.00% to 0.75%.
Until a successor rate is more firmly determined, we cannot implement the transition away from LIBOR for our variable-rate indebtedness and interest rate swaps. As such, we are unable to predict the effect of any changes to LIBOR, the establishment and success of any alternative reference rates, or any other reforms to LIBOR or any replacement of LIBOR that may be enacted in the United States or elsewhere.
Risks Related to the Ownership of Our Common Stock
Our stock price may fluctuate significantly.
The market price of our common stock could vary significantly as a result of a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control. In the event of a drop in the market price of our common stock, you could lose a substantial part or all of your investment in our common stock. Among others, the following factors could affect our stock price:
our business performance and prospects, including the success of our partnership with Google and our acquisition of Sunpro Solar;
sales of our common stock, or the perception that such sales may occur, by us or by our stockholders, including our controlling stockholder orApollo, which has already and may continue to sell shares in registered offerings pursuant to demand registrations requests, Google, or any of the perception that such sales may occur;
our operating and financial performance and prospects, including the successrecipients of our partnership with Google;common stock upon our acquisitions of Defenders and Sunpro Solar;
quarterly variations in the raterates of growth (if any) of our operating and financial indicators, such as net income per share, net income and revenues;
the public reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;
strategic actions by our competitors;
changes in operating performance and the stock market valuations of other companies;
announcements related to litigation;
ourany failure to meet revenueachieve near or earnings estimates made by research analysts or other investors;
changes in revenue or earnings estimates, or changes in recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage, by equity research analysts;
speculation in the press or investment community;
changes in accounting principles, policies, guidance, interpretations, or standards;
additions or departures of key management personnel;
actions bylong term goals we have publicly disclosed for our stockholders;
general market conditions;
domesticoperating and international economic, legal, and regulatory factors unrelated to ourfinancial performance;
material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting; and
the realization of any risks described under this “Risk Factors” section, or other risks that may materialize in the future.


38


The stock markets in general have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in very substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources, and harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the perception in the public market that such sales may occur, could reduce our stock price.
The number of outstanding shares of common stock includes shares beneficially owned by Apollo and certain of our employees that are “restricted securities,” as defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”) (“Rule 144”), and eligible for sale in the public market subject to the requirements of Rule 144. All of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock beneficially owned by Apollo and certain of our employees prior to the IPO are now eligible for sale, subject to the applicable volume, manner of sale, holding periods, and other limitations of Rule 144. In addition, each of Apollo, Google and certain other equity holders has certain rights to require us to register the sale of common stock they hold, including in connection with underwritten offerings. For example, in September 2020, Apollo and certain employees and other stockholders sold shares in a registered offering pursuant to a demand registration request from Apollo. Sales of significant amounts of stock in the public market or the perception that such sales may occur could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock or make it more difficult for stockholders to sell their shares of common stock at a time and price that they deem appropriate.
We continue to be controlled by Apollo, and Apollo’s interests may conflict with our interests and the interests of other stockholders.
Apollo has the power to elect a majority of our directors. Therefore, individuals affiliated with Apollo will have effective control over the outcome of votes on all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including entering into significant corporate transactions such as mergers, tender offers, and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets and issuance of additional debt or equity. The interests of Apollo and its affiliates, including funds affiliated with Apollo, could conflict with or differ from our interests or the interests of our other stockholders. For example, the concentration of ownership held by funds affiliated with Apollo could delay, defer, or prevent a change in control of our company or impede a merger, takeover, or other business combination which may otherwise be favorable for us. Additionally, Apollo and its affiliates are in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire and hold interests in or provide advice to businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us, or are suppliers or customers of ours. Apollo and its affiliates may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. Any such investment may increase the potential for the conflicts of interest discussed in this risk factor. So long as funds affiliated with Apollo continue to directly or indirectly own a significant amount of our equity, even if such amount is


40


less than 50%, Apollo and its affiliates will continue to be able to substantially influence or effectively control our ability to enter into corporate transactions. In addition, we have an executive committee that serves at the discretionas long as Apollo beneficially owns a majority of our boardcommon stock, Apollo will control all matters requiring stockholder approval including the election of directors or amendments to any certificate of incorporation which would impede the ability to undertake a change in control and is composed of two Apollo designees andotherwise negatively impact our CEO, who are authorized to exercise all of the powers of our board of directors (subject to certain exceptions) when the board of directors is not in session that the executive committee reasonably determines are appropriate.stock price.
We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, qualify for and intend to continue to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.
Apollo controls a majority of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock, and as a result, we are a controlled company within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another person or group of persons acting together is a controlled company and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:
a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;
the nominating and corporate governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;
the compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and
there be an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.


39


We intend to utilizecontinue utilizing these exemptions as long as we remain a controlled company. Accordingly, stockholders may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.
If we fail to establish and achieve anthe objectives of our ESG program that is consistent with investor, customer, employee, or other stakeholder expectations, investorswe may not view usbe viewed as an attractive investment, service provider, workplace, or business, which could have a negative effect on our stock price.Company.
Investors are placing a greater emphasis on non-financial factors, including ESG, when evaluating investment opportunities. In 2021, we began to formalize our ESG program and released our first publicly-available Sustainable Accounting Standards Board (“SASB”) Index report as we continue to expand this program throughout the Company. If we are unable to provide sufficient disclosure about our ESG practices, or if we fail to establish and achieve anthe objectives of our ESG program, that iswhich could include targets or commitments, consistent with investor, customer, employee, or other stakeholder expectations, investorswe may not view usbe viewed as an attractive investment, service provider, workplace, or business, which could have a negativematerial adverse effect on our stock price. In addition, any failure to achieve metrics which we publicly disclose could materially adversely impact our stock price.business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Our organizational documents may impede or discourage a takeover, which could deprive our investors of the opportunity to receive a premium on their shares.
Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may make it more difficult for, or prevent a third-party from, acquiring control of us without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions include:
providing that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with each class of directors serving staggered three-year terms;
providing for the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, if less than 50.1% of our outstanding common stock is beneficially owned by funds affiliated with Apollo;
empowering only the board to fill any vacancy on our board of directors (other than in respect of a director designated by the Sponsor)Apollo), whether such vacancy occurs as a result of an increase in the number of directors or otherwise;
authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock with all terms established by the board of directors in its sole discretion without any need for action by stockholders;stockholders, which could delay or prevent a change in control of the company;
prohibiting stockholders from acting by written consent if less than 50.1% of our outstanding common stock is beneficially owned by funds affiliated with Apollo;
to the extent permitted by law, prohibiting stockholders from calling a special meeting of stockholders if less than 50.1% of our outstanding common stock is beneficially owned by funds affiliated with Apollo; and
establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings.


41


Additionally, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. An interested stockholder includes a person, individually or together with any other interested stockholder, who within the last three years has owned 15% of our voting stock. However, ourOur amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision that restricts us from engaging in any business combination with an interested stockholder for three years following the date that person becomes an interested stockholder. Such restrictions shalldo not apply to any business combination between our SponsorApollo and any affiliate thereof or their direct and indirect transferees, on the one hand, and us, on the other.
Our issuance of shares of preferred stock could delay or prevent a change in control of the Company. Our board of directors has the authority to cause us to issue, without any further vote or action by the stockholders, shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, in one or more series, to designate the number of shares constituting any series, and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption, redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of such series. The issuance of shares of our preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control without further action by the stockholders, even where stockholders are offered a premium for their shares.
In addition, as long as funds affiliated with or managed by our Sponsor beneficially own a majority of our outstanding common stock, our Sponsor will be able to control all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendment of our certificate of incorporation, and certain corporate transactions. Together, these charter, bylaw and statutory provisions could make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve


40


payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our common stock. Furthermore, the existence of the foregoing provisions, as well as the significant common stock beneficially owned by funds affiliated with our Sponsor and its right to nominate a specified number of directors in certain circumstances, could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquisitions of the Company, thereby reducing the likelihood that holders of our common stock could receive a premium for their common stock in an acquisition.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for exclusive forum provisions which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware is,shall be, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, or stockholders; (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; or (d) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors or officers governed by the internal affairs doctrine. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. The exclusive forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not apply to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. To the extent that any such claims may be based upon federal law claims, Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to have consented to the provisions described in this paragraph. However, the enforceability of similar forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions unenforceable. Although we believe exclusive forum provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of applicable law, our exclusive forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Further, in the event a court finds the exclusive forum provision contained in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be unenforceable or inapplicable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains a provision renouncing our interest and expectancy in certain corporate opportunities.
In connection with the ADT Acquisition, fundsFunds affiliated with or managed by Apollo and certain other investors in our indirect parent entities (“Co-Investors”) received certain rights, including the right to designate one person to serve as a director (such director, the “Co-Investor Designee”) as long as such Co-Investor’s ownership exceeds a specified threshold. As of the date of this Annual Report, one Co-Investor has the right to designate a Co-Investor Designee. Under theour Stockholders Agreement with Prime Security Services TopCo Parent L.P., dated January 23, 2018, as amended, Ultimate Parent has the right, but not the obligation, to nominate the Co-Investor Designee to serve as membersa member of our board of directors. Ultimate Parent’s right to nominate the Co-Investor Designee is in addition to Ultimate Parent’s right to nominate a specified percentage of the directors (“Apollo Designees”) based on the percentage of our outstanding common stock beneficially owned by the Sponsor.Apollo.
Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, none of Apollo, the one Co-Investor that maintains a right to appoint a director, or any of their respective portfolio companies, funds, or other affiliates, or any of their officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, or partners have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities, similar business activities, or lines of business in which we operate. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no officer or director of ours who is also an officer, director, employee, managing director, or other affiliate of Apollo or the Co-Investor will be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that any such individual directs a corporate opportunity to Apollo or the Co-Investor, as applicable, instead of us, or does not communicate information regarding a corporate opportunity to us that the officer, director, employee, managing director, or other affiliate has directed to Apollo or the Co-Investor, as applicable. For instance, a director of our company who also serves as a director, officer, or employee of Apollo, the Co-Investor, or any of their respective portfolio companies, funds, or other affiliates may pursue certain acquisitions or other opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, such acquisition or other opportunities may not be available to us. As of the date of this Annual Report, this provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation relates only to the Apollo Designees and the Co-Investor Designee. There are currently eleventwelve directors of our Company, six of whom are Apollo Designees and one of whom is a Co-Investor Designee. These potential conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect


41


on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, or prospects if attractive corporate opportunities are allocated by Apollo or the Co-Investor to itself or their respective portfolio companies, funds, or other affiliates instead of to us.
We are a holding company and rely on dividends, distributions, and other payments, advances, and transfers of funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations.
We are a holding company that does not conduct any business operations of our own. As a result, we are largely dependent upon cash dividends and distributions and other transfers, including for payments in respect of our indebtedness, from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations. The agreements governing the indebtedness of our subsidiaries impose restrictions on our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends or other distributions to us. Each of our subsidiaries is a distinct legal entity, and under certain circumstances legal and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from them and we may be limited in our ability to cause any future joint ventures to distribute their earnings to us. The deterioration of the earnings from, or other available assets of, our subsidiaries for any reason could also limit or impair their ability to pay dividends or other distributions to us.
Your investment in our common stock may be diluted by the future issuance of additional common stock or convertible securities in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise, which could adversely affect our stock price.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue shares of common stock and options, rights, warrants, and appreciation rights relating to common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion, whether in connection with acquisitions or otherwise. Any common stock that we issue, including under our equity incentive plan or other equity incentive plans that we may adopt in the future, as well as under outstanding options, restricted stock units, or other equity awards would dilute the percentage ownership held by holders of our common stock. From time to time in the future, we may also issue additional shares of our common stock or securities convertible into common stock pursuant to a variety of transactions, including acquisitions. Our issuance of additional shares of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock would dilute the percentage ownership of the Company held by holders of our common stock and the sale of a significant amount of such shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock.
We may issue preferred securities, the terms of which could adversely affect the voting power or value of our common stock.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue, without the approval of our stockholders, one or more classes or series of preferred securities having such designations, preferences, limitations, and relative rights, including preferences over our common stock respecting dividends and distributions, as our board of directors may determine. The terms of one or more classes or series of preferred securities could adversely impact the voting power or value of our common stock.


42


For example, we might grant holders of preferred securities the right to elect some number of our directors in all events or on the happening of specified events or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences we might assign to holders of preferred securities could affect the residual value of the common stock.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.
As of December 31, 2020,2021, we operated through a network of over 300 sales and service offices and three regional distribution centers, as well as 18 multi-use sales and customer and field support locations that house our nine U.L-listed monitoring centers and four national sales centers.
The majority of the properties described above are leased. We leaseleased approximately 33.6 million square feet of space in the U.S., including approximately 140 thousand square feet of office space for our corporate headquarters located in Boca Raton, Florida. We lease these propertiesFlorida, primarily under long-term operating leases with third parties. We also own approximately 500 thousand square feet of space in the U.S.
Our properties primarily include our field locations and support centers. We continue to assess the impactshave a network of the COVID-19 Pandemic onover 250 sales and service offices and three regional distribution centers, which are supported by 17 multi-use sales, customer, and field support locations housing our nine UL-listed monitoring centers and four national sales centers. While select locations may primarily support one segment or market, such as our NAOC which supports our Commercial business, these multi-use locations primarily support our business as a whole.
We evaluate the suitability, adequacy, productive capacity, and utilization of our existing principal physical properties.properties, including the evaluation of any impact from the COVID-19 Pandemic. During 2020, we implemented a temporary work from home strategy as a result of the COVID-19 Pandemic.Pandemic, and a portion of our employees continue to work from home under our temporary arrangement. The success of this initiative may provideallow us with an opportunity to transition some of our workforce to a more permanent work from home environment, including a portion of our monitoring and customer servicecall center employees, in our call centers, which may result in changes to our physical property needs. AlthoughAs a portionresult, we may be able to reduce our number of fixed physical locations, which we believe will reduce operating expenses while providing a significant benefit for our employeesemployees.
We continue to


42


work from home under our current temporary arrangement, we believe our properties are adequate and suitable for our business as presently conducted and are adequately maintained.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
We are subject to various claims and lawsuits in the ordinary course of business, which include contractual disputes; worker’s compensation; employment matters; product, general, and auto liability claims; claims that we infringed on the intellectual property rights of others; claims related to alleged security system failures; and consumer and employment class actions. We are also subject to regulatory and governmental examinations, information requests and subpoenas, inquiries, investigations, and threatened legal actions and proceedings. In connection with such formal and informal inquiries, we receive numerous requests, subpoenas, and orders for documents, testimony, and information in connection with various aspects of our activities. We record accruals for losses that are probable and reasonably estimable.
Additional information in response to this Item is included in Note 1412 “Commitments and Contingencies” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and is incorporated by reference into Part I of this Annual Report. Our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are filed as part of this Annual Report under “Item 15. Exhibits,Item 15 “Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules” and are set forth beginning on page F-1 immediately following the signature pages of this Annual Report.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.
Not Applicable.


43


PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS, AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
Market Information for our Common Stockand Stockholders of Record
We have two classes of common stock outstanding, Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.
InCommon Stock - Prior to our IPO in January 2018, we completed an IPO of 105,000,000 shares of Common Stock at an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-222233), which was declared effective by the SEC on January 18, 2018. Shares of Common Stock are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “ADT.” Prior to that time, there was no public market for shares of Common Stock. Our Common Stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “ADT.”
As of February 22, 2022, the number of stockholders of record of Common Stock was 121, which does not include the number of stockholders who hold our Common Stock through banks, brokers, and other financial institutions.
Class B Common Stock - In September 2020, we sold and issued 54,744,525 shares of Class B Common Stock at a price of $8.22 per share to Google in a private transaction pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. There is no established public trading market for shares of Class B Common Stock. Shares of Class B Common Stock are convertible on a share-for-share basis into shares of Common Stock at the option of the holder, subject to certain conditions.
Stockholders There is no established public trading market for shares of Record
As of February 16, 2021, the number of stockholders of record of Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, was 71 and one, respectively. This does not includeGoogle is the numberonly stockholder of stockholders who hold our Common Stock through banks, brokers, and other financial institutions.record.
Stock Performance Graph
The information contained in this section shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or incorporated by reference in future filings with the SEC, or otherwise subject to the liabilities under Section 18 of the Exchange Act, except to the extent we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.
The following graph and table provide a comparison of the cumulative total stockholder return on our Common Stock from January 19, 2018 (first day of trading following the effective date of our IPO) through December 31, 20202021, to the returns of the Standard & Poor's (“S&P”) 500 Index and the S&P North America Commercial & Professional Services Index, a peer group. The graph and table assume that $100 was invested on January 19, 2018 in each of our Common Stock, the S&P 500 Index, and the S&P North America Commercial & Professional Services Index, and thatassume any dividends were reinvested. The graph is not, and is not intended to be, indicative of future performance of our Common Stock.
Comparison of Cumulative Total Return for ADT Inc.,
the S&P 500 Index, and the S&P North America Commercial & Professional Services Index
adt-20201231_g2.jpg
1/19/20186/30/201812/31/20186/30/201912/31/20196/30/202012/31/2020
ADT Inc.$100.00$70.40$49.35$50.82$72.00$73.42 $72.80
S&P 500 Index$100.00$97.58$90.89$107.74$119.50$115.81 $141.47
S&P North America Commercial & Professional Services Index$100.00$100.73$94.87$123.49$131.83$131.84 $162.69
adt-20211231_g2.jpg


44


Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
DateADT Inc.S&P 500 IndexS&P North America Commercial & Professional Services Index
1/19/2018$100.00$100.00$100.00
6/30/2018$70.40$97.58$100.73
12/31/2018$49.35$90.89$94.87
6/30/2019$50.82$107.74$123.49
12/31/2019$72.00$119.50$131.83
6/30/2020$73.42$115.81$131.84
12/31/2020$72.80$141.47$162.69
6/30/2021$100.79$163.03$181.11
12/31/2021$79.25$182.04$212.05
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2020 with respect to shares of Common Stock issuable under our equity compensation plans. There are no shares of Class B Common Stock issuable under our equity compensation plans. All numbers in the following table are presented after giving effect to the 1.681-for-1 stock split of Common Stock that was effected on January 4, 2018. In addition, the exercise prices of outstanding stock options that were granted prior to December 23, 2019 were reduced by $0.70 in accordance with the provisions of both compensation plans as a result of the payment of a special dividend on December 23, 2019.
Equity Compensation Plans
Plan CategoryNumber of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants, and rights
(a)
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants, and rights
(b)
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders:
2016 Equity Incentive Plan(1)
3,299,036 $6.08 1,504,101 
2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan(2)
52,880,752 $6.01 32,348,162 
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders— — 
Total56,179,788 33,852,263 
_________________
(1)The 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”) provides for the award of stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), restricted stock awards (“RSAs”), and other equity and equity-based awards to our board of directors, officers, and non-officer employees. Amount shown in the column denoted by (a) includes 1,613,608 of shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of service-based stock options and 1,685,428 of shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of performance-based stock options. We do not expect to issue additional share-based compensation awards under the 2016 Plan.
(2)The 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2018 Plan”) provides for the award of stock options, RSUs, RSAs, and other equity and equity-based awards to our board of directors, officers, and non-officer employees. Amount shown in the column denoted by (a) includes 26,969,889 of shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of service-based stock options, 9,119,573 of shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of performance-based stock options, 15,872,971 of shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon the vesting of service-based RSUs, 890,303 of shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon the vesting of performance-based RSUs, and 28,016 of shares of Common Stock that may become freely transferable upon the vesting of service-based RSAs. The weighted-average exercise price in column (b) is inclusive of the outstanding RSUs and RSAs, both of which can result in the issuance of shares for no consideration. Excluding the RSUs and RSAs, the weighted-average exercise price is equal to $8.81.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Equity Securities
As part of the consideration associated with the acquisition of Cell Bounce on November 24, 2020, we issued warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 2 million shares of Common Stock with an exercise price of $7.77 per share and subject to vesting over a three year period upon the achievement of certain mutually agreed milestones. The warrants were issued in a private transaction to individuals and entities previously holding an ownership interest in an entity that we acquired in a private
transaction in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. If the warrants are fully exercised, we will receive aggregate proceeds of approximately $16 million.
There were no other sales of unregistered equity securities during the three months ended December 31, 2020.2021 other than in connection with the Sunpro Solar Acquisition in December 2021 as previously disclosed in our Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 9, 2021 and December 9, 2021.
Use of Proceeds from Registered Equity Securities
We did not receive any proceeds from sales of registered equity securities during the three months ended December 31, 2020.2021.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
On February 27, 2019, we approved a share repurchase program (the “Share Repurchase Program”), which authorized us to repurchase up to $150 millionshares of our shares of Common Stock through February 27, 2021. We announced the(up to a certain amount). The Share Repurchase Program on March 11, 2019. On March 23, 2020, we approved an increase to $75 million, inclusive of the amount then remaining under the Share Repurchase Program,terminated in the authorized repurchase amount and an extension of the Share Repurchase Program throughaccordance with its terms on March 23, 2021.
We may effect these repurchases pursuant to one or more trading plans to be adopted in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 (each, a “10b5-1 plan”) under the Exchange Act, in privately negotiated transactions, in open market transactions, or pursuant to an


45


accelerated share repurchase program. We intend to conduct the Share Repurchase Program in accordance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act. We are not obligated to repurchase any of our shares of Common Stock and the timing and amount of any repurchases will depend on legal requirements, market conditions, stock price, alternative uses of capital, and other factors.
During the three months ended December 31, 2020, there There were no repurchases of any shares of our Common Stock underduring the Share Repurchase Program. As ofthree months ended December 31, 2020, we had approximately $75 million remaining under the Share Repurchase Program.2021.
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
The selected financial data presented in the table below should be read in conjunction with “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the accompanying consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The selected Consolidated Balance Sheet data as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related selected Consolidated Statement of Operations data for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The selected Consolidated Balance Sheet data as of December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, and the related selected Consolidated Statement of Operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this Annual Report.RESERVED.


46



Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands, except per share data)
2020(a)(b)(c)
2019(d)(e)(f)
2018(g)(h)(i)
2017(j)(k)
2016(l)
Statement of operations data:
Total revenue$5,314,787 $5,125,657 $4,581,673 $4,315,502 $2,949,766 
Operating income (loss)$40,640 $196,444 $277,840 $282,439 $(229,315)
Net (loss) income$(632,193)$(424,150)$(609,155)$342,627 $(536,587)
Net (loss) income per share - basic:
Common stock$(0.82)$(0.57)$(0.81)$0.53 $(0.84)
Class B common stock$(0.72)$— $— $— $— 
Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic:
Common stock(m)
760,483 747,238 747,710 641,074 640,725 
Class B common stock15,855 — — — — 
Net (loss) income per share - diluted:
Common stock$(0.82)$(0.57)$(0.81)$0.53 $(0.84)
Class B common stock$(0.74)$— $— $— $— 
Weighted-average shares outstanding - diluted:
Common stock(m)
760,483 747,238 747,710 641,074 640,725 
Class B common stock17,944 — — — — 
Dividends declared per share
Common stock$0.14 $0.84 $0.14 $1.17 $— 
Class B common stock$0.07 $— $— $— $— 
Balance sheet data (at period end):
Cash and cash equivalents$204,998 $48,736 $363,177 $122,899 $75,891 
Total assets$16,116,936 $16,083,652 $17,208,608 $17,014,820 $17,176,481 
Total debt$9,492,544 $9,692,275 $10,002,296 $10,169,186 $9,509,970 
Mandatorily redeemable preferred securities(n)
$— $— $— $682,449 $633,691 
Total liabilities$13,077,600 $12,899,283 $12,983,803 $13,581,708 $13,371,505 
Total stockholders' equity$3,039,336 $3,184,369 $4,224,805 $3,433,112 $3,804,976 
________________
(a)During January 2020, we completed the Defenders Acquisition.
(b)During September 2020, we sold and issued 55 million shares of Class B Common Stock to Google for $450 million.
(c)During 2020, net loss included loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $120 million due to various financing transactions throughout the year.
(d)During 2019, net loss included loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $104 million due to various financing transactions throughout the year.
(e)During 2019, operating income and net loss included a loss on sale of business of $62 million and a goodwill impairment loss of $45 million related to the sale of ADT Canada during November 2019.
(f)During 2019, we paid a special dividend of $0.70 per share to common stockholders.
(g)During January 2018, we completed an IPO in which we received net proceeds of $1.4 billion, after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions, and offering expenses. The proceeds received from the IPO were used to reduce our debt and redeem the mandatorily redeemable preferred securities in full, which resulted in an aggregate loss on extinguishment of debt of $275 million. In addition, we modified certain share-based compensation awards as well as granted one-time awards in connection with the IPO, which represented approximately $116 million of share-based compensation expense during 2018.
(h)During 2018, operating income and net loss included a goodwill impairment loss of $88 million related to the Canada reporting unit.
(i)During December 2018, we completed the Red Hawk Acquisition.
(j)During 2017, net income included a beneficial impact associated with Tax Reform.
(k)During 2017, we paid a special dividend of $750 million to common stockholders.
(l)During May 2016, we completed the ADT Acquisition.
(m)The weighted-average share numbers are presented after giving effect to the 1.681-for-1 stock split of our common stock that was effected during January 2018, and have been adjusted retroactively for prior periods presented.
(n)During May 2016, we issued mandatorily redeemable preferred securities in connection with the ADT Acquisition. During July 2018, we redeemed the mandatorily redeemable preferred securities in full using the proceeds from our IPO and cash on hand.


4745


ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
INTRODUCTION
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual ReportReport. This section is intended to (i) provide material information relevant to the assessment of our results of operations and cash flows from operations and from outside sources; (ii) enhance the understanding of our financial condition, changes in financial condition, and results of operations. The following discussionoperations; and analysis represents year-to-year(iii) discuss material events and uncertainties known to management that are reasonably likely to cause reported financial information not to be necessarily indicative of future performance or of future financial condition.
Included below are year-over-year comparisons between 2021 and 2020, as well as 2020 and 2019, where applicable, reflecting our current segment structure. Refer to Note 1 “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” for details regarding our segment change. For further information on year-over-year comparisons between 2020 and 2019. Discussion and analysis of year-to-year comparisons between 2019 and 2018 are omitted from this Annual Report and are located infor those items not affected by our segment change, refer to Item 7.7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019,2020, which was filed with the SEC on March 10, 2020.February 25, 2021.
The following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements about our business, operations, and financial performance based on current plans and estimates that involveinvolving risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. Actual resultsassumptions, which could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements.actual results. Factors that could cause such differences are discussed in the sections of this Annual Report titled “Item 1A. RiskItem 1A “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statements Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
OVERVIEW AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
We are a leading provider of security, automation,interactive, and smart home solutions serving consumerresidential, small business, and businesscommercial customers in the U.S. We offer many waysU.S, and with the acquisition of Sunpro Solar in December 2021, we are now also a leading provider of residential solar and energy storage solutions. Our mission is to helpempower people to protect and connect customersto what matters most - their families, homes, and businesses - by providing 24/7 professional monitoring services as well as delivering safe, smart, and sustainable lifestyle-driven solutions through professionally installed, DIFM, DIY, and mobile andor other digital-based offerings for residential, small business, and larger commercial customers.
Our baseline security and automation offerings involve the sale, installation, and monitoring of security and premises automation systems designed to detect intrusion; control access; sense movement, smoke, fire, carbon monoxide, flooding, temperature, and other environmental conditions and hazards; and address personal emergencies such as injuries, medical emergencies, or incapacitation. Upon the occurrence of certain initiating events, monitored security systems send event-specific signals to our monitoring centers. Our monitoring center personnel respond to alarms by relaying appropriate information to first responders, such as local police, fire departments, or medical emergency response centers; the customer; or others on the customer’s emergency contact list according to the type of service contract and customer preference. We continue to invest and innovate in our alarm verification technologies as well as partner with industry associations and various first responder agencies to help prioritize response events and enhance response policies. The breadth of our solutions allows us to meet a wide variety of customer needs.
The vast majority of our new customers enroll in our interactive and smart home solutions, which allow our customers to remotely monitor and manage their residential and commercial environments. Depending on the service plan and type of product installation, customers are able to remotely access information regarding the security of their residential or commercial environment, arm and disarm their security systems, adjust lighting or thermostat levels, monitor and react to defined events, or view real-time video from cameras covering different areas of their premises from web-enabled devices (such as smart phones, laptops, and tablet computers) and a customized web portal. Additionally, our interactive and smart home solutions enable customers to create customized and automated schedules for managing lights, thermostats, appliances, garage doors, cameras, and other connected devices. These systems can also be programmed to perform additional functions such as recording and viewing live video and sending text messages or other alerts based on triggering events or conditions.
As part of our innovative and dynamic emerging markets, we are extending the concept of security from the physical home or business to personal on-the-go security and safety with SoSecure, our mobile safety application, and other offerings. Customers’ increasingly mobile and active lifestyles have created new opportunities for us in the fast-growing market for self-monitored DIY products and mobile technology. Our technology also allows us to integrate with various third-party connected and wearable devices so that we can serve our customers whether they are at home or on-the-go. Additionally, we offer personal emergency response system products and services, which are supported by our monitoring centers and utilize our security monitoring infrastructure to provide customers with solutions helping to sustain independent living and encourage better self-care activities.
We have been successful in improving certain of our operating key performance indicators in recent years, such as customer acquisition efficiency and customer retention. We believe these improvements in our fundamentals have positioned us well to achieve long-term capital efficient growth. During 2020, we commenced certain ongoing strategic initiatives that we believe will be transformative to our business. We have seen an increase in interest in smart home offerings and other mobile technology applications that we believe is attributable to a variety of factors, including advancements in technology, younger


48


generations of consumers, and shifts to de-urbanization. Our strategic initiatives are intended to help us satisfy consumer and commercial demands in light of these macro-level dynamics and to position us for sustainable growth for years to come.
As of December 31, 2020, we served approximately 6.5 million recurring customers. We are one of the largest full-service security companies with a national footprint and we deliver an integrated customer experience by maintaining the industry’s largest sales, installation, and service field force, as well as a 24/7 professional monitoring network.
BASIS OF PRESENTATIONservices.
All financial information presented in this section has been prepared in U.S. dollars in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and includes the accounts of ADT Inc. and its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated. WeBeginning in the fourth quarter of 2021, we report financial and operating information in one segment. However, we expect the mannerfollowing three segments: CSB, Commercial, and Solar.
For a more detailed discussion of our business and segments, refer to Item 1 “Business” and Note 1 “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in which the CODM evaluates resultsNotes to change during the first quarter of 2021,Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 15 “Exhibit and as a result, we anticipate a change in our operating and reportable segment structure.Financial Statement Schedules,” respectively.
FACTORS AFFECTING OPERATING RESULTS
Our subscriber-based business requires significant upfront investmentWe have been focused on building the right platform for growth, which includes: improving customer satisfaction, increasing our recurring monthly revenue through customer acquisition, improving customer retention, reducing our revenue payback period, increasing the value of our offerings to generatecustomers through new products and services, and increasing the rate at which new customers which in turn provides predictable recurring revenue generated fromopt for our monitoring and otherinteractive services. In order to optimize returns on customer acquisitions and cash flow generation, we focus on the following key drivers of our business: disciplined, high-quality customer additions; efficient customer acquisition; best-in-class customer service; customer retention; and costs incurred to provide ongoing services to customers.
Our ability to add new subscriberscustomers depends on the overall demand for our products and services, which is driven by a number of external factors. The overall economic condition in the geographies in which we operate can impact our ability to attract new customers and grow our business in all customer channels. channels:
Growth in our residential and small business customer basebases can be influenced by the overall state of the housing market. market, the perceived threat of crime, significant life events such as the birth of a child or opening of a new business, or incentives provided by insurance carriers.
Growth in our commercial customer base can be influenced by the rate at which new businesses begin operations or existing businesses grow. grow, as well as applicable building codes and insurance policies.


46


Growth in our solar customer base can be influenced by the availability of rebates, tax credits, and other financial incentives, as well as traditional energy prices and grid reliability.
The demand for our products and services is also impacted by the perceived threat of crime, as well as the price and quality of the serviceour products and services compared to those of our competitors.
The monthly fees thatAs of December 31, 2021, we served approximately 6.6 million recurring revenue customers, excluding contracts monitored, but not owned. Our subscriber-based offerings require significant upfront investment to generate new customers, which in turn provides predictable recurring revenue generated from any individual customerour monitoring and other services. While the economics of an installation can vary baseddepending on the levelcustomer acquisition channel, type of service providedcustomer, and customer tenure. We offerproduct offering, we generally achieve revenue break-even in less than two and a wide range of services at various price points from basic burglar alarm monitoring to our full suite of interactive services. Our ability to increase monthly fees at the individual customer level depends on a number of factors, including our ability to effectively introduce and market additional features and services that increase the value of our offerings to customers,half years, which we believe drives customers to purchase higher levels of service and supports our ability to make periodic adjustments to pricing.remains relatively consistent year-over-year.
A portion of our customersubscriber base can be expected to cancel its service every year. Customers may choose not to renew or may terminate their contracts for a variety of reasons, including relocation, cost, loss to competition, or service issues. Attrition has a direct impact on our financial results, including revenue, operating income, and cash flows.
COVID-19 PandemicWe believe advancements in technology, younger generations of consumers, and shifts to de-urbanization have increased consumer interest in smart home offerings and other mobile technology applications; and we have made significant progress toward increasing the variety of our offerings to accommodate these changing interests. As a result of this, we may experience an increase in service costs associated with items such as (i) offering a wider variety of products and services, (ii) providing more interactive and smart home solutions, (iii) replacing or upgrading certain system components due to technological advancements or otherwise, and (iv) rising costs due to supply chain disruptions. To aid in reducing the potential increase in service costs, we implemented Virtual Service Support in July 2021, which provides customers the ability to live video stream with our skilled technicians to troubleshoot and resolve service issues.
During MarchIn November 2020, we announced the World Health Organization declaredongoing development of our ADT-owned next-generation professional security and automation technology platform, which is currently being developed in coordination with Google. We expect this platform will offer a seamless experience across security, life safety, automation, and analytics through a common application. Additionally, we expect the outbreakplatform will integrate the user experience, customer service experience, and back-end support.
In December 2021, we completed the Sunpro Solar Acquisition, which expanded our offerings and allowed us to enter the residential solar market. Consumer acceptance of a novel coronavirussolar and battery storage as a pandemic (the “COVID-19 Pandemic”),the future of energy technology is growing. We believe solar is the next logical extension for our offerings, which has become increasingly widespreadwill provide us with the ability to offer an integrated home experience and increase our share in the U.S. Containment efforts and responses to the both markets.
COVID-19 Pandemic have varied by individuals, businesses, and state and local municipalities, and in certain areas of the U.S, initial and precautionary measures helped mitigate the spread of the coronavirus. However, subsequent easing of such measures resulted in the re-emergence of the coronavirus. Update
The COVID-19 Pandemic, has had aincluding recent variants such as Delta and Omicron, caused certain notable adverse impactimpacts on general economic conditions, including the temporary and permanent closures of many businesses, increased governmental regulations, supply chain disruptions, and reducedchanges in consumer spending due to significant unemployment and other effects attributable to the COVID-19 Pandemic. In order to continue to both protect our employees and serve our customers, we have adjusted and are continuously evolving certain aspects of our operations, which includes (i) detailed protocols for infectious disease safety for employees, (ii) daily wellness checks for employees, and (iii) certain work from home actions, including for the majority of our call center professionals.
While thespending. The COVID-19 Pandemic has impacted our commercial channelbusinesses to a greater extent than our residential channel,businesses. However, we believe our overall recurring revenue and highly variable subscriber acquisition cost model provides a solid financial foundation for strong cash flow generation. While we have incurred additional costs associated with personal protective equipment for our employees and implemented certain work from home actions, we also instituted various cost control measures. In addition, we believe uncertainties around the economic environment and COVID-19 Pandemic have increased consumer and business awareness of the need for security. Accordingly, we anticipate having sufficient liquidity and capital resources to continue (i) providing essential services, (ii) satisfying our debt requirements, and (iii) having the ability to return capital to our stockholders in the form of a regular quarterly dividend during the current challenging macroeconomic environment and the slowdown brought on by the COVID-19 Pandemic. dividend.
We have not sought or requested government assistance as a result of the COVID-19 Pandemic, but we did benefit fromexperience a favorable cash flowsflow impact and other benefits associated with certain income tax and


49


payroll tax provisions of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”). WhileThis included the delayed payment of payroll taxes, 50% of which we paid as of December 31, 2021, and the other 50% of which we expect to pay by the 2022 deadline.
Prior to 2020, new customer additions and our disconnect rates on residential security customers have incurred additional costs associated with personal protective equipment for our employeestypically been higher during the second and work from home actions, we also instituted various temporary cost control measures. Furthermore, wethird calendar quarters of each year relative to the first and fourth quarters due to several factors, such as the timing of household moves. We believe the economic downturn, the recent civil unrest, and continued economic and COVID-19 Pandemic uncertainties increase awareness ofaffected these seasonal trends beginning in 2020. We also believe the need for security, which together with a lower volume of customer relocations we experienced during 2020 and the utilizationour use of temporary pricing and retention initiatives for existing customers may helphelped counterbalance any increase in gross customer revenue attrition that we may experience as a result of reducedchanges in consumer or business spending caused by the COVID-19 Pandemic. Finally,During the second half of 2021, we began to experience an increase in relocations in line with pre-pandemic trends. However, we are currently unable to determine whether there will be any ongoing impact on our seasonality, and we may see opportunities for additional acquisitions, continued investmentcontinue to experience fluctuations in potential new revenue streams or capabilities, and low cost bulk account purchases.certain trends, such as relocations, in the future.


47


We considered the emergence and pervasive economic impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic in our assessment of our financial position, results of operations, cash flows, and certain accounting estimates as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020.2021. Due to the evolving and uncertain nature of the COVID-19 Pandemic, it is possible that the effects of the COVID-19 Pandemic could materially impact our estimates and consolidated financial statements in future reporting periods.
Equipment Ownership Model Changes
In February 2020, we launched a new revenue model initiative for certain residential customers, which (i) revised the amount and nature of fees due at installation, (ii) introduced a 60-month monitoring contract option, and (iii) introduced a new retail installment contract option allowing qualifying residential customers to pay the fees due at installation over a 24-, 36-, or 60-month interest-free period. Due to the requirements of our initial third-party consumer financing program, we transitioned our security system ownership model from a predominately Company-owned model to a predominately customer-owned model.
In March 2020, we entered into an uncommitted receivables securitization financing agreement (the “Receivables Facility”), which allowed us to receive financing secured by retail installment contract receivables from transactions under a customer-owned model. In April 2020, we amended the Receivables Facility to also permit financing secured by retail installment contract receivables from transactions occurring under a Company-owned model. As a result, we began transitioning our security system ownership model to a predominately Company-owned model in May 2020. In addition, our residential transactions included a temporary increase in transactions sold under a customer-owned model as a result of, and subsequent to, the Defenders Acquisition in January 2020. Substantially all new CSB transactions since March 2021 take place under a Company-owned model.
These equipment ownership model changes impacted our results of operations and cash flow presentation, as described in the following sections, during 2021 and 2020 due to different accounting policies applicable to a Company-owned model versus a customer-owned model. We cannot be certain our revenue model initiative, as described above, or the transition to a predominately Company-owned model, will achieve the desired outcomes.
As we introduce new products and services, enhance our current offerings, continue building our partnership with Google, and seek to satisfy consumer preferences, we may see additional shifts between ownership models, which could impact results in future periods; and these actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and key performance indicators.
Radio Conversion Costs
The providers of 3G and CDMA cellular networks have notified us that they will be retiring their 3G and CDMA networks during 2022. Accordingly, duringDuring 2019, we commenced a program to replace the 3G and CDMA cellular equipment used in many of our security systems. We continue to estimatesystems as a result of the rangecellular network providers notifying us they will be retiring their 3G and CDMA networks during 2022. From inception of net costs for this replacement program at $225 million to $300 million through 2022, of which we have incurred $77 million through December 31, 2020. We expect to incur2021, we incurred approximately $145 million to $220$288 million of net radio conversion costs, of which $211 million was incurred during 2021. These amounts and ranges are net of any revenue we collect from customers associated with these radio replacements and cellular network conversions.
We seek to minimize these costs by converting customers during routine service visits whenever possible. During November 2020, we acquired Cell Bounce, a technology company with proprietary radio conversion technology in the form of a user-installable device, which is expected to allow for the transition of customers on 3G networks in aThe cost efficient and timely manner. The replacement program and pace of replacement are subject to change and may bethis program have been influenced by our ability to access customer sites due to the COVID-19 Pandemic, among other reasons, and cost-sharing opportunities with suppliers, carriers, and customers, as well as new and innovative technologies.
As of December 31, 2021, we provided services to approximately 250 thousand customer sites transmitting signals via 3G or CDMA networks and having sunset dates in February and December 2022, respectively. As of the start of the 3G sunset process in February 2022, we do not expect the remaining radio conversion costs and related incremental revenue to be material.
Google Commercial Agreement
In additionPursuant to the issuance and sale of Class B Common Stock to Google we entered into the Commercial Agreement, pursuant to which Google has agreed to supply us with certain Google devices as well as certain Google video and analytics services (“Google Services”),Services for sale to our customers. Subject to customary termination rights related to breach and change of control, the Google Commercial Agreement has an initial term of seven years from the date that the Google Service is successfully integrated into our end-user security and automation platform, which is targeted for no later than June 30, 2022.platform. If the integrated service is not launched by June 30, 2022, then we will be requiredGoogle has the contractual right to require us to offer Google Services without integration for professional installations except for existing customers who already have ADT Pulse or ADT Control interactive services until such integration has been made. Further, subject to certain carve-outs, we have agreed to exclusively sell Google end‐user video and sensing analytics servicesServices and smart-home, security, and safety devices to our customers. The exclusivity restriction does not apply to, among others, sales of Blue by ADT DIY products and services, providing services to customers on certain of our legacy platforms, sales to large commercial customers, and sales of certain devices that Google does not supply to us. In January 2022, we successfully launched the integrated Google doorbell, and we are jointly solidifying the timeline for subsequent product launches with a focus on optimal customer experience and quality.
The Commercial Agreement also contains customary termination rights for both parties. In addition, Google has rights to terminate the Commercial Agreement if (i) we divest any part of our direct to consumer business and the acquiring entity does not agree to assume all obligations under the Commercial Agreement, or (ii) we breach certain provisions of the Commercial Agreement and do not cure such breaches. In the event that we breach the Commercial Agreement in a manner reasonably likely to result in a material adverse effect on Google’s business or brand, or we breach certain data security and privacy obligations under the Commercial Agreement, we must suspend the sale of Google Services and certain devices during the applicable cure period. Upon termination of the Commercial Agreement, we will no longer have rights to sell the Google Service or devices to new customers, subject to an applicable transition period. In addition, the Google Services may not be accessible by our customers through our integrated end-user application during any cure period for our breach of certain data security and privacy provisions of the Commercial Agreement or upon termination of the agreement for a breach of such provisions.
The Commercial Agreement specifies that each party will contribute $150 million in three equal tranches, subject to the attainment of certain milestones, towards the joint marketing of devices and services, customer acquisition, training of our


48


employees for the sales, installation, customer service, and maintenance for the product and service offerings, and technology updates for products included in such offerings. Each party is requiredFor a more detailed discussion of the Google Commercial Agreement, refer to contribute such funds in three equal tranches, subject to the attainment of certain milestones.


50


Next Generation Platform
In November 2020, we announced the ongoing development of our ADT-owned next-generation professional securityNote 12 “Commitments and automation technology platform, which is currently being developed in coordination with Google. Our comprehensive interactive platform is expected to provide customers with a seamless experience across security, life safety, automation, and analytics through a common application. Additionally, our platform is expected to integrate the user experience, customer service experience, and back-end support.
We expect to incur approximately $50 million during 2021 associated with the development of our next generation platform. These initiatives areContingencies” in the early stages,Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 15 and it is possible thatbelow under “—Material Cash Requirements.”
Significant Acquisitions and Dispositions
Sunpro Solar Acquisition - In December 2021, we could experienceacquired Sunpro Solar, a material increaseleading solar installer in the costs associated with these initiatives.
SIGNIFICANT EVENTS
The comparability of our results of operations has been impacted by the following:
Initial Public Offering
During January 2018, we completed our IPO in which we issued and sold 105,000,000 shares of common stock at an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share. Net proceeds from the IPO were $1.4 billion, after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions, and offering expenses. The proceeds received from the IPO were used to reduce our debt and redeem the mandatorily redeemable preferred securities in full, which resulted in an aggregate loss on extinguishment of debt of $275 million. In addition, we modified certain share-based compensation awards as well as granted one-time awards in connection with the IPO, which represented approximately $116 million of share-based compensation expense during 2018.
As a result of our IPO, we incur additional legal, accounting, board compensation, and other expenses that we did not previously incur prior to becoming a public company, including costs associated with SEC reporting and corporate governance requirements. These requirements include compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, as well as other rules implemented by the SEC and the national securities exchanges. Our consolidated financial statements following our IPO reflect the impact of these expenses.
Red Hawk Acquisition
During December 2018, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Red Hawk, a leader in commercial fire, life safety, and security services,United States, for total consideration of approximately $316$750 million, andwhich consisted of cash paid of $299$142 million, net of cash acquired. We funded the Red Hawk Acquisition from a combination of debt financingacquired, and cash on hand. This acquisition accelerated our growth in the commercial security market and expanded our product portfolio with the introduction of commercial fire safety related solutions.
Disposition of Canadian Operations
During November 2019, we sold ADT Canada to TELUS for a selling price of $514approximately 75 million (CAD $676 million). In connection with the sale of ADT Canada, we entered into a transition services agreement with TELUS whereby we provide certain post-closing services to TELUS related to the business of ADT Canada. Additionally, we entered into a non-competition and non-solicitation agreement with TELUS pursuant to which we will not have any operations in Canada, subject to limited exceptions for cross-border commercial customers and mobile safety applications, for a period of seven years. Finally, we entered into a patent and trademark license agreement with TELUS granting (i) the useshares of our patentsCommon Stock with a fair value of $569 million at closing, of which approximately 5 million shares will be issued in Canada for a period of seven years and (ii) exclusive use of our trademarks in Canada for a period of five years and non-exclusive use for an additional two years thereafter.2022.
The sale of ADT Canada did not represent a strategic shift that will have a major effect on our operations and financial results, and therefore, did not meet the criteria to be reported as discontinued operations.
Defenders Acquisition
During - In January 2020, we acquired our largest independent dealer, Defender Holdings, Inc. (“Defenders”) (the “Defenders Acquisition”),Defenders for total consideration of approximately $290 million, which consisted of cash paid of $173 million, net of cash acquired, and the issuance of approximately 16 million shares of our Common Stock with a fair value of $114 million. In connection with the Defenders Acquisition, we recorded a loss from the settlement of a pre-existing relationship with Defenders in the amount of $81 million in merger, restructuring, integration, and other in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.


51


Equipment Ownership Model Change
During February 2020, we launched a new revenue model initiative for certain residential customers which (i) revised the amount and nature of fees due at installation, (ii) introduced a 60 month monitoring contract option, and (iii) introduced a new retail installment contract which allows qualifying residential customers to repay the fees due at installation over the course of a 24, 36, or 60 month interest-free period. Due to the requirements ofwas our initial third-party consumer financing program, we also transitioned our security system ownership model from a predominately Company-owned model to a predominately customer-owned model (the “Equipment Ownership Model Change”).
During March 2020, we entered into the Receivables Facility. Under the terms of the Receivables Facility, we may receive up to $200 million of financing secured by retail installment contract receivables from transactions involving security systems that were sold under a customer-owned model. During April 2020, we amended the Receivables Facility to also permit financing secured by retail installment contract receivables from transactions occurring under the Company-owned model. During May 2020, we started to transition our security system ownership model back to a predominately Company-owned model.
In connection with the above, and with respect to transactions arising through Defenders, which has historically used a customer-owned ownership model, subsequentlargest independent dealer prior to the Defenders Acquisition, our residential transactions during 2020 included an increase in transactions based on a customer-owned model. We expect our transitionAcquisition.
Disposition of Canadian Operations - In November 2019, we sold ADT Canada to a Company-owned model to negatively impact revenue during 2021 due to different revenue recognition policies applicable to each ownership model. We are in the early stages of our revenue model initiative and we cannot be certain that this initiative or our transition back to a predominately Company-owned model, which is anticipated to include transactions arising through DefendersTELUS for a portionselling price of 2021,$514 million (CAD $676 million). The sale of ADT Canada did not represent a strategic shift that will achieve the desired outcomes. Accordingly, the results of the new revenue model initiative and impact of our transition back to a predominately Company-owned model could have a material adversemajor effect on our business,operations and financial condition, results, of operations, cash flows, and key performance indicators.therefore, did not meet the criteria to be reported as discontinued operations.
Refer to Note 4 “Acquisitions and Disposition” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on these acquisitions and disposition.
KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
In evaluatingWe primarily evaluate our results we utilize key performance indicators which includeusing Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measuresmeasure, as well as certain other operating metrics such as recurring monthly revenue and gross customer revenue attrition. Our computationsComputations of our key performance indicators may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Additionally, our
Certain operating metric key performance indicatorsmetrics are approximated, as there may be variations to reported results in each period due to certain adjustments we might make in connection with the integration over several periods of acquired companies that calculated these metrics differently, or otherwise, including periodic reassessments and refinements in the ordinary course of business. These refinements, for example, may include changes due to systems conversions or historical methodology differences in legacy systems.
Adjusted EBITDA
We believe the non-GAAP measure Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors to measure the operational strength and performance of our business. Our definition of Adjusted EBITDA, a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) (the most comparable GAAP measure), and additional information, including a description of the limitations relating to the use of Adjusted EBITDA, are provided under “—Non-GAAP Measures.”
Recurring Monthly Revenue (“RMR”)
RMR is generated by contractual recurring fees for monitoring and other recurring services provided to our customers.
We use RMR to evaluate our overall sales, installation, and retention performance. Additionally, we believe the presentation of RMR is useful because it measures the volume of revenue under contract at a given point in time. RMR is also a useful measure for forecasting future revenue performance as the majority of our revenue comes from recurring sources.
Gross Customer Revenue Attrition
A portion of our customer base can be expected to cancel its service every year. Customers may choose not to renew or may terminate their contracts for a variety of reasons, including relocation, cost, loss to competition, or service issues. Gross customer revenue attrition has a direct impact on our financial results, including revenue, operating income, and cash flows.
Gross customer revenue attrition is defined as RMR lost as a result of customer attrition, net of dealer charge-backs and reinstated customers, excluding contracts monitored but not owned and DIY customers. Customer sites are considered canceled when all services are terminated. Dealer charge-backs represent customer cancellations charged back to the dealers because the customer canceled service during the charge-back period, which is generally thirteen months.


49


Gross customer revenue attrition is calculated on a trailing twelve-month basis, the numerator of which is the RMR lost during the period due to attrition, net of dealer charge-backs and reinstated customers, excluding contracts monitored but not owned and DIY customers, and the denominator of which is total annualized RMR based on an average of RMR under contract at the beginning of each month during the period.period, in each case, excluding contracts monitored but not owned and DIY customers.
As of January 1, 2019, in conjunction with the acquisition of LifeShield LLC, we began presentingWe use gross customer revenue attrition excluding existingto evaluate our retention and new DIY customers. As a result, trailing twelve-monthcustomer satisfaction performance, as well as evaluate subscriber trends by vintage year. Additionally, we believe the presentation of gross customer revenue attrition excludes DIY customers for all periods presented in this Annual Report. For all prior reports covering periods prioris useful as it provides a means to January 1, 2019, trailing twelve-month grossevaluate drivers of customer revenue attrition included DIY customers. Including DIY customers asand the impact of December 31, 2018 rounds to the same percentage as presented in this Annual Report.retention initiatives.


52


Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure that we believe is useful to investors to measure the operational strength and performance of our business. Our definition of Adjusted EBITDA, a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) (the most comparable GAAP measure), and additional information, including a description of the limitations relating to the use of Adjusted EBITDA, are provided under “—Non-GAAP Measures.”
Free Cash Flow
Free Cash Flow is a non-GAAP measure that our management employs to measure cash that is available to repay debt, make other investments, and pay dividends. Our definition of Free Cash Flow, a reconciliation of Free Cash Flow to cash flows from operating activities (the most comparable GAAP measure), and additional information, including a description of the limitations relating to the use of Free Cash Flow, are provided under “—Non-GAAP Measures.”


5350


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations summary cash flow data, and key performance indicators for the periods presented.
(in thousands, except as otherwise indicated)(in thousands, except as otherwise indicated)Years Ended December 31,$ Change(in thousands, except as otherwise indicated)Years Ended December 31,$ Change
Results of Operations:Results of Operations:2020201920182020 vs. 20192019 vs. 2018Results of Operations:2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
Monitoring and related servicesMonitoring and related services$4,186,987 $4,307,582 $4,109,939 $(120,595)$197,643 Monitoring and related services$4,347,713 $4,186,987 $4,307,582 $160,726 $(120,595)
Installation and otherInstallation and other1,127,800 818,075 471,734 309,725 346,341 Installation and other959,398 1,127,800 818,075 (168,402)309,725 
Total revenueTotal revenue5,314,787 5,125,657 4,581,673 189,130 543,984 Total revenue5,307,111 5,314,787 5,125,657 (7,676)189,130 
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)1,516,528 1,390,284 1,041,336 126,244 348,948 Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)1,550,173 1,516,528 1,390,284 33,645 126,244 
Selling, general and administrative expenses1,722,906 1,406,532 1,246,950 316,374 159,582 
Selling, general, and administrative expensesSelling, general, and administrative expenses1,789,009 1,722,906 1,406,532 66,103 316,374 
Depreciation and intangible asset amortizationDepreciation and intangible asset amortization1,913,767 1,989,082 1,930,929 (75,315)58,153 Depreciation and intangible asset amortization1,914,779 1,913,767 1,989,082 1,012 (75,315)
Merger, restructuring, integration, and otherMerger, restructuring, integration, and other120,208 35,882 (3,344)84,326 39,226 Merger, restructuring, integration, and other37,872 120,208 35,882 (82,336)84,326 
Goodwill impairmentGoodwill impairment— 45,482 87,962 (45,482)(42,480)Goodwill impairment— — 45,482 — (45,482)
Loss on sale of businessLoss on sale of business738 61,951 — (61,213)61,951 Loss on sale of business— 738 61,951 (738)(61,213)
Operating income40,640 196,444 277,840 (155,804)(81,396)
Operating income (loss)Operating income (loss)15,278 40,640 196,444 (25,362)(155,804)
Interest expense, netInterest expense, net(708,189)(619,573)(663,204)(88,616)43,631 Interest expense, net(457,667)(708,189)(619,573)250,522 (88,616)
Loss on extinguishment of debtLoss on extinguishment of debt(119,663)(104,075)(274,836)(15,588)170,761 Loss on extinguishment of debt(37,113)(119,663)(104,075)82,550 (15,588)
Other income8,293 5,012 27,582 3,281 (22,570)
Loss before income taxes(778,919)(522,192)(632,618)(256,727)110,426 
Other income (expense)Other income (expense)8,313 8,293 5,012 20 3,281 
Income (loss) before income taxesIncome (loss) before income taxes(471,189)(778,919)(522,192)307,730 (256,727)
Income tax benefitIncome tax benefit146,726 98,042 23,463 48,684 74,579 Income tax benefit130,369 146,726 98,042 (16,357)48,684 
Net loss$(632,193)$(424,150)$(609,155)$(208,043)$185,005 
Net income (loss)Net income (loss)$(340,820)$(632,193)$(424,150)$291,373 $(208,043)
Summary Cash Flow Data:
Net cash provided by operating activities$1,366,749 $1,873,117 $1,787,607 $(506,368)$85,510 
Net cash used in investing activities$(1,137,477)$(978,177)$(1,738,210)$(159,300)$760,033 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities$(70,261)$(1,214,204)$193,001 $1,143,943 $(1,407,205)
Key Performance Indicators: (1)
Key Performance Indicators: (1)
Key Performance Indicators: (1)
RMRRMR$343,243 $336,128 $346,751 $7,115 $(10,623)RMR$359,445 $343,243 $336,128 $16,202 $7,115 
Gross customer revenue attrition (percentage) (2)
Gross customer revenue attrition (percentage) (2)
13.1 %13.4 %13.3 %(30) bps(10) bps
Gross customer revenue attrition (percentage) (2)
13.1 %13.1 %13.4 %N/AN/A
Adjusted EBITDA (3)(2)
Adjusted EBITDA (3)(2)
$2,199,237 $2,483,210 $2,453,497 $(283,973)$29,713 
Adjusted EBITDA (3)(2)
$2,212,579 $2,199,237 $2,483,210 $13,342 $(283,973)
Free Cash Flow (3)
$410,487 $502,283 $390,993 $(91,796)$111,290 
_______________________
(1)Refer to the “—Key Performance Indicators” section for the definitions of these key performance indicators.
(2)Trailing twelve-month gross customer revenue attrition excludes DIY customers for all periods presented in this Annual Report. For all prior reports covering periods prior to January 1, 2019, trailing twelve-month gross customer revenue attrition included DIY customers. Including DIY customers as of December 31, 2018 rounds to the same percentage as presented in this Annual Report. Refer to the “—Key Performance Indicators” section for further details.
(3)Adjusted EBITDA and Free Cash Flow areis a non-GAAP measures.measure. Refer to the “—Non-GAAP Measures” section for the definitionsdefinition of these termsthis term and reconciliationsreconciliation to the most comparable GAAP measures.measure.
N/A—Not applicable.


5451


2020 Compared to 2019
Monitoring and Related Services Revenue (“M&S Revenue”)
M&S Revenue in total and by segment were as follows:
Years Ended December 31,$ Change
(in thousands)2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
CSB$3,873,285 $3,760,614 $3,891,075 $112,671 $(130,461)
Commercial474,428 426,373 416,507 48,055 9,866 
Total M&S Revenue(1)
$4,347,713 $4,186,987 $4,307,582 $160,726 $(120,595)
_______________________
(1)M&S revenue is not applicable to the Solar segment.
2021 Compared to 2020
The decreaseincrease in monitoring and related servicestotal M&S revenue for 2021 compared to 2020 was primarily due to higher recurring revenue in CSB, which was driven by (i) improvements in average pricing as new and existing customers selected higher priced interactive and other services, and (ii) an increase in the number of customers over the period primarily due to a decreasehigher volume of dealer-generated and bulk account purchases. The increase in Commercial was driven by higher recurring revenue primarily due to an increase in the number of customers over the period, including the acquisition of businesses and customer accounts, as well as, improvements in customer retention.
2020 Compared to 2019
The decrease in total M&S revenue for 2020 compared to 2019 was primarily due to lower recurring revenue in CSB, which was driven by the sale of ADT Canada. ThisCanada in November 2019. The decrease was partially offset by an increase inhigher recurring revenue in the U.S. largelyprimarily due to improvements in average pricing as new and existing residential customers selected higher priced interactive and other services, as well as temporary price escalations on our existing customer base. Average customer countCommercial remained relatively flat and included higher recurring revenue primarily due to recent improvementsacquisitions, offset by a decrease due to the COVID-19 Pandemic in attrition2020.
RMR and customer additions.Gross Customer Revenue Attrition
The increase inTotal RMR towas $359 million, $343 million, as of December 31, 2020 fromand $336 million as of December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The increase in RMR period over period was primarily due to RMR added as a result of improvements in average pricing and net customer additions. As
Gross customer revenue attrition was 13.1%, 13.1%, and 13.4% as of December 31, 2021, 2020, and December 31, 2019 respectively. Gross customer revenue attrition for 2021 was flat compared to 2020 and primarily included increases in relocations during 2021 as the COVID-19 Pandemic temporarily caused fewer relocations during 2020, and a lower volume of dealer charge-backs during 2021 primarily related to the Defenders Acquisition in 2020, offset by fewer non-payment disconnects and the benefit of customer retention initiatives. The decrease in gross customer revenue attrition was 13.1% and 13.4%, respectively. The improvement in attritionfor 2020 compared to 2019 was primarily due to fewer customer relocations during 2020 as a result of the COVID-19 Pandemic and the benefit of customer retention initiatives.
InstallationAdjusted EBITDA
We believe the non-GAAP measure Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors to measure the operational strength and Otherperformance of our business. Our definition of Adjusted EBITDA, a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) (the most comparable GAAP measure), and additional information, including a description of the limitations relating to the use of Adjusted EBITDA, are provided under “—Non-GAAP Measures.”
Recurring Monthly Revenue (“RMR”)
RMR is generated by contractual recurring fees for monitoring and other recurring services provided to our customers.
We use RMR to evaluate our overall sales, installation, and retention performance. Additionally, we believe the presentation of RMR is useful because it measures the volume of revenue under contract at a given point in time. RMR is also a useful measure for forecasting future revenue performance as the majority of our revenue comes from recurring sources.
Gross Customer Revenue Attrition
Gross customer revenue attrition is defined as RMR lost as a result of customer attrition, net of dealer charge-backs and reinstated customers, excluding contracts monitored but not owned and DIY customers. Customer sites are considered canceled when all services are terminated. Dealer charge-backs represent customer cancellations charged back to the dealers because the customer canceled service during the charge-back period, which is generally thirteen months.


49


Gross customer revenue attrition is calculated on a trailing twelve-month basis, the numerator of which is the RMR lost during the period due to attrition, net of dealer charge-backs and reinstated customers, and the denominator of which is total annualized RMR based on an average of RMR under contract at the beginning of each month during the period, in each case, excluding contracts monitored but not owned and DIY customers.
We use gross customer revenue attrition to evaluate our retention and customer satisfaction performance, as well as evaluate subscriber trends by vintage year. Additionally, we believe the presentation of gross customer revenue attrition is useful as it provides a means to evaluate drivers of customer attrition and the impact of retention initiatives.


50


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations and key performance indicators for the periods presented.
(in thousands, except as otherwise indicated)Years Ended December 31,$ Change
Results of Operations:2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
Monitoring and related services$4,347,713 $4,186,987 $4,307,582 $160,726 $(120,595)
Installation and other959,398 1,127,800 818,075 (168,402)309,725 
Total revenue5,307,111 5,314,787 5,125,657 (7,676)189,130 
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)1,550,173 1,516,528 1,390,284 33,645 126,244 
Selling, general, and administrative expenses1,789,009 1,722,906 1,406,532 66,103 316,374 
Depreciation and intangible asset amortization1,914,779 1,913,767 1,989,082 1,012 (75,315)
Merger, restructuring, integration, and other37,872 120,208 35,882 (82,336)84,326 
Goodwill impairment— — 45,482 — (45,482)
Loss on sale of business— 738 61,951 (738)(61,213)
Operating income (loss)15,278 40,640 196,444 (25,362)(155,804)
Interest expense, net(457,667)(708,189)(619,573)250,522 (88,616)
Loss on extinguishment of debt(37,113)(119,663)(104,075)82,550 (15,588)
Other income (expense)8,313 8,293 5,012 20 3,281 
Income (loss) before income taxes(471,189)(778,919)(522,192)307,730 (256,727)
Income tax benefit130,369 146,726 98,042 (16,357)48,684 
Net income (loss)$(340,820)$(632,193)$(424,150)$291,373 $(208,043)
Key Performance Indicators: (1)
RMR$359,445 $343,243 $336,128 $16,202 $7,115 
Gross customer revenue attrition (percentage)13.1 %13.1 %13.4 %N/AN/A
Adjusted EBITDA (2)
$2,212,579 $2,199,237 $2,483,210 $13,342 $(283,973)
_______________________
(1)Refer to the “—Key Performance Indicators” section for the definitions of these key performance indicators.
(2)Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. Refer to the “—Non-GAAP Measures” section for the definition of this term and reconciliation to the most comparable GAAP measure.
N/A—Not applicable.


51


Monitoring and Related Services Revenue (“M&S Revenue”)
M&S Revenue in total and by segment were as follows:
Years Ended December 31,$ Change
(in thousands)2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
CSB$3,873,285 $3,760,614 $3,891,075 $112,671 $(130,461)
Commercial474,428 426,373 416,507 48,055 9,866 
Total M&S Revenue(1)
$4,347,713 $4,186,987 $4,307,582 $160,726 $(120,595)
_______________________
(1)M&S revenue is not applicable to the Solar segment.
2021 Compared to 2020
The increase in installationtotal M&S revenue for 2021 compared to 2020 was primarily due to higher recurring revenue in CSB, which was driven by (i) improvements in average pricing as new and existing customers selected higher priced interactive and other revenue wasservices, and (ii) an increase in the number of customers over the period primarily due to a higher volume of dealer-generated and bulk account purchases. The increase in Commercial was driven by higher recurring revenue from equipment sold outrightprimarily due to residentialan increase in the number of customers over the period, including the acquisition of businesses and customer accounts, as well as, improvements in customer retention.
2020 Compared to 2019
The decrease in total M&S revenue for 2020 compared to 2019 was primarily due to lower recurring revenue in CSB, which was driven by the sale of ADT Canada in November 2019. The decrease was partially offset by higher recurring revenue in the U.S. primarily due to improvements in average pricing as new and existing customers selected higher priced interactive and other services, as well as temporary price escalations on our existing customer base. Commercial remained relatively flat and included higher recurring revenue primarily due to acquisitions, offset by a decrease due to the COVID-19 Pandemic in 2020.
RMR and Gross Customer Revenue Attrition
Total RMR was $359 million, $343 million, and $336 million as of December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The increase in RMR period over period was primarily due to RMR added as a result of improvements in average pricing and net customer additions.
Gross customer revenue attrition was 13.1%, 13.1%, and 13.4% as of December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 respectively. Gross customer revenue attrition for 2021 was flat compared to 2020 and primarily included increases in relocations during 2021 as the COVID-19 Pandemic temporarily caused fewer relocations during 2020, and a lower volume of dealer charge-backs during 2021 primarily related to the Defenders Acquisition in 2020, offset by fewer non-payment disconnects and the Equipment Ownership Model Change. These increases were partially offset by abenefit of customer retention initiatives. The decrease in the volume ofgross customer revenue from equipment sold outrightattrition for 2020 compared to commercial customers2019 was primarily due to fewer customer relocations during 2020 as a result of the COVID-19 Pandemic and the sale of ADT Canada.
We expect our transition to a Company-owned model for our residential transactions to negatively impact revenue during 2021 due to different revenue recognition policies applicable to each ownership model.
Cost of Revenue
The increase in cost of revenue was primarily due to an increase in installation costs associated with a higher volume of transactions in which equipment was sold outright to residential customers as a result of the Defenders Acquisition and the Equipment Ownership Model Change. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in installation costs associated with a lower volume of transactions in which equipment was sold outright to commercial customers as a result of the COVID-19 Pandemic and the sale of ADT Canada.
We expect our transition to a Company-owned model for our residential transactions to favorably impact cost of revenue during 2021 due to different accounting policies applicable to each ownership model.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to (i) an increase in expenses, excluding provision for credit losses, of $282 million associated with the Defenders Acquisition; (ii) a greater provision for credit losses of $58 million due to the estimated impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic, a higher volume of longer duration receivables, and from recent acquisitions; (iii) an increase in radio conversion costs of $59 million; and (iv) an increase in selling costs, which includes amortization of deferred subscriber acquisition costs. These increases were partially offset by (i) a decrease in advertising expenses, exclusive of incremental advertising expenses from recent acquisitions; (ii) a decrease of $43 million as a result of the sale of ADT Canada, (iii) a decrease of $20 million as a result of recoveries on notes receivable from a former strategic investment, and (iv) a decrease of $18 million from financing and consent associated with financing transactions.
Depreciation and Intangible Asset Amortization
The decrease in depreciation and intangible asset amortization expense was primarily due to a decrease of $70 million associated with the sale of ADT Canada as well as a decrease in the depreciation of subscriber system assets. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of the amortizationbenefit of customer contracts acquired under the ADT Authorized Dealer Program.retention initiatives.


55


Merger, Restructuring, Integration, and Other
The increase in merger, restructuring, integration, and other was primarily due to a loss of $81 million associated with the settlement of a pre-existing relationship in connection with the Defenders Acquisition. This increase was partially offset by $12 million of losses on a strategic investment, substantially all of which was recognized in 2019.
Goodwill Impairment
During 2019, we recorded a goodwill impairment loss of $45 million in connection with the sale of ADT Canada. We did not record a goodwill impairment loss during 2020.
Loss on Sale of Business
During 2019, we recorded a loss on sale of business of $62 million in connection with the sale of ADT Canada. The impact in connection with the sale of ADT Canada was not material during 2020.
Interest Expense, net
The increase in interest expense, net, was primarily due to (i) an increase of $52 million related to the reclassification of accumulated unrealized losses associated with interest rate swap contracts that have been de-designated as cash flow hedges, (ii) an increase of $52 million related to unrealized losses on interest rate swap contracts as a result of cash flow hedges no longer being highly effective, and (iii) an increase of $27 million related to an increase in outstanding principal on our fixed-rate first lien notes due to our financing transactions during 2020 and 2019. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in interest expense of $53 million related to our second lien notes due to partial redemptions during 2019 and a reduced interest rate as a result of refinancing during January 2020.
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
During 2020, loss on extinguishment of debt totaled $120 million and included (i) $66 million associated with the call premium and write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs in connection with the $1.2 billion redemption of second lien notes in February 2020, (ii) $49 million associated with the call premium and write-off of unamortized fair value adjustments in connection with the $1 billion redemption of first lien notes in September 2020, and (iii) $5 million associated with the partial write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs and discount in connection with the $300 million repayment on a first lien term loan in December 2020.
During 2019, loss on extinguishment of debt totaled $104 million and included (i) $22 million associated with the call premium and partial write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs in connection with the $300 million partial redemption of the second lien notes in February 2019, (ii) $61 million associated with the call premium and partial write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs in connection with the $1 billion partial redemption of second lien notes in April 2019, (iii) $6 million associated with the partial write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs and discount in connection with the $500 million repayment of a first lien term loan in April 2019, and (iv) $13 million associated with the partial write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs and discount in connection with the amendment and restatement to our first lien credit agreement in September 2019.
Income Tax Benefit
Income tax benefit for 2020 was $147 million, resulting in an effective tax rate for the period of 18.8%. The effective tax rate primarily represents the federal income tax rate of 21.0%, a state statutory tax rate, net of federal benefits, of 2.9%, a 3.1% unfavorable impact from non-deductible charges primarily due to the Defenders Acquisition, and a 1.5% unfavorable impact from an increase in valuation allowances primarily due to tax credits and state net operating losses not expected to be utilized prior to expiration.
Income tax benefit for 2019 was $98 million, resulting in an effective tax rate for the period of 18.8%. The effective tax rate primarily represents the federal income tax rate of 21.0%, a state statutory tax rate, net of federal benefits, of 1.4%, a 6.8% favorable impact from net capital losses generated in the U.S. and Canada related to the sale of ADT Canada, a 1.9% favorable impact from amendments to prior year tax returns, a 9.4% unfavorable impact from valuation allowances established on the net capital losses generated in the U.S. and Canada related to the sale of ADT Canada, and a 2.3% unfavorable impact from non-deductible goodwill impairment loss.


56


NON-GAAP MEASURES
To provide investors with additional information in connection with our results as determined in accordance with GAAP, we disclose Adjusted EBITDA and Free Cash Flow as non-GAAP measures. These measures are not financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as a substitute for net income, operating income, cash flows, or any other measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.
Adjusted EBITDA
We believe that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA is appropriate to provide additional information to investors about our operating profitability adjusted for certain non-cash items, non-routine items that we do not expect to continue at the same level in the future, as well as other items that are not core to our operations. Further, we believe Adjusted EBITDA provides a meaningful measure of operating profitability because we use it for evaluating our business performance, making budgeting decisions, and comparing our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures.
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income or loss adjusted for (i) interest, (ii) taxes, (iii) depreciation and amortization, including depreciation of subscriber system assets and other fixed assets and amortization of dealer and other intangible assets, (iv) amortization of deferred costs and deferred revenue associated with subscriber acquisitions, (v) share-based compensation expense, (vi) merger, restructuring, integration, and other, (vii) losses on extinguishment of debt, (viii) radio conversion costs, (ix) financing and consent fees, (x) foreign currency gains/losses, (xi) acquisition related adjustments, and (xii) other charges and non-cash items.
There are material limitations to using Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA does not take into account certain significant items, including depreciation and amortization, interest, taxes, and other adjustments which directly affect our net income or loss. These limitations are best addressed by considering the economic effects of the excluded items independently, and by considering Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with net income or loss as calculated in accordance with GAAP.
Free Cash Flow
We believe that the presentation of Free Cash Flow is appropriate to provide additional information to investors about our ability to repay debt, make other investments, and pay dividends.
We define Free Cash Flow as cash flows from operating activities less cash outlays related to capital expenditures. We define capital expenditures to include accounts purchased through our network of authorized dealers or third parties outside of our authorized dealer network; subscriber system asset expenditures; and purchases of property and equipment. These items are subtracted from cash flows from operating activities because they represent long-term investments that are required for normal business activities.
Free Cash Flow adjusts for cash items that are ultimately within management’s discretion to direct, and therefore, may imply that there is less or more cash that is available than the most comparable GAAP measure. Free Cash Flow is not intended to represent residual cash flow for discretionary expenditures since debt repayment requirements and other non-discretionary expenditures are not deducted. These limitations are best addressed by using Free Cash Flow in combination with the cash flows as calculated in accordance with GAAP.


57


Adjusted EBITDA
We believe the non-GAAP measure Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors to measure the operational strength and performance of our business. Our definition of Adjusted EBITDA, a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) (the most comparable GAAP measure), and additional information, including a description of the limitations relating to the use of Adjusted EBITDA, are provided under “—Non-GAAP Measures.”
Recurring Monthly Revenue (“RMR”)
RMR is generated by contractual recurring fees for monitoring and other recurring services provided to our customers.
We use RMR to evaluate our overall sales, installation, and retention performance. Additionally, we believe the presentation of RMR is useful because it measures the volume of revenue under contract at a given point in time. RMR is also a useful measure for forecasting future revenue performance as the majority of our revenue comes from recurring sources.
Gross Customer Revenue Attrition
Gross customer revenue attrition is defined as RMR lost as a result of customer attrition, net of dealer charge-backs and reinstated customers, excluding contracts monitored but not owned and DIY customers. Customer sites are considered canceled when all services are terminated. Dealer charge-backs represent customer cancellations charged back to the dealers because the customer canceled service during the charge-back period, which is generally thirteen months.


49


Gross customer revenue attrition is calculated on a trailing twelve-month basis, the numerator of which is the RMR lost during the period due to attrition, net of dealer charge-backs and reinstated customers, and the denominator of which is total annualized RMR based on an average of RMR under contract at the beginning of each month during the period, in each case, excluding contracts monitored but not owned and DIY customers.
We use gross customer revenue attrition to evaluate our retention and customer satisfaction performance, as well as evaluate subscriber trends by vintage year. Additionally, we believe the presentation of gross customer revenue attrition is useful as it provides a means to evaluate drivers of customer attrition and the impact of retention initiatives.


50


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations and key performance indicators for the periods presented.
(in thousands, except as otherwise indicated)Years Ended December 31,$ Change
Results of Operations:2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
Monitoring and related services$4,347,713 $4,186,987 $4,307,582 $160,726 $(120,595)
Installation and other959,398 1,127,800 818,075 (168,402)309,725 
Total revenue5,307,111 5,314,787 5,125,657 (7,676)189,130 
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)1,550,173 1,516,528 1,390,284 33,645 126,244 
Selling, general, and administrative expenses1,789,009 1,722,906 1,406,532 66,103 316,374 
Depreciation and intangible asset amortization1,914,779 1,913,767 1,989,082 1,012 (75,315)
Merger, restructuring, integration, and other37,872 120,208 35,882 (82,336)84,326 
Goodwill impairment— — 45,482 — (45,482)
Loss on sale of business— 738 61,951 (738)(61,213)
Operating income (loss)15,278 40,640 196,444 (25,362)(155,804)
Interest expense, net(457,667)(708,189)(619,573)250,522 (88,616)
Loss on extinguishment of debt(37,113)(119,663)(104,075)82,550 (15,588)
Other income (expense)8,313 8,293 5,012 20 3,281 
Income (loss) before income taxes(471,189)(778,919)(522,192)307,730 (256,727)
Income tax benefit130,369 146,726 98,042 (16,357)48,684 
Net income (loss)$(340,820)$(632,193)$(424,150)$291,373 $(208,043)
Key Performance Indicators: (1)
RMR$359,445 $343,243 $336,128 $16,202 $7,115 
Gross customer revenue attrition (percentage)13.1 %13.1 %13.4 %N/AN/A
Adjusted EBITDA (2)
$2,212,579 $2,199,237 $2,483,210 $13,342 $(283,973)
_______________________
(1)Refer to the “—Key Performance Indicators” section for the definitions of these key performance indicators.
(2)Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. Refer to the “—Non-GAAP Measures” section for the definition of this term and reconciliation to the most comparable GAAP measure.
N/A—Not applicable.


51


Monitoring and Related Services Revenue (“M&S Revenue”)
M&S Revenue in total and by segment were as follows:
Years Ended December 31,$ Change
(in thousands)2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
CSB$3,873,285 $3,760,614 $3,891,075 $112,671 $(130,461)
Commercial474,428 426,373 416,507 48,055 9,866 
Total M&S Revenue(1)
$4,347,713 $4,186,987 $4,307,582 $160,726 $(120,595)
_______________________
(1)M&S revenue is not applicable to the Solar segment.
2021 Compared to 2020
The increase in total M&S revenue for 2021 compared to 2020 was primarily due to higher recurring revenue in CSB, which was driven by (i) improvements in average pricing as new and existing customers selected higher priced interactive and other services, and (ii) an increase in the number of customers over the period primarily due to a higher volume of dealer-generated and bulk account purchases. The increase in Commercial was driven by higher recurring revenue primarily due to an increase in the number of customers over the period, including the acquisition of businesses and customer accounts, as well as, improvements in customer retention.
2020 Compared to 2019
The decrease in total M&S revenue for 2020 compared to 2019 was primarily due to lower recurring revenue in CSB, which was driven by the sale of ADT Canada in November 2019. The decrease was partially offset by higher recurring revenue in the U.S. primarily due to improvements in average pricing as new and existing customers selected higher priced interactive and other services, as well as temporary price escalations on our existing customer base. Commercial remained relatively flat and included higher recurring revenue primarily due to acquisitions, offset by a decrease due to the COVID-19 Pandemic in 2020.
RMR and Gross Customer Revenue Attrition
Total RMR was $359 million, $343 million, and $336 million as of December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The increase in RMR period over period was primarily due to RMR added as a result of improvements in average pricing and net customer additions.
Gross customer revenue attrition was 13.1%, 13.1%, and 13.4% as of December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 respectively. Gross customer revenue attrition for 2021 was flat compared to 2020 and primarily included increases in relocations during 2021 as the COVID-19 Pandemic temporarily caused fewer relocations during 2020, and a lower volume of dealer charge-backs during 2021 primarily related to the Defenders Acquisition in 2020, offset by fewer non-payment disconnects and the benefit of customer retention initiatives. The decrease in gross customer revenue attrition for 2020 compared to 2019 was primarily due to fewer customer relocations during 2020 as a result of the COVID-19 Pandemic and the benefit of customer retention initiatives.
Installation and Other Revenue
Installation and other revenue in total and by segment were as follows:
Years Ended December 31,$ Change
(in thousands)2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
CSB$272,743 $564,575 $189,272 $(291,832)$375,303 
Commercial639,304 563,225 628,803 76,079 (65,578)
Solar47,351 — — 47,351 — 
Total installation and other revenue$959,398 $1,127,800 $818,075 $(168,402)$309,725 
2021 Compared to 2020
The decrease in total installation and other revenue for 2021 compared to 2020 was primarily due to CSB, which was driven by a lower volume of outright sales transactions, partially offset by additional amortization of deferred subscriber acquisition revenue as a result of our transition to a predominately Company-owned model. The increase in Commercial was driven by an increase in installation revenue in the current period as compared to the prior period, which was impacted by the COVID-19


52


Pandemic, as well as from acquisitions. Installation and other revenue in Solar was due to the Sunpro Solar Acquisition in December 2021.
2020 Compared to 2019
The increase in total installation and other revenue for 2020 compared to 2019 was primarily due to CSB, which was driven by a higher volume of outright sales transactions, primarily due to the Defenders Acquisition and our temporary transition to a predominately customer-owned model, partially offset by the sale of ADT Canada. The decrease in Commercial was driven by a lower volume of outright sales transactions during 2020, which was impacted by the COVID-19 Pandemic, partially offset by acquisitions.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue in total and by segment were as follows:
Years Ended December 31,$ Change
(in thousands)2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
CSB$725,221 $816,589 $661,840 $(91,368)$154,749 
Commercial790,194 699,939 728,444 90,255 (28,505)
Solar34,758 — — 34,758 — 
Total cost of revenue$1,550,173 $1,516,528 $1,390,284 $33,645 $126,244 
2021 Compared to 2020
The increase in cost of revenue for 2021 compared to 2020 was due to the decrease in CSB which was more than offset by an increase in Commercial and Solar from the Sunpro Solar Acquisition. The decrease in CSB was primarily driven by a decrease in installation costs due to a lower volume of outright sales transactions as a result of our transition to a predominately Company-owned model, partially offset by higher field service and call center costs in 2021 as compared to the prior period, which was impacted by the COVID-19 Pandemic. The increase in Commercial was driven by an increase in installation costs, as well as field service and call center costs in 2021 as compared to the prior period, which was impacted by the COVID-19 Pandemic, as well as from acquisitions.
2020 Compared to 2019
The increase in total cost of revenue for 2020 compared to 2019 was primarily due to an increase in CSB, which was driven by an increase in installation costs primarily due to a higher volume of outright sales transactions as a result of the Defenders Acquisition and our temporary transition to a predominately customer-owned model, partially offset by the sale of ADT Canada. The decrease in Commercial was driven by a decrease in installation costs due to a lower volume of outright sales transactions during 2020, which was impacted by the COVID-19 Pandemic, partially offset by acquisitions.
Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses
2021 Compared to 2020
The increase in selling, general, and administrative expenses for 2021 compared to 2020 was primarily driven by:
an increase in radio conversion costs of $162 million primarily due to an increase in the number and cost of conversions, partially offset by;
decreases in the provision for credit losses of $46 million and $30 million in our CSB and Commercial segments, respectively, primarily due to the impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic in the prior year, as well as a lower volume of outright sales transactions in our CSB segment; and
a decrease in commissions, partially offset by an increase in amortization of deferred subscriber acquisition costs, as a result of our transition to a predominantly Company-owned model.
The remainder of the change was attributable to higher general and administrative expenses primarily due to investments in our information technology infrastructure and higher selling costs, offset by lower share-based compensation expense.


53


2020 Compared to 2019
The increase in selling, general, and administrative expenses for 2020 compared to 2019 was primarily driven by:
an increase in expenses, excluding provision for credit losses, of $282 million due to the Defenders Acquisition;
an increase in radio conversion costs of $59 million primarily due to an increase in the number and cost of conversions; and
increases in the provision for credit losses of $37 million and $21 million in our CSB and Commercial segments, respectively, primarily due to the impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic during 2020, as well as a higher volume of longer duration receivables and acquisitions.
These increases were partially offset by lower advertising costs, excluding recent acquisitions, a decrease in expenses of $43 million due to the sale of ADT Canada, as well as recoveries on notes receivable from a former strategic investment and a decrease in financing and consent fees.
Depreciation and Intangible Asset Amortization
2021 Compared to 2020
Depreciation and intangible asset amortization remained relatively flat for 2021 compared to 2020 and included a decrease in the amortization of customer relationships acquired in the ADT Acquisition, offset by increases in the amortization of (i) customer contracts acquired under the ADT Authorized Dealer Program and from other third parties and (ii) other intangible assets.
The majority of the remaining net book value of customer relationships acquired in the ADT Acquisition will be fully amortized during 2022 with the remainder amortized during 2023.
2020 Compared to 2019
The decrease in depreciation and intangible asset amortization for 2020 compared to 2019 was primarily due to a decrease of $70 million associated with the sale of ADT Canada as well as a decrease in the depreciation of subscriber system assets. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of the amortization of customer contracts acquired under the ADT Authorized Dealer Program.
Merger, Restructuring, Integration, and Other
Merger, restructuring, integration, and other represents certain direct and incremental costs resulting from acquisitions, integration costs as a result of those acquisitions, costs related to restructuring efforts, as well as fair value remeasurements and impairment charges on certain strategic investments. These amounts vary year over year and included:
For 2021, costs primarily included an $18 million impairment charge in CSB due to lower than expected benefits from the developed technology intangible asset acquired as part of our acquisition of Cell Bounce as a result of recent worldwide shortages for certain electronic components, as well as acquisitions costs related to the Sunpro Solar Acquisition.
For 2020, costs primarily included losses of $81 million in CSB associated with the settlement of a pre-existing relationship in connection with the Defenders Acquisition.
For 2019, costs primarily related to restructuring and integration activities and the sale of ADT Canada, as well as losses on a strategic investment.
Goodwill Impairment and Loss on Sale of Business
During 2019, we recorded a goodwill impairment loss of $45 million and a loss on sale of business of $62 million in connection with the sale of ADT Canada, which was included in the CSB segment prior to sale.


54


Interest Expense, net
The decrease in interest expense, net, was primarily driven by an unrealized gain of $158 million on interest rate swap contracts not designated as cash flow hedges in 2021 as compared to an unrealized loss of $60 million in 2020 primarily due to an increase in forward LIBOR and the redemption of the ADT Notes due 2021 during September 2020, as well as the $300 million prepayment in December 2020 and the January 2021 refinance on the First Lien Term Loan due 2026. The decrease was partially offset by the issuance of the First Lien Notes due 2029 during 2021 and the First Lien Notes due 2027 during 2020.
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
For 2021, loss on extinguishment of debt totaled $37 million and was primarily due to the call premium and write-off of unamortized fair value adjustments in connection with the $1.0 billion redemption of the 3.50% notes due 2022 (“ADT Notes due 2022”) in August 2021 (“ADT Notes due 2022 Redemption”).
For 2020, loss on extinguishment of debt totaled $120 million and primarily included (i) $66 million associated with the call premium and write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs in connection with the $1.2 billion redemption of second lien notes in February 2020, and (ii) $49 million associated with the call premium and write-off of unamortized fair value adjustments in connection with the $1.0 billion redemption of first lien notes in September 2020.
Income Tax Benefit
For 2021, income tax benefit was $130 million, resulting in an effective tax rate for the period of 27.7%. The effective tax rate primarily represents the federal income tax rate of 21.0%, a state statutory tax rate, net of federal benefits, of 2.7%, and a 1.3% favorable impact related to the revaluation of our deferred tax liabilities in connection with our 2021 acquisitions.
For 2020, income tax benefit was $147 million, resulting in an effective tax rate for the period of 18.8%. The effective tax rate primarily represents the federal income tax rate of 21.0%, a state statutory tax rate, net of federal benefits, of 2.9%, a 3.1% unfavorable impact from non-deductible charges primarily due to the Defenders Acquisition, and a 1.5% unfavorable impact from an increase in valuation allowances primarily due to tax credits and state net operating losses not expected to be utilized prior to expiration.
NON-GAAP MEASURES
To provide investors with additional information in connection with our results as determined in accordance with GAAP, we disclose Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure. Adjusted EBITDA is not a financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as a substitute for net income, operating income, or any other measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.
Adjusted EBITDA
We believe the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA is useful as it provides investors additional information about our operating profitability adjusted for certain non-cash items, non-routine items we do not expect to continue at the same level in the future, as well as other items not core to our operations. Further, we believe Adjusted EBITDA provides a meaningful measure of operating profitability because we use it for evaluating our business performance, making budgeting decisions, and comparing our performance against other peer companies using similar measures.
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income or loss adjusted for (i) interest; (ii) taxes; (iii) depreciation and amortization, including depreciation of subscriber system assets and other fixed assets and amortization of dealer and other intangible assets; (iv) amortization of deferred costs and deferred revenue associated with subscriber acquisitions; (v) share-based compensation expense; (vi) merger, restructuring, integration, and other; (vii) losses on extinguishment of debt; (viii) radio conversion costs, net; and (ix) other income/gain or expense/loss items such as impairment charges, financing and consent fees, or acquisition-related adjustments.
There are material limitations to using Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA does not take into account certain significant items, including depreciation and amortization, interest, taxes, and other adjustments which directly affect our net income or loss. These limitations are best addressed by considering the economic effects of the excluded items independently and by considering Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with net income or loss as calculated in accordance with GAAP.


55


The table below reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to net loss for the periods presented:income (loss):
Years Ended December 31,$ ChangeYears Ended December 31,$ Change
(in thousands)(in thousands)2020201920182020 vs. 20192019 vs. 2018(in thousands)2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
Net loss$(632,193)$(424,150)$(609,155)$(208,043)$185,005 
Net income (loss)Net income (loss)$(340,820)$(632,193)$(424,150)$291,373 $(208,043)
Interest expense, netInterest expense, net708,189 619,573 663,204 88,616 (43,631)Interest expense, net457,667 708,189 619,573 (250,522)88,616 
Income tax benefitIncome tax benefit(146,726)(98,042)(23,463)(48,684)(74,579)Income tax benefit(130,369)(146,726)(98,042)16,357 (48,684)
Depreciation and intangible asset amortizationDepreciation and intangible asset amortization1,913,767 1,989,082 1,930,929 (75,315)58,153 Depreciation and intangible asset amortization1,914,779 1,913,767 1,989,082 1,012 (75,315)
Amortization of deferred subscriber acquisition costsAmortization of deferred subscriber acquisition costs96,823 80,128 59,928 16,695 20,200 Amortization of deferred subscriber acquisition costs126,089 96,823 80,128 29,266 16,695 
Amortization of deferred subscriber acquisition revenueAmortization of deferred subscriber acquisition revenue(124,804)(107,284)(79,136)(17,520)(28,148)Amortization of deferred subscriber acquisition revenue(172,061)(124,804)(107,284)(47,257)(17,520)
Share-based compensation expenseShare-based compensation expense96,013 85,626 135,012 10,387 (49,386)Share-based compensation expense61,237 96,013 85,626 (34,776)10,387 
Merger, restructuring, integration, and otherMerger, restructuring, integration, and other120,208 35,882 (3,344)84,326 39,226 Merger, restructuring, integration, and other37,872 120,208 35,882 (82,336)84,326 
Goodwill impairmentGoodwill impairment— 45,482 87,962 (45,482)(42,480)Goodwill impairment— — 45,482 — (45,482)
Loss on sale of businessLoss on sale of business738 61,951 — (61,213)61,951 Loss on sale of business— 738 61,951 (738)(61,213)
Loss on extinguishment of debtLoss on extinguishment of debt119,663 104,075 274,836 15,588 (170,761)Loss on extinguishment of debt37,113 119,663 104,075 (82,550)15,588 
Radio conversion costs, net(1)
Radio conversion costs, net(1)
51,889 24,983 5,099 26,906 19,884 
Radio conversion costs, net(1)
211,363 51,889 24,983 159,474 26,906 
Financing and consent fees(2)
Financing and consent fees(2)
5,263 23,250 8,857 (17,987)14,393 
Financing and consent fees(2)
3,672 5,263 23,250 (1,591)(17,987)
Foreign currency (gains)/losses(3)
— (1,250)3,228 1,250 (4,478)
Acquisition related adjustments(4)(3)
Acquisition related adjustments(4)(3)
438 22,285 16,178 (21,847)6,107 
Acquisition related adjustments(4)(3)
12,945 438 22,285 12,507 (21,847)
Licensing fees(5)
— — (21,533)— 21,533 
Other(6)(4)
Other(6)(4)
(10,031)21,619 4,895 (31,650)16,724 
Other(6)(4)
(6,908)(10,031)20,369 3,123 (30,400)
Adjusted EBITDA$2,199,237 $2,483,210 $2,453,497 $(283,973)$29,713 
Total Adjusted EBITDATotal Adjusted EBITDA$2,212,579 $2,199,237 $2,483,210 $13,342 $(283,973)
___________________
(1)Represents costs, netRefer to Note 1 “Description of any incremental revenue earned, associated with replacing cellular technology used in manyBusiness and Summary of our security systems pursuant to a replacement program.Significant Accounting Policies” for further details.
(2)Represents fees expensed associated with financing transactions.
(3)Represents the conversion of intercompany loans that are denominated in Canadian dollars to U.S. dollars.
(4)Represents amortization of purchase accounting adjustments and compensation arrangements related to acquisitions. During 2021, primarily related to the Sunpro Solar Acquisition. During 2019, primarily related to compensation arrangements as a result of Commercial acquisitions.
(5)Represents other income related to $22 million of one-time licensing fees.
(6)(4)Represents other charges and non-cash items. During 2020 included recoveries of $10 million associated with notes receivable from a former strategic investment. During 2019 included losses of $10 million associated with notes receivable from a former strategic investment and $6 million associated with an estimated legal settlement, net of insurance. During 2018,
Adjusted EBITDA in total and by segment were as follows:
Years Ended December 31,$ Change
(in thousands)2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
CSB$2,110,879 $2,153,899 $2,374,165 $(43,020)$(220,266)
Commercial96,112 45,338 109,045 50,774 (63,707)
Solar5,588 — — 5,588 — 
Total Adjusted EBITDA$2,212,579 $2,199,237 $2,483,210 $13,342 $(283,973)
The explanations below exclude amounts outside of our definition of Adjusted EBITDA, as applicable.
2021 Compared to 2020
Adjusted EBITDA remained relatively flat for 2021 compared to 2020 and included an increase in Commercial partially offset by a gaindecrease in CSB. The increase in Commercial was primarily attributable to (i) an increase in M&S Revenue, (ii) a decrease in the provision for credit losses, and (iii) an increase in installation revenue, net of $7.5 millionthe associated installation costs and commissions. These increases were partially offset by an increase in field service and call center costs. The decrease in CSB was primarily attributable to (i) a decrease in installation revenue, net of the associated installation costs and commissions, from a lower volume of outright sales transactions, (ii) an increase in field service and call center costs, and (iii) an increase in selling and general and administrative expenses. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in M&S Revenue and a decrease in the sale of equity in a third-party that we received as part of a settlement.provision for credit losses.


56


2020 Compared to 2019
The decrease in total Adjusted EBITDA for 2020 compared to 2019 was primarily dueattributable to (i)CSB, which was driven by an increase in selling and general and administrative expenses, excluding items outside of our definition of Adjusted EBITDA, largelycosts primarily due to the Defenders Acquisition and an increase in the provision for credit losses, and (ii)as well as the sale of ADT Canada. The decrease wasThese decreases were partially offset by an increase from transactions in which equipment is sold outright to customers,higher installation revenue, net of the associated costs.
We expect our transitioninstallation costs and commissions, from a higher volume of outright sales transactions. The decrease in Commercial was primarily attributable to a Company-owned modeldecrease in installation revenue, net of the associated installation costs and commissions, and an increase in the provision for our residential transactions to negatively impact Adjusted EBITDA during 2021 due to different accounting policies applicable to each ownership model.credit losses primarily as a result of the COVID-19 Pandemic, partially offset by acquisitions.
Refer to the discussions above under “—Results of Operations” for further details.


58


Free Cash Flow
The table below reconciles Free Cash Flow to cash flows from operating activities for the periods presented:
Years Ended December 31,$ Change
(in thousands)2020201920182020 vs. 20192019 vs. 2018
Net cash provided by operating activities$1,366,749 $1,873,117 $1,787,607 $(506,368)$85,510 
Dealer generated customer accounts and bulk account purchases(380,716)(669,683)(693,525)288,967 23,842 
Subscriber system asset expenditures(418,355)(542,305)(576,290)123,950 33,985 
Purchases of property and equipment(157,191)(158,846)(126,799)1,655 (32,047)
Free Cash Flow$410,487 $502,283 $390,993 $(91,796)$111,290 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Refer to the discussion below under “—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for further details regarding cash flows from operating activities.
Cash Outlays Related to Capital Expenditures
Dealer generated customer accounts and bulk account purchases, subscriber system asset expenditures, and purchases of property and equipment are included in cash flows from investing activities. Refer to the discussion below under “—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for further details regarding cash flows from investing activities.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
As of December 31, 2021, liquidity and capital resources primarily consisted of the following:
(in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents$24,453 
Availability under First Lien Revolving Credit Facility$550,000 
Uncommitted available borrowing capacity under Receivables Facility$200,944 
Carrying amount of total debt outstanding$9,692,690 
Liquidity
Our principal liquidity requirements are to finance current operations, invest in acquiring and retaining customers, purchase property and equipment, service our debt, and finance potential mergers and acquisitions. Our liquidity requirements are primarily funded by our cash flows from operations, which include cash received from monthly recurring revenue and upfront fees received from customers, less cash costs to provide services to our customers, including general and administrative costs, certain costs associated with acquiring new customers, and interest payments.
We expect our ongoing sources of liquidity to include cash generated from operations, borrowings under our revolving credit facility and Receivables Facility, and the issuance of equity and/or debt securities as appropriate given market conditions. Our future cash needs are expected to include cash for operating activities, working capital, capital expenditures, strategic investments, periodic principal and interest payments on our debt, and potential dividend payments to our stockholders.
Our liquidity requirements are primarily funded by our cash flows from operations, which include cash received from customers related to monthly recurring revenue from providing monitoring and other services, as well as cash from the sale and installation of our security and solar systems (including cash received from third-party lenders who provide loan products for customers), less cash costs to provide services to our customers, including general and administrative costs, certain costs associated with acquiring new customers, and interest payments. In addition to cash generated from operations, we expect our ongoing sources of liquidity to include borrowings under our revolving credit facility and Receivables Facility, as well as the issuance of equity and/or debt securities as appropriate given market conditions.
We are a highly leveraged company with significant debt service requirements. We may, from time to time, seek to repay, redeem, repurchase, or refinance our indebtedness, or seek to retire or purchase our outstanding securities through cash purchases in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions or through a 10b5-1 repurchase plan or otherwise, and any such transactions may involve material amounts. We believe our cash position, borrowing capacity available under our revolving credit facility and Receivables Facility, and cash provided by operating activities are, and will continue to be, adequate to meet our operational and business needs in the next twelve months as well as our long-term liquidity needs.
Our ability to meet our debt service obligations and other capital requirements, including capital expenditures, as well as finance acquisitions, will depend on our future operating performance, which is subject to future general economic, financial, business, competitive, legislative, regulatory, and other conditions, many of which are beyond our control. Changes in our operating plans, material changes in anticipated sales, increased expenses, acquisitions, or other events may cause us to seek equity and/or debt financing in future periods. There can be no guarantee that financing will be available on acceptable terms or at all. Debt financing, if available, could impose additional cash payment obligations and subject us to additional covenants and operating restrictions.
We are a highly leveraged company with significant debt service requirements. As of December 31, 2020, we had $205 million inbelieve our cash and cash equivalents and $400 millionposition, borrowing capacity available under our revolving credit facility. In addition, we had an uncommitted available borrowing capacity of $124 million under ourfacility and Receivables Facility, which is dependent onand cash provided by operating activities are, and will continue to be, adequate to meet our operational and business needs in the volume of eligible retail installment contract receivables that can be sold undernext twelve months, as well as our Receivables Facility. The carrying amount of total debt outstanding was approximately $9.5 billion as of December 31, 2020.long-term liquidity needs.


5957


Long-Term DebtMaterial Cash Requirements
Our cash requirements within the next twelve months primarily include current maturities of long-term debt and leases, accounts payable and other current liabilities, and purchase commitments and other obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business.
As of December 31, 2020,2021, our significant short-term and long-term cash requirements, excluding cash required for operations, under our various contractual obligations and commitments primarily included:
Debt principal – As of December 31, 2021, our expected future debt principal payments, excluding finance leases, totaled approximately $9.8 billion, with approximately $79 million due in 2022.
Refer to Note 6 “Debt” for further details of our debt and the timing of expected future principal payments.
Interest payments Interest payments on our fixed-rate debt are calculated based on the contractual terms. Interest payments on our variable-rate debt, including the effects of our interest rate swaps, are calculated based on a forward LIBOR curve plus the applicable margin in effect as of December 31, 2021.
As of December 31, 2021, our expected future interest payments related to our debt and interest rate swap contracts totaled approximately $2.6 billion, with approximately $494 million due in 2022. As of December 31, 2021, we expect to incur annual interest payments related to our debt and interest rate swap contracts of approximately $350 - $450 million during the years 2023 - 2026.
Operating and finance leases – As of December 31, 2021, our expected future lease payments, including interest, totaled approximately $249 million, with approximately $84 million due in 2022.
Refer to Note 13 “Leases” for further details of our obligations and the timing of expected future payments.
Purchase obligations – Our material cash requirements for purchases of goods or services entered into in the ordinary course of business, including purchase orders and contractual obligations, primarily consist of information technology services and equipment, including investments in our information technology infrastructure, direct materials, and telecommunication services.
As of December 31, 2021, our contractual obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business, including agreements that are enforceable and legally binding and have a remaining term in excess of one year, totaled approximately $320 million, with approximately $120 million expected to be paid in 2022. Refer to Note 12 “Commitments and Contingencies” for the amounts and timing of such payments.
In addition, as of December 31, 2021, we had outstanding purchase orders of approximately $200 million primarily related to direct materials and information technology and marketing services, which are expected to be materially satisfied in 2022. Our future purchase obligations may be impacted by changes in our business or other internal or external factors. As our business continues to grow organically and through acquisitions, our obligations may grow as well.
Google Commercial Agreement – The Google Commercial Agreement requires us and Google to each contribute $150 million towards certain joint commercial efforts. As of December 31, 2021, we expect to contribute the following outstandingmajority of these amounts by the end of 2024. However, the timing of these contributions is still uncertain.
Customer account purchases – In 2021, we entered into agreements for potential future purchases of customer accounts from two distinct third parties, assuming certain conditions are met over the course of those agreements. As of December 31, 2021, remaining commitments for those potential future customer account purchases could total approximately $100 million through January 2023.
Sunlight Financial LLC (“Sunlight”) – We use Sunlight, a related party controlled by Apollo, to provide financing alternatives to certain ADT Solar customers. Amounts paid to Sunlight since the Sunpro Solar Acquisition were not material; however, these amounts may be material in future periods.
Unrecognized tax benefits – We have approximately $66 million of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, related to various tax positions we have taken. These liabilities may increase or decrease over time primarily as a result of tax examinations, and given the status of the examinations, we cannot reliably estimate the period of any cash settlement with the respective taxing authorities.
Refer to Note 8 “Income Taxes” for further details.


58


Off-balance sheet arrangements – We have guarantees primarily related to standby letters of credit on our insurance programs totaling $76 million. We do not have any other arrangements giving rise to material obligations that are not reported in our consolidated balance sheets, as described in Item 303 of SEC Regulation S-K.
Long-Term Debt
As of December 31, 2021, our debt balances (excluding finance leases, deferred financing costs, discount, premium, and fair value adjustments) consisted of the following (in thousands):
(in thousands)
Debt DescriptionDebt DescriptionIssuedMaturityInterest RateInterest PayablePrincipalDebt DescriptionIssuedMaturityInterest RateInterest PayablePrincipal
First Lien Term Loan due 2026First Lien Term Loan due 20269/23/20199/23/2026Adj. LIBOR +3.25%Quarterly$2,778,900 First Lien Term Loan due 20269/23/20199/23/2026Adj. LIBOR + 2.75%Quarterly$2,758,058 
First Lien Revolving Credit FacilityFirst Lien Revolving Credit Facility3/16/20186/23/2026Adj. LIBOR + 2.75%Quarterly25,000 
Second Lien Notes due 2028Second Lien Notes due 20281/28/20201/15/20286.250%1/15 and 7/151,300,000 Second Lien Notes due 20281/28/20201/15/20286.250%1/15 and 7/151,300,000 
First Lien Notes due 2024First Lien Notes due 20244/4/20194/15/20245.250%2/15 and 8/15750,000 First Lien Notes due 20244/4/20194/15/20245.250%2/15 and 8/15750,000 
First Lien Notes due 2026First Lien Notes due 20264/4/20194/15/20265.750%3/15 and 9/151,350,000 First Lien Notes due 20264/4/20194/15/20265.750%3/15 and 9/151,350,000 
First Lien Notes due 2027First Lien Notes due 20278/20/20208/31/20273.375%6/15 and 12/151,000,000 First Lien Notes due 20278/20/20208/31/20273.375%6/15 and 12/151,000,000 
ADT Notes due 20227/5/20127/15/20223.500%1/15 and 7/151,000,000 
First Lien Notes due 2029First Lien Notes due 20297/29/20218/1/20294.125%2/1 and 8/11,000,000 
ADT Notes due 2023ADT Notes due 20231/14/20136/15/20234.125%6/15 and 12/15700,000 ADT Notes due 20231/14/20136/15/20234.125%6/15 and 12/15700,000 
ADT Notes due 2032ADT Notes due 20325/2/20167/15/20324.875%1/15 and 7/15728,016 ADT Notes due 20325/2/20167/15/20324.875%1/15 and 7/15728,016 
ADT Notes due 2042ADT Notes due 20427/5/20127/15/20424.875%1/15 and 7/1521,896 ADT Notes due 20427/5/20127/15/20424.875%1/15 and 7/1521,896 
Receivables FacilityReceivables Facility3/5/202011/20/2025LIBOR + 1.00%Monthly75,775 Receivables Facility3/5/202011/20/2026LIBOR + 0.85%Monthly199,056 
Other debtOther debt4,732 
TotalTotal$9,704,587 Total$9,836,758 
First Lien Credit Agreement
Concurrently with the consummation of the Formation Transactions, we entered into a first lien credit agreement dated as of July 1, 2015 (together with subsequent amendments and restatements, the “First Lien Credit Agreement”), which has since been amended and restated on May 2, 2016, June 23, 2016, December 28, 2016, February 13, 2017, June 29, 2017, March 16, 2018, December 3, 2018, March 15, 2019 (effective April 4, 2019), and September 23, 2019.2019, January 27, 2021, and July 29, 2021.
As of December 31, 2020, theThe First Lien Credit Agreement consistedconsists of the following:
Aa term loan facility (“The First(the “First Lien Term Loan due 2026”) with an outstanding aggregate principal balance of $2.8 billion.and a revolving credit facility (the “First Lien Revolving Credit Facility”). Below is a summary of key events related to the First Lien Credit Agreement during 2021 and 2020:
In December 2020, we made a $300 million prepayment on the First Lien Term Loan due 2026.
In January 2021, we amended and restated the First Lien Credit Agreement to refinance the First Lien Term Loan due 2026, during 2020which reduced the applicable margin for Adjusted LIBOR loans from 3.25% to 2.75% and 2019:reduced the floor from 1.00% to 0.75%.
September 2019 - In July 2021, we further amended and restated the First Lien Credit Agreement with respect to the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility, which extended its maturity date to June 23, 2026, subject to certain conditions, and obtained an additional $175 million of commitments. After giving effect to this amendment and restatement, aggregate commitments under the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility were $575 million.
In December 2021, we borrowed $185 million under the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility in connection with the amendmentSunpro Solar Acquisition and restatement dated as of September 23, 2019 and withrepaid $160 million.
As a $300 million repayment, we refinanced and replaced the $3.4 billion aggregate principal amountresult of the first lien term loan dueJanuary 2021 amendment to the First Lien Credit Agreement, beginning in May 2022 (the “First Lien Term B-1 Loan”) with $3.1 billionthe second quarter of 2021, we are required to make scheduled quarterly principal payments equal to 0.25% of the then-outstanding aggregate principal amount of the First Lien Term Loan due 2026; and
December 2020 - We made a $300 million prepayment, which was applied to2026, with the remaining required principal payments of $8 million per quarter.
The First Lien Term Loan due 2026 isbalance payable at maturity and wematurity. We may make voluntary prepayments on the First Lien Term Loan due 2026 at any time prior to maturity at par. In addition,Additionally, we are required to make annual prepayments on the outstanding First Lien Term Loan due 2026 with a percentage of our excess cash flow, as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement, if our excess cash flow exceeds a certain specified threshold. WeAs of December 31, 2021, we were not required to make any annual prepayments based on our excess cash flow as of December 31, 2020.flow.
The First Lien Term Loan due 2026 hadhas an interest rate calculated as, at our option, either (a) LIBOR determined by reference to the costs of funds for Eurodollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing, adjusted for certain additional


59


costs (“Adjusted LIBOR”) with a floor of 1.00%0.75%, or (b) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (i) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum, (ii) the prime rate published by theThe Wall Street Journal, and (iii) one-month Adjusted LIBOR plus 1.00% per annum (“Base Rate”), in each case, plus the applicable margin of 3.25%2.75% for Adjusted LIBOR loans and 2.25%1.75% for Base Rate loans and is payable on each interest payment date, at least quarterly.
In January 2021, we amended the First Lien Credit Agreement to refinance the First Lien Term Loan due 2026, which reduced the applicable margin for Adjusted LIBOR loans from 3.25% to 2.750% and reduced the floor from 1.00% to 0.75%. Additionally, the amendment requires us to make quarterly, payments equal to 0.250% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the First Lien Term Loan due 2026, or approximately $7 million per quarter. We may make voluntary prepayments on the First Lien Term Loan due 2026 at any time prior to maturity at par, subject to a 1.00% prepayment premium in the event of certain specified events at any time during the six months after the closing date of the amendment.


60


The first lien revolving credit facility with an aggregate available commitment of up to $400 million through March 16, 2023 (the “First Lien Revolving Credit Facility”). As of December 31, 2020, there were no amounts outstanding under the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility.arrears.
Borrowings under the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility will bear interest at a rate equal to, at our option, either (a) Adjusted LIBOR, or (b) the Base Rate, plus the applicable margin of 2.75% for Adjusted LIBOR loans and 1.75% for Base Rate loans. Additionally, we are required to pay a commitment fee between 0.375% and 0.50% (determined based on a net first lien leverage ratio) with respect to the unused commitments under the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility.
By June 2023, USD LIBOR will be replaced with SOFR (the “SOFR Transition Date”), at which point the applicable benchmark for all existing and new issuances with a variable rate debt component will be based on SOFR. Our First Lien Term Loan due 2026 and First Lien Revolving Credit Facility will continue to be based on LIBOR until the SOFR Transition Date. However, any modification, such as a repricing, entered into after December 31, 2021 will require transition to SOFR. Additionally, any new issuances with a variable rate debt component entered into after December 31, 2021 will utilize SOFR per the terms of the credit agreement.
Second Lien Notes due 2028
As of December 31, 2020, theThe 6.250% second-priority senior secured notes due 2028 (the “Second Lien Notes due 2028”) had an outstanding balance of $1.3 billion. The Second Lien Notes due 2028 were issued in January 2020 to refinance and redeem the then outstandingthen-outstanding $1.2 billion aggregate principal amount of our 9.250% second-priority senior secured notes due 2023 (the “Prime Notes”).
The Second Lien Notes due 2028 will mature on January 15, 2028 with semi-annual interest payment dates of January 15 and July 15, and may be redeemed at our option as follows:
Prior to January 15, 2023, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, (a) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Second Lien Notes due 2028 redeemed, plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest as of, but excluding, the redemption date or (b) for up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Second Lien Notes due 2028 and in an aggregate amount equal to the net cash proceeds of any equity offerings, at a redemption price equal to 106.250%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, so long as at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Second Lien Notes due 2028 shall remain outstanding after each such redemption.
On or after January 15, 2023, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a redemption price equal to 103.125% of the principal amount of the Second Lien Notes due 2028 redeemed and accrued and unpaid interest as of, but excluding, the redemption date. The redemption price decreases to 101.563% on or after January 15, 2024 and decreases to 100% on or after January 15, 2025.
Additionally, upon the occurrence of specified change of control events, we must offer to repurchase the Second Lien Notes due 2028 at 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the purchase date. The indenture governing the Second Lien Notes due 2028 also provides for customary events of default.
First Lien Notes due 2024 and First Lien Notes due 2026
As of December 31, 2020, theThe 5.250% first-priority senior secured notes due 2024 (the “First Lien Notes due 2024”) had an outstanding balance of $750 million and the 5.750% first-priority senior secured notes due 2026 (the “First Lien Notes due 2026”) had an outstanding balance of $1.4 billion. Below is a summary of key events related to the First Lien Notes due 2024 and First Lien Notes due 2026 during 2020 and 2019:
April 2019 - We issued $750 million of First Lien Notes due 2024 and $750 million First Lien Notes due 2026, the proceeds of which were used to repurchase and cancel $1 billion of the Prime Notes and repay $500 million of the First Lien Term B-1 Loan (prior to refinancing as discussed above); and
September 2019 - We issued an additional $600 million of the First Lien Notes due 2026, the proceeds of which were used to repay approximately $300 million of the First Lien Term B-1 Loan and repurchase and cancel $300 million of the 5.250% notes due 2020 issued by The ADT Corporation (our notes originally issued by The ADT Corporation, collectively, the “ADT Notes”).
Both the First Lien Notes due 2024 and the First Lien Notes due 2026 are due at maturity, and may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time at a make-whole premium plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. Additionally, upon the occurrence of specified change of control events, we must offer to repurchase the notes at 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the purchase date.
First Lien Notes due 2027
As of December 31, 2020, theThe 3.375% first-priority senior secured notes due 2027 (the “First Lien Notes due 2027”) had an outstanding balance of $1 billion. The First Lien Notes due 2027 were issued in August 2020 to refinance and redeem the then outstanding $1then-outstanding $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of the 6.250% ADT Notes due 2021 (the “ADT Notes due 2021”).


61


The First Lien Notes due 2027 will mature on August 31, 2027 with semi-annual interest payment dates of June 15 and December 15, and may be redeemed at our option as follows:
Prior to August 31, 2026, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a make-whole premium plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the redemption date.


60


On or after August 31, 2026, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the First Lien Notes due 2027 redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the redemption date.
Additionally, upon the occurrence of specified change of control events, we must offer to repurchase the First Lien Notes due 2027 at 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the purchase date. The indenture governing the First Lien Notes due 2027 also provides for customary events of default.
First Lien Notes due 2029
The 4.125% first-priority senior secured notes due 2029 (the “First Lien Notes due 2029”) were issued in July 2021 to refinance and redeem the then-outstanding $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of the 3.50% ADT Notes due 2022.
The First Lien Notes due 2029 will mature on August 1, 2029, with semi-annual interest payment dates of February 1 and August 1 of each year, beginning February 1, 2022, and may be redeemed at our option as follows:
Prior to August 1, 2028, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the First Lien Notes due 2029 to be redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of the aggregate principal amount of the First Lien Notes due 2029 to be redeemed and the remaining scheduled interest payments due on any date after the redemption date, to and including August 1, 2028, discounted at an adjusted treasury rate plus 50 basis points, plus, in either case accrued and unpaid interest as of, but excluding, the redemption date.
On or after August 1, 2028, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the First Lien Notes due 2029 to be redeemed and accrued and unpaid interest as of, but excluding, the redemption date.
Additionally, upon the occurrence of specified change of control events, we may be required to purchase the First Lien Notes due 2029 at 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the purchase date. The indenture also provides for customary events of default.
ADT Notes
As of December 31, 2020, the ADT Notes had an outstanding balance of $2.4 billion. Below is a summary of key events related to the ADT Notes during 20202021 and 2019:
September 2019 - We repurchased and cancelled $147 million aggregate principal amount of the ADT Notes due 2020 at a price of $149 million;
October 2019 - We redeemed the remaining $153 million aggregate principal amount of the ADT Notes due 2020 at a price of $155 million; and2020:
September 2020 - We redeemed the outstanding $1$1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of the ADT Notes due 2021 at a price of $1.1 billion; and
August 2021 - We redeemed the outstanding $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of the ADT Notes due 2022 at a price of $1.0 billion.
The remaining outstanding ADT Notes are due at maturity, and may be redeemed, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus a make-whole premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest as of, but excluding, the redemption date. Additionally, upon the occurrence of specified change of control events, we must offer to repurchase the ADT Notes at 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the purchase date.
Receivables Facility
During March 2020, we entered into the Receivables Facility. Under the terms of the Receivables Facility whereby we may receive up to $200 million of financing secured by retail installment contract receivables from transactions involving security systems that were sold under a customer-owned model. During April 2020, we amended the Receivables Facility to also permit financing secured by retail installment contract receivables from transactions occurring under our Company-owned model. The Receivables Facility has a one year revolving period until March 5, 2021, which may be extended, and bears interest at a variable rate. If the revolving period is not extended, we are required to repay the Receivables Facility in a manner consistent with the contractual collections of the underlying retail installment contract receivables. We may make voluntary prepayments on the Receivables Facility at any time prior to maturity at par.
We obtain financing by selling or contributing certain retail installment contract receivables to our wholly-owned consolidated bankruptcy-remote special purpose entity (the “SPE”(“SPE”), which, pursuant to the Receivables Facility, borrows funds secured by the transferred. The SPE grants a security interest in those retail installment contract receivables.receivables as collateral for cash borrowings under the Receivables Facility. The SPE borrower under the Receivables facility is a separate legal entity with its own creditors who will be entitled, prior to and upon the liquidation of the SPE, to be satisfied out of the SPE’s assets prior to any assets inof the SPE becoming available to us (other than the SPE). Accordingly, the assets of the SPE are not available to pay our creditors (other than the SPE), although collections from the transferred retail installment contract receivables in excess of amounts required to repay amounts then due and payable to the SPE’s creditors may be remittedreleased to us during and after the term ofsubsequently used by us (including to pay other creditors). The SPE’s creditors under the Receivables Facility. The SPE’s creditorsFacility have legal recourse to the transferred retail installment contract receivables owned by the SPE, and to us for certain performance and operational obligations relating to the Receivables Facility, but do not have any recourse to us (other than the SPE) for the payment of principal and interest on the SPE’s financing.advances under the Receivables Facility.



61


Significant amendments to the Receivables Facility were as follows:
In March 2021, the Receivables Facility was amended to, among other things, extend the scheduled termination date for the uncommitted revolving period to March 4, 2022, and reduce the spread over LIBOR payable in respect of borrowings thereunder from 1.00% to 0.85%.
In July 2021, the Receivables Facility was amended into the form of a Receivables Financing Agreement, which continued the uncommitted secured lending arrangement contemplated among the parties and, among other things, provided for certain revisions to funding, prepayment, reporting, and other provisions in preparation for a potential future syndication of the advances made under the Receivables Facility.
In October 2021, the documentation governing the Receivables Facility was further amended in connection with the syndication of the advances thereunder to two additional lenders: MUFG Bank, Ltd. and Starbird Funding Corporation (a conduit lender related to BNP Paribas). As part of the amendment, the Receivables Facility’s uncommitted lending limit was increased from $200 million to $400 million, and the scheduled termination date for the Receivables Facility’s uncommitted revolving period was extended to October 28, 2022.
We service the transferred retail installment contract receivables and are responsible for ensuring that amounts collected from the transferred retail installment contract receivablesrelated collections are remitted to the SPE. We are required to deposit payments received from the transferred retail installment contract receivables into a segregated account subject toin the control of the creditors under the Receivables Facility.SPE’s name. On a monthly basis, the segregated bank account is utilized to make required principal, interest, and other payments due under the Receivables Facility.


62


The segregated account is considered restricted cash and is reflected in prepaid expenses and other current assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
During 2021 and 2020, we received proceeds of $83 million under the Receivables Facility and repaid $7 million. As of December 31, 2020, we had an outstanding balance of $76were $254 million and an uncommitted available borrowing capacity$83 million, respectively, and repayments were $130 million and $7 million, respectively. Both the proceeds and repayments during 2021 include the non-cash impact of $124approximately $88 million underfrom the Receivables Facility.Facility amendment in October 2021.
Debt Covenants
The First Lien Credit Agreement and indentures associated with the borrowings above contain certain covenants and restrictions that limit our ability to, among other things, incur additional debt or issue certain preferred equity interests; create liens on certain assets; make certain loans or investments (including acquisitions); pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of the capital stock or make other restricted payments; consolidate, merge, sell, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; sell assets; enter into certain transactions with affiliates; enter into sale-leaseback transactions; restrict dividends from our subsidiaries or restrict liens; change our fiscal year; and modify the terms of certain debt or organizational agreements.
We are also subject to a springing financial maintenance covenant under the First Lien Credit Agreement, which requires us to not exceed a specified first lien leverage ratio at the end of each fiscal quarter if the testing conditions are satisfied. The covenant is tested if the outstanding loans under the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility, subject to certain exceptions, exceed 30% of the total commitments under the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility at the testing date (i.e., the last day of any fiscal quarter).
As of December 31, 2020,2021, we were in compliance with all financial covenant and other maintenance tests for all our debt obligations, and we do not believe there is a material risk of future noncompliance with our financial covenant and other maintenance tests as a result of the COVID-19 Pandemic.Pandemic, or otherwise.
Dividends
Stockholders are entitled to receive dividends when, as, and if declared by the Company’s board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose.
During February 2019,2021, we approved a dividend reinvestment plan (the “DRIP”), which allows stockholders to designate all or a portiondeclared aggregate dividends of the cash dividends on their shares of common stock for reinvestment in additional shares of our common stock. The number of shares issued is determined based on the volume weighted average closing price$0.14 per share of our common stock for the five trading days preceding the dividend payment and adjusted for any discounts, as applicable. The DRIP will terminate in accordance with its terms on February 27, 2021.
We declared the following dividends on common stock during 2020, 2019, and 2018:
Declared DateRecord DatePayment DateCommon Stock Dividend per ShareClass B Common Stock Dividend per Share
March 15, 2018March 26, 2018April 5, 2018$0.035$—
May 9, 2018June 25, 2018July 10, 2018$0.035$—
August 8, 2018September 18, 2018October 2, 2018$0.035$—
November 7, 2018December 14, 2018January 4, 2019$0.035$—
March 11, 2019April 2, 2019April 12, 2019$0.035$—
May 7, 2019June 11, 2019July 2, 2019$0.035$—
August 6, 2019September 11, 2019October 2, 2019$0.035$—
November 12, 2019December 13, 2019December 23, 2019$0.700$—
November 12, 2019December 13, 2019January 3, 2020$0.035$—
March 5, 2020March 19, 2020April 2, 2020$0.035$—
May 7, 2020June 18, 2020July 2, 2020$0.035$—
August 5, 2020September 18, 2020October 2, 2020$0.035$0.035
November 5, 2020December 21, 2020January 4, 2021$0.035$0.035
Apollo elected to discontinue participation in the DRIP with respect to dividends on our Common Stock subsequent to the October 2, 2019 dividend payment.
On February 25, 2021, we announced a dividend of $0.035($111 million) and $0.14 per share to holders of Common Stock andon Class B Common Stock of record on March 18, 2021, which will be distributed on April 1, 2021.
($8 million). During 2020, we declared aggregate dividends of $0.14 per share on Common Stock ($108 million) and $0.07 per share on Class B Common Stock ($4 million). Refer to Note 9 “Equity” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.
On March 1, 2022, we announced a dividend of $0.035 per share to holders of Common Stock and Class B Common Stock of record on March 17, 2022, which will be distributed on April 4, 2022.


62


Other Share Activity
In February 2019, we approved a dividend reinvestment plan (the “DRIP”), which allowed stockholders to designate all or a portion of the cash dividends on their shares of common stock for reinvestment in additional shares of our Common Stock. The amount ofDRIP terminated in accordance with its terms on February 27, 2021. Prior to termination, dividends settled in shares of Common Stock waswere not material.material during 2021 or 2020.


63


During 2019, we declared aggregate dividends of $0.84 per share on Common Stock ($633 million), which included a special dividend of $0.70 per share on Common Stock. The amount of dividends settled in shares of Common Stock was approximately $68 million, which resulted in the issuance of 11 million shares of Common Stock.
Share Repurchase Program
OnIn February 27, 2019, we approved the Share Repurchase Program, which authorized us to repurchase up to $150 millionshares of our shares of Common Stock through February 27, 2021. On March 23, 2020, we approved an increase(up to $75 million, inclusive of the amount then remaining under thea certain amount). The Share Repurchase Program terminated in the authorized repurchase amount and an extension of the Share Repurchase Program throughaccordance with its terms on March 23, 2021.
We may effect these repurchases pursuant Prior to one or more trading plans to be adopted in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 (each, a “10b5-1 plan”) under the Exchange Act, in privately negotiated transactions, in open market transactions, or pursuant to an accelerated share repurchase program. We intend to conduct the Share Repurchase Program in accordance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act. We are not obligated to repurchase any of our shares of Common Stock and the timing and amount of any repurchases will depend on legal requirements, market conditions, stock price, alternative uses of capital, and other factors.
During 2020, there were no materialtermination, repurchases of shares of our Common Stock under the Share Repurchase Program. As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately $75 million remaining underProgram were not material during 2021 or 2020.
Refer to Note 9 “Equity” in the Share Repurchase Program.
During 2019, we repurchased 24 million shares of Common StockNotes to Consolidated Financial Statements for approximately $150 million under the Share Repurchase Program.further information.
Cash Flow Analysis
The following table is a summary of our cash flow activity for the periods presented:
Years Ended December 31,$ Change
(in thousands)2020201920182020 vs. 20192019 vs. 2018
Net cash provided by operating activities$1,366,749 $1,873,117 $1,787,607 $(506,368)$85,510 
Net cash used in investing activities$(1,137,477)$(978,177)$(1,738,210)$(159,300)$760,033 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities$(70,261)$(1,214,204)$193,001 $1,143,943 $(1,407,205)
Years Ended December 31,$ Change
(in thousands)2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities$1,649,723 $1,366,749 $1,873,117 $282,974 $(506,368)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities$(1,695,745)$(1,137,477)$(978,177)$(558,268)$(159,300)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities$(128,448)$(70,261)$(1,214,204)$(58,187)$1,143,943 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
The decreaseincrease in net cash flows provided by operating activities duringfor 2021 compared to 2020 was primarily due to (i) an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses largely due to the Defenders Acquisition, (ii) an increase in theto:
a lower volume of residential outright sales transactions as compared to Company-owned transactions as a result of our equipment ownership model changes;
a decrease in which equipment was sold outright to residential customers, (iii) the saleoutflows of ADT Canada, (iv) $81 million related to a payment in the first quarter of 2020 for the settlement of a pre-existing relationship in connection with the Defenders Acquisition,Acquisition;
a decrease in outflows of $58 million related to lower incentive compensation payments in 2021 as compared to 2020 primarily due to our 2019 annual incentive payment and (v) the acceleration of the majority of our 2020 annual incentive payment, which were both paid in 2020; and
a decrease in cash interest of $54 million from various long-term debt refinancing transactions.
These activities were partially offset by:
an increase of $155 million in payments related to radio conversion costs, net of the related incremental revenue; and
an increase in payroll tax payments primarily related to deferrals of such payments in 2020 under the CARES Act, a portion of our 2020 incentive compensation payments into 2020. These decreaseswhich were partially offset by the favorable cash flow benefit associated with the deferral of payroll tax payments provided by the CARES Act and a decreasepaid in interest payments of $35 million due to changes to the timing and amount of interest payments as a result of our recent financing transactions. 2021.
The remainder of the activity in cash flows provided by operating activities related to changes in assets and liabilities due to the volume and timing of other operating cash receipts and payments with respect to when the transactions are reflected in earnings.
We expect our transitionRefer to a Company-owned modelthe discussions above under “—Results of Operations” for our residential transactions to favorably impact net cash provided by operating activities during 2021 due to different accounting policies applicable to each ownership model.further details.
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
The increase in net cash used in investing activities duringfor 2021 compared to 2020 was primarily due to:
an increase in dealer generated customer account and bulk account purchases of $294 million due to a higher volume of purchases including the non-recurrenceimpact from bulk purchases; and
an increase in subscriber system assets expenditures of $496$276 million primarily due to a higher volume of proceeds receivedresidential Company-owned transactions as compared to outright sales transactions as a result of the sale of ADT Canada during 2019 and an increaseour equipment ownership model changes, partially offset by;
a decrease in cash usedpaid for business acquisitions, net of cash acquired, of $116 million primarily due to the Defenders Acquisition during 2020. These increases were partially offset by (i) a decrease in the volume of dealer and bulk account purchases primarily due to the Defenders Acquisition, (ii) a decrease in the volume of subscriber system asset expenditures as a result of the Equipment Ownership Model Change and the sale of ADT Canada, and (iii) a decrease as a result of proceeds received associated with the sale of a strategic investment during 2020.
We expect our transition to a Company-owned model for our residential transactions to negatively impact net cash used in investing activities during 2021 due to different accounting policies applicable to each ownership model.acquired.


6463


Cash Flows from Financing Activities
During 2020,The increase in net cash used in financing activities for 2021 compared to 2020 was primarily consisteddue to:
a decrease in inflows of (i) $415$448 million related to proceeds, net of expenses, received in 2020 from the net repaymentsissuance of long-term borrowings, including call premiums, (ii) $109 million related to dividend payments on common stock, (iii) $38 million related toClass B Common Stock; and
an increase in payments on interest rate swap contracts that included an other-than-insignificant financing element at inception, and (iv) $29 million related to the payment of deferred financing fees. inception.
These cash outflowsactivities were partially offset by (i) $448by:
a decrease in net outflows on long-term borrowings of $359 million of proceeds, net of expenses, associated with the issuance of Class B Common Stock and (ii) $76 million of net proceeds under the Receivables Facility.
During 2019, net cash used in financing activities primarily consisted of (i) $565 million related to dividend payments on common stock, (ii) $442 million relateddue to the net repayment of long-term borrowings, including$300 million prepayment in December 2020 on the First Lien Term Loan due 2026, as well as a decrease in call premiums (iii) $150 million related to repurchases of common stock, and (iv) $54 million related to the payment of deferred financing fees.
COMMITMENTS AND CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
The following table provides a summary of our commitments and contractual obligations for debt, leases, and other purchase obligations as of December 31, 2020:
(in thousands)20212022202320242025ThereafterTotal
Debt principal(1)
$17,809 $1,018,507 $717,248 $764,035 $8,176 $7,178,812 $9,704,587 
Interest payments(2)
522,340 514,148 457,458 423,147 388,103 694,663 2,999,859 
Operating leases(3)
36,440 38,981 33,160 21,541 14,884 21,518 166,524 
Finance leases(4)
29,174 23,218 10,056 2,229 12 — 64,689 
Contractual obligations(5)
177,024 58,714 48,245 17,201 12,324 19,578 333,086 
Total$782,787 $1,653,568 $1,266,167 $1,228,153 $423,499 $7,914,571 $13,268,745 

______________________
(1)Represents the contractual principal payments of our debt obligations as of December 31, 2020. Finance lease obligations, discounts, deferred financing costs, and purchase accounting fair value adjustments are excluded.
(2)Represents the estimated interest payments on our debt obligations as of December 31, 2020. Interest payments on our fixed-rate debt are calculated based on the contractual terms. Interest payments on our variable-rate debt, including the effects of our interest rate swaps, are calculated based on a forward LIBOR curve (or floor, whichever is higher) plus the applicable margin in effect as of December 31, 2020.
(3)Represents lease payments on our operating lease obligations as of December 31, 2020.
(4)Represents the principal and interest payments on our finance lease obligations as of December 31, 2020.
(5)Represents contractual obligations for purchases of goods or services, including purchase orders, related to agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms of the transaction as of December 31, 2020. Excludes contractual obligations related to the Commercial Agreement with Google, which requires us and Google to each contribute $150 million towards certain joint commercial efforts. Each party is required to contribute such funds in three equal tranches, subject to the attainment of certain milestones. Refer to Note 9 “Equity” for further details.
We have not included in the contractual obligations table approximately $66 million of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, related to various tax positions we have taken. These liabilities may increase or decrease over time primarily as a result of tax examinations, and given the status of the examinations, we cannot reliably estimate the period of any cash settlement with the respective taxing authorities. In addition, we have not included the minimum required contributions to our defined benefit pension plans as the aggregate contributions are not material. Finally, we have not included our off-balance sheet guarantees of $83 million, which primarily relate to standby letters of credit on our insurance programs.
During the first quarter of 2021, we entered into commitments of approximately $54 million to purchase certain parts used in the program to replace 3G and CDMA cellular equipment used in our security systems.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
As of December 31, 2020, our guarantees totaled $83 million and primarily related to standby letters of credit on our insurance programs. We do not have any other material off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation S-K.

debt redemptions during 2020;

an increase in net proceeds of $47 million from the Receivables Facility due to additional months of activity in 2021 as compared to 2020; and
65
a decrease in payments for deferred financing costs.


CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP, which requires us to select accounting policies and make estimates that affect amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes.
Management’s estimates are based on the relevant information available at the end of each period. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or market conditions.
The following critical accounting policiesestimates include estimates prepared in accordance with GAAP that involve a significant level of estimation uncertainty and have had or are reasonably likely to have a material impact on the financial condition or results of operations, and are based on, among other things, estimates, assumptions, and judgments made by management that include inherent risks and uncertainties. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances.
Refer to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report for further discussion of our significant accounting policies and the effect on our financial statements.
Revenue Recognition
We generateThe Company generates revenue primarily through contractual monthly recurring fees received for monitoring and related services provided to customers. In transactions in which we provide monitoringFor CSB and related services but retain ownership ofCommercial, the security system, ourCompany’s performance obligations primarilygenerally include monitoring, related services (such as maintenance agreements), and a material right associated with the one-time non-refundable fees received in connection with the initiation of a monitoring contract that the customer will not be required to pay again upon a renewal of the contract, which is referred to as deferred subscriber acquisition revenue. The portion of the transaction price associated with monitoring and related services revenue is recognized when the services are provided to the customer and is reflected in monitoring and related services revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Deferred subscriber acquisition revenue is deferred and recorded as deferred subscriber acquisition revenue in the Consolidated Balance Sheets upon initiation of a monitoring contract. Deferred subscriber acquisition revenue is amortized on a pooled basis into installation and other revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Operations over the estimated life of the customer relationship using an accelerated method consistent with the amortization of subscriber system assets and deferred subscriber acquisition costs associated with the transaction.
In transactions involving a security system that is sold outright to the customer, our performance obligations generally include monitoring, related services, and the sale and installation of a security system or a material right in transactions in which the Company retains ownership of the security system.system (as discussed below). For Solar, the Company’s performance obligations generally include the sale and installation of a solar system, and may include additional performance obligations such arrangements, we allocate a portionas roofing services or the sale and installation of theadditional products such as batteries.
The transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation based on relative standalone selling price, which is determined using observable internal orand external pricing, profitability, and profitabilityoperational metrics.
The portion of the transaction price associated with the material right is deferred upon initiation of a monitoring contract and reflected as deferred subscriber acquisition revenue in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Deferred subscriber acquisition revenue is amortized on a pooled basis over the estimated life of the customer relationship using an accelerated method consistent with the treatment of subscriber system assets and deferred subscriber acquisition costs (discussed below).
Revenue associated with the sale and installation of a security system is recognized either at a point in time or over time based upon the nature of the transaction and contractual terms and is reflected in installation and other revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.terms. For revenue recognized over time, progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation is primarily measured using a cost-to-cost measure of progress method. The cost input is based primarily on contract cost incurred to date compared to total estimated contract cost. This measure of progress method includes forecasts based on the best information available and reflects our judgment to faithfully depict the value of the services transferred to the customer. The portion of the transaction price associated with monitoring and related services revenue is recognized when the services are provided to the customer and is reflected in monitoring and related services revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.


64


Subscriber System Assets, net and Deferred Subscriber Acquisition Costs, net
We capitalize certain costs associated with transactions in which we retain ownership of the security system as well as incremental selling expenses related to acquiring customers. These costs include equipment, installation costs, and other incremental costs and are recorded in subscriber system assets, net and deferred subscriber acquisition costs, net in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These assets embody a probable future economic benefit as they contribute to the generation of future monitoring and related services revenue for us.
Subscriber system assets represent capitalized equipment and installation costs incurred in connection with transactions in which we retain ownership of the security system. Upon customer termination, we may retrieve such assets. Deferred subscriber acquisition costs represent incremental selling expenses (primarily commissions) related to acquiring customers.
Subscriber system assets and any related deferred subscriber acquisition costs resulting from customer acquisitions are accounted for on a pooled basis based on the month and year of acquisition. We depreciate and amortize our pooled subscriber system assets and related deferred subscriber acquisition costs using an accelerated method over the estimated life of the customer relationship, which is 15 years. We periodically perform lifing studies to estimate the expected life of the customer relationship and the attrition pattern of our customers. customers and assess the continued reasonableness of our existing depreciation and amortization policies.
The lifing studies are based on historical customer terminations and are used to establish the amortization rates of our customer account pools in order to reflect the pattern of future benefit. The results of the lifing studies indicate that we can expect attrition to be the greatest in the initial years of asset life; therefore, an accelerated method best matches the future amortization cost with the estimated revenue stream from these customer pools. In order to align the depreciation and amortization of subscriber system assets and related deferred costs to the pattern in which their economic benefits are consumed, the accelerated method utilizes an average declining balance rate of approximately 250%


66


and converts to straight-line methodology when the resulting charge is greater than that from the accelerated method, resulting in an average charge of approximately 55% of the pool within the first five years, 25% within the second five years, and 20% within the final five years. The accelerated method and estimated life used have not changed during the periods presented.
Definite-Lived Intangible Assets
Definite-lived intangible assets primarily relate to customer relationships and dealer relationships and other definite-lived intangible assets that originated from business acquisitions, as well as contracts with customers purchased under the ADT Authorized Dealer Program or from other third parties.
Customer relationships which primarily originated from the Formation Transactions and the ADT Acquisition, are amortized over a period of up to 20 years based on management estimates about the amounts and timing of estimated future revenue from customer accounts and average customer account life that existed at the time of the related business acquisition. Dealer relationships originated from the Formation Transactions and the ADT Acquisition and are primarily amortized over 19 years based on management estimates about the longevity of the underlying dealer network and the attrition of those respective dealers that existed at the time of the related business acquisition. Other definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over a period of up to 10 years on a straight-line basis.
We maintain a network of agreements with third-party independent alarm dealers who sell alarm equipment and ADT Authorized Dealer-branded monitoring and interactive services to end users. The dealers in this program generate new end-user contracts with customers which we have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase from the dealer. Purchases of contracts with customers under the ADT Authorized Dealer Program, or from other third parties, are considered asset acquisitions and are recorded at their contractually determined purchase price. We may charge back the purchase price of any end-user contract if the contract is canceled during the charge-back period, which is generally thirteen months from the date of purchase. We record the amount of the charge back as a reduction to the purchase price. Similar to above, we periodically perform lifing studies to estimate the expected life of the customer relationship and the attrition pattern of our customers and assess the continued reasonableness of our existing depreciation and amortization policies.
PurchasesThese purchases of contracts with customers under the ADT Authorized Dealer Program, or from other third parties, are accounted for on a pooled basis based on the month and year of acquisition. We amortize our pooled contracts with customers using an accelerated method over the estimated life of the customer relationship, which is 15 years. The accelerated method for amortizing these contracts utilizes an average declining balance rate of approximately 300% and converts to straight-line methodology when the resulting amortization charge is greater than that from the accelerated method, resulting in an average amortization of approximately 65% of the pool within the first five years, 25% within the second five years, and 10% within the final five years.
Long-Lived Asset Impairments
We review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that The accelerated method and estimated life used have not changed during the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be fully recoverable. We group assets at the lowest level for which cash flows are separately identified. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset group to its expected future undiscounted cash flows. If the expected future undiscounted cash flows of the asset group are less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value less costs to sell. The calculation of the fair value less costs to sell of an asset group is based on assumptions concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and assumed discount rates, reflecting varying degrees of perceived risk.periods presented.
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets Impairment
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized and are tested for impairment at least annually as of the first day of the fourth quarter of each year and more often if an event occurs or circumstances change which indicate it is more-likely-than-not that fair value is less than carrying amount. The annual impairment tests ofWe make certain estimates and judgments in relation to goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, may be completed through qualitative assessments. We may elect to bypasswhich include considerations made in the qualitative assessment and proceed directly tovaluation of certain acquired identifiable indefinite-lived assets as a quantitativeresult of business combinations as well as considerations in impairment test for any reporting unit or indefinite-lived intangible asset in any period. We may resume the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit or indefinite-lived intangible asset in any subsequent period.assessments of goodwill.
Goodwill
Under a qualitative approach, the impairment test for goodwill consists of an assessment ofwe assess whether it is more-likely-than-not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If we elect to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit, or if a qualitative assessment indicates it is more-likely-than-not that the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we proceed to a quantitative approach.


67


Under a quantitative approach, we estimate the fair value of a reporting unit and compare it to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.


65


We estimate the fair value of a reporting unit using the income approach, which discounts projected cash flows using market participant assumptions. The income approach includes significant assumptions including, but not limited to, forecasted revenue, operating profit margins, operating expenses, cash flows, perpetual growth rates, and discount rates. The estimated fair value of a reporting unit calculated using the income approach is sensitive to changes in the underlying assumptions. In developing these assumptions, we rely on various factors including operating results, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows, and other market data. Examples of events or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to negatively affect the underlying judgments and factors and ultimately impact the estimated fair value determinations may include such items as a prolonged downturn in the business environment, changes in economic conditions that significantly differ from our assumptions in timing or degree, volatility in equity and debt markets resulting in higher discount rates, and unexpected regulatory changes. As a result, there are inherent uncertainties related to these judgments and factors in applying them to the goodwill impairment tests.
During the fourth quarter of 2020, andsubsequent to our annual goodwill impairment tests, our reporting units changed in connection with athe integration of Red Hawk and other commercial acquisitions, which reflected the finalization and integration of financial information and internal reporting structure, as well as changes in the review and availability of discrete financial information. Since the fourth quarter of 2020, the Commercial reporting unit change,is comprised of the former Red Hawk reporting unit, as well as assets and liabilities and accompanying financial results related to operations associated with commercial customers that were previously assigned to the U.S. reporting unit. The Company also reallocated a portion of goodwill from the former U.S. reporting unit to the Commercial reporting unit on a relative fair value basis using a market approach that consisted of the application of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”) multiples from a selected peer group of publicly-traded companies to arrive at the estimated fair values. In addition, we qualitatively tested our former reporting units immediately prior to the reporting unit change during the fourth quarter of 2020 and quantitatively tested our new reporting units immediately following the change. Based on the results of these tests, no impairment charges were recorded.
On October 1, 2021, we completed our annual goodwill impairment tests by qualitatively testing the goodwill associated with the CSB reporting unit and quantitatively testing the goodwill associated with the Commercial reporting unit. Additionally, we did not test the goodwill associated with the Solar reporting unit due to the recency of the Sunpro Solar Acquisition in December 2021.
Based on the results of the qualitative testing for the CSB reporting unit, we concluded it is more likely than not that the fair valuesvalue of boththe CSB reporting units exceeded theirunit exceeds its carrying amounts.value. Based on the results of the quantitative testing for the Commercial reporting unit, we concluded the fair value of the Commercial reporting unit exceeds its carrying value by approximately 20%. The Commercial reporting unit continues to deal with the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, and should certain pandemic-related issues continue, the reporting unit fair value could be adversely impacted and may decline below its carrying value.
Based on the results of these tests, we did not record any impairment losses associated with our reporting units.
Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
As of December 31, 2021, our only indefinite-lived intangible asset is the ADT trade name, which has a carrying value of $1.3 billion and was recognized in connection with the ADT Acquisition in May 2016.
Under a qualitative approach, the impairment test for an indefinite-lived intangible asset consists of an assessment of whether it is more-likely-than-not that an asset’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If we elect to bypass the qualitative assessment for any indefinite-lived intangible asset, or if a qualitative assessment indicates it is more-likely-than-not that the estimated carrying amount of such asset exceeds its fair value, we proceed to a quantitative approach.
Under a quantitative approach, we estimate the fair value of an asset, and compare it to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount exceeds fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible assetwhich is determined based on the nature of the underlying asset. Our only indefinite-lived intangible asset is the ADT trade name. The fair value of the ADT trade name is determined under a relief from royalty method, which is an income approach that estimates the cost savings that accrue to us that we would otherwise have to pay in the form of royalties or license fees on revenue earned through the use of the asset. The utilization of the relief from royalty method requires us to make significant assumptions including revenue growth rates, the implied royalty rate, and the discount rate.
As of our October 1, 2021 impairment test, the fair value of the ADT trade name significantly exceeded its carrying value. In connection with our quantitative impairment test, we performed a sensitivity analysis on the key assumptions used to determine the fair value of the ADT trade name. The results of our sensitivity analysis did not have a material impact on the conclusions reached.
Business Combinations
We account for business acquisitions under the acquisition method of accounting. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with business acquisitions are recorded at the date of acquisition at their estimated fair values, with any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired recorded as goodwill. Significant judgment is required in estimating the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and in assigning useful lives to certain definite-lived


66


intangible and tangible assets. Accordingly, we may engage third-party valuation specialists to assist in these determinations. The fair value estimates are based on available information as of the acquisition date and assumptions deemed reasonable by management but are inherently uncertain.
We have not recorded any material measurement period adjustments to purchase price allocations during 2021, 2020, and 2019.
Loss Contingencies
We are subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business, the outcomes of which are inherently uncertain. We record accrualsa liability for losses that are probable and the amount can be reasonably estimable. These accruals are based on a varietyestimated, the determination of factors such as judgment, probability of loss, opinions of internal and external legal counsel, and actuarially determined estimates of claims incurred but not yet reported based upon historical claims experience. Legal costs in connection with claims and lawsuits in the ordinary course of business are expensed as incurred.which requires significant judgement. Additionally, we record insurance recovery receivables from third-party insurers when recovery has been determined to be probable.
The Company’s reasonably possible losses related to ongoing claims and lawsuits not within scope of an insurance program were not material, and in most cases, the Company has not accrued for any losses as the likelihood of loss cannot be assessed or the range of probable loss cannot be estimated.
Income Taxes
We file a consolidated federal return for our U.S. entities and separate returns for each Canadian entity.
We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the temporary differences between the recognition of revenue and expenses for income tax and financial reporting purposes and between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements. We record the effect of a tax rate or law change on our deferred tax assets and liabilities in the period of enactment. Future tax rate or law changes could have a material effect on our results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows.


68


In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including our past operating results, the existence of cumulative losses in the most recent years, and our forecast of future taxable income. In estimating future taxable income, we develop assumptions related to the amount of future pre-tax operating income, the reversal of temporary differences, and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. These assumptions require significant judgment about the forecasts of future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates we are using to manage our underlying businesses.
We recognize positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return in the consolidated financial statements when it is more-likely-than-not (i.e., a likelihood of more than 50%) that the position would be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. A recognized tax position is then measured at the largest amount of benefit with greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. We record liabilities for positions that have been taken but do not meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold. We adjust the liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits in light of changing facts and circumstances; however, due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a change to the estimated liabilities.
ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Refer to Note 1 “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 15 for further discussion about recent accounting pronouncements.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
Our operations expose us to a variety of market risks, including the effects of changes in interest rates. We monitor and manage these financial exposures as an integral part of our overall risk management program. OurWhile our policies allow for the use of specified financial instruments for hedging purposes only. Useonly, the use of derivatives for speculation purposes is prohibited.


67


Interest Rate Risk
We have both fixed-rate and variable-rate debt, and, as a result, we are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates on our debt. We have interest rate swap contracts to hedge ourmanage interest rate exposure on our variable-rate debt. However, certaindebt through interest rate swap contracts. Certain of our variable-rate debt instruments are subject to a 1.00%LIBOR-based floor on interest payments, which was 0.75% and 1.00% as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, while our interest rate swap contracts doare not include asubject to the same floor. If current LIBOR increases above 1.00%,the floor, the increase in our debt service obligations on mostthe majority of our variable-rate indebtedness will be neutralized as we have entered intoour interest rate swaps that hedge any increase in current LIBOR above 1.00%. Ifthe floor. However, if current LIBOR isfalls below 1.00%, even though the amount borrowed remains the same,floor, our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will decrease by the impact of the difference between 1.00%the floor and current LIBOR, because certaineven though the amount borrowed remains the same. Including the impact of our interest rate swaps, any 0.125% decrease in LIBOR below the floor would not result in a material increase in annualized interest expense on our variable-rate debt.
A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates would change the fair value of our debt has an interest floor of 1.00% while the correspondingand interest rate swap contracts do not have a LIBOR floor. In January 2021, we amended our variable-rateas follows:
As of December 31,
20212020
Long-term debt (excluding finance leases):
Carrying amount$9.6 billion$9.4 billion
Fair value(1)
$10.0 billion$10.1 billion
Fair value impact of hypothetical 10% change in interest rates$182 million$191 million
Interest rate swap contracts:
Notional value$3.2 billion$3.2 billion
Fair value(2)
$118 million$276 million
Fair value impact of hypothetical 10% change in interest rates$million$million
__________________
(1)     Fair value of long-term debt is based on the implied yield from broker-quoted market prices. The carrying amounts of debt outstanding, if any, under the Company’s revolving credit facility and reduced the floor from 1.00% to 0.75%.receivables facility approximate fair values as interest rates on these borrowings approximate current market rates.
As a result(2)     Fair value of recent changes in the interest rate environment, ourswaps contracts is based on discounted cash flow analyses and was in a net liability position as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.
In 2020, we de-designated interest rate swap contracts designated as cash flow hedges with an aggregate notional amount of $3$3.0 billion, as they were no longer highly effective beginning in March 2020. Accordingly, we de-designated the cash flow hedgesWe reclassified $61 million and the$54 million of accumulated unrealized gainslosses in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) to interest expense, net, during 2021 and 2020, respectively, as any unrealized losses for the period in which these cash flow hedges were no longer highly effective were recognized in interest expense. Unrealized lossespreviously recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income (“AOCI”)AOCI prior to de-designation will beare reclassified into interest expense, net, in the same period in which the related interest on variable-rate debt affects earnings through the maturity dates of the interest rate swap contracts as the forecasted cash flows are probable or reasonably possible of occurring.
The unrealized Unrealized gains and losses on interest rate swap contractsfor periods in which these cash flow hedges are no longer highly effective are recognized in interest expense, net, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations wereand included a $158 million gain and a $60 million loss during 2021 and $9 million during 2020, and 2019, respectively. Additionally, we reclassified $54 million of accumulated unrealized losses in AOCI related to interest rate swap contracts that have been de-designated as cash flow hedges to interest expense, net, during 2020. There were no material reclassification adjustments associated with cash flow hedges during 2019.
As of December 31, 2020, the carrying amount of our debt, excluding finance leases, was $9.4 billion with a fair value of $10.1 billion. In addition, we had interest rate swap contracts with aggregate notional amounts of $3.2 billion with a fair value of $276 million as a net liability. As of December 31, 2020, a hypothetical 10% change in interest rates would change the fair value of our debt by approximately $191 million based on the implied yield from broker-quoted market prices on our debt, while a similar change in interest rates would change the fair value of our interest rate swap contracts by approximately $2 million based on a discounted cash flow analysis. Additionally, any 0.125% decrease in LIBOR below 1.0% would result in an increase of approximately $4 million in annualized interest expense on our variable-rate debt, including the impact of our interest rate swaps.


69


As of December 31, 2019, the carrying amount of our debt, excluding finance leases, was $9.6 billion with a fair value of $10.2 billion. In addition, we had interest rate swap contracts with aggregate notional amounts of $3.2 billion with a fair value of $84 million as a net liability. As of December 31, 2019, a hypothetical 10% change in interest rates would change the fair value of our debt by approximately $214 million based on the implied yield from broker-quoted market prices on our debt, while a similar change in interest rates would change the fair value of our interest rate swap contracts by approximately $34 million based on a discounted cash flow analysis. Additionally, any 0.125% decrease in LIBOR below 1.0% would result in an increase of approximately $4 million in annualized interest expense on our variable-rate debt, including the impact of our interest rate swaps.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
The Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, our consolidated financial statements, and the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements that are filed as part of this Annual Report are listed under “Item 15. Exhibits,Item 15 “Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules” and are set forth beginning on page F-1 immediately following the signature pages of this Annual Report.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
None.


68


ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report. Based on such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that as of December 31, 2020,2021, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level in recording, processing, summarizing,ensuring information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reporting,reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act, and that such information wasis accumulated and communicated to the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined under Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Our management performed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20202021 based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on our assessment and those criteria, our management determined that our internal control over financial reporting was effective at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2020.2021.
Our independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, has issued an audit report onWe excluded Compass Solar Group, LLC from our assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20202021, because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during December 2021. The total assets and total revenues of Compass Solar Group, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary, represented approximately 5% and less than 1% respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as set forthof and for the year ended December 31, 2021.
The effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm includedtheir report which appears in Part IV of this Annual Report.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in our management’s evaluation pursuant to Rules 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act during the three months ended December 31, 20202021 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.
None.
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS.
Not Applicable.


7069


ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.
None.


71


PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.
The information required by this Item 10.10 “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” is incorporated herein by reference from our Proxy Statement for the 20212022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after our fiscal year end of December 31, 2020 (the “Proxy Statement”).2021.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
The information required by this Item 11.11 “Executive Compensation” is incorporated herein by reference from our Proxy Statement.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
The information required by this Item 12.12 “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters,” other than the information regarding an Apollo margin loan agreementas set forth below as required by Item 201(d) and Item 403(c) of Regulation S-K, is incorporated herein by reference from our Proxy Statement. Also, incorporated herein by reference is information concerning compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance which is found in Item 5. “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” of this Annual Report under the caption "Securities
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans."Plans
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2021 with respect to shares of Common Stock issuable under our equity compensation plans. There are no shares of Class B Common Stock issuable under our equity compensation plans.
Equity Compensation Plans(1)
Plan CategoryNumber of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants, and rights
(a)
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants, and rights
(b)
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))
(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders:
2016 Equity Incentive Plan(2)
2,872,890 $6.07 1,930,247 
2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan(3)
48,835,582 $6.14 27,932,373 
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders— — 
Total51,708,472 29,862,620 
_________________
(1)All numbers in the table above are presented after giving effect to the 1.681-for-1 stock split of Common Stock effective January 4, 2018. In addition, the exercise prices of outstanding stock options granted prior to the payment of a special dividend on December 23, 2019, were reduced by $0.70 in accordance with the provisions of both compensation plans.
(2)The 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”) provides for the award of stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), restricted stock awards (“RSAs”), and other equity and equity-based awards to our board of directors, officers, and non-officer employees.
Amount shown in the column denoted by (a) includes 1,402,010 of shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of service-based stock options and 1,470,880 of shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of performance-based stock options. We do not expect to issue additional share-based compensation awards under the 2016 Plan.
(3)The 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2018 Plan”) provides for the award of stock options, RSUs, RSAs, and other equity and equity-based awards to our board of directors, officers, and non-officer employees.
Amount shown in the column denoted by (a) includes shares of common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of service-based and performance-based stock options totaling 24.7 million and 8.6 million shares, respectively, as well as shares of common stock that may be issued upon the vesting of service-based and performance-based RSUs totaling 14.9 million and 0.6 million shares, respectively. The weighted-average exercise price in column (b) is inclusive of the outstanding RSUs and RSAs, both of which can result in the issuance of shares for no consideration. Excluding the RSUs and RSAs, the weighted-average exercise price is equal to $9.00.


70


Apollo Margin Loan Agreement
As of October 3, 2019, certain investment funds directly or indirectly managed by Apollo (the “Apollo Funds”), the Company’s controlling stockholder, informed the Company that they have pledged all of their shares of the Company’s Common Stock, which as of the date of this Annual Report amounted to 608,927,822 shares, pursuant to a margin loan agreement and related documentation, as thereafter amended from time to time, on a non-recourse basis. Apollo has informed the Company that the loan to value ratio of the margin loan on February 16, 20212022 was equal to approximately 13.86%23.90%. Apollo has also informed the Company that the margin loan agreement contains customary default provisions and that in the event of a default under the margin loan agreement the secured parties may foreclose upon any and all shares of the Company’s Common Stock pledged to them.
Certain members of the Company’s executive team and certain employees of the Company were entitled to receive their share of the margin loan proceeds (based on their share ownership of the Apollo Funds). at such times as Apollo received its proceeds. Such persons had the option to either (a) receive such proceeds as distributed or (b) to defer receipt of such proceeds until their attributable share of the obligations under the margin loan have been satisfied in full. In the case of elections to receive such proceeds as distributed, such proceeds remain subject to recall until such time as all obligations under the margin loan agreement and related documentation are satisfied in full.
The Company has not independently verified the foregoing disclosure. When the margin loan agreement was entered into, and as requested when amended, the Company delivered customary letter agreements to the secured parties in which it has, among other things, agreed, subject to applicable law and stock exchange rules, not to take any actions that are intended to hinder or delay the exercise of any remedies by the secured parties under the margin loan agreement and related documentation.documentation, as amended. Except for the foregoing, the Company is not a party to the margin loan agreement and related documentation and does not have, and will not have, any obligations thereunder.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.
The information required by this Item 13.13 “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence” is incorporated herein by reference from our Proxy Statement.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTINGACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.
The information required by this Item 14.14 “Principal AccountingAccountant Fees and Services” is incorporated herein by reference from our Proxy Statement.


7271


PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS,EXHIBIT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
1. Financial Statements
See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements appearing on page F-1.
2. Financial Statement Schedules
All financial statement schedules called for under Regulation S‑X are omitted because either they are not required under the related instructions, are included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10‑K, or are not material.
3. Exhibits
The exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report.
Exhibits Index
The information required by this Item is set forth on the exhibit index.
Exhibit NumberExhibit Description
Exhibit NumberIncorporated by Reference
Exhibit DescriptionFormExhibitFiling Date
8-K2.110/1/2019
8-K3.19/17/2020
10-K3.23/15/2018
S-14.112/21/2017
S-14.412/21/2017
S-14.512/21/2017
S-14.712/21/2017
S-14.812/21/2017
S-14.912/21/2017
10-K4.103/11/2019
10-K4.133/11/2019
10-K4.163/10/2020
S-14.1412/21/2017
S-14.1512/21/2017


72


Exhibit NumberIncorporated by Reference
Exhibit DescriptionFormExhibitFiling Date
S-14.1812/21/2017
10-K4.273/11/2019
10-K4.303/11/2019
10-K4.373/10/2020
8-K4.14/4/2019
10-K4.493/10/2020
8-K4.204/4/2019
8-K4.19/24/2019
10-K4.533/10/2020
8-K4.11/28/2020
8-K4.18/20/2020
8-K4.17/29/2021
8-K10.17/6/2021
S-110.212/21/2017
S-110.612/21/2017
10-K10.553/11/2019
10-K10.563/11/2019
10-K10.573/11/2019
10-K10.583/11/2019
10-K10.593/11/2019


73


Exhibit NumberIncorporated by Reference
Exhibit DescriptionFormExhibitFiling Date
10-K10.603/11/2019
10-Q10.135/7/2019
S-110.412/21/2017
S-110.512/21/2017
8-K10.11/28/2020
S-110.812/21/2017
S-110.912/21/2017
10-K10.213/10/2020
10-Q10.225/7/2020
10-Q10.2311/5/2020
10-K10.252/25/2021
10-Q10.265/5/2021
10-Q10.235/7/2020
8-K10.17/19/2021
8-K10.110/29/2021
S-110.1912/21/2017
S-110.2012/21/2017
S-110.2112/21/2017
S-110.2212/21/2017
10-K10.312/25/2021


74


Exhibit NumberIncorporated by Reference
Exhibit DescriptionFormExhibitFiling Date
10-K10.322/25/2021
10-K10.332/25/2021
10-K10.342/25/2021
10-K10.352/25/2021
10-K10.243/15/2018
10-Q10.18/9/2018
8-K10.18/3/2020
8-K10.19/17/2020
10-Q10.348/5/2020
S-110.2512/21/2017
10-Q10.295/7/2019
S-110.2612/21/2017
S-110.2812/21/2017
S-110.3112/21/2017
S-1/A10.321/8/2018
10-Q10.338/6/2019
S-1/A10.331/8/2018
S-1/A10.341/8/2018
S-1/A10.351/8/2018
10-Q10.378/6/2019
S-1/A10.361/8/2018
10-Q10.98/9/2018
10-Q10.475/7/2020
10-Q10.485/7/2020
10-Q10.511/9/2021
10-Q10.611/9/2021
10-Q10.1211/8/2018


75




76


Exhibit NumberIncorporated by Reference
Exhibit DescriptionFormExhibitFiling Date
8-K10.212/3/2018
10-Q10.605/5/2021
10-Q10.615/5/2021
10-Q10.625/5/2021
8-K10.17/29/2021
101XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.
104Cover Page Interactive Data File - the cover page XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document
_________________________
^ Confidential treatment requested. Confidential portions of this Exhibit 2.1exhibit have been omitted.removed.
* Filed herewith.
** Furnished herewith
+ Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY.
None.


7776


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
ADT Inc.
Date:February 25, 2021March 1, 2022By:/s/ James D. DeVries
 Name:James D. DeVries
 Title:President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on February 25, 2021.March 1, 2022.
Name Title
/s/ James D. DeVriesPresident, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
James D. DeVries 
/s/ Jeffrey LikosarExecutive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and TreasurerPresident, Corporate Development
(Principal Financial Officer)
Jeffrey Likosar 
/s/ Zachary SusilSenior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer, Controller, and ControllerChief Financial Officer, ADT Solar
(Principal Accounting Officer)
Zachary Susil
/s/ Marc E. BeckerDirector
(Chairman)
Marc E. Becker 
/s/ Andrew D. AfrickDirector
Andrew D. Africk
/s/ Stephanie DrescherDirector
Stephanie Drescher
/s/ Tracey GriffinDirector
Tracey Griffin
/s/ Matthew H. NordDirector
Matthew H. Nord
/s/ Eric L. PressDirector
Eric L. Press
/s/ Reed B. RaymanDirector
Reed B. Rayman 
/s/ David RyanDirector
David Ryan
/s/ Lee J. SolomonDirector
Lee J. Solomon
/s/ Matthew E. WinterDirector
Matthew E. Winter
/s/ Sigal ZarmiDirector
Sigal Zarmi



7877


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page

F-1



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of ADT Inc.
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ADT Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020,2021, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 20202021 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.
Change in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for leases in 2019.
Basis for Opinions
The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded Compass Solar Group, LLC from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2021. We have also excluded Compass Solar Group, LLC from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. Compass Solar Group, LLC is a wholly-owned subsidiary whose total assets and total revenues excluded from management’s assessment and our audit of internal control over financial reporting represent approximately 5% and less than 1%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021.
F-2


Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Goodwill Impairment Assessment -- Commercial Reporting Unit
As described in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s consolidated goodwill balance was $5.2$5.9 billion as of December 31, 2020.2021, of which $332.8 million relates to the commercial reporting unit. Management tests goodwill for impairment at least annually as of the first day of the fourth quarter of each year and more often if an event occurs or circumstances change which indicate it is more-likely-than-not that the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Under a qualitative approach, the impairment test for goodwill consists of an assessment ofCompany assesses whether it is more-likely-than-not that a reporting unit’s estimated fair value is less than its carrying amount. If managementthe Company elects to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit, or if a qualitative assessment indicates it is more-likely-than-not that the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, managementthe Company proceeds to a quantitative approach. Under a quantitative approach, managementthe Company estimates the fair value of a reporting unit and compares it to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. ManagementThe Company estimates the fair values of its reporting units using the income approach, which discounts projected cash flows using market participant assumptions. The income approach includes significant assumptions including, but not limited to, forecasted revenue, operating profit margins, operating expenses, cash flows, perpetual growth rates, and discount rates. Subsequent to the annual goodwill impairment tests in the fourth quarter, the Company’s reporting units changed and now consist of U.S. and Commercial. Management also reallocated a portion of goodwill from the former U.S. reporting unit to the Commercial reporting unit on a relative fair value basis using a market approach that consisted of the application of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) multiples from a selected peer group of publicly-traded companies to arrive at the estimated fair values. Management qualitatively tested the goodwill associated with the U.S. and former Red Hawk reporting units immediately prior to the change and quantitatively tested the goodwill associated with the U.S. and Commercial reporting units immediately following the change.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the goodwill impairment assessment of the Commercial reporting unit is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when estimating the fair value of the reporting unit; (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and audit effort in performing procedures and evaluating management’s significant assumptions related to forecasted revenue, operating profit margins, operating expenses, and operating expenses;discount rate; and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management’s goodwill impairment assessment, including controls over the fair value estimate of the Company’s Commercial reporting unit. These procedures also included, among others, (i) testing management’s process for estimating the fair value of the reporting unit; (ii) evaluating the appropriateness of the income approach; (iii) testing the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used in the discounted cash flow model; and (iv) evaluating the significant assumptions used by management related to forecasted revenue, operating profit margins, operating expenses, and operating expenses.discount rate. Evaluating management’s assumptions related to forecasted revenue, operating profit margins, and operating expenses, and discount rate involved evaluating whether the assumptions used by
F-3


management were reasonable considering (i) the current and past performance of the reporting units (ii) the consistency with external market and industry data, and (iii) whether these assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in the evaluation of the Company’s discounted cash flow model.
F-3


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Hallandale Beach, Florida
February 25, 2021March 1, 2022
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2010.
F-4


ADT INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

December 31,
December 31, 2020December 31, 201920212020
AssetsAssetsAssets
Current assets:Current assets:Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalentsCash and cash equivalents$204,998 $48,736 Cash and cash equivalents$24,453 $204,998 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $68,342 and $44,337, respectively336,033 287,243 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $54,032 and $68,342, respectivelyAccounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $54,032 and $68,342, respectively442,158 336,033 
Inventories, netInventories, net174,839 104,219 Inventories, net277,323 174,839 
Work-in-progressWork-in-progress41,312 34,183 Work-in-progress70,528 41,312 
Prepaid expenses and other current assetsPrepaid expenses and other current assets210,212 151,102 Prepaid expenses and other current assets178,069 210,212 
Total current assetsTotal current assets967,394 625,483 Total current assets992,531 967,394 
Property and equipment, netProperty and equipment, net325,716 328,731 Property and equipment, net364,108 325,716 
Subscriber system assets, netSubscriber system assets, net2,663,228 2,739,296 Subscriber system assets, net2,867,528 2,663,228 
Intangible assets, netIntangible assets, net5,906,690 6,669,645 Intangible assets, net5,413,351 5,906,690 
GoodwillGoodwill5,236,302 4,959,658 Goodwill5,943,403 5,236,302 
Deferred subscriber acquisition costs, netDeferred subscriber acquisition costs, net654,019 513,320 Deferred subscriber acquisition costs, net850,489 654,019 
Other assetsOther assets363,587 247,519 Other assets462,941 363,587 
Total assetsTotal assets$16,116,936 $16,083,652 Total assets$16,894,351 $16,116,936 
Liabilities and stockholders' equityLiabilities and stockholders' equityLiabilities and stockholders' equity
Current liabilities:Current liabilities:Current liabilities:
Current maturities of long-term debtCurrent maturities of long-term debt$44,764 $58,049 Current maturities of long-term debt$117,592 $44,764 
Accounts payableAccounts payable321,595 241,954 Accounts payable474,976 321,595 
Deferred revenueDeferred revenue345,582 342,359 Deferred revenue373,532 345,582 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilitiesAccrued expenses and other current liabilities584,151 477,366 Accrued expenses and other current liabilities737,245 584,151 
Total current liabilitiesTotal current liabilities1,296,092 1,119,728 Total current liabilities1,703,345 1,296,092 
Long-term debtLong-term debt9,447,780 9,634,226 Long-term debt9,575,098 9,447,780 
Deferred subscriber acquisition revenueDeferred subscriber acquisition revenue832,166 673,625 Deferred subscriber acquisition revenue1,199,293 832,166 
Deferred tax liabilitiesDeferred tax liabilities990,899 1,166,269 Deferred tax liabilities867,203 990,899 
Other liabilitiesOther liabilities510,663 305,435 Other liabilities300,693 510,663 
Total liabilitiesTotal liabilities13,077,600 12,899,283 Total liabilities13,645,632 13,077,600 
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 14)00
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 12)Commitments and contingencies (See Note 12)00
Stockholders' equity:Stockholders' equity:Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock—authorized 1,000,000 and 250,000 shares of $0.01 par value as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively; 0 issued and outstanding
Common stock—authorized 3,999,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value; issued and outstanding shares of 771,013,638 and 753,622,044 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively7,710 7,536 
Class B common stock—authorized 100,000,000 and 0 shares of $0.01 par value as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively; issued and outstanding shares of 54,744,525 and 0 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.547 
Preferred stock—authorized 1,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value; zero issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.Preferred stock—authorized 1,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value; zero issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.— — 
Common stock—authorized 3,999,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value; issued and outstanding shares of 846,825,868 and 771,013,638 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.Common stock—authorized 3,999,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value; issued and outstanding shares of 846,825,868 and 771,013,638 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.8,468 7,710 
Class B common stock—authorized 100,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value; issued and outstanding shares of 54,744,525 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.Class B common stock—authorized 100,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value; issued and outstanding shares of 54,744,525 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.547 547 
Additional paid-in capitalAdditional paid-in capital6,640,763 5,977,402 Additional paid-in capital7,261,267 6,640,763 
Accumulated deficitAccumulated deficit(3,491,069)(2,742,193)Accumulated deficit(3,952,590)(3,491,069)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(118,615)(58,376)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(68,973)(118,615)
Total stockholders' equityTotal stockholders' equity3,039,336 3,184,369 Total stockholders' equity3,248,719 3,039,336 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equityTotal liabilities and stockholders' equity$16,116,936 $16,083,652 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity$16,894,351 $16,116,936 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-5


ADT INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share data)

Years Ended December 31,Years Ended December 31,
202020192018202120202019
Monitoring and related servicesMonitoring and related services$4,186,987 $4,307,582 $4,109,939 Monitoring and related services$4,347,713 $4,186,987 $4,307,582 
Installation and otherInstallation and other1,127,800 818,075 471,734 Installation and other959,398 1,127,800 818,075 
Total revenueTotal revenue5,314,787 5,125,657 4,581,673 Total revenue5,307,111 5,314,787 5,125,657 
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)1,516,528 1,390,284 1,041,336 Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)1,550,173 1,516,528 1,390,284 
Selling, general and administrative expenses1,722,906 1,406,532 1,246,950 
Selling, general, and administrative expensesSelling, general, and administrative expenses1,789,009 1,722,906 1,406,532 
Depreciation and intangible asset amortizationDepreciation and intangible asset amortization1,913,767 1,989,082 1,930,929 Depreciation and intangible asset amortization1,914,779 1,913,767 1,989,082 
Merger, restructuring, integration, and otherMerger, restructuring, integration, and other120,208 35,882 (3,344)Merger, restructuring, integration, and other37,872 120,208 35,882 
Goodwill impairmentGoodwill impairment45,482 87,962 Goodwill impairment— — 45,482 
Loss on sale of businessLoss on sale of business738 61,951 Loss on sale of business— 738 61,951 
Operating income40,640 196,444 277,840 
Operating income (loss)Operating income (loss)15,278 40,640 196,444 
Interest expense, netInterest expense, net(708,189)(619,573)(663,204)Interest expense, net(457,667)(708,189)(619,573)
Loss on extinguishment of debtLoss on extinguishment of debt(119,663)(104,075)(274,836)Loss on extinguishment of debt(37,113)(119,663)(104,075)
Other income8,293 5,012 27,582 
Loss before income taxes(778,919)(522,192)(632,618)
Other income (expense)Other income (expense)8,313 8,293 5,012 
Income (loss) before income taxesIncome (loss) before income taxes(471,189)(778,919)(522,192)
Income tax benefitIncome tax benefit146,726 98,042 23,463 Income tax benefit130,369 146,726 98,042 
Net loss$(632,193)$(424,150)$(609,155)
Net income (loss)Net income (loss)$(340,820)$(632,193)$(424,150)
Net loss per share - basic:
Net income (loss) per share - basic:Net income (loss) per share - basic:
Common stockCommon stock$(0.82)$(0.57)$(0.81)Common stock$(0.41)$(0.82)$(0.57)
Class B common stockClass B common stock$(0.72)$$Class B common stock$(0.41)$(0.72)$— 
Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic:Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic:Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic:
Common stockCommon stock760,483 747,238 747,710 Common stock770,620 760,483 747,238 
Class B common stockClass B common stock15,855 Class B common stock54,745 15,855 — 
Net loss per share - diluted:
Net income (loss) per share - diluted:Net income (loss) per share - diluted:
Common stockCommon stock$(0.82)$(0.57)$(0.81)Common stock$(0.41)$(0.82)$(0.57)
Class B common stockClass B common stock$(0.74)$$Class B common stock$(0.41)$(0.74)$— 
Weighted-average shares outstanding - diluted:Weighted-average shares outstanding - diluted:Weighted-average shares outstanding - diluted:
Common stockCommon stock760,483 747,238 747,710 Common stock770,620 760,483 747,238 
Class B common stockClass B common stock17,944 Class B common stock54,745 17,944 — 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-6


ADT INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(in thousands)

Years Ended December 31,
202020192018
Net loss$(632,193)$(424,150)$(609,155)
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:
Cash flow hedges(58,114)(38,103)(21,284)
Foreign currency translation51,599 (44,656)
Defined benefit pension plans(2,125)(93)(1,832)
Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax(60,239)13,403 (67,772)
Comprehensive loss$(692,432)$(410,747)$(676,927)
Years Ended December 31,
202120202019
Net income (loss)$(340,820)$(632,193)$(424,150)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Cash flow hedges46,234 (58,114)(38,103)
Foreign currency translation— — 51,599 
Defined benefit pension plans3,408 (2,125)(93)
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax49,642 (60,239)13,403 
Comprehensive income (loss)$(291,178)$(692,432)$(410,747)
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-7


ADT INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands)

Number of Common SharesNumber of Class B
Common Shares
Common StockClass B
Common Stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
Total
Stockholders'
Equity
Number of Common SharesNumber of Class B
Common Shares
Common StockClass B
Common Stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Total
Stockholders'
Equity
Balance as of December 31, 2017641,119 $$$4,435,329 $(998,212)$(4,007)$3,433,112 
Adoption of accounting standard, net of tax— — — — — 34,430 — 34,430 
Net loss— — — — — (609,155)— (609,155)
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax— — — — — — (67,772)(67,772)
Issuance of common stock, net of expenses105,000 1,050 1,405,678 — — 1,406,728 
Dividends— — — — — (107,355)— (107,355)
Share-based compensation expense20,756 — — 135,012 — — 135,012 
Other6,617 (6,672)(140)— (195)
Balance as of December 31, 2018Balance as of December 31, 2018766,881 — $7,669 $— $5,969,347 $(1,680,432)$(71,779)$4,224,805 
Balance as of December 31, 2018766,881 $7,669 $$5,969,347 $(1,680,432)$(71,779)$4,224,805 
Net loss— — — — — (424,150)— (424,150)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax— — — — — — 13,403 13,403 
Net income (loss)Net income (loss)— — — — — (424,150)— (424,150)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxOther comprehensive income (loss), net of tax— — — — — — 13,403 13,403 
Repurchases of common stockRepurchases of common stock(23,883)(239)(149,629)— (149,868)Repurchases of common stock(23,883)— (239)— (149,629)— — (149,868)
Dividends, including dividends reinvested in common stockDividends, including dividends reinvested in common stock10,744 107 67,660 (633,223)— (565,456)Dividends, including dividends reinvested in common stock10,744 — 107 — 67,660 (633,223)— (565,456)
Share-based compensation expenseShare-based compensation expense— — 85,626 — — 85,626 Share-based compensation expense— — — — 85,626 — — 85,626 
Other(120)(1)4,398 (4,388)— 
Transactions related to employee share-based compensation plans and otherTransactions related to employee share-based compensation plans and other(120)— (1)— 4,398 (4,388)— 
Balance as of December 31, 2019Balance as of December 31, 2019753,622 $7,536 $$5,977,402 $(2,742,193)$(58,376)$3,184,369 Balance as of December 31, 2019753,622 — $7,536 $— $5,977,402 $(2,742,193)$(58,376)$3,184,369 
Adoption of accounting standard, net of taxAdoption of accounting standard, net of tax— — — — — (2,341)— (2,341)Adoption of accounting standard, net of tax— — — — — (2,341)— (2,341)
Net loss— — — — — (632,193)— (632,193)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax— — — — — — (60,239)(60,239)
Net income (loss)Net income (loss)— — — — — (632,193)— (632,193)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxOther comprehensive income (loss), net of tax— — — — — — (60,239)(60,239)
Issuance of common stock, net of expensesIssuance of common stock, net of expenses16,279 54,745 163 547 560,871 561,581 Issuance of common stock, net of expenses16,279 54,745 163 547 560,871 — — 561,581 
Repurchases of common stockRepurchases of common stock(1)(4)— (4)Repurchases of common stock(1)— — — (4)— — (4)
Dividends, including dividends reinvested in common stockDividends, including dividends reinvested in common stock15 (111,868)— (111,853)Dividends, including dividends reinvested in common stock— — — 15 (111,868)— (111,853)
Share-based compensation expenseShare-based compensation expense— — 96,013 — — 96,013 Share-based compensation expense— — — — 96,013 — — 96,013 
Other1,112 11 6,466 (2,474)— 4,003 
Transactions related to employee share-based compensation plans and otherTransactions related to employee share-based compensation plans and other1,112 — 11 — 6,466 (2,474)— 4,003 
Balance as of December 31, 2020Balance as of December 31, 2020771,014 54,745 $7,710 $547 $6,640,763 $(3,491,069)$(118,615)$3,039,336 
Balance as of December 31, 2020771,014 54,745 $7,710 $547 $6,640,763 $(3,491,069)$(118,615)$3,039,336 
Net income (loss)Net income (loss)— — — — — (340,820)— (340,820)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxOther comprehensive income (loss), net of tax— — — — — — 49,642 49,642 
Issuance of common stock, net of expensesIssuance of common stock, net of expenses69,667 — 697 — 567,912 — — 568,609 
Dividends, including dividends reinvested in common stockDividends, including dividends reinvested in common stock— — — — (119,154)— (119,150)
Share-based compensation expenseShare-based compensation expense— — — — 61,237 — — 61,237 
Transactions related to employee share-based compensation plans and otherTransactions related to employee share-based compensation plans and other6,145 — 61 — (8,649)(1,547)— (10,135)
Balance as of December 31, 2021Balance as of December 31, 2021846,826 54,745 $8,468 $547 $7,261,267 $(3,952,590)$(68,973)$3,248,719 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-8


ADT INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
Years Ended December 31,
202020192018
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss$(632,193)$(424,150)$(609,155)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and intangible asset amortization1,913,767 1,989,082 1,930,929 
Amortization of deferred subscriber acquisition costs96,823 80,128 59,928 
Amortization of deferred subscriber acquisition revenue(124,804)(107,284)(79,136)
Share-based compensation expense96,013 85,626 135,012 
Deferred income taxes(173,415)(117,889)(27,338)
Provision for losses on receivables and inventory119,677 55,452 61,026 
Loss on extinguishment of debt119,663 104,075 274,836 
Goodwill impairment45,482 87,962 
Loss on sale of business738 61,951 
Unrealized loss (gain) on interest rate swap contracts60,363 8,501 (3,226)
Other non-cash items, net144,534 129,275 23,471 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of the effects of acquisitions and dispositions:
Accounts receivable, net(84,050)(94,449)(60,686)
Contract assets, net(140,920)(18,683)(809)
Inventories and work-in-progress(60,797)(14,711)(2,602)
Accounts payable65,317 19,325 9,007 
Deferred subscriber acquisition costs(239,838)(189,988)(184,674)
Deferred subscriber acquisition revenue179,874 259,844 256,498 
Other, net25,997 1,530 (83,436)
Net cash provided by operating activities1,366,749 1,873,117 1,787,607 
Cash flows from investing activities:
Dealer generated customer accounts and bulk account purchases(380,716)(669,683)(693,525)
Subscriber system asset expenditures(418,355)(542,305)(576,290)
Purchases of property and equipment(157,191)(158,846)(126,799)
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired(224,617)(108,716)(352,819)
Sale of business, net of cash sold(2,448)496,398 
Other investing, net45,850 4,975 11,223 
Net cash used in investing activities(1,137,477)(978,177)(1,738,210)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of expenses447,811 1,406,019 
Proceeds from long-term borrowings2,640,000 3,403,022 422,875 
Proceeds from receivables facility82,517 — — 
Repayment of long-term borrowings, including call premiums(3,054,798)(3,845,195)(699,637)
Repayment of mandatorily redeemable preferred securities, including redemption premium(852,769)
Repayment of receivables facility(6,742)— — 
Dividends on common stock(109,328)(564,767)(79,439)
Repurchases of common stock(4)(149,868)
Deferred financing costs(29,496)(54,382)(337)
Other financing, net(40,221)(3,014)(3,711)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities(70,261)(1,214,204)193,001 
Effect of currency translation on cash838 (2,018)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents159,011 (318,426)240,380 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents at beginning of period48,736 367,162 126,782 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents at end of period$207,747 $48,736 $367,162 
Years Ended December 31,
202120202019
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)$(340,820)$(632,193)$(424,150)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and intangible asset amortization1,914,779 1,913,767 1,989,082 
Amortization of deferred subscriber acquisition costs126,089 96,823 80,128 
Amortization of deferred subscriber acquisition revenue(172,061)(124,804)(107,284)
Share-based compensation expense61,237 96,013 85,626 
Deferred income taxes(139,480)(173,415)(117,889)
Provision for losses on receivables and inventory38,213 119,677 55,452 
Loss on extinguishment of debt37,113 119,663 104,075 
Intangible and other asset impairments19,161 — — 
Goodwill impairment— — 45,482 
Loss on sale of business— 738 61,951 
Unrealized (gain) loss on interest rate swap contracts(157,505)60,363 8,501 
Other non-cash items, net149,024 144,534 129,275 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions:
Accounts receivable, net(50,214)(84,050)(94,449)
Contract assets, net46,788 (140,920)(18,683)
Inventories and work-in-progress(84,020)(60,797)(14,711)
Accounts payable98,123 65,317 19,325 
Deferred subscriber acquisition costs(323,602)(239,838)(189,988)
Deferred subscriber acquisition revenue276,841 179,874 259,844 
Other, net150,057 25,997 1,530 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities1,649,723 1,366,749 1,873,117 
Cash flows from investing activities:
Dealer generated customer accounts and bulk account purchases(675,118)(380,716)(669,683)
Subscriber system asset expenditures(694,684)(418,355)(542,305)
Purchases of property and equipment(168,238)(157,191)(158,846)
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired(163,503)(224,617)(108,716)
Sale of business, net of cash sold1,807 (2,448)496,398 
Other investing, net3,991 45,850 4,975 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities(1,695,745)(1,137,477)(978,177)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of expenses— 447,811 — 
Proceeds from long-term borrowings1,195,729 2,640,000 3,403,022 
Proceeds from receivables facility253,546 82,517 — 
Repayment of long-term borrowings, including call premiums(1,251,193)(3,054,798)(3,845,195)
Repayment of receivables facility(130,345)(6,742)— 
Dividends on common stock(116,348)(109,328)(564,767)
Repurchases of common stock— (4)(149,868)
Deferred financing costs(14,316)(29,496)(54,382)
Other financing, net(65,521)(40,221)(3,014)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities(128,448)(70,261)(1,214,204)
Effect of currency translation on cash— — 838 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents:
Net increase (decrease) during the period(174,470)159,011 (318,426)
Beginning balance207,747 48,736 367,162 
Ending balance$33,277 $207,747 $48,736 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-9


ADT INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Organization and Business
ADT Inc., together with its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”), is a leading provider of security, automation,interactive, and smart home solutions serving consumer, small business, and businesscommercial customers in the United States (“U.S.”). With the acquisition of Compass Solar Group, LLC (“Sunpro Solar”) (the “Sunpro Solar Acquisition”) in December 2021, the Company is now also a leading provider of residential solar and energy storage solutions.
ADT Inc. was incorporated in the State of Delaware in May 2015 as a holding company with no assets or liabilities. In July 2015, the Company acquired Protection One, Inc. and ASG Intermediate Holding Corp. (collectively, the “Formation Transactions”), which were instrumental in the commencement of the Company’s operations. In May 2016, the Company acquired The ADT Security Corporation (formerly named The ADT Corporation) (“The ADT Corporation”) (the “ADT Acquisition”). The Company primarily conducts business under the ADT brand name.
In January 2018, the Company completed an initial public offering (“IPO”) and its common stock (“Common Stock”) began trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ADT.”
In September 2020, the Company issued and sold 54,744,525 shares of Class B common stock, par value of $0.01 per share (“Class B Common Stock”), for an aggregate purchase price of $450 million to Google LLC (“Google”) in a private placement pursuant to a securities purchase agreement dated July 31, 2020 (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”).
The Company is majority-owned by Prime Security Services TopCo (ML), L.P., which is majority owned by Prime Security Services TopCo Parent, L.P. (“Ultimate Parent”). Ultimate Parent is majority-owned by Apollo Investment Fund VIII, L.P. and its related funds that are directly or indirectly managed by affiliates of Apollo Global Management, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries and affiliates, “Apollo” or the “Sponsor”).
Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires the Company to select accounting policies and make estimates that affect amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. The Company’s estimates are based on the relevant information available at the end of each period. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or market conditions.
Information on accounting policies and methods related to revenue, leases,segments, acquisitions and dispositions, goodwill and other intangible assets, debt, mandatorily redeemable preferred securities, derivatives, income taxes, equity, share-based compensation, net lossincome (loss) per share, income taxes,loss contingencies, leases, and retirement plans and loss contingencies is included in the respective footnotes that follow. Below is a discussion of accounting policies and methods used in the consolidated financial statements that are not presented in other footnotes.
COVID-19 Pandemic
During March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of a novel coronavirus as a pandemic (the “COVID-19 Pandemic”), which has become increasingly widespread in the U.S. Containment efforts and. While responses to the COVID-19 Pandemic have varied by individuals, businesses, and state and local municipalities, and in certain areas of the U.S., initial and precautionary measures helped mitigate the spread of the coronavirus. However, subsequent easing of such measures resulted in the re-emergence of the coronavirus. The COVID-19 Pandemic has had a notable adverse impactimpacts on general economic conditions, including the temporary and permanent closures of many businesses, increased governmental regulations, supply chain disruptions, and reducedchanges in consumer spending due to significant unemployment and other effects attributable to the COVID-19 Pandemic. In order to continue to bothTo protect its employees and serve its customers, the Company has adjustedimplemented and is continuously evolving certain aspects of its operations, which includesmeasures, such as (i) detailed protocols for infectious disease safety for employees, (ii) employee daily wellness checks, for employees, and (iii) certain work from home actions, including for the majority of the Company’s call center professionals.
TheAs such, the Company considered the emergenceon-going and pervasive economic impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic in itsthe assessment of its financial position, results of operations, cash flows, and certain accounting estimates as of and for the yearyears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. Additional information on the impacted estimates is included in the respective footnotes that follow. Due toHowever, the evolving and uncertain nature of the COVID-19 Pandemic, it is possible thatas well as the effectsevolving nature of the COVID-19 Pandemicregulatory environment which may require vaccine mandates or other actions that could impact the Company’s employee base or impose additional costs on the business, could materially impact the Company’s estimates and consolidated financial statementsresults in future reporting periods.
F-10


Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ADT Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, and have been prepared in U.S. dollars in accordance with GAAP. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current period presentation.
F-10Segment Changes


TheAs of December 31, 2020, the Company hashad a single operating and reportable segment based onsegment. Effective in the first quarter of 2021, the manner in which the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who is the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”(the “CODM”), evaluates performance and makes decisions about how to allocate resources.
On January 4, 2018, the board of directors ofresources changed, and the Company declaredreported results in 2 operating and reportable segments, Consumer and Small Business (“CSB”) and Commercial. In connection with the Sunpro Solar Acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company began reporting results for a 1.681-for-1 stock split (the “Stock Split”) ofthird operating and reportable segment, Solar, related to the ADT Solar business. There were no further changes to the Company’s common stock issuedCSB and outstanding as of January 4, 2018. Unless otherwise noted, all share and per-share data included in these consolidated financial statementsCommercial segments.
Where applicable, prior periods have been adjusted to give effect to the Stock Split. In addition, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise price of, the Company’s outstanding options wereretrospectively adjusted to reflect the Stock Split.Company’s current operating and reportable segment structure. The accounting policies of the Company’s reportable segments are the same as those of the Company.
The Company organizes its segments based on customer type and offering as follows:
CSB - The CSB segment primarily includes (i) revenue and operating costs from the sale, installation, servicing, and monitoring of integrated security and automation systems, as well as other offerings such as mobile security and home health solutions; (ii) other operating costs associated with support functions related to these operations; and (iii) general corporate costs and other income and expense items not included in the Commercial or Solar segments. Customers in the CSB segment are comprised of residential homeowners, small business operators, and other individual consumers of security and automation systems.
Where applicable, results for the Company’s Canadian operations prior to its sale in the fourth quarter of 2019 are included in the CSB segment based on the primary customer market served in Canada.
Commercial - The Commercial segment primarily includes (i) revenue and operating costs from the sale, installation, servicing, and monitoring of integrated security and automation systems, fire detection and suppression systems, and other related offerings; (ii) other operating costs associated with support functions related to these operations; and (iii) dedicated corporate and other costs. Customers in the Commercial segment are comprised of larger businesses with more expansive facilities (typically larger than 10,000 square feet) and multi-site operations, which often require more sophisticated integrated solutions.
Solar - The Solar segment primarily includes (i) revenue and operating costs from the design and installation of solar and related solutions and services; (ii) other operating costs associated with support functions related to these operations; and (iii) dedicated corporate and other costs. Customers in the Solar segment are comprised of residential homeowners who purchase solar and energy storage solutions, energy efficiency upgrades, and roofing services.
Refer to Note 3 “Segment Information” for additional information on the Company’s segments.
Foreign Currency Translation and Transaction Gains and Losses
The Company’s reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. As such, the financial statements of a foreign subsidiary are translated into U.S. dollars using the foreign exchange rates applicable to the dates of the financial statements. Assets and liabilities are translated using the end-of-period spot foreign exchange rate. Revenue, expenses, and cash flows are translated at the average foreign exchange rate for each period. Equity accounts are translated at historical foreign exchange rates. The effects of these translation adjustments are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) income (“AOCI”) in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition, translation adjustments related to intercompany loans denominated in a foreign currency that are determined to be of a long-term investment nature are reported as a component of AOCI in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
For any transaction that istransactions denominated in a currency different from the entity’s functional currency, a gaingains or loss islosses are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations based on the difference between the foreign exchange rate at theeach transaction date and the foreign exchange rate at the transaction settlement date (or rate at period end, if unsettled).
F-11


Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash and Restricted Cash Equivalents
All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less from the time of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents. Restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents are cash and cash equivalents, thatwhich are restricted for a specific purpose and cannot be included in the general cash and cash equivalents account. Restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents are reflected in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The following table provides a reconciliation of the amount of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as reconciled to the total of the same of such amounts shown in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:Flows is as follows:
December 31,Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)(in thousands)202020192018(in thousands)202120202019
Cash and cash equivalentsCash and cash equivalents$204,998 $48,736 $363,177 Cash and cash equivalents$24,453 $204,998 $48,736 
Restricted cash and restricted cash equivalentsRestricted cash and restricted cash equivalents2,749 3,985 Restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents8,824 2,749 — 
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents at end of period$207,747 $48,736 $367,162 
Ending balanceEnding balance$33,277 $207,747 $48,736 
Supplementary Cash Flow Information
The following is a summary oftable summarizes supplementary cash flow information and material non-cash investing and financing transactions, excluding leases,leases:
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202120202019
Interest paid, net of interest income$456,509 $510,185 $545,206 
Payments (refunds) on income taxes, net$1,877 $25,802 $(1,001)
Issuance of shares in lieu of cash dividends$$15 $67,767 
Issuance of shares for acquisition of business$528,503 $113,841 $— 
As discussed in Note 4 “Acquisitions and Disposition,” in addition to the issuance of shares for acquisition of business above for 2021, total consideration related to the periods presented:
December 31,
(in thousands)202020192018
Interest paid, net of interest income$510,185 $545,206 $688,121 
Payments (refunds) on income taxes, net$25,802 $(1,001)$6,346 
Issuance of shares in lieu of cash dividends$15 $67,767 $
Issuance of shares for acquisition of business$113,841 $$
F-11


Sunpro Solar Acquisition included approximately $40 million related to 5 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock to be issued in various increments over the twelve-month period subsequent to the acquisition date.
Refer to Note 313 “Leases” for cash flows and supplemental information associated with the Company’s leases.
Inventories, net
Inventories are primarily comprised of security system components and parts.parts for the Company’s security and solar systems. The Company records inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Inventories are presented net of an obsolescence reserve.
Work-in-Progress
Work-in-progress includesis primarily comprised of certain costs incurred for customer installations of security system equipment sold outright to customers that have not yet been completed.
Property and Equipment, net
Property and equipment, net, is recorded at historical cost less accumulated depreciation, which is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets as follows:
Buildings and related improvementsUp to 40 years
Leasehold improvementsLesser of remaining term of the lease or economic useful life
Capitalized software3 to 10 years
Machinery, equipment, and otherUp to 10 years
Depreciation expense is included in depreciation and intangible asset amortization in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and was $187 million, $187 million, and $166 million during 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. Repairs and maintenance expenditures are expensed when incurred.
F-12


The gross carrying amount, accumulated depreciation, and net carrying amount of property and equipment net, as of the periods presented were as follows:
December 31,December 31,
(in thousands)(in thousands)20202019(in thousands)20212020
LandLand$13,120 $13,303 Land$13,120 $13,120 
Buildings and leasehold improvementsBuildings and leasehold improvements100,654 87,850 Buildings and leasehold improvements112,475 100,654 
Capitalized softwareCapitalized software585,251 465,750 Capitalized software491,184 585,251 
Machinery, equipment, and otherMachinery, equipment, and other189,768 162,611 Machinery, equipment, and other205,696 189,768 
Construction in progressConstruction in progress35,971 35,181 Construction in progress26,335 35,971 
Finance leasesFinance leases121,061 110,289 Finance leases166,925 121,061 
Accumulated depreciationAccumulated depreciation(720,109)(546,253)Accumulated depreciation(651,627)(720,109)
Property and equipment, netProperty and equipment, net$325,716 $328,731 Property and equipment, net$364,108 $325,716 
Depreciation expense is reflected in depreciation and intangible asset amortization in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202120202019
Depreciation expense$197,202 $187,386 $187,397 
Repairs and maintenance expenditures are expensed when incurred.
Subscriber System Assets, net and Deferred Subscriber Acquisition Costs, net
The Company capitalizes certain costs associated with transactions in which the Company retains ownership of the security system as well as incremental selling expenses related to acquiring customers. These costs include equipment, installation costs, and other incremental costs and are recorded in subscriber system assets, net, and deferred subscriber acquisition costs, net, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These assets embody a probable future economic benefit as they contribute to the generation of future monitoring and related services revenue for the Company.
Subscriber system assets represent capitalized equipment and installation costs incurred in connection with transactions in which the Company retains ownership of the security system. Deferred subscriber acquisition costs represent selling expenses (primarily commissions) that are incremental to acquiring customers.
The Company records subscriber system assets and deferred subscriber acquisition costs in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as these assets embody a probable future economic benefit for the Company through the generation of future monitoring and related services revenue. Upon customer termination, the Company may retrieve such assets. Depreciation expense relating to subscriber
Subscriber system assets, is included in depreciation and intangible asset amortizationnet reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations andBalance Sheets was $502 million, $558 million, and $549 million during 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.
F-12


The gross carrying amount, accumulated depreciation, and net carrying amount of subscriber system assets as of the periods presented were as follows:
December 31,
(in thousands)20202019
Gross carrying amount$4,815,286 $4,597,908 
Accumulated depreciation(2,152,058)(1,858,612)
Subscriber system assets, net$2,663,228 $2,739,296 
Deferred subscriber acquisition costs represent incremental selling expenses (primarily commissions) related to acquiring customers. Amortization expense relating to deferred subscriber acquisition costs included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations was $97 million, $80 million, and $60 million during 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.
December 31,
(in thousands)20212020
Gross carrying amount$5,499,703 $4,815,286 
Accumulated depreciation(2,632,175)(2,152,058)
Subscriber system assets, net$2,867,528 $2,663,228 
Subscriber system assets and any related deferred subscriber acquisition costs resulting from customer acquisitions are accounted for on a pooled basis based on the month and year of customer acquisition. The Company depreciates and amortizes itsthese pooled subscriber system assets and related deferred subscriber acquisition costs using an accelerated method over the estimated life of the customer relationship, which is 15 years. In order to align the depreciation and amortization of subscriber system assets and related deferredthese pooled costs to the pattern in which their economic benefits are consumed, the accelerated method utilizes an average declining balance rate of approximately 250% and converts to straight-line methodology when the resulting charge is greater than that from the accelerated method, resulting in an average charge of approximately 55% of the pool within the first five years, 25% within the second five years, and 20% within the final five years.
Depreciation and amortization of subscriber system assets and deferred subscriber acquisition costs are reflected in depreciation and intangible asset amortization and selling, general, and administrative expenses, respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202120202019
Depreciation of subscriber system assets$506,568 $501,669 $558,111 
Amortization of deferred subscriber acquisition costs$126,089 $96,823 $80,128 
F-13


Long-Lived Asset Impairments
The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be fully recoverable. The Company groups assets at the lowest level for which cash flows are separately identified. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset group to its expected future undiscounted cash flows. If the expected future undiscounted cash flows of the asset group are less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value less costs to sell. The calculation of the fair value less costs to sell of an asset group is based on assumptions concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and assumed discount rates, reflecting varying degrees of perceived risk.
There were no material long-lived asset impairments during 2021, 2020, 2019, or 2018.2019.
Refer to Note 5 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” for discussion of intangible asset impairments.
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following as of the periods presented:
December 31,December 31,
(in thousands)(in thousands)20202019(in thousands)20212020
Accrued interestAccrued interest$123,935 $115,070 Accrued interest$124,579 $123,935 
Payroll-related accrualsPayroll-related accruals99,771 91,944 Payroll-related accruals196,165 99,771 
Operating lease liabilitiesOperating lease liabilities37,359 30,689 
Fair value of interest rate swapsFair value of interest rate swaps50,360 65,462 
Other accrued liabilitiesOther accrued liabilities360,445 270,352 Other accrued liabilities328,782 264,294 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilitiesAccrued expenses and other current liabilities$584,151 $477,366 Accrued expenses and other current liabilities$737,245 $584,151 
Advertising
Advertising costs are expensed when incurred and are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and were $239 million, $264 million, and $160 million during 2021, 2020, and $143 million during 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.
Radio Conversion Costs
During 2018,2019, the Company completedcommenced a program to replace 2G cellular technology used in many of its security systems. In 2019, the providers of 3G and Code-Division Multiple Access (“CDMA”) cellular networks notifiedequipment used in many of its security systems as a result of the cellular network providers notifying the Company that they will be retiring their 3G and CDMA networks during 2022. Accordingly, during 2019,From inception of this program through December 31, 2021, the Company commenced a program to replace the 3G and CDMA cellular equipment used in many of its security systems. The Company estimates the range of net costs for this replacement program at $225 million to $300 million through 2022. The Company expects to incur approximately $145 million to $220incurred $288 million of net costs during 2021. These ranges are net of any revenue the Company collects from customers associated with these radio replacements and cellular network conversions.
F-13


The Company seeks to minimize these costs by converting customers during routine service visits whenever possible. During November 2020, the Company acquired Cell Bounce, a technology company with proprietary radio conversion technology in the form of a user-installable device, which iscosts. The estimated remaining radio conversion costs and related incremental revenue are not expected to allow for the transition of customers on 3G networks in a cost efficient and timely manner. The replacement program and pace of replacement are subject to change and may be influenced by the Company’s ability to access customer sites due to the COVID-19 Pandemic; cost-sharing opportunities with suppliers, carriers, and customers; and new and innovative technologies.material.
Radio conversion costs and radio conversion revenue associated with the replacement program is includedare reflected in selling, general, and administrative expenses and monitoring and related services revenue, respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations while radio conversion costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company incurred $89 million, $30 million, and $5 million of radio conversion costs during 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. The Company recognized $37 million and $5 million of incremental radio conversion revenue during 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company did not recognize incremental radio conversion revenue during 2018.as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202120202019
Radio conversion costs$250,490 $88,709 $30,038 
Radio conversion revenue$39,127 $36,820 $5,055 
Merger, Restructuring, Integration, and Other
Merger, restructuring, integration, and other represents certain direct and incremental costs resulting from acquisitions made by the Company, integration costs as a result of those acquisitions, costs related to the Company’s restructuring efforts, as well as fair value remeasurements and impairment charges on certain strategic investments.
Other Income
Other income was not material during 2020 and 2019. During 2018, other income primarily included $22 million of licensing fees as well as a gain of $7.5 million from the sale of equity in a third-party that the Company received as part of a non-recurring settlement.
Concentration of Credit Risks
The majority of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents are held at major financial institutions. Certain account balances exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits of $250,000 per account, as a result, thereThere is a concentration of credit risk related to amountscertain account balances in excess of the Federal Deposit
F-14


Insurance Corporation insurance limits.limit of $250,000 per account. The Company regularly monitors the financial stability of these financial institutions and believes that there is no exposure to any significant credit risk infor its cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents.
The Company’s risk due to the concentration Concentration of credit risk associated with the Company’s accounts receivable is limited due to the significant size of the Company’s customer base.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company’s financial instruments primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents, accounts receivable, retail installment contract receivables, accounts payable, debt, and derivative financial instruments. Due to their short-term and/or liquid nature, the fair values of cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate their respective carrying amounts.
Cash Equivalents - Included in cash and cash equivalents are investments in money market mutual funds. Cash equivalents totaled $143 millionThe Company had no material investments in money market mutual funds as of December 31, 2020. The Company had 0 cash equivalents2021 and $143 million of such investments as of December 31, 2019.2020. These investments are classified as Level 1 fair value measurements, which represent unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Retail Installment Contract Receivables, net - The fair value of the Company’s retail installment contract receivables was determined using a discounted cash flow model. The resulting fair value is classified as a Level 3 fair value measurement.
F-14


The following table presents the nettotal carrying amount and fair value of retail installment contract receivables were as of the periods presented:follows:
December 31, 2020
January 1, 2020(1)
(in thousands)Carrying
Amount
Fair
Value
Carrying
Amount
Fair
Value
Retail installment contract receivables, net$141,591 $112,676 $9,743 $8,946 
_________________
(1) Balances reflected are subsequent to the adoption of CECL (as defined below) on January 1, 2020.
December 31,
20212020
(in thousands)Carrying
Amount
Fair
Value
Carrying
Amount
Fair
Value
Retail installment contract receivables, net$330,605 $255,147 $141,591 $112,676 
Long-Term Debt Instruments - The fair valuevalues of the Company’s debt instruments waswere determined using broker-quoted market prices, which represent prices based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities as well as other observable market data. The carrying amounts of debt outstanding, if any, under the Company’s revolving credit facility and receivables facility approximate fair valuevalues as interest rates on these borrowings approximate current market rates. The resulting fair value isvalues are classified as a Level 2 fair value measurement.measurements.
The following table presents thetotal carrying amount and fair value of the Company’s long-term debt instruments that are subject to fair value disclosures were as of the periods presented:follows:
December 31,December 31,
2020201920212020
(in thousands)(in thousands)Carrying
Amount
Fair
Value
Carrying
Amount
Fair
Value
(in thousands)Carrying
Amount
Fair
Value
Carrying
Amount
Fair
Value
Debt instruments, excluding finance lease obligations$9,431,216 $10,127,291 $9,617,491 $10,177,751 
Long-term debt instruments, excluding finance lease obligationsLong-term debt instruments, excluding finance lease obligations$9,599,610 $10,043,877 $9,431,216 $10,127,291 
Derivative Financial Instruments - Derivative financial instruments are reported at fair value as either assets or liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These fair values are primarily calculated using discounted cash flow models that utilizeutilizing observable inputs, such as quoted forward interest rates, and incorporate credit risk adjustments to reflect the risk of default by the counterparty or the Company. The resulting fair value isvalues are classified as a Level 2 fair value measurement.measurements.
Guarantees
In the normal course of business, the Company is liable for contract completion and product performance. The Company’s guarantees primarily relate to standby letters of credit related to its insurance programs and totaled $83$76 million and $47$83 million as of December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, respectively. The Company does not believe such obligations will materially affect its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instrument, and related amendments, introduces new guidance which makes substantive changes to the accounting for credit losses. This guidance introduces the current expected credit losses model (“CECL”) which applies to financial assets subject to credit losses and measured at amortized cost, as well as certain off-balance sheet credit exposures. The CECL model requires an entity to estimate credit losses expected over the life of an exposure, considering information about historical events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts and is generally expected to result in earlier recognition of credit losses. The Company adopted this guidance as of January 1, 2020 using the modified retrospective approach and recognized a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated deficit with no restatement of comparative periods. The impact of adoption was not material.
ASU 2018-15, Customer's Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a cloud computing arrangement that is classified as a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. The Company adopted the guidance as of January 1, 2020 on a prospective basis, which will result in capitalized implementation costs being classified in the same line item as the fees associated with the cloud computing service agreement in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, Statements of Operations, and Statements of Cash Flows.
ASU 2020-04, Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting, provides optional guidance for a limited period of time to ease the potential burden of accounting for reference rate reform. The guidance was effective for the Company beginning on March 12, 2020, and the Company will apply the amendments prospectively through December 31, 2022.
F-15


Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
ASU 2020-06, Debt with Conversion and Other Options and Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity, provides guidance to ease the potential burden of
F-15


accounting for convertible instruments, derivatives related to an entity’s own equity, and the related earnings per share considerations. The Company early adopted the guidance as of January 1, 2021. The impact from adoption was not material.
ASU 2021-01, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848) amends ASU 2020-04 and clarifies the scope and guidance of Topic 848 to allow derivatives impacted by the reference rate reform to qualify for certain optional expedients and exceptions for contract modifications and hedge accounting. The guidance is optional and is effective for a limited period of time through December 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2021, this guidance had no impact on the consolidated financial statements. However, the Company will continue to evaluate this guidance.
ASU 2021-08, Business Combinations: Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers, requires entities to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in a business combination in accordance with Topic 606, as if the acquiring entity had originated the related revenue contracts. Early adoption is permitted, including interim periods within those fiscal years. An entity that early adopts this guidance in an interim period should apply the amendments (1) retrospectively to all business combinations for which the acquisition date occurs on or after the beginning of the fiscal year that includes the interim period of early application and (2) prospectively to all business combinations that occur on or after the date of initial application. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020,2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company intends to early adoptadopted the guidance during the fourth quarter of 2021. As of December 31, 2021, this guidance did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
Other Subsequent Events
In January 2022, the Company announced that together with Ford Motor Company (“Ford”), the Company will be forming a new entity, Canopy, which will combine ADT’s professional security monitoring and Ford’s AI-driven video camera technology to help customers strengthen security of new and existing vehicles across automotive brands. Ford and ADT’s investment in Canopy is subject to certain conditions, including regulatory approvals, and initial funding is expected to close in the firstsecond quarter of 2021,2022. ADT and Ford expect to invest approximately $100 million collectively during the impactnext three years, of adoption is not anticipated to be material.which ADT will contribute 40%.
2. Revenue and Receivables
Revenue
The Company generates revenue primarily through contractual monthly recurring fees received for monitoring and related services provided to customers. For CSB and Commercial, the Company’s performance obligations generally include monitoring, related services (such as maintenance agreements), and the sale and installation of a security system or a material right in transactions in which the Company retains ownership of the security system (as discussed below). For Solar, the Company’s performance obligations generally include the sale and installation of a solar system, and may include additional performance obligations such as roofing services or the sale and installation of additional products such as batteries.
The transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation based on relative standalone selling price, which is determined using observable internal and external pricing, profitability, and operational metrics.
F-16


The following table presents the Company’s disaggregated revenue:
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202120202019
CSB:
Monitoring and related services$3,873,285 $3,760,614 $3,891,075 
Installation and other272,743 564,575 189,272 
Total CSB4,146,028 4,325,189 4,080,347 
Commercial:
Monitoring and related services474,428 426,373 416,507 
Installation and other639,304 563,225 628,803 
Total Commercial1,113,732 989,598 1,045,310 
Solar:
Installation and other47,351 — — 
Total Solar47,351 — — 
Total revenue$5,307,111 $5,314,787 $5,125,657 
Revenue is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, net of sales and other taxes. Amounts collected from customers for sales and other taxes are reported as a liability net of the related amounts remitted.
Termination charges are assessed in accordance with the terms of the contract when customers terminate a contract early. Contract termination charges are recognized in revenue when collectability is probable and are reflected in monitoring and related services revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Company-Owned - In transactions in which the Company provides monitoring and related services but retains ownership of the security system (referred to as Company-owned transactions), the Company’s performance obligations primarily include monitoring and related services, (such as maintenance agreements), andwell as a material right associated with the one-time non-refundable fees received in connection with the initiation of a monitoring contract thatwhich the customer will not be required to pay again upon a renewal of the contract which is referred(referred to as deferred subscriber acquisition revenue. revenue).
The portion of the transaction price associated with monitoring and related services revenue is recognized when the services are provided to the customer and is reflected in monitoring and related services revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Deferred subscriber acquisition revenueThe portion of the transaction price associated with the material right is deferred upon initiation of a monitoring contract and recordedreflected as deferred subscriber acquisition revenue in the Consolidated Balance Sheets upon initiation of a monitoring contract.Sheets. Deferred subscriber acquisition revenue is amortized on a pooled basis into installation and other revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Operations over the estimated life of the customer relationship using an accelerated method consistent with the amortizationtreatment of subscriber system assets and deferred subscriber acquisition costs associated with the transaction. costs.
Amortization of deferred subscriber acquisition revenue was $125 million, $107 million,is reflected in installation and $79 millionother revenue in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.the Consolidated Statements of Operations as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
202120202019
Amortization of deferred subscriber acquisition revenue$172,061 $124,804 $107,284 
Customer-Owned - In transactions involving a security system that issystems sold outright to the customer (referred to as outright sales), the Company’s performance obligations generally include monitoring, related services, and the sale and installation of the security system. For such arrangements, the Company allocates asystem as well as any monitoring and related services.
The portion of the transaction price to each performance obligation based on relative standalone selling price, which is determined using observable internal or external pricing and profitability metrics. Revenue associated with the sale and installation of a security system is recognized either at a point in time or over time based upon the nature of the transaction and contractual terms and is reflected in installation and other revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. For revenue recognized over time, progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation is primarily measured using a cost-to-cost measure of progress method. The cost input driving revenue recognition for contracts where revenue is recognized over time is based primarily on contract cost incurred to date compared to total estimated contract cost. This measure of progress method includes forecasts based on the best information available and reflects the Company’s judgment to faithfully depict the value of the services transferred to the customer. Approximately half of installation and other revenue generated by the Commercial segment is recognized over time.
F-17


The portion of the transaction price associated with monitoring and related services revenue is recognized when the services are provided to the customer and is reflected in monitoring and related services revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Revenue from product sales related to
Solar - In transactions within our Solar business, the Company’s performance obligations generally include the sale and installation of security systems was $998 million, $709 million,a solar system, and $393 million during 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. Cost of revenue from product sales related tomay include additional performance obligations such as roofing services or the sale and installation of security systems was $727 million, $574 million,additional products such as batteries. Revenue is recognized when control over the products and $318 million during 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.
Early termination of the contract byservices are transferred to the customer results in a termination charge in accordance with the contract terms. Contract termination charges are recognized in revenue when collectabilityand is probable and are reflected in monitoringinstallation and related servicesother revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company records revenuealso enters into agreements with third-party lenders in order to access loan products for the Consolidated StatementsCompany’s Solar customers. The lender has the exclusive right to determine if a loan application will be accepted or rejected, and the Company is not a party to the loan agreement. There are no guarantees related to the repayment of Operationsthe loan, and as such, there is no liability associated with these arrangements. Once a loan is approved, the lender will pay the Company the loan amount upfront or upon installation, net of salesfees. These fees are recorded as a reduction of installation and other taxes. Amounts collectedrevenue and were not material during 2021.
Product Sales
Revenue and cost of revenue from customers forproducts in outright sales and other taxes are reportedwere as a liability net of the related amounts remitted.follows:
Customer
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
202120202019
Revenue from product sales$777,611 $997,876 $709,242 
Cost of revenue from product sales$635,518 $726,622 $573,691 
Deferred Revenue
Deferred revenue represents customer billings for services not yet rendered and is primarily related to recurring monitoring and related services. In addition, payments received for the installation of a solar system after the agreement is signed but before performance obligations are satisfied are recorded as deferred and recognized as revenue as services are provided. revenue.
These fees are recorded as current deferred revenue in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, as the Company expects to satisfy any remaining performance obligations, as well as recognize the related revenue, within the next twelve months.months when performance obligations are satisfied. Accordingly, the Company has applied the practical expedient regarding deferred revenue to exclude the value of remaining performance obligations if (i) the contract has an original expected term of one year or less or (ii) the Company recognizes revenue in proportion to the amount it has the right to invoice for services performed.
F-16


The following table sets forth the Company’s revenue disaggregated by source for the periods presented:
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202020192018
Monitoring and related services$4,186,987 $4,307,582 $4,109,939 
Installation and other1,127,800 818,075 471,734 
Total revenue$5,314,787 $5,125,657 $4,581,673 
On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, using the modified retrospective transition method, whereby the cumulative effect of initially applying the new standard was recognized as an adjustment to the opening balance of stockholders’ equity. Accordingly, the Company recorded a net increase to the opening balance of stockholders’ equity of $34 million, which is net of tax of $12 million.
Model Initiative and Equipment Ownership Model Change
DuringIn February 2020, the Company launched a new revenue model initiative for certain residential customers, which (i) revised the amount and nature of fees due at installation, (ii) introduced a 60 month60-month monitoring contract option, and (iii) introduced a new retail installment contract which allows qualifying residential customers to repay the fees due at installation over the course of a 24, 36, or 60 month interest-free period. option (as discussed below).
Due to the requirements of the Company’s initial third-party consumer financing program, the Company also transitioned its security system ownership model from a predominately Company-owned model to a predominately customer-owned model (the “Equipment Ownership Model Change”). During Mayin February 2020. In March 2020, the Company started to transition its security system ownership model to a predominately Company-owned model as a result ofentered into an amendment to its uncommitted receivables securitization financing agreement (the “Receivables Facility”). , which allowed the Company to receive financing secured by its retail installment contract receivables from transactions under a customer-owned model.
In April 2020, the Company further amended the Receivables Facility to also permit financing secured by retail installment contract receivables from transactions occurring under a Company-owned model, and as a result, the Company began transitioning to a predominately Company-owned model in May 2020.
Substantially all new CSB transactions since March 2021 take place under a Company-owned model.
Refer to Note 6 “Debt” for further discussion regarding the Receivables Facility.
Receivables and Contract Assets
The Company’s accounts receivable, retail installment contract receivables, and contract assets are recorded at amortized cost less an allowance for credit losses not expected to be recovered. The allowance for credit losses is recognized at inception and reassessed each reporting period.
F-18


Accounts Receivable net
Accounts receivable represent unconditional rights to consideration due from customers in the ordinary course of business and are generally due in one year or less. Accounts receivable are recorded at amortized cost less an
The Company evaluates its allowance for credit losses that are not expected to be recovered. The allowance for credit losses is recognized at inception and is reassessed each reporting period.
The Company’s allowance for credit losses is evaluated on a pooled basisaccounts receivable in pools based on customer type. For each customer pool, of customers, the allowance for credit losses is estimated based on the delinquency status of the underlying receivables and the related historical loss experience, as adjusted for current and expected future conditions, if applicable. The allowance for credit losses wasis not material for the individual pools of customers for the periods presented.customers.
The changesChanges in the allowance for credit losses during the periods presentedon accounts receivable were as follows:
Years Ended December 31,Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)(in thousands)202020192018(in thousands)2021
2020(1)
2019
Beginning balanceBeginning balance$44,337 $39,765 $34,042 Beginning balance$68,342 $42,960 $39,765 
Adoption of CECL(1,377)
Provision for credit losses(2)Provision for credit losses(2)81,713 56,060 54,558 Provision for credit losses(2)51,877 81,713 56,060 
Write-offs, net of recoveries(1)(3)
Write-offs, net of recoveries(1)(3)
(56,331)(51,488)(48,835)
Write-offs, net of recoveries(1)(3)
(66,187)(56,331)(51,488)
Ending balanceEnding balance$68,342 $44,337 $39,765 Ending balance$54,032 $68,342 $44,337 
________________
(1)Beginning balance reflected is subsequent to the adoption of ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, and related amendments on January 1, 2020. The impact of adoption was not material.
(2)The provision for credit losses during 2020 includes an increase related to the COVID-19 Pandemic.
(3)The amount of recoveries was not material for the periods presented, aspresented. As such, the Company presented write-offs, net of recoveries.
Retail Installment Contract Receivables, net
During February 2020, the Company launched a newThe Company’s retail installment contract program, whichoption allows qualifying residential customers to repaypay the fees due at installation over a 24, 36,24-, 36-, or 60 month60-month interest-free period.period and is available for transactions occurring under both Company-owned and customer-owned models. The financing component of the Company’s retail installment contract receivables is not significant.
Retail installment contracts are available for residential transactions occurring under either a Company-owned model or a customer-owned model. When originatingUpon origination of a retail installment contract, the Company utilizes external credit scores to assess customer credit quality of a customer and determine eligibility. Subsequent to determine eligibility fororigination, the Company monitors the delinquency status of retail installment contract.contract receivables as the key credit quality indicator. In addition, a customer iscustomers are required to enroll in the Company’s automated payment process in order to enter into a retail installment contract. Subsequent to
F-17


origination, the Company monitors the delinquency status of retail installment contract receivables as the key credit quality indicator. As of December 31, 2020,2021, the current and delinquent billed retail installment contract receivables were not material.
Retail installment contract receivables are recorded at amortized cost less an allowance for credit losses that are not expected to be recovered. The allowance for credit losses is recognized at inception and reassessed each reporting period. The allowance for credit losses onUnbilled retail installment contract receivables was not material for the periods presented.
The following is a summary of unbilled retail installment contract receivables, net, recognizedreflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were as of the periods presented below:follows:
(in thousands)December 31, 2020
January 1, 2020(1)
Retail installment contract receivables, gross$145,957 $9,971 
Allowance for credit losses(4,366)(228)
Retail installment contract receivables, net$141,591 $9,743 
Classification:
Accounts receivable, net$47,023 $5,867 
Other assets94,568 3,876 
Retail installment contract receivables, net$141,591 $9,743 
________________
(1)Balances reflected are subsequent to the adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020.
December 31,
(in thousands)20212020
Retail installment contract receivables, gross$331,512 $145,957 
Allowance for credit losses(907)(4,366)
Retail installment contract receivables, net$330,605 $141,591 
Classification:
Accounts receivable, net$100,385 $47,023 
Other assets230,220 94,568 
Retail installment contract receivables, net$330,605 $141,591 
As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, $109 million of the Company’s retail installment contract receivables, net, were used as collateral for borrowings under the Receivables Facility.Facility were $299 million and $109 million, respectively. The allowance for credit losses relates to retail installment contract receivables from outright sales transactions and is not material.
Contract Assets, net
Contract assets represent rightsthe Company’s right to consideration in which the Company has transferredexchange for goods or services transferred to the customer in the ordinary course of business, however, the Company does not have an unconditional right to such consideration.customer. The contract asset is reclassified to accounts receivable when the Company has an unconditional right to the consideration as additional services are performed and billed, which results in the Company’s unconditional right to the consideration.billed. The Company has the right to bill the customercustomers as service isservices are provided over time, which generally occurs over the course of a 24, 36,24-, 36-, or 60 month60-month period. The financing component of contract assets is not significant.
F-19


Contract assets for residential transactions reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:
December 31,
(in thousands)20212020
Contract assets, gross$106,810 $161,563 
Allowance for credit losses(12,300)(29,558)
Contract assets, net$94,510 $132,005 
Classification:
Prepaid expenses and other current assets$58,452 $59,382 
Other assets36,058 72,623 
Contract assets, net$94,510 $132,005 
The Company records an allowance for credit losses against itsrecognized approximately $26 million, $183 million, and $27 million of gross contract assets for expected credit losses that are not expected to be recovered. The allowance for credit losses is recognized at inceptionduring 2021, 2020, and is reassessed each reporting period. 2019, respectively.
The allowance for credit losses on contract assets was not material for the periods presented.
The following is a summary of contract assets, net, related to residential transactions recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of the periods presented below:
(in thousands)December 31, 2020
January 1, 2020(1)
Contract assets, gross$161,563 $24,411 
Allowance for credit losses(29,558)(3,228)
Contract assets, net$132,005 $21,183 
Classification:
Prepaid expenses and other current assets$59,382 $9,036 
Other assets72,623 12,147 
Contract assets, net$132,005 $21,183 
________________
(1)Balances reflected are subsequent to the adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020.
The Company recognized approximately $183 million of gross contract assets during 2020. Contract assets recognized during 2019 and 2018 were not material.
F-18


3. Segment Information
3.Leases
On JanuaryAs discussed in Note 1 2019,“Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” the Company adopted ASU 2016-02, Leases,reports results in 3 operating and related amendments, which requires lessees to recognize a right-of-use assetreportable segments, CSB, Commercial, and a lease liability for substantially all leases and to disclose key information about leasing arrangements and aligns certain underlying principles of the lessor model with the revenue standard. The Company adopted this guidance using the optional transition method, which allows entities to apply the guidance at the adoption date and recognize a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings, if any, in the period of adoption with no restatement of comparative periods. As part of the adoption, the Company elected to apply the package of transitional practical expedients under which the Company did not reassess prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification, and initial direct costs of existing leases as of the date of adoption. Additionally, the Company elected lessee and lessor practical expedients to not separate non-lease components from lease components. The Company did not elect to apply the hindsight transitional practical expedient to reassess the lease terms of existing lease arrangements as of the date of adoption or the short-term lease recognition exemption. The adoption did not have a material effectSolar based on the Consolidated Statements of Operations or Cash Flows.
Company as Lessor
The Company is a lessor in certain transactionsmanner in which the Company provides monitoringCODM evaluates performance and related services but retains ownership of the security system as the Company has identified a lease component associated with the right-of-use of the security system and a non-lease component associated with monitoring and related services. For transactions in which the timing and pattern of transfer is the same for the lease and non-lease components, and the lease component would be classified as an operating lease if accounted for separately, the Company applies the practical expedientmakes decisions about how to aggregate the lease and non-lease components and accounts for the combined component based upon its predominant characteristic,allocate resources.
The CODM uses Adjusted EBITDA, which is the non-lease component. As a result, the Company accountssegment profit measure, to evaluate segment performance. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income or loss adjusted for the combined component as a single performance obligation under the applicable revenue guidance,(i) interest; (ii) taxes; (iii) depreciation and the underlying assets are reflected withinamortization, including depreciation of subscriber system assets net, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Certainand other fixed assets and amortization of the Company’s transactions do not qualify for the practical expedientdealer and other intangible assets; (iv) amortization of deferred costs and deferred revenue associated with subscriber acquisitions; (v) share-based compensation expense; (vi) merger, restructuring, integration, and other; (vii) losses on extinguishment of debt; (viii) radio conversion costs, net; and (ix) other income/gain or expense/loss items such as the lease component represents a sales-type lease,impairment charges, financing and as such, the Company separately accounts for the lease component and non-lease component. The Company’s sales-type leases are not material.
Company as Lesseeconsent fees, or acquisition-related adjustments.
The Company leases real estate, vehicles, and equipment with various lease terms and maturities that extend out through 2030 from various counterparties as part of normal operations. The Company appliesCODM does not review the practical expedient toCompany's assets by segment; therefore, such information is not separate the lease and non-lease components and accounts for the combined component as a lease. Additionally, the Company’s right-of-use assets and lease liabilities include leases with an initial lease term of 12 months or less.
The Company’s right-of-use assets and lease liabilities primarily represent (a) lease payments that are fixed at the commencement of a lease and (b) variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate. Lease payments are recognized as lease cost on a straight-line basis over the lease term, which is determined as the non-cancelable period, periods in which termination options are reasonably certain of not being exercised, and periods in which renewal options are reasonably certain of being exercised. The discount rate for a lease is determined using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate that coincides with the lease term at the commencement of a lease. The incremental borrowing rate is estimated based on publicly available data for the Company’s debt instruments and other instruments with similar characteristics.
Lease payments that are not fixed or that are not dependent on an index or rate and vary because of changes in usage or other factors are included in variable lease costs. Variable lease costs, which primarily relate to fuel, repair, and maintenance payments that vary based on the usage of leased vehicles, are recorded in the period in which the obligation is incurred.
The Company’s leases do not contain material residual value guarantees or restrictive covenants. The Company’s subleases are not material.
F-19


presented.
The following table presents the amounts reported in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets relatedtotal revenue by segment and a reconciliation to operating and finance leases as of the periods presented below:consolidated total revenue:
Leases (in thousands)
ClassificationDecember 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Assets
Current
OperatingPrepaid expenses and other current assets$684 $1,191 
Non-current
OperatingOther assets138,408 122,464 
Finance
Property and equipment, net(a)
54,414 66,001 
Total right-of-use assets$193,506 $189,656 
Liabilities
Current
OperatingAccrued expenses and other current liabilities$30,689 $29,745 
FinanceCurrent maturities of long-term debt26,955 26,949 
Non-current
OperatingOther liabilities115,694 99,999 
FinanceLong-term debt34,373 47,835 
Total lease liabilities$207,711 $204,528 
_________________
(a)Finance right-of-use assets are recorded net of accumulated depreciation of approximately $67 million and $44 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The following is a summary of the Company’s lease cost for the presented periods:
Years Ended December 31,
Lease Cost (in thousands)
20202019
Operating lease cost$56,680 $58,579 
Finance lease cost
Amortization of right-of-use assets24,509 22,957 
Interest on lease liabilities3,122 3,770 
Variable lease costs47,013 48,325 
Total lease cost$131,324 $133,631 
The following is a summary of the cash flows and supplemental information associated with the Company’s leases for the presented periods:
Years Ended December 31,
Other information (in thousands)
20202019
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities
Operating cash flows from operating leases$56,235 $57,212 
Operating cash flows from finance leases3,122 3,770 
Financing cash flows from finance leases27,956 24,918 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new:
Operating lease liabilities47,870 51,909 
Finance lease liabilities$15,326 $52,611 
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202120202019
CSB$4,146,028 $4,325,189 $4,080,347 
Commercial1,113,732 989,598 1,045,310 
Solar47,351 — — 
Total Revenue$5,307,111 $5,314,787 $5,125,657 
F-20


The following istable presents Adjusted EBITDA by segment and a summaryreconciliation to consolidated net income (loss) before taxes:
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202120202019
Adjusted EBITDA by segment:
CSB$2,110,879 $2,153,899 $2,374,165 
Commercial96,112 45,338 109,045 
Solar5,588 — — 
Total$2,212,579 $2,199,237 $2,483,210 
Reconciliation to consolidated net income (loss) before taxes:
Total segment Adjusted EBITDA$2,212,579 $2,199,237 $2,483,210 
Less:
Interest expense, net457,667 708,189 619,573 
Depreciation and intangible asset amortization1,914,779 1,913,767 1,989,082 
Amortization of deferred subscriber acquisition costs126,089 96,823 80,128 
Amortization of deferred subscriber acquisition revenue(172,061)(124,804)(107,284)
Share-based compensation expense61,237 96,013 85,626 
Merger, restructuring, integration, and other37,872 120,208 35,882 
Goodwill impairment— — 45,482 
Loss on sale of business— 738 61,951 
Loss on extinguishment of debt37,113 119,663 104,075 
Radio conversion costs, net(1)
211,363 51,889 24,983 
Financing and consent fees(2)
3,672 5,263 23,250 
Acquisition related adjustments(3)
12,945 438 22,285 
Other(4)
(6,908)(10,031)20,369 
Net income (loss) before taxes$(471,189)$(778,919)$(522,192)
___________________
(1)Refer to Note 1 “Description of the weighted-average lease termBusiness and discount rateSummary of Significant Accounting Policies” for operatingfurther details.
(2)Represents fees expensed associated with financing transactions.
(3)Represents amortization of purchase accounting adjustments and finance leases as of the presented periods:
Lease Term and Discount RateDecember 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)
Operating leases4.85.0
Finance leases2.53.0
Weighted-average discount rate
Operating leases5.4 %6.1 %
Finance leases4.8 %5.0 %
The following is a maturity analysiscompensation arrangements related to acquisitions. During 2021, primarily related to the Sunpro Solar Acquisition. During 2019, primarily related to compensation arrangements as a result of Commercial acquisitions.
(4)Represents other charges and non-cash items. During 2020, included recoveries of $10 million associated with notes receivable from a former strategic investment. During 2019, included losses of $10 million associated with notes receivable from a former strategic investment and $6 million associated with an estimated legal settlement, net of insurance.
Entity-Wide Disclosure
Revenue by geographic area for the periods presented was follows:
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202120202019
United States$5,307,111 $5,314,787 $4,936,121 
Canada— — 189,536 
Total revenue$5,307,111 $5,314,787 $5,125,657 
Revenue is attributed to individual countries based upon the operating entity that records the transaction. Since the sale of ADT Canada in 2019, revenue outside of the U.S. is not material.
As a result of the sale of ADT Canada in 2019, substantially all of the Company’s operating and finance leasesassets are located in the U.S. as of December 31, 2020:
Maturity of Lease Liabilities (in thousands)
Operating LeasesFinance Leases
2021$36,440 $29,174 
202238,981 23,218 
202333,160 10,056 
202421,541 2,229 
202514,884 12 
Thereafter21,518 
Total lease payments$166,524 $64,689 
Less interest20,141 3,361 
Total$146,383 $61,328 

2021 and 2020.
F-21


4. Acquisitions and Disposition
From time to time, the Company may pursue business acquisitions that either strategically fit with the Company’s existing core business or expand the Company’s products and services in new and attractive adjacent markets.
The Company accounts for business acquisitions under the acquisition method of accounting. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with business acquisitions are recorded at the date of acquisition at their estimated fair values, with any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired recorded as goodwill. Significant judgment is required in estimating the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and in assigning useful lives to certain definite-lived intangible and tangible assets. Accordingly, the Company may engage third-party valuation specialists to assist in these determinations. The fair value estimates are based on available information as of the acquisition date and on future expectations and assumptions deemed reasonable by management, but are inherently uncertain.
The consolidated financial statements reflect the results of operations of an acquired business starting from the effective date of the acquisition. Expenses related to business acquisitionsAcquisition-related expenses are recognized as incurred and are included in merger, restructuring, integration, and other in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and were not material during 2021, 2020, 2019, and 2018.2019.
Red HawkSunpro Solar Acquisition
In December 2018,2021, the Company acquired allSunpro Solar, a leading solar installer in the U.S. The acquisition is intended to expand the Company’s offerings by entering the residential solar market. Upon the consummation of the issued and outstanding capital stockSunpro Solar Acquisition, Sunpro Solar became an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Fire & Security Holdings, LLC (“Red Hawk”) (the “Red Hawk Acquisition”), a leader in commercial fire, life safety, and security services, for totalthe Company.
Total consideration ofwas approximately $316$750 million, which included the assumptionconsisted of finance lease liabilities of $16 million and cash paid of approximately $299$142 million, net of cash acquired.acquired, and approximately 75 million unregistered shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value of $0.01 per share, with a fair value of $569 million, of which approximately 5 million shares will be issued throughout 2022. The total fair value of $569 million was based on the closing stock price of the Company’s Common Stock on December 8, 2021, the acquisition date, adjusted for the impact of contractual restrictions on the ability for the holders to sell their shares.
The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation of the estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in thousands):
Cash$38,493 
Accounts receivable35,998 
Inventories49,480 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets17,388 
Property and equipment12,826 
Goodwill694,726 
Other definite-lived intangible assets42,100 
Other assets27,201 
Accounts payable(53,753)
Deferred revenue(39,227)
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities(44,088)
Current maturities of long-term debt(7,643)
Other liabilities(7,960)
Long-term debt(15,112)
Total consideration transferred$750,429 
The purchase price allocation reflects preliminary fair value estimates based on management analysis, including work performed by third-party valuation specialists. Other definite-lived intangible assets is primarily comprised of a customer backlog intangible asset, which will be recognized as a reduction of installation and other revenue over a useful life of three months from the date of acquisition. The Company funded the Red Hawk Acquisition from a combinationrecorded $695 million of debt financing and cash on hand. This acquisition accelerated the Company's growth in the commercial security market and expanded the Company’s product portfolio with the introduction of commercial fire safety related solutions. Asgoodwill as a result of the Red HawkSunpro Solar Acquisition, the Company recognized approximately $122 million of goodwill, the majority of which is deductible for tax purposes, and assigned itallocated the goodwill to the Red HawkSolar reporting unit at the time of acquisition. In addition,The goodwill recognized as a result of the Company recognized $110Sunpro Solar Acquisition reflects the strategic value and expected synergies of Sunpro Solar to the Company.
F-22


Pro Forma Results
The following summary, prepared on a pro forma basis, presents the Company’s unaudited consolidated results of operations for 2021 and 2020 as if the Sunpro Solar Acquisition had been completed as of January 1, 2020. The pro forma results below include the impact of certain adjustments related to the amortization of intangible assets, acquisition-related costs incurred as of the acquisition date, and in each case, the related income tax effects, as well as certain other post-acquisition adjustments directly attributable to the acquisition. This pro forma presentation does not include any impact of transaction synergies. The pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that actually would have been achieved had the Sunpro Solar Acquisition been consummated as of that date:

Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
20212020
Total revenue$5,905,148 $5,590,880 
Net income (loss)$(328,099)$(680,992)
Revenue and net loss attributable to ADT Solar of $47 million and $7 million, respectively, are included in the Consolidated Statements of contracts and related customer relationships.Operations from the acquisition date, December 8, 2021 through December 31, 2021.
Defenders Acquisition
In January 2020, the Company acquired its largest independent dealer, Defender Holdings, Inc. (“Defenders”) (the “Defenders Acquisition”), for total consideration of approximately $290 million, which consisted of cash paid of $173 million, net of cash acquired, and the issuance of approximately 16 million shares of the Company’s common stock,Common Stock, par value of $0.01 per share, (“Common Stock”) with a fair value of $114 million.
The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation of the estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in thousands):
Cash$3,437 
Accounts receivable15,269 
Inventories17,950 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets17,807 
Property and equipment16,486 
Goodwill252,239 
Contracts and related customer relationships17,400 
Other assets18,520 
Accounts payable(14,937)
Deferred revenue(1,170)
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities(29,223)
Deferred tax liabilities(7,655)
Other liabilities(15,760)
Total consideration transferred$290,363 
The purchase price allocation reflects fair value estimates based on management analysis, including work performed by third-party valuation specialists. The acquired contracts and related customer relationships are amortized over 14 years. The
F-22


Company recorded $252 million of goodwill as a result of the Defenders Acquisition, none of which is deductible for tax purposes, and allocated the goodwill to the U.S.CSB reporting unit at the time of acquisition. The goodwill recognized as a result of the Defenders Acquisition reflects the strategic value and expected synergies of Defenders to the Company.
In connection with the Defenders Acquisition, the Company recorded a loss in the amount of $81 million during the first quarter of 2020 from the settlement of a pre-existing relationship with Defenders related to customer accounts purchased from Defenders prior to the Defenders Acquisition. The Company included the loss in merger, restructuring, integration, and other in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, and the associated cash payment is reflected as cash flows from operating activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows during 2020.
F-23


Other Acquisitions
During 2020, excluding the Defenders Acquisition,2021, total consideration related to business acquisitions (excluding the Sunpro Solar Acquisition) was approximately $21 million.
During 2020, total consideration related to business acquisitions (excluding the Defenders Acquisition) was approximately $80 million, including $52 million of cash, net of cash acquired. This resulted in the recognition of $24 million of goodwill, $13 million of contracts and related customer relationships, and $43 million of other intangible assets related to developed technology.
During 2019, total consideration related to business acquisitions was approximately $114 million, including $109 million of cash, net of cash acquired. This resulted in the recognition of $47 million of goodwill and $39 million of contracts and related customer relationships.
During 2018, excluding the Red Hawk Acquisition, total consideration related to business acquisitions was approximately $54 million, including $49 million of cash, net of cash acquired. This resulted in the recognition of $24 million of goodwill and $20 million of contracts and related customer relationships.
Disposition of Canadian Operations
DuringIn November 2019, the Company sold ADT Security Services Canada, Inc. (“ADT Canada”) to TELUS Corporation (“TELUS”) for a selling price of $514 million (CAD $676 million). The sale of ADT Canada did not represent a strategic shift that will have a major effect on the Company’s operations and financial results, and therefore, did not meet the criteria to be reported as discontinued operations.
In connection with the sale, of ADT Canada, the Company and TELUS entered into a transition services agreement whereby the Company provides certain post-closing services to TELUS related to the business of ADT Canada. Additionally, the Company and TELUS entered into a non-competition and non-solicitation agreement pursuant to which the Company will not have any operations in Canada, subject to limited exceptions for cross-border commercial customers and mobile safety applications, for a period of seven years. Finally, the Company and TELUS entered into a patent and trademark license agreement granting (i) the use of the Company’s patents in Canada to TELUS for a period of seven years, and (ii) exclusive use of the Company’s trademarks in Canada for a period of five years and non-exclusive use for an additional two years thereafter.
The sale of ADT Canada did not represent a strategic shift that will have a major effect on the Company’s operations and financial results, and therefore, did not meet the criteria to be reported as discontinued operations.
During 2019, the Company recorded a loss on sale of business of $62 million, which included the reclassification of foreign currency translation from AOCI of approximately $39 million. Additionally, the Company received $496 million of proceeds, net of cash sold, of approximately $6 million, related to the sale of ADT Canada, which is reflected in cash flows from investing activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The Company allocated approximately $10 million of proceeds to the patent and trademark license agreement, which is reflected in cash flows from operating activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The impact in connection with the sale of ADT Canada was not material during 2021 or 2020.
The following represents ADT Canada’s loss before income taxes for the periods presented:year ended December 31, 2019 was $39 million.
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)20192018
Loss before income taxes$(39,326)$(91,760)

F-23


5. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill
During the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company changed its reporting units, which included the reassignment of assets, liabilities, and financial operating results related to the Company’s commercial customers, as well as an applicable portion of goodwill based on a relative fair value approach, from the U.S. reporting unit (now referred to as CSB) to the Red Hawk reporting unit (now referred to as Commercial).
As discussed in Note 1 “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” beginning in the first quarter of 2021, the Company’s operating and reportable segments were CSB, which is comprised of the CSB reporting unit, and Commercial, which is comprised of the Commercial reporting unit. The change in reportable segments did not further impact the Company’s reporting units.
Upon consummation of the Sunpro Solar Acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company began reporting results for a third operating and reportable segment related to the ADT Solar business, which is comprised of the Solar reporting unit.
F-24


Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the periods presented were as follows:
(in thousands)As Previously ReportedCSBCommercialSolarTotal
Balance as of December 31, 2019$4,959,658 $— $— $— $4,959,658 
Acquisitions276,340 — — — 276,340 
Other304 — — — 304 
Balance as of December 31, 2020$5,236,302 $— $— $— $5,236,302 
Reallocation(1)
(5,236,302)4,915,857 320,445 — — 
Acquisitions— — 10,420 694,726 705,146 
Other— (25)1,980 — 1,955 
Balance as of December 31, 2021$— $4,915,832 $332,845 $694,726 $5,943,403 
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)20202019
Beginning balance$4,959,658 $5,081,887 
Acquisitions276,340 47,196 
Goodwill impairment(45,482)
Disposition(161,652)
Currency translation and other304 37,709 
Ending balance$5,236,302 $4,959,658 
________________
As a result(1)Relates to the change in the Company’s reportable segments in the first quarter of the sale of ADT Canada during 2019, the2021.
The Company had 0no accumulated goodwill impairment losses as of December 31, 20202021 and 2019.2020. There were no material measurement period adjustments to purchase price allocations during 2021, 2020, orand 2019.
Other Intangible Assets
The gross carrying amounts, accumulated amortization, and net carrying amountsOther intangible assets reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consisted of the Company’s other intangible assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 were as follows:following:
December 31, 2020December 31, 2019 December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
(in thousands)(in thousands)Gross Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying AmountGross Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying Amount(in thousands)Gross Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying AmountGross Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying Amount
Definite-lived intangible assets:Definite-lived intangible assets:Definite-lived intangible assets:
Contracts and related customer relationshipsContracts and related customer relationships$8,306,746 $(4,932,590)$3,374,156 $7,889,864 $(3,798,319)$4,091,545 Contracts and related customer relationships$8,719,363 $(5,753,345)$2,966,018 $8,306,746 $(4,932,590)$3,374,156 
Dealer relationshipsDealer relationships1,518,020 (379,475)1,138,545 1,518,020 (299,459)1,218,561 Dealer relationships1,518,020 (459,248)1,058,772 1,518,020 (379,475)1,138,545 
OtherOther247,536 (186,547)60,989 210,775 (184,236)26,539 Other263,133 (207,572)55,561 247,536 (186,547)60,989 
Total definite-lived intangible assetsTotal definite-lived intangible assets10,072,302 (5,498,612)4,573,690 9,618,659 (4,282,014)5,336,645 Total definite-lived intangible assets10,500,516 (6,420,165)4,080,351 10,072,302 (5,498,612)4,573,690 
Indefinite-lived intangible assets:Indefinite-lived intangible assets:Indefinite-lived intangible assets:
Trade nameTrade name1,333,000 — 1,333,000 1,333,000 — 1,333,000 Trade name1,333,000 — 1,333,000 1,333,000 — 1,333,000 
Intangible assets$11,405,302 $(5,498,612)$5,906,690 $10,951,659 $(4,282,014)$6,669,645 
Total Intangible assetsTotal Intangible assets$11,833,516 $(6,420,165)$5,413,351 $11,405,302 $(5,498,612)$5,906,690 
Definite-Lived Intangible Assets
Definite-lived intangible assets relate to customer relationships, dealer relationships, and other definite-lived intangible assets that originated from business acquisitions as well as contracts with customers purchased under the ADT Authorized Dealer Program or from other third parties.
Customer relationships acquired as part of business acquisitions, which primarily originated from the Formation Transactions and the ADT Acquisition, are amortized over a period of up to 20 years based on management estimates about the amounts and timing of estimated future revenue from customer accounts and average customer account life that existed at the time of the related business acquisition. Dealer relationships originated from the Formation Transactions and the ADT Acquisition and are primarily amortized over 19 years based on management estimates about the longevity of the underlying dealer network and the attrition of those respective dealers that existed at the time of the related business acquisition. Other definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over a period of up to 10 years on a straight-line basis.
The Company maintains a network of agreements with third-party independent alarm dealers who sell alarm equipment and ADT Authorized Dealer-branded monitoring and interactive services to end users (the “ADT Authorized Dealer Program”). The dealers in this program generate new end-user contracts with customers which the Company has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase from the dealer. Purchases of contracts with customers under the ADT Authorized Dealer Program, or from other third parties, are considered asset acquisitions and are recorded at their contractually determined purchase price. The Company may charge back the purchase price of any end-user contract if the contract is canceled during the charge-back
F-24


period, which is generally thirteen months from the date of purchase. The Company records the amount of the charge back as a reduction to the purchase price.
F-25


The Company paid $675 million, $381 million, $670 million, and $694$670 million for contracts with customers under the ADT Authorized Dealer Program and from other third parties during 2021, 2020, and 2019, and 2018, respectively.
In 2020, in connection with the Defenders Acquisition, the Company received an advance payment of $39 million in January 2020 for the estimated future dealer charge-backs related to accounts purchased from Defenders prior to the Defenders Acquisition. This amount is included in dealer generatedgenerated customer accounts and bulk account purchases in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, and it has beenwas materially realized in 2020 as a reduction to contracts and related customer relationships over the course of a 13-month charge-back period.
In addition, contracts and related customer relationships includes customer accounts purchased from third parties in 2021 for an aggregate contractual purchase price of $163 million subject to reduction based on customer retention. The Company paid cash at closings of $132 million.
Purchases of contracts with customers under the ADT Authorized Dealer Program, or from other third parties, are accounted for on a pooled basis based on the month and year of acquisition. The Company amortizes its pooled contracts with customers using an accelerated method over the estimated life of the customer relationship, which is 15 years. The accelerated method for amortizing these contracts utilizes an average declining balance rate of approximately 300% and converts to straight-line methodology when the resulting amortization charge is greater than that from the accelerated method, resulting in an average amortization of approximately 65% of the pool within the first five years, 25% within the second five years, and 10% within the final five years.
Changes in the net carrying amount of contracts and related customer relationships for the periods presented were as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)20202019
Beginning balance$4,091,545 $4,752,377 
Acquisition of customer relationships29,986 38,529 
Customer contract additions, net of dealer charge-backs386,696 669,424 
Amortization(1,134,271)(1,146,191)
Disposition(208,688)
Currency translation and other200 (13,906)
Ending balance$3,374,156 $4,091,545 
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)20212020
Beginning balance$3,374,156 $4,091,545 
Acquisition of customer relationships5,333 29,986 
Customer contract additions, net of dealer charge-backs696,316 386,696 
Amortization(1,109,787)(1,134,271)
Other adjustments— 200 
Ending balance$2,966,018 $3,374,156 
The weighted-average amortization period for contracts and related customer relationships purchased under the ADT Authorized Dealer Program and from other third parties was 14 years and 15 years in 2021 and 2020, and 2019.
In February 2021, the Company purchased customer accounts from a third-party for a total purchase price of $91 million, subject to adjustment based on customer retention, and paid initial cash at closing of $73 million.respectively.
Amortization expense for definite-lived intangible assets forreflected in the periods presented wereConsolidated Statements of Operations was as follows:
Years Ended December 31,Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)(in thousands)202020192018(in thousands)202120202019
Definite-lived intangible asset amortization expenseDefinite-lived intangible asset amortization expense$1,222,398 $1,238,064 $1,206,536 Definite-lived intangible asset amortization expense$1,209,966 $1,222,398 $1,238,064 
As of December 31, 2020,2021, the estimated aggregate amortization expense for definite-lived intangible assets over the next five years is expected to be as follows:
(in thousands)
2021$1,147,773 
2022764,140
2023395,516
2024320,066
2025$283,667 
(in thousands)20222023202420252026
Estimated definite-lived intangible asset amortization expense$903,235 $489,587 $393,938 $347,482 $309,846 
Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
The Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets as of December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 are solely comprised of $1.3 billion related to the ADT trade name acquired as part of the ADT Acquisition.
F-25


Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets Impairment
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized and are tested for impairment at least annually as of the first day of the fourth quarter of each year and more often if an event occurs or circumstances change which indicate it is more-likely-than-not that fair value is less than carrying amount. The annual impairment tests of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets may be completed through qualitative assessments. The Company may elect to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to a quantitativeperform its impairment test for any reporting unit or indefinite-lived intangible asset in any period. Thethrough a qualitative assessment or elect to proceed directly to a quantitative impairment test, however, the Company may resume thea qualitative assessment for any reporting unit or indefinite-lived intangible asset in any subsequent period.
F-26


Goodwill
Under a qualitative approach, the impairment test for goodwill consists of an assessment ofCompany assesses whether it is more-likely-than-not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If the Company elects to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit, or if a qualitative assessment indicates it is more-likely-than-not that the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Company proceeds to a quantitative approach.
Under a quantitative approach, the Company estimates the fair value of a reporting unit and compares it to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
The Company estimates the fair values of its reporting units using the income approach, which discounts projected cash flows using market participant assumptions. The income approach includes significant assumptions including, but not limited to, forecasted revenue, operating profit margins, operating expenses, cash flows, perpetual growth rates, and discount rates. The estimated fair value of a reporting unit calculated using the income approach is sensitive to changes in the underlying assumptions. In developing these assumptions, the Company relies on various factors including operating results, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows, and other market data. Examples of events or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to negatively affect the underlying judgments and factors and ultimately impact the estimated fair value determinations may include such items as a prolonged downturn in the business environment, changes in economic conditions that significantly differ from management assumptions in timing or degree, volatility in equity and debt markets resulting in higher discount rates, and unexpected regulatory changes. As a result, there are inherent uncertainties related to these judgments and factors in applying them to the goodwill impairment tests.
As a result of the macroeconomic decline due to the ongoing COVID-19 Pandemic, the Company quantitatively tested the goodwill associated with its U.S and Red Hawk reporting units for impairment as of March 31, 2020. Based on the results of these tests, the Company did not record any goodwill impairment losses associated with its reporting units.
On October 1, 2020,2021, the Company completed its annual goodwill impairment tests by qualitatively testing the goodwill associated with the U.S.CSB reporting unit and Red Hawkquantitatively testing the goodwill associated with the Commercial reporting units.unit. Based on the results of these tests, the qualitative testing for the CSB reporting unit, the Company concluded it is more likely than not that the fair value of the CSB reporting unit exceeds its carrying value. Based on the results of the quantitative testing for the Commercial reporting unit, the Company concluded the fair value of the Commercial reporting unit exceeds its carrying value by approximately 20%. The Commercial reporting unit continues to deal with the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, and should certain pandemic-related issues continue, the reporting unit fair value could be adversely impacted and may decline below its carrying value. The Company did not record any impairment losses associated with the U.S. and Red Hawkits reporting units.
Subsequent to the annual goodwill impairment tests, the Company’s reporting units changed in connection with the recent integration of Red Hawk and other commercial acquisitions and now consist of U.S. and Commercial. The change in reporting units reflects the finalization and integration of financial information and internal reporting structure, as well as changes in the review and availability of discrete financial information. The Commercial reporting unit is comprised of the former Red Hawk reporting unit as well as assets and liabilities and accompanying financial results related to operations associated with commercial customers that were previously assigned to the U.S. reporting unit. The Company also reallocated a portion of goodwill from the former U.S. reporting unit to the Commercial reporting unit on a relative fair value basis using a market approach that consisted of the application of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”) multiples from a selected peer group of publicly-traded companies to arrive at the estimated fair values.
During the fourth quarter, Additionally, the Company qualitatively testeddid not test the goodwill associated with the U.S. and former Red HawkSolar reporting units immediately priorunit due to the change and quantitatively testedrecency of the goodwill associated with the U.S. and Commercial reporting units immediately following the change. Based on the results of these tests,Sunpro Solar Acquisition.
During 2020, the Company did not record any goodwill impairment losses associated with its reporting units. Following the quantitative impairment tests performed as a result of the reporting unit change, the fair values of the new reporting units exceeded their respective carrying amounts, and the Company does not deem there to be a risk of impairment associated with the new reporting units.
The CODM’s evaluation of performance and allocation of resources on a company-wide basis did not change as a result of the change in reporting units during the fourth quarter of 2020.
During 2019, the Company recorded a goodwill impairment loss of $45 million related to the Canada reporting unit in connection with the sale of ADT Canada. During 2018, the Company recorded a goodwill impairment loss of $88 million due to the underperformance of the Canada reporting unit relative to expectations as part of the annual goodwill impairment test.
F-26


Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
Under a qualitative approach, the impairment test for an indefinite-lived intangible asset consists of an assessment of whether it is more-likely-than-not that an asset’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If the Company elects to bypass the qualitative assessment for any indefinite-lived intangible asset, or if a qualitative assessment indicates it is more-likely-than-not that the estimated carrying amount of such asset exceeds its fair value, the Company proceeds to a quantitative approach.
Under a quantitative approach, the Company estimates the fair value of an asset and compares it to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount exceeds fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is determined based on the nature of the underlying asset. The Company’s only indefinite-lived intangible asset is the ADT trade name.
The fair value of the ADT trade name is determined under a relief from royalty method, which is an income approach that estimates the cost savings that accrue to the Company that it would otherwise have to pay in the form of royalties or license fees on revenue earned through the use of the asset. The utilization of the relief from royalty method requires the Company to make significant assumptions including revenue growth rates, the implied royalty rate, and the discount rate.
As of October 1, 20202021 and 2019,2020, the Company quantitatively tested the ADT trade name for impairment. Based on the results of the tests, the Company did not record any impairment losses associated with the ADT trade name, and the estimated fair value of the trade name significantly exceeded its carrying amount.
F-27


Intangible Asset Impairments
During the first quarter of 2021, the Company recognized $18 million in impairment losses on its other definite-lived intangible assets primarily due to lower than expected benefits from the Cell Bounce developed technology intangible asset, which is included in the CSB segment, as a result of the worldwide shortages for certain electronic components. The fair value was determined using an income-based approach, and the loss is reflected in merger, restructuring, integration, and other in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. During 2020 and 2019, the Company did not record any impairment losses on its other definite-lived intangible assets.
6. Debt
Debt asAs of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and 2019the Company’s debt was comprised of the following:following (in thousands, except as otherwise indicated):
(in thousands)Balance as of December 31,
Interest PayableBalance as of December 31,
Debt DescriptionDebt DescriptionIssuedMaturityInterest RateInterest Payable20202019Debt DescriptionIssuedMaturityInterest Rate20212020
First Lien Term Loan due 2026First Lien Term Loan due 20269/23/20199/23/2026Adj. LIBOR +3.25%Quarterly$2,778,900 $3,102,225 First Lien Term Loan due 20269/23/20199/23/2026Adj. LIBOR + 2.75%Quarterly$2,758,058 $2,778,900 
First Lien Revolving Credit Facility(1)
First Lien Revolving Credit Facility(1)
3/16/20186/23/2026Adj. LIBOR + 2.75%Quarterly25,000 — 
Second Lien Notes due 2028Second Lien Notes due 20281/28/20201/15/20286.250%1/15 and 7/151,300,000 Second Lien Notes due 20281/28/20201/15/20286.250%1/15 and 7/151,300,000 1,300,000 
Prime Notes5/2/20165/15/20239.250%5/15 and 11/151,246,000 
First Lien Notes due 2024First Lien Notes due 20244/4/20194/15/20245.250%2/15 and 8/15750,000 750,000 First Lien Notes due 20244/4/20194/15/20245.250%2/15 and 8/15750,000 750,000 
First Lien Notes due 2026First Lien Notes due 20264/4/20194/15/20265.750%3/15 and 9/151,350,000 1,350,000 First Lien Notes due 20264/4/20194/15/20265.750%3/15 and 9/151,350,000 1,350,000 
First Lien Notes due 2027First Lien Notes due 20278/20/20208/31/20273.375%6/15 and 12/151,000,000 First Lien Notes due 20278/20/20208/31/20273.375%6/15 and 12/151,000,000 1,000,000 
ADT Notes due 202110/1/201310/15/20216.250%4/15 and 10/151,000,000 
First Lien Notes due 2029First Lien Notes due 20297/29/20218/1/20294.125%2/1 and 8/11,000,000 — 
ADT Notes due 2022ADT Notes due 20227/5/20127/15/20223.500%1/15 and 7/151,000,000 1,000,000 ADT Notes due 20227/5/20127/15/20223.500%1/15 and 7/15— 1,000,000 
ADT Notes due 2023ADT Notes due 20231/14/20136/15/20234.125%6/15 and 12/15700,000 700,000 ADT Notes due 20231/14/20136/15/20234.125%6/15 and 12/15700,000 700,000 
ADT Notes due 2032ADT Notes due 20325/2/20167/15/20324.875%1/15 and 7/15728,016 728,016 ADT Notes due 20325/2/20167/15/20324.875%1/15 and 7/15728,016 728,016 
ADT Notes due 2042ADT Notes due 20427/5/20127/15/20424.875%1/15 and 7/1521,896 21,896 ADT Notes due 20427/5/20127/15/20424.875%1/15 and 7/1521,896 21,896 
Receivables FacilityReceivables Facility3/5/202011/20/2025LIBOR + 1.00%Monthly75,775 Receivables Facility3/5/202011/20/2026LIBOR + 0.85%Monthly199,056 75,775 
Finance lease obligationsN/AN/AN/AN/A61,328 74,784 
Other debt(2)
Other debt(2)
4,732 — 
Total debt principal, excluding finance leasesTotal debt principal, excluding finance leases9,836,758 9,704,587 
Plus: Finance lease obligations(3)
Plus: Finance lease obligations(3)
93,080 61,328 
Less: Unamortized debt discount, netLess: Unamortized debt discount, net(19,993)(26,840)Less: Unamortized debt discount, net(16,678)(19,993)
Less: Unamortized deferred financing costsLess: Unamortized deferred financing costs(64,638)(58,075)Less: Unamortized deferred financing costs(64,014)(64,638)
Less: Unamortized purchase accounting fair value adjustment and otherLess: Unamortized purchase accounting fair value adjustment and other(188,740)(195,731)Less: Unamortized purchase accounting fair value adjustment and other(156,456)(188,740)
Total debtTotal debt9,492,544 9,692,275 Total debt9,692,690 9,492,544 
Less: Current maturities of long-term debtLess: Current maturities of long-term debt(44,764)(58,049)Less: Current maturities of long-term debt(117,592)(44,764)
Long-term debtLong-term debt$9,447,780 $9,634,226 Long-term debt$9,575,098 $9,447,780 
__________________
N/A—Not applicable(1)As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had $550 million and $400 million, respectively, in available borrowing capacity under the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility.
(2)Other debt includes vehicle loans acquired in the Sunpro Solar Acquisition.
(3)Refer to Note 13 “Leases” for additional information regarding the Company’s finance leases.
First Lien Credit Agreement
Concurrently with the consummation of the Formation Transactions, the Company entered into a first lien credit agreement dated as of July 1, 2015 (together with subsequent amendments and restatements, the “First Lien Credit Agreement”), which includes a term loan facility (the “First Lien Term Loan due 2026”) and a first lien revolving credit facility (the “First Lien Revolving Credit Facility”).
TheAs a result of the January 2021 amendment to the First Lien Credit Agreement as discussed below, beginning in the second quarter of 2021, the Company wasis required to make scheduled quarterly principal payments equal to 0.25% of the then-outstanding aggregate outstanding principal amount of the First Lien Term Loan due 2026, or approximately $8 million per quarter, with the remaining balance payable at maturity. The Company may make voluntary prepayments on the First Lien Term Loan due 2026 at any time prior to maturity at par. In December 2020, the Company made a $300 million prepayment on the First Lien Term Loan due 2026, which was applied to the remaining required quarterly principal payments.
Additionally, the Company is required to make annual prepayments on the outstanding First Lien Term Loan due 2026 with a percentage of the Company’s excess cash flow, as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement, if the excess cash flow exceeds a
F-28


certain specified threshold. As of December 31, 2020,2021, the Company was not required to make an annual prepayment based on the Company’s excess cash flow.
The First Lien Term Loan due 2026 has an interest rate calculated as, at the Company’s option, either (a) LIBOR London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) determined by reference to the costs of funds for Eurodollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing, adjusted for certain additional costs (“Adjusted LIBOR”) with a floor of 1.00%0.75% or (b) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (i) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum, (ii) the prime rate published by The Wall Street Journal, and (iii) one-month adjusted LIBOR plus 1.00% per annum (“Base Rate”), in each case, plus the applicable margin of 3.25%2.75% for Adjusted LIBOR loans and 2.25% for1.75% for Base Rate loans and is payable on each interest payment date, at least quarterly, in arrears.
The applicable margin for borrowings under the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility is 2.75% for Adjusted LIBOR loans and 1.75% for Base Rate loans, in each case, subject to adjustment pursuant to a leverage-based pricing grid.
F-28


As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had $400 million in available borrowing capacity under the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility. In addition, the Company is required to pay a commitment fee between 0.375% and 0.50% (determined based on a net first lien leverage ratio) with respect to the unused commitments under the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility.
The Company’s obligations relating to the First Lien Credit Agreement are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior secured first-priority basis, by substantially all of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries and are secured by first-priority security interests in substantially all of the assets of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain permitted liens and exceptions.
Significant terms ofactivity related to the First Lien Credit Agreement that were in effect during the presented periods were as follows:
Amendment and Restatement dated as of June 29, 2017
In June 2017, the applicable margin utilized in the calculation of interest for the then outstanding $3.4 billion term loan (the “First Lien Term B-1 Loan,” which was replaced in September 2019 by the First Lien Term Loan due 2026 as discussed below) was decreased from 3.25% to 2.75% for Adjusted LIBOR loans and 2.25% to 1.75% for Base Rate loans, and the applicable margin with respect to borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facilities remained at 4.50% for Adjusted LIBOR loans and 3.50% for Base Rate loans, in each case, subject to adjustment pursuant to a leverage-based pricing grid.
Amendment and Restatement dated as of March 16, 2018
In March 2018, certain existing revolving credit facilities with an aggregate capacity of $350 million were replaced with the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility, which had an aggregate commitment of up to $350 million maturing on March 16, 2023, subject to the repayment, extension, or refinancing with longer maturity debt of certain of the Company’s other indebtedness. Borrowings under the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at a rate equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) Adjusted LIBOR or (b) the Base Rate, plus the applicable margin of 2.75% for Adjusted LIBOR loans and 1.75% for Base Rate loans. The applicable margin for borrowings under the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility were subject to one step-down based on a certain specified net first lien leverage ratio.
In addition, the amendment required the Company to pay a commitment fee between 0.375% and 0.50% (determined based on a net first lien leverage ratio) with respect to the unused commitments under the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility.
Amendment and Restatement dated as of December 3, 2018
In December 2018, the Company borrowed an incremental aggregate principal amount of $425 million of the First Lien Term B-1 Loan. The Company used part of the proceeds and available cash on hand to fund the Red Hawk Acquisition. The remainder of the proceeds were used to fund the $300 million partial redemption of aggregate principal amount of the Prime Notes (as defined below) and pay the associated fees in February 2019.
Amendment and Restatement dated as of March 15, 2019 (effective April 4, 2019)
In April 2019, and in connection with a $500 million repayment of the First Lien Term B-1 Loan, the Company amended and restated the First Lien Credit Agreement to, among other things, (a) authorize the redemption of the outstanding principal amount of Prime Notes (as defined below), (b) authorize the incurrence of the First Lien Notes due 2024 (as defined below) and First Lien Notes due 2026 (as defined below) by amending the Net First Lien Leverage Ratio for the incurrence of pari passu indebtedness to 3.20 to 1.00 (from 2.35 to 1.00), (c) provide for $300 million of additional incremental pari passu debt capacity, and (d) increase the borrowing capacity under the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility by an additional $50 million, which replaced the Mizuho Bank Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below). The Company incurred approximately $17 million in deferred financing costs in connection with this amendment and restatement.
Amendment and Restatement dated as of September 23, 2019
In September 2019, and in connection with an approximately $300 million repayment of the First Lien Term B-1 Loan, the Company amended and restated the First Lien Credit Agreement to refinance and replace the $3.4 billion aggregate principal amount of the First Lien Term B-1 Loan with $3.1 billion aggregate principal amount of the First Lien Term Loan due 2026, which was issued at a 1.00% discount, and make other changes to, among other things, provide the Company with additional flexibility to incur additional indebtedness and fund future distributions to stockholders. Deferred financing costs in connection with this amendment and restatement were not material.
F-29


In December 2020, the Company made a $300 million prepayment on the First Lien Term Loan due 2026, which was applied to the remaining required quarterly principal payments at the time.
Subsequent Event: Amendment and Restatement dated as of January 27, 2021
In January 2021, the Company amended and restated the First Lien Credit Agreement to refinance the First Lien Term Loan due 2026, which reduced the applicable margin for Adjusted LIBOR loans from 3.25% to 2.75% and reduced the floor from 1.00% to 0.75%. Additionally,This amendment also reinstated the amendment requires the Company to make quarterly payments equal to 0.25% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the First Lien Term Loan due 2026, or approximately $7 million per quarter. The Company may make voluntary prepayments on the First Lien Term Loan due 2026 at any time prior to maturity at par, subject to a 1.00% prepayment premium in the event of certain specified events at any time during the six months after the closing date of the amendment.payments.
Mizuho Bank Revolving Credit FacilityAmendment and Restatement dated as of July 29, 2021
In February 2019,July 2021, the Company entered into a first lien revolving credit agreement with an aggregate available commitment of up to $50 million maturing in March 2023 (the “Mizuho Bank Revolving Credit Facility”). The Mizuho Bank Revolving Credit Facility was terminatedamended and replaced as part of the amendment and restatement torestated the First Lien Credit Agreement with respect to the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility, which extended the maturity date to June 23, 2026, subject to certain conditions, and obtained an additional $175 million of commitments. After giving effect to this amendment and restatement, aggregate commitments under the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility were $575 million.
Additionally, in April 2019.December 2021, the Company borrowed $185 million and repaid $160 million under the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility in connection with the Sunpro Solar Acquisition.
F-29


Second Lien Notes due 2028
In January 2020, the Company issued $1.3 billion aggregate principal amount of 6.250% second-priority senior secured notes due 2028 (the “Second Lien Notes due 2028”). The proceeds from the Second Lien Notes due 2028, along with cash on hand and borrowings under the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility, were used to redeem the outstanding $1.2 billion aggregate principal amount of Prime Notes (as defined below) and pay any related fees and expenses, including the call premium.
The Second Lien Notes due 2028 will mature on January 15, 2028 with semi-annual interest payment dates of January 15 and July 15, and may be redeemed at the Company’s option as follows:
Prior to January 15, 2023, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, (a) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Second Lien Notes due 2028 redeemed, plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest as of, but excluding, the redemption date or (b) for up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Second Lien Notes due 2028 and in an aggregate amount equal to the net cash proceeds of any equity offerings, at a redemption price equal to 106.250%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, so long as at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Second Lien Notes due 2028 shall remain outstanding after each such redemption.
On or after January 15, 2023, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a redemption price equal to 103.125% of the principal amount of the Second Lien Notes due 2028 redeemed and accrued and unpaid interest as of, but excluding, the redemption date. The redemption price decreases to 101.563% on or after January 15, 2024 and decreases to 100% on or after January 15, 2025.
The Company’s obligations relating to the Second Lien Notes due 2028 are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior secured second-priority basis, by substantially all of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries and are secured by second-priority security interests in substantially all of the assets of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain permitted liens and exceptions. Additionally, upon the occurrence of specified change of control events, the Company must offer to repurchase the Second Lien Notes due 2028 at 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the purchase date. The Second Lien Notes due 2028 also provide for customary events of default.
Prime Notes
In connection with the ADT Acquisition, the Company completed the offering of $3.1 billion aggregate principal amount of second-priority secured notes (the “Prime Notes”). The Prime Notes were due at maturity, however, could be redeemed prior to maturity at the Company’s option, subject to certain call premiums.
In February 2018, the Company used approximately $649 million of the net proceeds from the IPO to voluntarily redeem $594 million aggregate principal amount of the Prime Notes and pay the related call premium. In February 2019, the Company redeemed $300 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Prime Notes for a total redemption price of approximately $319 million, which included the related call premium. In April 2019, the Company repurchased and cancelled an additional $1$1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Prime Notes for a total repurchase price of approximately $1.1 billion, which included the related call premium. In January 2020, the indenture underlying the Prime Notes was discharged, and in February 2020, the outstanding $1.2 billion aggregate principal amount was redeemed for a total redemption price of approximately $1.3 billion, which included the related call premium.
F-30


First Lien Notes due 2024 and First Lien Notes due 2026
In April 2019, the Company issued $750 million aggregate principal amount of 5.250% first-priority senior secured notes due 2024 (the “First Lien Notes due 2024”) and $750 million aggregate principal amount of 5.750% first-priority senior secured notes due 2026 (the “First Lien Notes due 2026”). The proceeds from the First Lien Notes due 2024 and the First Lien Notes due 2026, along with cash on hand and borrowings under the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility, were used to (a) repurchase $1$1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of the Prime Notes, (b) repay $500 million aggregate principal amount of the First Lien Term B-1 Loan, and (c) pay fees and expenses associated with the foregoing, including call premiums on the Prime Notes as well as accrued and unpaid interest on the repurchased Prime Notes and repaid borrowings under the First Lien Term B-1 Loan. The Company incurred approximately $25 million in deferred financing costs in connection with the issuance of the First Lien Notes due 2024 and the First Lien Notes due 2026.
In September 2019, the Company issued an additional $600 million aggregate principal amount of the First Lien Notes due 2026 at a 2% premium pursuant to and with the same terms as the underlying indenture of the First Lien Notes due 2026. The proceeds from the additional First Lien Notes due 2026, along with cash on hand, were used to (a) repay approximately $300 million aggregate principal amount of the First Lien Term B-1 Loan, (b) repurchase or redeem the outstanding $300 million aggregate principal amount of the 5.250% notes due 2020 issued by The ADT Corporation (the “ADT Notes due 2020”), and (c) pay fees and expenses associated with the foregoing, including call premiums on the ADT Notes due 2020 as well as
F-30


accrued and unpaid interest on the First Lien Term B-1 Loan and the ADT Notes due 2020. The Company incurred approximately $8 million in deferred financing costs in connection with the additional borrowings.
The First Lien Notes due 2024 and the First Lien Notes due 2026 are due at maturity, and may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time at a make-whole premium plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. Additionally, upon the occurrence of specified change of control events, the Company must offer to repurchase the notes at 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the purchase date.
The First Lien Notes due 2024 and the First Lien Notes due 2026 are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior secured first-priority basis, by each of the Company’s existing and future direct or indirect wholly-owned material domestic subsidiaries that guarantee the First Lien Credit Agreement.
First Lien Notes due 2027
DurinIng August 2020, the Company issued $1$1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 3.375% first-priority senior secured notes due 2027 (the “First Lien Notes due 2027”). The proceeds from the First Lien Notes due 2027, along with cash on hand, were used to redeem the outstanding $1$1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of the 6.250% notes due 2021 issued by The ADT Corporation (the “ADT Notes due 2021”), pay accrued and unpaid interest on the ADT Notes due 2021, and pay any related fees and expenses, including the call premium on the ADT Notes due 2021. The deferred financing costs incurred in connection with the issuance of the First Lien Notes due 2027 were not material.
The First Lien Notes due 2027 are due at maturity and may be redeemed at the Company’s option as follows:
Prior to August 31, 2026, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a make-whole premium plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the redemption date.
On or after August 31, 2026, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the First Lien Notes due 2027 redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the redemption date.
The Company’s obligations relating to the First Lien Notes due 2027 are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior secured first-priority basis, by each of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries that guarantees its First Lien Credit Agreement and by each of the Company’s future domestic subsidiaries that guarantees certain of the Company’s debt. The First Lien Notes due 2027 and the related guarantees are secured by first-priority security interests in substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets owned by the issuers and each guarantor, subject to certain permitted liens and exceptions. Additionally, upon the occurrence of specified change of control events, the Company must offer to repurchase the First Lien Notes due 2027 at 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the purchase date. The indenture governing the First Lien Notes due 2027 also provides for customary events of default.
First Lien Notes due 2029
In July 2021, the Company issued $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 4.125% first-priority senior secured notes due 2029 (the “First Lien Notes due 2029”). The related deferred financing costs were not material.
The First Lien Notes due 2029 will mature on August 1, 2029, with semi-annual interest payment dates of February 1 and August 1 of each year, beginning February 1, 2022, and may be redeemed at the Company’s option as follows:
Prior to August 1, 2028, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the First Lien Notes due 2029 to be redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of the aggregate principal amount of the First Lien Notes due 2029 to be redeemed and the remaining scheduled interest payments due on any date after the redemption date, to and including August 1, 2028, discounted at an adjusted treasury rate plus 50 basis points, plus, in either case accrued and unpaid interest as of, but excluding, the redemption date.
On or after August 1, 2028, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the First Lien Notes due 2029 to be redeemed and accrued and unpaid interest as of, but excluding, the redemption date.
The Company’s obligations relating to the First Lien Notes due 2029 are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior secured first-priority basis, by substantially all of the Company’s subsidiaries and are secured by first-priority security interests in substantially all of the assets of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain permitted liens and exceptions. In addition, upon the occurrence of specified change of control events, the Company may be required to purchase the First Lien
F-31


Notes due 2029 at 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the purchase date. The indenture also provides for customary events of default.
ADT Notes
In connection with the ADT Acquisition, the Company entered into supplemental indentures to notes originally issued by The ADT Corporation (collectively, the “ADT Notes”) providing for each series of ADT Notes to benefit from (i) guarantees by substantially all of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries and (ii) first-priority senior security interests, subject to permitted liens, in substantially all of the existing and future assets of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries. As a result, these notes remained outstanding and became obligations of the Company.
ADT Notes due 2020
In September 2019, the Company repurchased and cancelled $147 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding ADT Notes due 2020 for a total repurchase price of approximately $149 million, which included the related call premium. In October 2019, the Company redeemed the remaining $153 million principal amount of the outstanding ADT Notes due 2020 for a total redemption price of approximately $155 million, which included the related call premium.
ADT Notes due 2021
In September 2020, the Company redeemed $1$1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of the ADT Notes due 2021 for a total repurchaseredemption price of approximately $1.1 billion, which included the related call premium.
ADT Notes due 2022
In August 2021, the Company used the proceeds from the First Lien Notes due 2029, along with cash on hand, to (i) redeem all of the $1.0 billion outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 3.50% notes due 2022 (the “ADT Notes due 2022”) for approximately $1.0 billion, including the related call premium of $28 million, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and (ii) pay related fees and expenses (the “ADT Notes due 2022 Redemption”).
Other
The remaining outstanding ADT Notes are due at maturity, and may be redeemed, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus a make-whole premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest as of, but excluding, the redemption date. Additionally, upon the occurrence of specified change of control events, the Company must offer to repurchase the ADT Notes at 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the purchase date.
Receivables Facility
During March 2020, the Company entered into the Receivables Facility. UnderFacility, as amended, whereby the terms of the Receivables Facility, the Company may receive up to $200 million of financing secured by retail installment contract receivables from transactions involving security systems that were sold under a customer-owned model. During April 2020, the Company amended the Receivables Facility to also permit financing secured by retail installment contract receivables from transactions occurring under a Company-owned model. The Receivables Facility has a one year revolving period until March 5, 2021, which may be extended, and bears interest at a variable rate. If the revolving period is not extended, the Company is required to repay the Receivables Facility in a manner consistent with the contractual collections of the underlying retail installment contract receivables. The Company may make voluntary prepayments on the Receivables Facility at any time prior to maturity at par.
The Company obtains financing by selling or contributing certain retail installment contract receivables to the Company’s wholly-owned consolidated bankruptcy-remote special purpose entity (the “SPE”(“SPE”), which, pursuant to the Receivables Facility, borrows funds secured by the transferred. The SPE grants a security interest in those retail installment contract receivables.receivables as collateral for cash borrowings under the Receivables Facility. The SPE borrower under the Receivables Facility is a separate legal entity with its own creditors who will be entitled, prior to and upon the liquidation of the SPE, to be satisfied out of the SPE’s assets prior to any assets inof the SPE becoming available to the Company (other than the SPE). Accordingly, the assets of the SPE are not available to pay creditors of the Company (other than the SPE), although collections from the transferred retail installment contract receivables in excess of amounts required to repay amounts then due and payable to the SPE’s creditors may be remittedreleased to the Company during and aftersubsequently used by the term ofCompany (including to pay other creditors). The SPE’s creditors under the Receivables Facility. The SPE’s creditorsFacility have legal recourse to the transferred retail installment contract receivables owned by the SPE, and to the Company for certain performance and operational obligations relating to the Receivables Facility, but do not have any recourse to the Company (other than the SPE) for the payment of principal and interest on the SPE’s financing.advances under the Receivables Facility.
Significant amendments to the Receivables Facility were as follows:
In March 2021, the Receivables Facility was amended to, among other things, extend the scheduled termination date for the uncommitted revolving period to March 4, 2022, and reduce the spread over LIBOR payable in respect of borrowings thereunder from 1.00% to 0.85%.
F-32


In July 2021, the Receivables Facility was amended into the form of a Receivables Financing Agreement, which continued the uncommitted secured lending arrangement contemplated among the parties and, among other things, provided for certain revisions to funding, prepayment, reporting, and other provisions in preparation for a potential future syndication of the advances made under the Receivables Facility.
In October 2021, the Company further amended the documentation governing the Receivables Facility in connection with the syndication of the advances thereunder to 2 additional lenders: MUFG Bank, Ltd. and Starbird Funding Corporation (a conduit lender related to BNP Paribas). As part of the amendment, the Receivables Facility’s uncommitted lending limit was increased from $200 million to $400 million, and the scheduled termination date for the Receivable Facility’s uncommitted revolving period was extended to October 28, 2022.
The Company services the transferred retail installment contract receivables and is responsible for ensuring that amounts collected from the transferred retail installment contract receivablesrelated collections are remitted to the SPE. The Company is required to deposit payments received from the transferred retail installment contract receivables into a segregated bank account subject toin the control of the creditors under the Receivables Facility.SPE’s name. On a monthly basis, the segregated account is utilized to make required principal, interest, and other payments due under the Receivables Facility. The segregated account is considered restricted cash and is reflected in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.
BorrowingsAs of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had an uncommitted available borrowing capacity of $201 million and $124 million, respectively, under the Receivables Facility.
During 2021 and 2020, proceeds from the Receivables Facility along with the transferred retail installment contract receivables are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Borrowingswere $254 million and $83 million, respectively, and repayments under the Receivables Facilitywere $130 million and $7 million, respectively, which are reflected as cash flows from financing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
During 2020, Both the Company received proceeds and repayments during 2021 include the non-cash impact of $83approximately $88 million underfrom the Receivables Facility and repaid $7 million. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had an outstanding balance of $76 million and an uncommitted available borrowing capacity of $124 million under the Receivables Facility. amendment in October 2021.
The Receivables Facility did not have a material impact to the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
F-32


Variable Interest Entity
The SPE, as described above, meets the definition of a variable interest entity (“VIE”) for which the Company is the primary beneficiary as it has the power to direct the SPE’s activities and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the SPE. As such, the SPE’s assets, liabilities, and financial results of operations of the SPE are consolidated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the SPE’s assets and liabilities primarily consisted of unbilled retail installment contract receivables, net, of $299 million and $109 million, respectively, and borrowings under the Receivables Facility of $76 million.as presented above.
Debt Covenants
The First Lien Credit Agreement and indentures associated with the borrowings above contain certain covenants and restrictions that limit the Company’s ability to, among other things: (a) incur additional debt or issue certain preferred equity interests; (b) create liens on certain assets; (c) make certain loans or investments (including acquisitions); (d) pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of the capital stock or make other restricted payments; (e) consolidate, merge, sell, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; (f) sell assets; (g) enter into certain transactions with affiliates; (h) enter into sale-leaseback transactions; (i) restrict dividends from the Company’s subsidiaries or restrict liens; (j) change the Company’s fiscal year; and (k) modify the terms of certain debt or organizational agreements. In addition, the First Lien Credit Agreement and indentures associated with the borrowings above also provide for customary events of default.
The Company is also subject to a springing financial maintenance covenant under the First Lien Credit Agreement, which requires the Company to not exceed a specified first lien leverage ratio at the end of each fiscal quarter if the testing conditions are satisfied. The covenant is tested if the outstanding loans under the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility, subject to certain exceptions, exceed 30% of the total commitments under the First Lien Revolving Credit Facility at the testing date (i.e., the last day of any fiscal quarter).
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
Loss on extinguishment of debt includes the payment of call and redemption premiums, the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs and discounts, and certain other expenses associated with extinguishment of debt. During 2021, loss on extinguishment of debt totaled $37 million and was primarily due to the call premium and write-off of unamortized fair value adjustments in connection with the ADT Notes due 2022 Redemption.
During 2020, loss on extinguishment of debt totaled $120 million and included (i) $66 million associated with the call premium and write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs in connection with the $1.2 billion redemption of the Prime Notes in
F-33


February 2020, (ii) $49 million associated with the call premium and write-off of unamortized fair value adjustments in connection with the $1$1.0 billion redemption of the ADT Notes due 2021 in September 2020, and (iii) $5 million associated with the partial write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs and discount in connection with the $300 million repayment of the First Lien Term Loan due 2026 in December 2020.
During 2019, loss on extinguishment of debt totaled $104 million and included (i) $22 million associated with the call premium and partial write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs in connection with the $300 million partial redemption of the Prime Notes in February 2019, (ii) $61 million associated with the call premium and partial write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs in connection with the $1$1.0 billion partial redemption of the Prime Notes in April 2019, (iii) $6 million associated with the partial write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs and discount in connection with the $500 million repayment of the First Lien Term B-1 Loan in April 2019, and (iv) $13 million associated with the partial write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs and discount in connection with the amendment and restatement to the First Lien Credit Agreement in September 2019.
During 2018, loss on extinguishment of debt included $62 million primarily associated with the partial redemption of the Prime Notes in February 2018.
Additional fees and costs associated with financing transactions include (i) $5 million in 2020 primarily related towere not material during 2021 and 2020. During 2019, the February 2020 redemption of the Prime Notes, (ii)Company incurred $23 million in 2019 primarily related to the September 2019 amendment and restatement of the Company’s First Lien Credit Agreement, (iii) and $9 million in 2018 related to the 2018 amendments and restatements of the Company’s First Lien Credit Agreement.
F-33


Other
As of December 31, 2020,2021, the aggregate annual maturities of debt, includingexcluding finance lease obligations,leases, were as follows:
(in thousands)
2021$46,983 
20221,041,725 
2023727,304 
2024766,264 
20258,188 
Thereafter7,178,812 
Total maturities of debt9,769,276 
Less: Unamortized debt discount, net(19,993)
Less: Unamortized deferred financing costs(64,638)
Less: Unamortized purchase accounting fair value adjustment and other(188,740)
Less: Amount representing interest on finance leases(3,361)
Total debt9,492,544 
Less: Current maturities of long-term debt(44,764)
Long-term debt$9,447,780 
(in thousands)20222023202420252026ThereafterTotal
Debt principal$78,863 $783,298 $825,006 $63,115 $4,036,565 $4,049,911 $9,836,758 
Interest expense on the Company’s debt, including finance leases, and interest rate swap contracts was $458 million, $710 million, and $623 million during 2021, 2020, and $620 million during 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.
F-34


7. Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Securities
In May 2016, and in connection with the ADT Acquisition, the Company issued 750,000 shares of mandatorily redeemable preferred securities at a stated value of $1,000 per share and par value of $0.01 per share, and Ultimate Parent issued warrants to Koch Industries, Inc. (the” Koch Investor”) for an aggregate amount of $750 million. The Company allocated $659 million to the mandatorily redeemable preferred securities and reflected this amount net of issuance costs of $27 million, as a liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as these securities had a mandatory redemption feature that required repayment at 100% of the stated value, adjusted for any declared but unpaid dividends, in May 2030. The Company allocated the remaining $91 million in proceeds to the related warrants, which was contributed by Ultimate Parent in the form of common equity to the Company, net of $4 million in issuance costs.
In July 2018, the Company redeemed in full the original stated value of $750 million of the mandatorily redeemable preferred securities for total consideration of approximately $949 million, which included approximately $103 million related to the redemption premium and tax reimbursements, as well as $96 million related to the accumulated dividend obligation. The redemption was funded with proceeds from the IPO and cash on hand. As a result of this redemption, the Company recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $213 million in 2018 associated with the payment of the redemption premium, including tax reimbursements, and the write-off of unamortized discount and deferred financing costs.
Prior to redemption, the mandatorily redeemable preferred securities accrued and accumulated preferential cumulative dividends in arrears on their then current stated value. In the event that dividends for any quarter were not paid in cash, they would be added to the then current stated value of the mandatorily redeemable preferred securities. Beginning in the third quarter of 2017, in lieu of declaring and paying the dividend obligation on the mandatorily redeemable preferred securities, the Company elected to increase the accumulated stated value of such securities. Prior to redemption, the reported balance of mandatorily redeemable preferred securities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet reflected approximately $96 million associated with the related dividend obligation, of which approximately $51 million related to 2018 and $45 million related to 2017. The quarterly dividend obligation on these securities was reflected in interest expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and totaled $51 million in 2018.
8. Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company's derivative financial instruments primarily consist of LIBOR-based interest rate swap contracts, which were entered into with the objective of managing exposure to variability in interest rates on the Company's debt. All interest rate swap contracts are reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. For the interest rate swap contracts that are not designated as cash flow hedges, unrealized gains and losses are recognized in interest expense, net, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. For the interest rate swap contracts that are designated as cash flow hedges, unrealized gains and losses are recognized as a component of AOCI in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are reclassified into interest expense, net, in the same period in which the related interest on debt affects earnings.
For interest rate swap contracts that have been de-designated as cash flow hedges and for which the forecasted cash flows are probable or reasonably possible of occurring, unrealized gains and losses previously recognized as a component of AOCI are reclassified into interest expense, net, in the same period in which the related interest on variable-rate debt affects earnings through the original maturity date of the related interest rate swap contracts. For interest rate swap contracts that have been de-designated as cash flow hedges and for which the forecasted cash flows are probable of not occurring, unrealized gains and losses previously recognized as a component of AOCI are immediately reclassified into interest expense, net.
The cash flows associated with interest rate swap contracts that included an other-than-insignificant financing element at inception are reflected as cash flows from financing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
As of December 31, 2018, the Company had interest rate swap contracts with an aggregate notional amount of $3.5 billion, of which $2.5 billion were designated as cash flow hedges, with maturities through April 2020 and April 2022. During January and February 2019, the Company entered into additional interest rate swap contracts, which were designated as cash flow hedges, with an aggregate notional amount of $725 million and a maturity of April 2022. In October 2019, and in connection with the refinancing of variable-rate debt under the First Lien Credit Agreement in September 2019, the Company terminated interest rate swap contracts with an aggregate notional amount of $3.8 billion, of which $2.8 billion were designated as cash flow hedges, and concurrently entered into new LIBOR-based interest rate swap contracts, which were designated as cash flow hedges, with an aggregate notional amount of $2.8 billion and maturity of September 2026. As a result, the amount of the unfavorable positions recognized as a component of AOCI related to the terminated cash flow hedges are reclassified into interest expense, net, in the same period in which the related interest on variable-rate debt affects earnings through the original maturity date of the cash flow hedges of April 2022, as the forecasted cash flows are probable or reasonably possible of occurring. Additionally, the new interest rate swap terms represented a blend of the current interest rate environment and the
F-34


unfavorable positions of the terminated interest rate swap contracts, which resulted in an other-than-insignificant financing element at inception of the new cash flow hedges due to off-market terms.
F-35


As of December 31, 2019, the Company had interest rate swap contracts with an aggregate notional amount of $3.2 billion, of which $3 billion were designated as cash flow hedges. As a result of recent changesBeginning in the interest rate environment,March 2020, the Company's interest rate swap contracts designated as cash flow hedges with an aggregate notional amount of $3$3.0 billion were no longer highly effective beginningas a result of changes in March 2020.the interest rate environment. Accordingly, the Company de-designated the cash flow hedges, and the unrealized gains and losses for the period in which these cash flow hedges were no longer highly effective were recognized in interest expense, net. Unrealized losses previously recognized as a component of AOCI prior to de-designation will be reclassified into interest expense, net, in the same period in which the related interest on variable-rate debt affects earnings through the maturity dates of the interest rate swap contracts, as the forecasted cash flows are probable or reasonably possible of occurring.
The impact associated with the interest rate swap contracts that have been de-designated as cash flow hedges and for which the forecasted cash flows are no longer probable of occurring was not material during 2021, 2020, 2019, and 2018.2019.
Below is a summary of theThe Company’s interest rate swap contractsswaps as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 consisted of the following (in thousands):
ExecutionMaturityDesignationNotional Amount
January 2019April 2022Not designated$125,000 
February 2019April 2022Not designated300,000 
October 2019September 2026Not designated2,800,000 
Total notional amount$3,225,000 
The unrealized impact of interest rate swap contractsswaps recognized in interest expense, net, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations was a loss of $60 millionas follows:
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202120202019
Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swaps$157,505 $(60,363)$(8,501)
During 2021 and $9 million during 2020 and 2019, respectively, and a gain of $3 million during 2018. During 2020, the Company paid $56 million and $38 million, respectively, related to settlements on interest rate swap contracts that included an other-than-insignificant financing element at inception, which is reflected in cash flows from financing activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The interest rate swap contracts did not have a material impact to the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows during 2019 and 2018.2019.
The classification and fair value of the Company’s interest rate swap contracts and related classificationswaps recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:
December 31,
(in thousands)20212020
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities$50,360 $65,462 
Other liabilities67,976 210,378 
Fair value of interest rate swaps$118,336 $275,840 
8. Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the temporary differences between the recognition of revenue and expenses for income tax and financial reporting purposes and between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements. The Company records the effect of a tax rate or law change on the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities in the period of enactment.
Significant components of income (loss) before income taxes for the periods presented were as follows:
(in thousands)December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities$65,462 $15,334 
Other liabilities210,378 68,884 
Fair value of interest rate swaps$275,840 $84,218 
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202120202019
United States$(473,504)$(782,256)$(422,674)
Foreign2,315 3,337 (99,518)
Income (loss) before income taxes$(471,189)$(778,919)$(522,192)
F-35


Significant components of income tax benefit for the periods presented were as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202120202019
Current:
Federal$(174)$370 $(2,503)
State(8,367)(27,059)(14,501)
Foreign(570)— (2,843)
Current income tax expense(9,111)(26,689)(19,847)
Deferred:
Federal97,805 133,646 89,495 
State41,901 39,842 24,924 
Foreign(226)(73)3,470 
Deferred income tax benefit139,480 173,415 117,889 
Income tax benefit$130,369 $146,726 $98,042 
The reconciliation between the actual effective tax rate on continuing operations and the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate for the periods presented were as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
202120202019
Statutory federal tax rate21.0 %21.0 %21.0 %
Statutory state tax rate, net of federal benefits2.7 %2.9 %1.4 %
Non-deductible and non-taxable charges0.3 %(3.1)%0.5 %
Valuation allowance0.5 %(1.5)%(9.4)%
Acquisitions1.3 %0.2 %— %
Legislative changes0.8 %— %(1.2)%
Non-deductible goodwill impairment— %— %(2.3)%
Amended returns— %0.1 %1.9 %
Net capital losses from sale of business— %0.4 %6.8 %
Other1.1 %(1.2)%0.1 %
Effective tax rate27.7 %18.8 %18.8 %
F-36


The components of the Company's net deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows:
(in thousands)December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Deferred tax assets:
Accrued liabilities and reserves$113,085 $114,950 
Tax loss and credit carryforwards594,821 652,690 
Disallowed interest carryforward140,974 57,043 
Postretirement benefits9,273 10,221 
Deferred revenue140,604 104,791 
Other92,613 113,586 
Total deferred tax assets1,091,370 1,053,281 
Valuation allowance(60,157)(68,013)
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance$1,031,213 $985,268 
Deferred tax liabilities:
Subscriber system assets$(729,548)$(684,110)
Intangible assets(1,139,927)(1,271,722)
Other(27,442)(18,610)
Total deferred tax liabilities(1,896,917)(1,974,442)
Net deferred tax liabilities$(865,704)$(989,174)
The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets relates to the uncertainty of the utilization of certain U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets. In evaluating the Company’s ability to recover its deferred tax assets, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, which include its past operating results, the existence of cumulative losses in the most recent years, and its forecast of future taxable income. In estimating future taxable income, the Company develops assumptions related to the amount of future pre-tax operating income, the reversal of temporary differences, and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. These assumptions require significant judgment about the forecasts of future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates the Company is using to manage its underlying businesses. The Company believes that it is more-likely-than-not that it will generate sufficient future taxable income to realize its deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance.
The changes in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets for the periods presented were as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202120202019
Beginning balance$(68,013)$(56,841)$(9,558)
Income tax benefit (expense)2,378 (11,999)(49,291)
Write-offs and other(1)
5,478 827 2,008 
Ending balance$(60,157)$(68,013)$(56,841)
__________________
(1)Includes the removal of valuation allowances associated with certain tax attributes that expired during the current year. Both the expired attributes and related valuation allowances were removed concurrently.
As of December 31, 2021, the Company had approximately $2.2 billion of U.S. federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards with expiration periods between 2026 and 2041. Although future utilization will depend on the Company’s actual profitability and the result of income tax audits, the Company anticipates that the majority of its U.S federal NOL carryforwards will be fully utilized prior to expiration. Most of the Company’s U.S. federal NOL carryforwards are subject to limitation due to “ownership changes,” which have occurred under Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) Section 382. The Company does not, however, expect that this limitation will impact its ability to utilize the U.S. federal NOL carryforwards.
As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was primarily related to capital loss carryforwards in both the U.S. and Canada primarily generated in connection with the sale of ADT Canada during 2019. The remainder of the Company’s valuation allowance related to other tax attributes not expected to be realized prior to expiration or due to limitations.
The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 introduced IRC Section 163(j), which limits the deductibility of interest expense and allows for the excess to be carried forward indefinitely. As of December 31, 2021, the Company has not recorded a valuation
F-37


allowance against the disallowed interest carryforward as the Company believes it has sufficient sources of future taxable income to realize the related tax benefit.
Unrecognized Tax Benefits
The Company recognizes positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return in the consolidated financial statements when it is more-likely-than-not (i.e., a likelihood of more than 50%) that the position would be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. A recognized tax position is then measured at the largest amount of benefit with greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company records liabilities for positions that have been taken but do not meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold. The Company adjusts the liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits in light of changing facts and circumstances; however, due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a change to the estimated liabilities. The Company includes interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense and as a component of the recorded balance of unrecognized tax benefits, which is reflected in other liabilities or net of related tax loss carryforwards in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits were not material to the Company's consolidated financial statements for the periods presented.
The following is a rollforward of unrecognized tax benefits for the periods presented:
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202120202019
Beginning balance$65,990 $65,117 $80,201 
Gross increase related to prior year tax positions373 1,348 5,666 
Gross decrease related to prior year tax positions— (732)(5,237)
Increases related to current year tax positions— — 1,000 
Increases related to acquisitions— 400 1,145 
Decreases related to dispositions— — (14,043)
Decrease related to settlements with taxing authorities— — (3,717)
Decreases related to lapse of statute of limitation(142)(143)(460)
Other changes not impacting the statement of operations— — 562 
Ending balance$66,221 $65,990 $65,117 
The Company’s unrecognized tax benefits relate to tax years that are subject to audit by the taxing authorities in the U.S. federal, state and local, and foreign jurisdictions. Based on the current tax statutes and status of its income tax audits, the Company does not expect any significant portion of its unrecognized tax benefits to be resolved in the next twelve months.
The Company files a consolidated return for its U.S. entities and separate returns for each Canadian entity. The income tax returns are subject to audit by the taxing authorities. These audits may culminate in proposed assessments which may ultimately result in a change to the estimated income taxes. The following is a summary of open tax years by jurisdiction:
JurisdictionYears
Open to Audit
Federal2018 - 2020
State2015 - 2020
Canada2017 - 2020
COVID-19 Pandemic
In response to the COVID-19 Pandemic, the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (the “2021 Rescue Act”) and the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) were signed into law in March 2021 and March 2020, respectively, and included significant corporate income tax and payroll tax provisions intended to provide economic relief to address the impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic.
During 2020, the Company recognized favorable cash flow impacts related to the accelerated refund of previously generated alternative minimum tax credits, as well as from the deferral of remittance of certain 2020 payroll taxes, of which 50% of the deferred amount was paid during the fourth quarter of 2021, and the remainder is due by the end of 2022. The Company also recognized a benefit from an increase in the interest expense limitation from 30% to 50% for tax years 2019 and 2020.
F-38


9. Equity
During September 2020, the Company amended its articles of incorporation to authorize the issuance of 100,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, (“Class B Common Stock”) as well as to increase the number of authorized shares of preferred stock, par value of $0.01 per share, to 1,000,000. Accordingly, the Company has two classes of common stock, Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, both of which entitle stockholders to one vote for each share of common stock.
Each share of Class B Common Stock has equal status and rights to dividends with a share of Common Stock. The holders of Class B Common Stock have one vote for each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally; provided, however, that holders of Class B Common Stock, as such, are not entitled to vote on the election, appointment, or removal of directors of the Company. Additionally, each share of Class B Common Stock will immediately become convertible into one share of Common Stock, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time following the earlier of (i) the expiration or early termination of applicable waiting periods under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (“HSR Clearance”), required prior to such holder’s conversion of all such shares of Class B Common Stock, and (ii) to the extent HSR Clearance is not required prior to such holder’s conversion of such shares of Class B Common Stock, the date that such holder owns such shares of Class B Common Stock.
F-36


IssuanceIssuances of Common Stock
DuringIn December 2021, the Company issued approximately 70 million shares of Common Stock with a fair value of $529 million in connection with the Sunpro Solar Acquisition.
In January 2020, the Company issued approximately 16 million shares of Common Stock with a fair value of $114 million in connection with the Defenders Acquisition.
During January 2018, the Company completed an IPO in which the Company issued and sold 105,000,000 shares of Common Stock at an IPO price of $14.00 per share. The Company received net proceeds of $1.4 billion from the sale of its shares in the IPO after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions, and offering expenses.
Issuance of Class B Common Stock
DuringAs described in Note 1 “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”, in September 2020, the Company issued and sold 54,744,525 shares of Class B Common Stock to Google for an aggregate purchase price of $450 million to Google LLC (“Google”) in a private placement pursuant to a securities purchase agreement dated July 31, 2020 (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”). As of the date of closing, Google held approximately 6.6% of the issued and outstanding Common Stock of the Company on an as-converted basis. Prior to closing, the Securities Purchase Agreement provided Google with the option to purchase additional shares of Class B Common Stock, for the same price per share, up to 9.9% of the issued and outstanding Common Stock of the Company on an as-converted basis. Google did not exercise this option.million.
In connection with the issuance of the Class B Common Stock, the Company and Google entered into an Investor Rights Agreement (the “Investor Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which Google agreed to be bound by customary transfer restrictions and drag-along rights, and be afforded customary registration rights with respect to shares of Class B Common Stock held directly by Google. Under the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement, Google is prohibited, subject to certain exceptions, from transferring any shares of Class B Common Stock or any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Class B Common Stock beneficially owned by Google until the earlier of (i) the three-year anniversary of issuance, (ii) the date on which the Google Commercial Agreement (as defined below)in Note 12 “Commitments and Contingencies”) has been terminated under certain specified circumstances, and (iii) June 30, 2022 if the Company breaches certain of its obligations under the Google Commercial Agreement.
The Company estimated the fair value of the issued Class B Common Stock to be approximately $450 million, which represents a Level 3 fair value measurement. The estimation of the fair value included the following inputs: (i) the price per share of Common Stock, (ii) the length of the holding period restriction, (iii) an expected dividend-yield of 1.5% during the holding period restriction, which was based on the projected dividend run-rate and dividing by the stock price, and (iv) an expected share price volatility of 30% during the holding period restriction period, which was implied based upon an average of historical volatility of publicly traded companies in industries similar to the Company, as the Company did not have sufficient trading history to use as a basis for actual stock price volatility, as well as consideration for the Company’s debt to equity ratio. The intrinsic value of the contingently exercisable beneficial conversion feature related to the ability to convert Class B Common Stock to Common Stock as well as the fair value of Google’s option to purchase additional shares of Class B Common Stock were not material.
Commercial Agreement
In addition to the issuance and sale of Class B Common Stock to Google, the Company and Google entered into a Master Supply, Distribution, and Marketing Agreement (the “Commercial Agreement”), pursuant to which Google has agreed to supply the Company with certain Google devices as well as certain Google video and analytics services (“Google Services”), for sale to the Company’s customers. Subject to customary termination rights related to breach and change of control, the Commercial Agreement has an initial term of seven years from the date that the Google Service is successfully integrated into the Company’s end-user security and automation platform, which is targeted for no later than June 30, 2022. Further, subject to certain carve-outs, the Company has agreed to exclusively sell Google end‐user video and sensing analytics services and smart-home, security and safety devices to the Company’s customers. The exclusivity restriction does not apply to, among others, sales of Blue by ADT DIY products and services, providing services to customers on certain of the Company’s legacy platforms, sales to large commercial customers, and sales of certain devices that Google does not supply to the Company.
The Commercial Agreement specifies that each party will contribute $150 million towards the joint marketing of devices and services, customer acquisition, training of the Company’s employees for the sales, installation, customer service, and maintenance for the product and service offerings, and technology updates for products included in such offerings. Each party is required to contribute such funds in three equal tranches, subject to the attainment of certain milestones.
Dividends
Stockholders are entitled to receive dividends when, as, and if declared by the Company’s board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose.
F-37


DuringIn February 2019, the Company approved a dividend reinvestment plan (the “DRIP”), which allowsallowed stockholders to designate all or a portion of the cash dividends on their shares of common stock for reinvestment in additional shares of the Company’s Common Stock. The number of shares issued is determined based on the volume weighted average closing price per share of the Company’s Common Stock for the five trading days preceding the dividend payment and adjusted for any discounts, as applicable. The DRIP will terminate in accordance with its terms on February 27, 2021. When dividends are declared, the Company recordsrecorded a liability for the full amount of the dividends. When dividends are settled,when declared, and then upon settlement, the Company reducesreduced the liability and recordsrecorded an increase in Common Stock par value and additional paid-in
F-39


capital for the portion of dividends settled in shares of common stock under the DRIP. The DRIP terminated in accordance with its terms on February 27, 2021.
The CompanyDividends declared the following cash dividends on common stock during 2020, 2019, and 2018:the periods presented were as follows:
Declared DateRecord DatePayment DateCommon Stock Dividend per ShareClass B Common Stock Dividend per Share
March 15, 2018March 26, 2018April 5, 2018$0.035$0
May 9, 2018June 25, 2018July 10, 2018$0.035$0
August 8, 2018September 18, 2018October 2, 2018$0.035$0
November 7, 2018December 14, 2018January 4, 2019$0.035$0
March 11, 2019April 2, 2019April 12, 2019$0.035$0
May 7, 2019June 11, 2019July 2, 2019$0.035$0
August 6, 2019September 11, 2019October 2, 2019$0.035$0
November 12, 2019December 13, 2019December 23, 2019$0.700$0
November 12, 2019December 13, 2019January 3, 2020$0.035$0
March 5, 2020March 19, 2020April 2, 2020$0.035$0
May 7, 2020June 18, 2020July 2, 2020$0.035$0
August 5, 2020September 18, 2020October 2, 2020$0.035$0.035
November 5, 2020December 21, 2020January 4, 2021$0.035$0.035
Apollo elected to discontinue participation in the DRIP with respect to dividends on the Company’s Common Stock subsequent to the October 2, 2019 dividend payment.
On February 25, 2021, the Company announced a dividend of $0.035 per share to holders of Common Stock and Class B Common Stock of record on March 18, 2021, which will be distributed on April 1, 2021.
During 2020, the Company declared aggregate dividends of $0.14 per share on Common Stock ($108 million) and $0.07 per share on Class B Common Stock ($4 million). The amount of dividends settled in shares of Common Stock was not material.
(in thousands, except per share data)Common StockClass B Common Stock
Declaration DateRecord DatePayment DatePer ShareAggregatePer ShareAggregate
February 25, 2021March 18, 2021April 1, 2021$0.035 $27,220 $0.035 $1,916 
May 5, 2021June 17, 2018July 1, 20210.035 27,268 0.035 1,916 
August 4, 2021September 16, 2021October 5, 20210.035 27,270 0.035 1,916 
November 9, 2021December 16, 2021January 4, 20220.035 29,732 0.035 1,916 
Total for Year Ended December 31, 2021$0.140 $111,490 $0.140 $7,664 
March 5, 2020March 19, 2020April 2, 2020$0.035 $27,117 $— $— 
May 7, 2020June 18, 2020July 2, 20200.035 26,767 — — 
August 5, 2020September 18, 2020October 2, 20200.035 27,047 0.035 1,916 
November 5, 2020December 21, 2020January 4, 20210.035 27,105 0.035 1,916 
Total for Year Ended December 31, 2020$0.140 $108,036 $0.070 $3,832 
During 2019, the Company declared aggregate dividends of $0.84 per share on Common Stock ($633 million), which included quarterly dividends of $0.035 per share and a special dividend of $0.70 per share onof Common Stock.Stock (“2019 Special Dividend”). The amount of dividends settled in shares of Common Stock was approximately $68 million, which resulted in the issuance of 11 million shares of Common Stock.
During 2018,On March 1, 2022, the Company declared aggregate dividendsannounced a dividend of $0.14$0.035 per share onto holders of Common Stock ($107 million).and Class B Common Stock of record on March 17, 2022, which will be distributed on April 4, 2022.
Share Repurchase Program
DuringIn February 2019, the Company approved a share repurchase program (the “Share Repurchase Program”), which authorized the Company to repurchase up to $150 millionshares of the Company��s shares ofCompany’s Common Stock through February 27, 2021. During March 2020, the Company approved an increase(up to $75 million, inclusive of the amount then remaining under thea certain amount). The Share Repurchase Program terminated in the authorized repurchase amount and an extension of the Share Repurchase Program throughaccordance with its terms on March 23, 2021.
The Company may effect these repurchases pursuant to one or more trading plans to be adopted in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 (each, a “10b5-1 plan”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), in privately negotiated transactions, in open market transactions, or pursuant to an accelerated share repurchase program. The Company intends to conduct the Share Repurchase Program in accordance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act.
During 2021 and 2020, there were no material repurchases of shares of Common Stock under the Share Repurchase Program. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had approximately $75 million remaining under the Share Repurchase Program.
F-38


During 2019, the Company repurchased 24 million shares of Common Stock for approximately $150 million under the Share Repurchase Program. All of the shares repurchased were treated as retirements and reduced the number of shares issued and outstanding. In addition, the Company recorded the excess of the purchase price over the par value per share as a reduction to additional paid-in capital.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive LossIncome (Loss)
The changes in AOCI during the periods presented were as follows:
(in thousands)(in thousands)Cash Flow HedgesForeign Currency TranslationDefined Benefit Pension PlansAccumulated Other Comprehensive Loss(in thousands)Cash Flow HedgesForeign Currency TranslationDefined Benefit Pension PlansTotal AOCI
Balance as of December 31, 2017$$(6,943)$2,936 $(4,007)
Pre-tax current period change(28,030)(51,502)(2,478)(82,010)
Income tax benefit6,746 6,846 646 14,238 
Balance as of December 31, 2018Balance as of December 31, 2018(21,284)(51,599)1,104 (71,779)Balance as of December 31, 2018$(21,284)$(51,599)$1,104 $(71,779)
Pre-tax current period changePre-tax current period change(52,093)59,541 (247)7,201 Pre-tax current period change(52,093)59,541 (247)7,201 
Income tax benefit (expense)Income tax benefit (expense)13,990 (7,942)154 6,202 Income tax benefit (expense)13,990 (7,942)154 6,202 
Balance as of December 31, 2019Balance as of December 31, 2019(59,387)1,011 (58,376)Balance as of December 31, 2019(59,387)— 1,011 (58,376)
Pre-tax current period changePre-tax current period change(76,807)(2,844)(79,651)Pre-tax current period change(76,807)— (2,844)(79,651)
Income tax benefit18,693 719 19,412 
Income tax benefit (expense)Income tax benefit (expense)18,693 — 719 19,412 
Balance as of December 31, 2020Balance as of December 31, 2020$(117,501)$$(1,114)$(118,615)Balance as of December 31, 2020(117,501)— (1,114)(118,615)
Pre-tax current period changePre-tax current period change60,948 — 4,552 65,500 
Income tax benefit (expense)Income tax benefit (expense)(14,714)— (1,144)(15,858)
Balance as of December 31, 2021Balance as of December 31, 2021$(71,267)$— $2,294 $(68,973)
During 2020, the Company
F-40


Amounts reclassified $54 million and $13 millionout of AOCI related to accumulated unrealized losses of interest rate swap contracts that have been de-designated asassociated with cash flow hedges to interest expense, net, and income tax benefit, respectively.were as follows:
During
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202120202019
Reclassifications to interest expense, net$60,948 $54,452 $2,777 
Reclassifications to income tax benefit$(14,714)$(13,254)$(746)
Additionally, during 2019, the Company reclassified $39 million and $4 million of AOCI related to foreign currency translation to loss on sale of business and income tax benefit, respectively, as a result of the sale of ADT Canada.
There were no other material reclassifications of AOCI during 2021, 2020, 2019, and 2018.2019.
As of December 31, 2020,2021, approximately $61$34 million of AOCI related to accumulated unrealized losses of interest rate swap contracts that have been de-designated as cash flow hedges is estimated to be reclassified to interest expense, net, within the next twelve months.
F-39


10. Share-Based Compensation
The Company grants share-based compensation awards to participants under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”) and the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2018 Plan”). Prior to the IPO, Class B Unit awards (“Class B Units”) were issued to certain participants by Ultimate Parent. Share-based compensation expense is included in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and totaled $96 million, $86 million, and $135 million during 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.was as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
202120202019
Share-based compensation expense$61,237 $96,013 $85,626 
2016 Plan
As of December 31, 2020,2021, the Company is authorized to issue no more than approximately 5 million shares of Common Stock by the exercise or vesting of granted awards under the 2016 Plan. The Company does not expect to issue additional awards under the 2016 Plan. Unrecognized share-based compensation expense as of December 31, 20202021 and share-based compensation expense during 2021, 2020, 2019, and 20182019 for awards granted under the 2016 Plan were not material.
Class B Units
Ultimate Parent authorized the issuance of a total of 25 million Class B Units, which represented the right to share a portion of the value appreciation on the initial member capital contribution. Prior to the redemption of the Class B Units in connection with the IPO as discussed below, the Class B Units were subject to service-basedDistributed Shares and performance-based vesting conditions, with half of the Class B Units issued subject to ratable service-based vesting over a five-year period (the “Class B Unit Service Tranche”), and the other half subject to the achievement of certain investment return thresholds by Apollo (the “Class B Unit Performance Tranche”). The fair value of the Class B Units was measured at the grant date and was recognized as share-based compensation expense over the requisite service period. The Company did not record any share-based compensation expense related to the Class B Unit Performance Tranche as the achievement of certain vesting conditions was not deemed probable.
There were no issuances of Class B Units during 2018. Prior to redemption of the Class B Units in connection with the IPO, the share-based compensation expense associated with the Class B Units was not material during 2018.
Class B Unit Redemption
In connection with the IPO, each holder of Class B Units inawards (“Class B Units”), which were issued to certain participants by Ultimate Parent prior to the IPO, had their entire Class B interest in Ultimate Parent redeemed for the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Distributed Shares”) that would have been distributed to such holder under the terms of Ultimate Parent’s operating agreement in a hypothetical liquidation on the date and price of the IPO (the “Class B Unit Redemption”). All vesting conditions for the Distributed Shares are the same as the vesting conditions that existed under the terms
The Class B Unit Redemption resulted in a modification of the Class B Units. The Distributed Shares also have certain other restrictions pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Amended and Restated Management Investor Rights Agreement (the “MIRA”). Furthermore, as part of the Class B Unit Redemption,Units, whereby each holder received both vested and unvested Distributed Shares in the same proportion as the holder’s vested and unvested Class B Units held immediately prior to the IPO. As a result of the Class B Unit Redemption, holders of Class B Units received a total of 20.6 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock, (17.8 million of which were unvested at the time of redemption). Of the Distributed Shares issued upon the Class B Unit Redemption, 50% were subject to the same vesting conditions that existed forunder the Class B Unit Service Tranche (the “Distributed Shares Service Tranche”), which were subject to ratable service-based vesting over a five-year period, and 50% were subject to the same vesting conditions that existed forunder the Class B Unit Performance Tranche (the “Distributed Shares Performance Tranche”).
The Class B Unit Redemption resulted in a modification, which were based on the achievement of the Class B Units. In connection with the modification, the Company utilized a Monte Carlo simulation to estimate the fair value of thecertain investment return thresholds by Apollo. The Distributed Shares as well as the derived service period for the Distributed Shares Performance Tranche. Significant assumptions included in the simulation were the risk-free interest rate and the expected volatility of the Company’s stock price. The Company selected a risk-free interest rate of 2.43%, which was based on a five-year U.S. Treasury with a zero-coupon rate. The Company selected a stock price volatility of 30%, which was implied based upon an average of historical volatilities of publicly traded companies in industries similar to the Company, as the Company did notalso have sufficient history to use as a basis for actual stock price volatility. Additionally, because holders of unvested Distributed Shares are entitled to receive previously declared accrued dividends once the shares vest, a dividend yield assumption was not included in the simulation.
The Class B Unit Redemption resulted in weighted-average fair values of $14.00 and $12.97 for the Distributed Shares Service Tranche and the Distributed Shares Performance Tranche, respectively. The fair values also incorporate the estimated impact of post-vesting sellingcertain other restrictions pursuant to the MIRA. In connection with the Class B Unit Redemption, the Company began recording share-based compensation expense on the Distributed Shares Performance Tranche on a straight-line basis over the derived service period of approximately three years from the IPO date, as the vestingterms and conditions were deemed probable
F-40


following the consummation of the IPO. For the Distributed Shares Service Tranche, incremental compensation expense recorded as a result of the modification was not material. Additionally, theCompany’s Amended and Restated Management Investor Rights Agreement (the “MIRA”).
The IPO triggered an acceleration of vesting of the unvested shares in the Distributed Shares Service Tranche causing such Distributed Sharesthem to become fully vested six months from the date of the IPO, which occurred in July 2018.
The Company recorded share-based compensation expense on the Distributed Shares Performance Tranche on a straight-line basis over the derived service period of approximately three years from the IPO date, as the vesting conditions were deemed probable following the consummation of the IPO. Share-based compensation expense associated with the Distributed Shares Performance Tranche was not material during 2021 and was $32 million and $47 million during 2020 and 2019, respectively.
F-41


The following table summarizes activity related to the Distributed Shares during 2020:2021:
Performance Tranche
Number of Distributed SharesWeighted-Average Grant Fair Value
Unvested as of December 31, 20199,988,582 $13.11 
Granted
Vested
Forfeited(404,828)13.21 
Unvested as of December 31, 20209,583,754 $13.10 
Share-based compensation expense associated with the Distributed Shares Service Tranche was $28 million during 2018. Share-based compensation expense associated with the Distributed Shares Performance Tranche was $32 million, $47 million, and $46 million during 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.
As of December 31, 2020, unrecognized compensation cost related to the Distributed Shares Performance Tranche was not material.
Performance Tranche
Number of Distributed SharesWeighted-Average Grant Fair Value
Unvested as of December 31, 20209,583,754 $13.10 
Vested— — 
Forfeited(80,086)13.42 
Unvested as of December 31, 20219,503,668 $13.08 
2018 Plan
In January 2018, the Company approved the 2018 Plan, which became effective upon consummation of the IPO. The 2018 Plan authorizes the issuance of no more than approximately 38 million shares of Common Stock by the exercise or vesting of granted awards, which are generally stock options and restricted stock units (“RSUs”). During 2019, the Company amended the 2018 Plan, to increasewhich increased the number of authorized shares of Common Stock to be issued under the 2018 Plan to approximately 88 million shares. The Company satisfies the exercise of options and the vesting of RSUs through the issuance of authorized but previously unissued shares of Common Stock.
Awards issued under the 2018 Plan include retirement provisions that allow awards to continue to vest in accordance with the granted terms in its entirety or on a pro-rata basis when a participant reaches retirement eligibility, as long as 12 months of service have been provided since the date of grant. Accordingly, share-based compensation expense for service-based awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, or on an accelerated basis for retirement-eligible participants where applicable. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur.
UnderAdditionally, RSUs entitle the terms of the 2018 Plan, RSUs are entitledholder to dividend equivalent units (“DEUs”), which are granted as additional RSUs and are subject to the same vesting and forfeiture conditions as the underlying RSUs. DEUs are charged against accumulated deficit when dividends are paid.
TheIn December 2019, the exercise price of all options granted under the 2018 Plan’sPlan prior to the payment of the 2019 Special Dividend were adjusted downward by $0.70 in accordance with plan provisions, which allow for adjustments to the exercise price of options upon the occurrence of certain events, such as changes in capital or operating structure. On December 23, 2019, the Company paid a special dividend of $0.70 per share of Common Stock. The exercise price of all options granted under the 2018 Plan prior to the payment of the special dividend were adjusted downward by $0.70 in accordance with plan provisions.
The Company satisfies the exercise of options and the vesting of RSUs through the issuance of authorized but previously unissued shares of Common Stock.
Top-up Options
In connection with the Class B Unit Redemption in 2018, the Company granted 12.7 million options to holders of Class B Units (the “Top-up Options”). The Top-up Options have an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price per share of the Company’s Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with 2018 Plan provisions, and a contractual term of ten years from the grant date. Similar to the vesting conditions outlined above for the Distributed Shares, the Top-up Options contain a tranche subject to service-based vesting (the “Top-up Options Service Tranche”) and a tranche subject to vesting based upon the achievement of certain investment return thresholds by Apollo (the “Top-up Options Performance Tranche”). Recipients of the Top-up Options received both vested and unvested Top-up Options in the same proportion as the vested and unvested Class B Units held immediately prior to the IPO and Class B Unit Redemption. TheseThe Top-up Options vesting conditions are the same vesting conditions as those attributable to the Distributed Shares, including the condition that accelerated vesting of the unvested options in the Top-up Options Service Tranche causing such optionsthem to become fully vested six months from the date of the
F-41


IPO, which occurred in July 2018.IPO. Any shares of the Company’s Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Top-up Options will be subject to the terms of the MIRA.
The Company used a Monte Carlo simulation to estimate the fair value of the Top-up Options, as well as the derived service period for the Top-up Options Performance Tranche. Significant assumptions included in the simulation were the risk-free interest rate, the expected volatility, and the expected dividend yield. The Company selected a risk-free interest rate of 2.43%, which was based on a five-year U.S. Treasury with a zero-coupon rate. The Company selected a stock price volatility of 30%, which was implied based upon an average of historical volatilities of publicly traded companies in industries similar to the Company, as the Company did not have sufficient trading history to use as a basis for actual stock price volatility. The Company also assumed a 1% dividend yield. The expected average exercise term was derived based on an average of the outcomes of various scenarios performed under the Monte Carlo simulation.
The weighted-average grant date fair values of the Top-up Options Service Tranche and Top-up Options Performance Tranche were $5.02 and $5.04, respectively. The fair values also incorporate the estimated impact of post-vesting selling restrictions pursuant to the MIRA. The Company recorded share-based compensation expense associated with the Top-up Options Service Tranche on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of six months from the IPO date. The Company records share-basedIPO.
Share-based compensation expense associated with the Top-up Options Performance Tranche is recognized on a straight-line basis over the derived service period of approximately three years from the IPO date.date and was not material during 2021, 2020, and 2019.
F-42


The following table summarizes activity related to the Top-up Options granted under the 2018 Plan during 2020:
Service TranchePerformance Tranche
Number of Top-up OptionsWeighted-Average Exercise PriceNumber of Top-up OptionsWeighted-Average Exercise Price
Aggregate Intrinsic Value(a)
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)
Outstanding as of December 31, 20195,974,369 $13.30 6,165,146 $13.30 
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited(241,173)13.30 
Outstanding as of December 31, 20205,974,369 $13.30 5,923,973 $13.30 7.0
Exercisable as of December 31, 20205,974,369 $13.30 $7.0
Top-up Options:
Service TranchePerformance Tranche
Number of Top-up OptionsWeighted-Average Exercise PriceNumber of Top-up OptionsWeighted-Average Exercise Price
Aggregate Intrinsic Value(a)
(in thousands)
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)
Outstanding as of December 31, 20205,974,369 $13.30 5,923,973 $13.30 
Exercised— — — — 
Forfeited— — (73,424)13.30 
Outstanding as of December 31, 20215,974,369 $13.30 5,850,549 $13.30 — 6.0
Exercisable as of December 31, 20215,974,369 $13.30 — $13.30 — 6.0
________________________
(a)The intrinsic value represents the amount by which the fair value of the Company’s Common Stock exceeds the option exercise price as of December 31, 2020.2021.
Share-based compensation expense associated with the Top-up Options Service Tranche was $32 million during 2018. Share-based compensation expense associated with the Top-up Options Performance Tranche was $7 million, $11 million, and $11 million during 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.
As of December 31, 2020, unrecognized compensation cost related to the Top-up Options Performance Tranche was not material.
Options
Options granted under the 2018 Plan are primarily service-based awards that vest over a three-year period from the date of grant, have an exercise price equal to the closing price per share of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of grant, as adjusted in accordance with 2018 Plan provisions, and have a contractual term of ten years from the date of grant.
The Company did not grant any options during 2021. During 2020 and 2019, the grant date fair values of options granted under the 2018 Plan were determined using the Black-Scholes valuation approach with the following assumptions:
Years Ended December 31,
202020192018
Risk-free interest rate0.51% - 1.40%1.58% - 2.51%2.52% - 2.85%
Expected exercise term (years)66.0 - 6.56.5
Expected dividend yield2.2% - 2.7%2.0% - 2.7%1.0% - 2.1%
Expected volatility45% - 46%41% - 42%30% - 39%
F-42


Years Ended December 31,
20202019
Risk-free interest rate0.51% - 1.40%1.58% - 2.51%
Expected exercise term (years)66.0 - 6.5
Expected dividend yield2.2% - 2.7%2.0% - 2.7%
Expected volatility45% - 46%41% - 42%
The risk-free interest rate was based on U.S. Treasury bonds with a zero-coupon rate. The Company did not have sufficient historical exercise data, and, as such, the Company estimated the expected exercise term based on factors such as vesting period, contractual period, and other share-based compensation awards with similar terms and conditions. The dividend yield was calculated by taking the annual dividend run-rate and dividing by the stock price at date of grant. The stock price volatility was implied based upon an average of historical volatility of publicly traded companies in industries similar to the Company, as the Company did not have sufficient trading history to use as a basis for actual stock price volatility, as well as consideration for the Company’s debt to equity ratio.
The weighted-average grant date fair values of options granted during 2020 2019, and 20182019 were $1.77 $2.20, and $3.92,$2.20, respectively.
The following table summarizes activity related to options granted under the 2018 Plan options during 2020:2021:
Number of OptionsWeighted-Average Exercise Price
Aggregate Intrinsic Value(a)
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)Number of OptionsWeighted-Average Exercise Price
Aggregate Intrinsic Value(a)
(in thousands)
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term
(Years)
Outstanding as of December 31, 201916,511,587 $7.28 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2020Outstanding as of December 31, 202024,191,120 $6.60 
GrantedGranted8,576,746 5.31 Granted— — 
ExercisedExercised(349,287)5.55 Exercised(1,951,552)5.55 
ForfeitedForfeited(547,926)7.83 Forfeited(773,750)7.49 
Outstanding as of December 31, 202024,191,120 $6.60 $45,935 8.4
Exercisable as of December 31, 20202,771,380 $5.82 $5,742 8.1
Outstanding as of December 31, 2021Outstanding as of December 31, 202121,465,818 $6.64 $50,657 7.2
Exercisable as of December 31, 2021Exercisable as of December 31, 202110,611,711 $8.33 $19,089 6.8
________________________
(a)The intrinsic value represents the amount by which the fair value of the Company’s Common Stock exceeds the option exercise price as of December 31, 2020. Amounts are presented in thousands.2021.
F-43


Share-based compensation expense associated with options granted under the 2018 Plan was $12 million, $16 million, and $12 million during 2021, 2020, and $7 million during 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. The cash flow and the intrinsic value of options exercised were not material during 2021, 2020, 2019, and 2018.2019.
As of December 31, 2020,2021, unrecognized compensation cost related to options granted under the 2018 Plan was $23 million, which will be recognized over a period of 2.0 years.not material.
RestrictedUnrecognized Tax Benefits
The Company recognizes positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return in the consolidated financial statements when it is more-likely-than-not (i.e., a likelihood of more than 50%) that the position would be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. A recognized tax position is then measured at the largest amount of benefit with greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company records liabilities for positions that have been taken but do not meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold. The Company adjusts the liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits in light of changing facts and circumstances; however, due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a change to the estimated liabilities. The Company includes interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense and as a component of the recorded balance of unrecognized tax benefits, which is reflected in other liabilities or net of related tax loss carryforwards in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits were not material to the Company's consolidated financial statements for the periods presented.
The following is a rollforward of unrecognized tax benefits for the periods presented:
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202120202019
Beginning balance$65,990 $65,117 $80,201 
Gross increase related to prior year tax positions373 1,348 5,666 
Gross decrease related to prior year tax positions— (732)(5,237)
Increases related to current year tax positions— — 1,000 
Increases related to acquisitions— 400 1,145 
Decreases related to dispositions— — (14,043)
Decrease related to settlements with taxing authorities— — (3,717)
Decreases related to lapse of statute of limitation(142)(143)(460)
Other changes not impacting the statement of operations— — 562 
Ending balance$66,221 $65,990 $65,117 
The Company’s unrecognized tax benefits relate to tax years that are subject to audit by the taxing authorities in the U.S. federal, state and local, and foreign jurisdictions. Based on the current tax statutes and status of its income tax audits, the Company does not expect any significant portion of its unrecognized tax benefits to be resolved in the next twelve months.
The Company files a consolidated return for its U.S. entities and separate returns for each Canadian entity. The income tax returns are subject to audit by the taxing authorities. These audits may culminate in proposed assessments which may ultimately result in a change to the estimated income taxes. The following is a summary of open tax years by jurisdiction:
JurisdictionYears
Open to Audit
Federal2018 - 2020
State2015 - 2020
Canada2017 - 2020
COVID-19 Pandemic
In response to the COVID-19 Pandemic, the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (the “2021 Rescue Act”) and the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) were signed into law in March 2021 and March 2020, respectively, and included significant corporate income tax and payroll tax provisions intended to provide economic relief to address the impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic.
During 2020, the Company recognized favorable cash flow impacts related to the accelerated refund of previously generated alternative minimum tax credits, as well as from the deferral of remittance of certain 2020 payroll taxes, of which 50% of the deferred amount was paid during the fourth quarter of 2021, and the remainder is due by the end of 2022. The Company also recognized a benefit from an increase in the interest expense limitation from 30% to 50% for tax years 2019 and 2020.
F-38


9. Equity
During September 2020, the Company amended its articles of incorporation to authorize the issuance of 100,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, as well as to increase the number of authorized shares of preferred stock, par value of $0.01 per share, to 1,000,000. Accordingly, the Company has two classes of common stock, Common Stock Unitsand Class B Common Stock, both of which entitle stockholders to one vote for each share of common stock.
Each share of Class B Common Stock has equal status and rights to dividends with a share of Common Stock. The holders of Class B Common Stock have one vote for each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally; provided, however, that holders of Class B Common Stock, as such, are not entitled to vote on the election, appointment, or removal of directors of the Company. Additionally, each share of Class B Common Stock will immediately become convertible into one share of Common Stock, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time following the earlier of (i) the expiration or early termination of applicable waiting periods under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (“HSR Clearance”), required prior to such holder’s conversion of all such shares of Class B Common Stock, and (ii) to the extent HSR Clearance is not required prior to such holder’s conversion of such shares of Class B Common Stock, the date that such holder owns such shares of Class B Common Stock.
Issuances of Common Stock
In December 2021, the Company issued approximately 70 million shares of Common Stock with a fair value of $529 million in connection with the Sunpro Solar Acquisition.
In January 2020, the Company issued approximately 16 million shares of Common Stock with a fair value of $114 million in connection with the Defenders Acquisition.
Issuance of Class B Common Stock
As described in Note 1 “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”, in September 2020, the Company issued and sold 54,744,525 shares of Class B Common Stock to Google for an aggregate purchase price of $450 million.
In connection with the issuance of the Class B Common Stock, the Company and Google entered into an Investor Rights Agreement (the “Investor Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which Google agreed to be bound by customary transfer restrictions and drag-along rights, and be afforded customary registration rights with respect to shares of Class B Common Stock held directly by Google. Under the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement, Google is prohibited, subject to certain exceptions, from transferring any shares of Class B Common Stock or any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Class B Common Stock beneficially owned by Google until the earlier of (i) the three-year anniversary of issuance, (ii) the date on which the Google Commercial Agreement (as defined in Note 12 “Commitments and Contingencies”) has been terminated under certain specified circumstances, and (iii) June 30, 2022 if the Company breaches certain of its obligations under the Google Commercial Agreement.
The Company estimated the fair value of the issued Class B Common Stock to be approximately $450 million, which represents a Level 3 fair value measurement. The estimation of the fair value included the following inputs: (i) the price per share of Common Stock, (ii) the length of the holding period restriction, (iii) an expected dividend-yield of 1.5% during the holding period restriction, which was based on the projected dividend run-rate and dividing by the stock price, and (iv) an expected share price volatility of 30% during the holding period restriction period, which was implied based upon an average of historical volatility of publicly traded companies in industries similar to the Company, as the Company did not have sufficient trading history to use as a basis for actual stock price volatility, as well as consideration for the Company’s debt to equity ratio. The intrinsic value of the contingently exercisable beneficial conversion feature related to the ability to convert Class B Common Stock to Common Stock as well as the fair value of Google’s option to purchase additional shares of Class B Common Stock were not material.
Dividends
Stockholders are entitled to receive dividends when, as, and if declared by the Company’s board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose.
In February 2019, the Company approved a dividend reinvestment plan (the “DRIP”), which allowed stockholders to designate all or a portion of the cash dividends on their shares of common stock for reinvestment in additional shares of the Company’s Common Stock. The Company recorded a liability for the full amount of the dividends when declared, and then upon settlement, the Company reduced the liability and recorded an increase in Common Stock par value and additional paid-in
F-39


capital for the portion of dividends settled in shares of common stock under the DRIP. The DRIP terminated in accordance with its terms on February 27, 2021.
Dividends declared on common stock during the periods presented were as follows:
(in thousands, except per share data)Common StockClass B Common Stock
Declaration DateRecord DatePayment DatePer ShareAggregatePer ShareAggregate
February 25, 2021March 18, 2021April 1, 2021$0.035 $27,220 $0.035 $1,916 
May 5, 2021June 17, 2018July 1, 20210.035 27,268 0.035 1,916 
August 4, 2021September 16, 2021October 5, 20210.035 27,270 0.035 1,916 
November 9, 2021December 16, 2021January 4, 20220.035 29,732 0.035 1,916 
Total for Year Ended December 31, 2021$0.140 $111,490 $0.140 $7,664 
March 5, 2020March 19, 2020April 2, 2020$0.035 $27,117 $— $— 
May 7, 2020June 18, 2020July 2, 20200.035 26,767 — — 
August 5, 2020September 18, 2020October 2, 20200.035 27,047 0.035 1,916 
November 5, 2020December 21, 2020January 4, 20210.035 27,105 0.035 1,916 
Total for Year Ended December 31, 2020$0.140 $108,036 $0.070 $3,832 
During 2019, the Company declared aggregate dividends of $0.84 per share on Common Stock ($633 million), which included quarterly dividends of $0.035 per share and a special dividend of $0.70 per share of Common Stock (“2019 Special Dividend”). The amount of dividends settled in shares of Common Stock was approximately $68 million, which resulted in the issuance of 11 million shares of Common Stock.
On March 1, 2022, the Company announced a dividend of $0.035 per share to holders of Common Stock and Class B Common Stock of record on March 17, 2022, which will be distributed on April 4, 2022.
Share Repurchase Program
In February 2019, the Company approved a share repurchase program (the “Share Repurchase Program”), which authorized the Company to repurchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock (up to a certain amount). The Share Repurchase Program terminated in accordance with its terms on March 23, 2021.
During 2021 and 2020, there were no material repurchases of shares of Common Stock under the Share Repurchase Program. During 2019, the Company repurchased 24 million shares of Common Stock for approximately $150 million under the Share Repurchase Program. All of the shares repurchased were treated as retirements and reduced the number of shares issued and outstanding. In addition, the Company recorded the excess of the purchase price over the par value per share as a reduction to additional paid-in capital.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
The changes in AOCI during the periods presented were as follows:
(in thousands)Cash Flow HedgesForeign Currency TranslationDefined Benefit Pension PlansTotal AOCI
Balance as of December 31, 2018$(21,284)$(51,599)$1,104 $(71,779)
Pre-tax current period change(52,093)59,541 (247)7,201 
Income tax benefit (expense)13,990 (7,942)154 6,202 
Balance as of December 31, 2019(59,387)— 1,011 (58,376)
Pre-tax current period change(76,807)— (2,844)(79,651)
Income tax benefit (expense)18,693 — 719 19,412 
Balance as of December 31, 2020(117,501)— (1,114)(118,615)
Pre-tax current period change60,948 — 4,552 65,500 
Income tax benefit (expense)(14,714)— (1,144)(15,858)
Balance as of December 31, 2021$(71,267)$— $2,294 $(68,973)
F-40


Amounts reclassified out of AOCI associated with cash flow hedges were as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202120202019
Reclassifications to interest expense, net$60,948 $54,452 $2,777 
Reclassifications to income tax benefit$(14,714)$(13,254)$(746)
Additionally, during 2019, the Company reclassified $39 million and $4 million of AOCI related to foreign currency translation to loss on sale of business and income tax benefit, respectively, as a result of the sale of ADT Canada.
There were no other material reclassifications of AOCI during 2021, 2020, and 2019.
As of December 31, 2021, approximately $34 million of AOCI related to accumulated unrealized losses of interest rate swap contracts that have been de-designated as cash flow hedges is estimated to be reclassified to interest expense, net, within the next twelve months.
10. Share-Based Compensation
The Company grants share-based compensation awards to participants under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”) and the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2018 Plan”). Share-based compensation expense is included in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and was as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
202120202019
Share-based compensation expense$61,237 $96,013 $85,626 
2016 Plan
As of December 31, 2021, the Company is authorized to issue no more than approximately 5 million shares of Common Stock by the exercise or vesting of granted awards under the 2016 Plan. The Company does not expect to issue additional awards under the 2016 Plan. Unrecognized share-based compensation expense as of December 31, 2021 and share-based compensation expense during 2021, 2020, and 2019 for awards granted under the 2016 Plan were not material.
Distributed Shares and Class B Unit Redemption
In connection with the IPO, each holder of Class B awards (“Class B Units”), which were issued to certain participants by Ultimate Parent prior to the IPO, had their entire Class B interest in Ultimate Parent redeemed for the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Distributed Shares”) that would have been distributed to such holder under the terms of Ultimate Parent’s operating agreement in a hypothetical liquidation on the date and price of the IPO (the “Class B Unit Redemption”).
The Class B Unit Redemption resulted in a modification of the Class B Units, whereby each holder received both vested and unvested Distributed Shares in the same proportion as the holder’s vested and unvested Class B Units held immediately prior to the IPO. As a result of the Class B Unit Redemption, holders of Class B Units received a total of 20.6 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock, of which 50% were subject to the same vesting conditions under the Class B Unit Service Tranche (the “Distributed Shares Service Tranche”), which were subject to ratable service-based vesting over a five-year period, and 50% were subject to the same vesting conditions under the Class B Unit Performance Tranche (the “Distributed Shares Performance Tranche”), which were based on the achievement of certain investment return thresholds by Apollo. The Distributed Shares also have certain other restrictions pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Amended and Restated Management Investor Rights Agreement (the “MIRA”).
The IPO triggered an acceleration of vesting of the unvested Distributed Shares Service Tranche causing them to become fully vested six months from the date of the IPO, which occurred in July 2018.
The Company recorded share-based compensation expense on the Distributed Shares Performance Tranche on a straight-line basis over the derived service period of approximately three years from the IPO date, as the vesting conditions were deemed probable following the consummation of the IPO. Share-based compensation expense associated with the Distributed Shares Performance Tranche was not material during 2021 and was $32 million and $47 million during 2020 and 2019, respectively.
F-41


The following table summarizes activity related to the Distributed Shares during 2021:
Performance Tranche
Number of Distributed SharesWeighted-Average Grant Fair Value
Unvested as of December 31, 20209,583,754 $13.10 
Vested— — 
Forfeited(80,086)13.42 
Unvested as of December 31, 20219,503,668 $13.08 
2018 Plan
In January 2018, the Company approved the 2018 Plan, which became effective upon consummation of the IPO. The 2018 Plan authorizes the issuance of no more than approximately 38 million shares of Common Stock by the exercise or vesting of granted awards, which are generally stock options and restricted stock units (“RSUs”). During 2019, the Company amended the 2018 Plan, which increased the number of authorized shares of Common Stock to be issued to approximately 88 million shares. The Company satisfies the exercise of options and the vesting of RSUs through the issuance of authorized but previously unissued shares of Common Stock.
Awards issued under the 2018 Plan include retirement provisions that allow awards to continue to vest in accordance with the granted terms in its entirety or on a pro-rata basis when a participant reaches retirement eligibility, as long as 12 months of service have been provided since the date of grant. Accordingly, share-based compensation expense for service-based awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, or on an accelerated basis for retirement-eligible participants where applicable. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur.
Additionally, RSUs entitle the holder to dividend equivalent units (“DEUs”), which are granted as additional RSUs and are subject to the same vesting and forfeiture conditions as the underlying RSUs. DEUs are charged against accumulated deficit when dividends are paid.
In December 2019, the exercise price of all options granted under the 2018 Plan prior to the payment of the 2019 Special Dividend were adjusted downward by $0.70 in accordance with plan provisions, which allow for adjustments to the exercise price of options upon the occurrence of certain events, such as changes in capital or operating structure.
Top-up Options
In connection with the Class B Unit Redemption in 2018, the Company granted 12.7 million options to holders of Class B Units (the “Top-up Options”). The Top-up Options have an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price per share of the Company’s Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with 2018 Plan provisions, and a contractual term of ten years from the grant date. Similar to the vesting conditions outlined above for the Distributed Shares, the Top-up Options contain a tranche subject to service-based vesting (the “Top-up Options Service Tranche”) and a tranche subject to vesting based upon the achievement of certain investment return thresholds by Apollo (the “Top-up Options Performance Tranche”). Recipients of the Top-up Options received both vested and unvested Top-up Options in the same proportion as the vested and unvested Class B Units held immediately prior to the IPO and Class B Unit Redemption. The Top-up Options vesting conditions are the same as those attributable to the Distributed Shares, including the condition that accelerated vesting of the unvested options in the Top-up Options Service Tranche causing them to become fully vested six months from the IPO. Any shares of the Company’s Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Top-up Options will be subject to the terms of the MIRA.
The Company recorded share-based compensation expense associated with the Top-up Options Service Tranche on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of six months from the IPO.
Share-based compensation expense associated with the Top-up Options Performance Tranche is recognized on a straight-line basis over the derived service period of approximately three years from the IPO date and was not material during 2021, 2020, and 2019.
F-42


The following table summarizes activity related to the 2018 Plan Top-up Options:
Service TranchePerformance Tranche
Number of Top-up OptionsWeighted-Average Exercise PriceNumber of Top-up OptionsWeighted-Average Exercise Price
Aggregate Intrinsic Value(a)
(in thousands)
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)
Outstanding as of December 31, 20205,974,369 $13.30 5,923,973 $13.30 
Exercised— — — — 
Forfeited— — (73,424)13.30 
Outstanding as of December 31, 20215,974,369 $13.30 5,850,549 $13.30 — 6.0
Exercisable as of December 31, 20215,974,369 $13.30 — $13.30 — 6.0
________________________
(a)The intrinsic value represents the amount by which the fair value of the Company’s Common Stock exceeds the option exercise price as of December 31, 2021.
Options
Options granted under the 2018 Plan are primarily service-based awards that vest over a three-year period from the date of grant, and have a fair valuean exercise price equal to the closing price per share of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of grant, as adjusted in accordance with 2018 Plan provisions, and have a contractual term of ten years from the date of grant.
The Company did not grant any options during 2021. During 2020 and 2019, the grant date fair values of options granted under the 2018 Plan were determined using the Black-Scholes valuation approach with the following assumptions:
Years Ended December 31,
20202019
Risk-free interest rate0.51% - 1.40%1.58% - 2.51%
Expected exercise term (years)66.0 - 6.5
Expected dividend yield2.2% - 2.7%2.0% - 2.7%
Expected volatility45% - 46%41% - 42%
The risk-free interest rate was based on U.S. Treasury bonds with a zero-coupon rate. The Company did not have sufficient historical exercise data, and, as such, the Company estimated the expected exercise term based on factors such as vesting period, contractual period, and other share-based compensation awards with similar terms and conditions. The dividend yield was calculated by taking the annual dividend run-rate and dividing by the stock price at date of grant. The stock price volatility was implied based upon an average of historical volatility of publicly traded companies in industries similar to the Company, as the Company did not have sufficient trading history to use as a basis for actual stock price volatility, as well as consideration for the Company’s debt to equity ratio.
The weighted-average grant date fair values of options granted during 2020 and 2019 were $1.77 and $2.20, respectively.
The following table summarizes activity related to RSUs (including DEUs) granted under the 2018 Plan options during 2020:2021:
Number of RSUsWeighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
Unvested as of December 31, 20197,259,086 $7.51 
Granted12,321,542 5.97 
Vested(1,759,331)6.55 
Forfeited(1,058,023)6.18 
Unvested as of December 31, 202016,763,274 $6.56 
Number of OptionsWeighted-Average Exercise Price
Aggregate Intrinsic Value(a)
(in thousands)
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term
(Years)
Outstanding as of December 31, 202024,191,120 $6.60 
Granted— — 
Exercised(1,951,552)5.55 
Forfeited(773,750)7.49 
Outstanding as of December 31, 202121,465,818 $6.64 $50,657 7.2
Exercisable as of December 31, 202110,611,711 $8.33 $19,089 6.8
________________________
(a)The intrinsic value represents the amount by which the fair value of the Company’s Common Stock exceeds the option exercise price as of December 31, 2021.
F-43


Share-based compensation expense associated with RSUsoptions granted under the 2018 Plan was $39$12 million, $14$16 million, and $6$12 million during 2021, 2020, 2019, and 2018,2019, respectively. The faircash flow and the intrinsic value of RSUs that vested and converted to shares of Common Stock wasoptions exercised were not material during 2021, 2020, 2019, and 2018.2019.
As of December 31, 2020,2021, unrecognized compensation cost related to RSUs granted under the 2018 Planoptions was $57 million, which will be recognized over a period of 2.1 years.
F-43


11. Net Loss per Share
The Company applies the two-class method for computing and presenting net loss per share for each class of common stock. The two-class method allocates current period net loss to each class of common stock and participating securities based on (i) dividends declared and (ii) participation rights in the remaining undistributed losses.
Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss allocated to each class of common stock using the two-class method by the related weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period.
Diluted net loss per share gives effect to all securities representing potential common shares that were dilutive and outstanding during the period for each class of common stock. Potential shares of Common Stock include (i) incremental shares of Common Stock calculated using the treasury stock method for share-based compensation awards, (ii) incremental shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of Class B Common Stock, and (iii) incremental shares of Common Stock calculated using the treasury stock method for warrants to purchase additional shares of Common Stock that were issued in connection with a business combination. Potential shares of Class B Common Stock include (i) incremental shares of Class B Common Stock calculated using the treasury stock method for the period in which the Securities Purchase Agreement was outstanding prior to closing and (ii) incremental shares of Class B Common Stock calculated using the treasury stock method for Google’s option to purchase additional shares of Class B Common Stock prior to closing.
For purposes of the diluted net loss per share of Common Stock computation, all potential shares of Common Stock that would be dilutive were excluded because their effect would be anti-dilutive. As a result, basic net loss per share of Common Stock is equal to diluted net loss per share of Common Stock for the periods presented. Accordingly, the potential shares of Common Stock that were excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share of Common Stock were (i) share-based compensation awards of approximately 66 million, 50 million, and 33 million during 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, (ii) shares of Class B Common Stock of 55 million during 2020, and (iii) warrants to purchase additional shares of Common Stock of 2 million during 2020.
The computations of basic and diluted net loss per share for each class of common stock for the periods presented are as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
202020192018
(in thousands, except per share amounts)Common StockClass B Common StockCommon StockClass B Common StockCommon StockClass B Common Stock
Allocation of net loss - basic$(620,856)$(11,337)$(424,150)$$(609,155)$
Effect of dilutive potential shares of Class B common stock on allocated net loss(1,952)
Allocation of net loss - diluted$(620,856)$(13,289)$(424,150)$$(609,155)$
Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic760,483 15,855 747,238 747,710 
Dilutive potential shares of Class B common stock2,089 
Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding760,483 17,944 747,238 747,710 
Net loss per share - basic$(0.82)$(0.72)$(0.57)$$(0.81)$
Net loss per share - diluted$(0.82)$(0.74)$(0.57)$$(0.81)$

12. Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the temporary differences between the recognition of revenue and expenses for income tax and financial reporting purposes and between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements. The Company records the effect of a tax rate or law change on the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities in the period of enactment.
F-44


Significant components of loss before income taxes for the periods presented were as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202020192018
United States$(782,256)$(422,674)$(510,251)
Foreign3,337 (99,518)(122,367)
Loss before income taxes$(778,919)$(522,192)$(632,618)
Significant components of income tax benefit for the periods presented were as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202020192018
Current:
Federal$370 $(2,503)$(837)
State(27,059)(14,501)(6,511)
Foreign(2,843)3,473 
Current income tax expense(26,689)(19,847)(3,875)
Deferred:
Federal133,646 89,495 23,872 
State39,842 24,924 (4,401)
Foreign(73)3,470 7,867 
Deferred income tax benefit173,415 117,889 27,338 
Income tax benefit$146,726 $98,042 $23,463 
The reconciliation between the actual effective tax rate on continuing operations and the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate for the periods presented were as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
202020192018
Statutory federal tax rate21.0 %21.0 %21.0 %
Statutory state tax rate, net of federal benefits2.9 %1.4 %1.4 %
Non-deductible and non-taxable charges(3.1)%0.5 %(10.3)%
Valuation allowance(1.5)%(9.4)%1.0 %
Non-deductible share-based compensation(0.1)%(0.3)%(5.8)%
Prior year tax return adjustments(0.3)%(0.6)%3.8 %
Legislative changes%(1.2)%(3.2)%
Non-deductible goodwill impairment%(2.3)%(3.7)%
Amended returns0.1 %1.9 %%
Net capital losses from sale of business0.4 %6.8 %%
Other(0.6)%1.0 %(0.5)%
Effective tax rate18.8 %18.8 %3.7 %
F-45


The components of the Company's net deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 were as follows:
(in thousands)December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Deferred tax assets:
Accrued liabilities and reserves$114,950 $109,000 
Tax loss and credit carryforwards652,690 669,777 
Disallowed interest carryforward57,043 136,029 
Postretirement benefits10,221 10,096 
Deferred revenue104,791 107,617 
Other113,586 78,913 
Total deferred tax assets1,053,281 1,111,432 
Valuation allowance(68,013)(56,841)
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance$985,268 $1,054,591 
Deferred tax liabilities:
Subscriber system assets$(684,110)$(709,908)
Intangible assets(1,271,722)(1,427,221)
Other(18,610)(81,934)
Total deferred tax liabilities(1,974,442)(2,219,063)
Net deferred tax liabilities$(989,174)$(1,164,472)
The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets relates to the uncertainty of the utilization of certain U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets. In evaluating the Company’s ability to recover its deferred tax assets, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, which include its past operating results, the existence of cumulative losses in the most recent years, and its forecast of future taxable income. In estimating future taxable income, the Company develops assumptions related to the amount of future pre-tax operating income, the reversal of temporary differences, and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. These assumptions require significant judgment about the forecasts of future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates the Company is using to manage its underlying businesses. The Company believes that it is more-likely-than-not that it will generate sufficient future taxable income to realize its deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance.
The changes in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets for the periods presented were as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202020192018
Beginning balance$(56,841)$(9,558)$(16,730)
Income tax (expense) benefit(11,999)(49,291)5,696 
Write-offs and other827 2,008 1,476 
Ending balance$(68,013)$(56,841)$(9,558)

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had approximately $2.4 billion of U.S. federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards with expiration periods between 2021 and 2037. Although future utilization will depend on the Company’s actual profitability and the result of income tax audits, the Company anticipates that the majority of its U.S federal NOL carryforwards will be fully utilized prior to expiration. Most of the Company’s U.S. federal NOL carryforwards are subject to limitation due to “ownership changes,” which have occurred under Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) Section 382. The Company does not however, expect that this limitation will impact its ability to utilize the U.S. federal NOL carryforwards.material.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was primarily related to capital loss carryforwards in both the U.S. and Canada primarily generated in connection with the sale of ADT Canada during 2019. The remainder of the Company’s valuation allowance related to other tax attributes not expected to be realized prior to expiration or due to limitations.
The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 introduced IRC Section 163(j), which limits the deductibility of interest expense and allows for the excess to be carried forward indefinitely. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has not recorded a valuation
F-46


allowance against the disallowed interest carryforward as the Company believes it has sufficient sources of future taxable income to realize the related tax benefit.
Unrecognized Tax Benefits
The Company recognizes positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return in the consolidated financial statements when it is more-likely-than-not (i.e., a likelihood of more than 50%) that the position would be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. A recognized tax position is then measured at the largest amount of benefit with greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company records liabilities for positions that have been taken but do not meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold. The Company adjusts the liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits in light of changing facts and circumstances; however, due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a change to the estimated liabilities. The Company includes interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense and as a component of the recorded balance of unrecognized tax benefits, which is reflected in other liabilities or net of related tax loss carryforwards in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits were not material to the Company's consolidated financial statements for the periods presented.
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits, exclusive of interest and penalties, of $66 million and $65 million, respectively. The following is a rollforward of unrecognized tax benefits for the periods presented:
Years Ended December 31,Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)(in thousands)202020192018(in thousands)202120202019
Beginning balanceBeginning balance$65,117 $80,201 $71,330 Beginning balance$65,990 $65,117 $80,201 
Gross increase related to prior year tax positionsGross increase related to prior year tax positions1,348 5,666 17,738 Gross increase related to prior year tax positions373 1,348 5,666 
Gross decrease related to prior year tax positionsGross decrease related to prior year tax positions(732)(5,237)(1,977)Gross decrease related to prior year tax positions— (732)(5,237)
Increases related to current year tax positionsIncreases related to current year tax positions1,000 228 Increases related to current year tax positions— — 1,000 
Increases related to acquisitionsIncreases related to acquisitions400 1,145 Increases related to acquisitions— 400 1,145 
Decreases related to dispositionsDecreases related to dispositions(14,043)Decreases related to dispositions— — (14,043)
Decrease related to settlements with taxing authoritiesDecrease related to settlements with taxing authorities(3,717)(3,662)Decrease related to settlements with taxing authorities— — (3,717)
Decreases related to lapse of statute of limitationDecreases related to lapse of statute of limitation(143)(460)(2,178)Decreases related to lapse of statute of limitation(142)(143)(460)
Other changes not impacting the statement of operationsOther changes not impacting the statement of operations562 (1,278)Other changes not impacting the statement of operations— — 562 
Ending balanceEnding balance$65,990 $65,117 $80,201 Ending balance$66,221 $65,990 $65,117 
The Company’s unrecognized tax benefits relate to tax years that are subject to audit by the taxing authorities in the U.S. federal, state and local, and foreign jurisdictions. Based on the current tax statutes and status of its income tax audits, the Company does not expect any significant portion of its unrecognized tax benefits to be resolved in the next twelve months.
The Company files a consolidated return for its U.S. entities and separate returns for each Canadian entity. The income tax returns are subject to audit by the taxing authorities. These audits may culminate in proposed assessments which may ultimately result in a change to the estimated income taxes. The following is a summary of open tax years by jurisdiction:
JurisdictionYears
Open to Audit
Federal20172018 - 20192020
State20102015 - 20192020
Canada20162017 - 20192020
COVID-19 Pandemic
In response to the COVID-19 Pandemic, the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (the “2021 Rescue Act”) and the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) waswere signed into law duringin March 2021 and March 2020, respectively, and included significant corporate income tax and payroll tax provisions intended to provide economic relief to address the impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic. The
During 2020, the Company is continuing to assess these corporate tax provisions and has recognized favorable cash flow impacts related to the accelerated refund of previously generated alternative minimum tax credits, as well as from the deferral of remittance of certain 2020 payroll taxes, withof which 50% of the deferred amount due bywas paid during the endfourth quarter of 2021, and the remainder is due by the end of 2022. The Company also recognized a benefit from an increase in the interest expense limitation from 30% to 50% for tax years 2019 and 2020.
F-38


9. Equity
During September 2020, the Company amended its articles of incorporation to authorize the issuance of 100,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, as well as to increase the number of authorized shares of preferred stock, par value of $0.01 per share, to 1,000,000. Accordingly, the Company has two classes of common stock, Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, both of which entitle stockholders to one vote for each share of common stock.
Each share of Class B Common Stock has equal status and rights to dividends with a share of Common Stock. The holders of Class B Common Stock have one vote for each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally; provided, however, that holders of Class B Common Stock, as such, are not entitled to vote on the election, appointment, or removal of directors of the Company. Additionally, each share of Class B Common Stock will immediately become convertible into one share of Common Stock, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time following the earlier of (i) the expiration or early termination of applicable waiting periods under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (“HSR Clearance”), required prior to such holder’s conversion of all such shares of Class B Common Stock, and (ii) to the extent HSR Clearance is not required prior to such holder’s conversion of such shares of Class B Common Stock, the date that such holder owns such shares of Class B Common Stock.
Issuances of Common Stock
In December 2021, the Company issued approximately 70 million shares of Common Stock with a fair value of $529 million in connection with the Sunpro Solar Acquisition.
In January 2020, the Company issued approximately 16 million shares of Common Stock with a fair value of $114 million in connection with the Defenders Acquisition.
Issuance of Class B Common Stock
As described in Note 1 “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”, in September 2020, the Company issued and sold 54,744,525 shares of Class B Common Stock to Google for an aggregate purchase price of $450 million.
In connection with the issuance of the Class B Common Stock, the Company and Google entered into an Investor Rights Agreement (the “Investor Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which Google agreed to be bound by customary transfer restrictions and drag-along rights, and be afforded customary registration rights with respect to shares of Class B Common Stock held directly by Google. Under the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement, Google is prohibited, subject to certain exceptions, from transferring any shares of Class B Common Stock or any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Class B Common Stock beneficially owned by Google until the earlier of (i) the three-year anniversary of issuance, (ii) the date on which the Google Commercial Agreement (as defined in Note 12 “Commitments and Contingencies”) has been terminated under certain specified circumstances, and (iii) June 30, 2022 if the Company breaches certain of its obligations under the Google Commercial Agreement.
The Company estimated the fair value of the issued Class B Common Stock to be approximately $450 million, which represents a Level 3 fair value measurement. The estimation of the fair value included the following inputs: (i) the price per share of Common Stock, (ii) the length of the holding period restriction, (iii) an expected dividend-yield of 1.5% during the holding period restriction, which was based on the projected dividend run-rate and dividing by the stock price, and (iv) an expected share price volatility of 30% during the holding period restriction period, which was implied based upon an average of historical volatility of publicly traded companies in industries similar to the Company, as the Company did not have sufficient trading history to use as a basis for actual stock price volatility, as well as consideration for the Company’s debt to equity ratio. The intrinsic value of the contingently exercisable beneficial conversion feature related to the ability to convert Class B Common Stock to Common Stock as well as the fair value of Google’s option to purchase additional shares of Class B Common Stock were not material.
Dividends
Stockholders are entitled to receive dividends when, as, and if declared by the Company’s board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose.
In February 2019, the Company approved a dividend reinvestment plan (the “DRIP”), which allowed stockholders to designate all or a portion of the cash dividends on their shares of common stock for reinvestment in additional shares of the Company’s Common Stock. The Company recorded a liability for the full amount of the dividends when declared, and then upon settlement, the Company reduced the liability and recorded an increase in Common Stock par value and additional paid-in
F-39


capital for the portion of dividends settled in shares of common stock under the DRIP. The DRIP terminated in accordance with its terms on February 27, 2021.
Dividends declared on common stock during the periods presented were as follows:
(in thousands, except per share data)Common StockClass B Common Stock
Declaration DateRecord DatePayment DatePer ShareAggregatePer ShareAggregate
February 25, 2021March 18, 2021April 1, 2021$0.035 $27,220 $0.035 $1,916 
May 5, 2021June 17, 2018July 1, 20210.035 27,268 0.035 1,916 
August 4, 2021September 16, 2021October 5, 20210.035 27,270 0.035 1,916 
November 9, 2021December 16, 2021January 4, 20220.035 29,732 0.035 1,916 
Total for Year Ended December 31, 2021$0.140 $111,490 $0.140 $7,664 
March 5, 2020March 19, 2020April 2, 2020$0.035 $27,117 $— $— 
May 7, 2020June 18, 2020July 2, 20200.035 26,767 — — 
August 5, 2020September 18, 2020October 2, 20200.035 27,047 0.035 1,916 
November 5, 2020December 21, 2020January 4, 20210.035 27,105 0.035 1,916 
Total for Year Ended December 31, 2020$0.140 $108,036 $0.070 $3,832 
During 2019, the Company declared aggregate dividends of $0.84 per share on Common Stock ($633 million), which included quarterly dividends of $0.035 per share and a special dividend of $0.70 per share of Common Stock (“2019 Special Dividend”). The amount of dividends settled in shares of Common Stock was approximately $68 million, which resulted in the issuance of 11 million shares of Common Stock.
On March 1, 2022, the Company announced a dividend of $0.035 per share to holders of Common Stock and Class B Common Stock of record on March 17, 2022, which will be distributed on April 4, 2022.
Share Repurchase Program
In February 2019, the Company approved a share repurchase program (the “Share Repurchase Program”), which authorized the Company to repurchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock (up to a certain amount). The Share Repurchase Program terminated in accordance with its terms on March 23, 2021.
During 2021 and 2020, there were no material repurchases of shares of Common Stock under the Share Repurchase Program. During 2019, the Company repurchased 24 million shares of Common Stock for approximately $150 million under the Share Repurchase Program. All of the shares repurchased were treated as retirements and reduced the number of shares issued and outstanding. In addition, the Company recorded the excess of the purchase price over the par value per share as a reduction to additional paid-in capital.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
The changes in AOCI during the periods presented were as follows:
(in thousands)Cash Flow HedgesForeign Currency TranslationDefined Benefit Pension PlansTotal AOCI
Balance as of December 31, 2018$(21,284)$(51,599)$1,104 $(71,779)
Pre-tax current period change(52,093)59,541 (247)7,201 
Income tax benefit (expense)13,990 (7,942)154 6,202 
Balance as of December 31, 2019(59,387)— 1,011 (58,376)
Pre-tax current period change(76,807)— (2,844)(79,651)
Income tax benefit (expense)18,693 — 719 19,412 
Balance as of December 31, 2020(117,501)— (1,114)(118,615)
Pre-tax current period change60,948 — 4,552 65,500 
Income tax benefit (expense)(14,714)— (1,144)(15,858)
Balance as of December 31, 2021$(71,267)$— $2,294 $(68,973)
F-40


Amounts reclassified out of AOCI associated with cash flow hedges were as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202120202019
Reclassifications to interest expense, net$60,948 $54,452 $2,777 
Reclassifications to income tax benefit$(14,714)$(13,254)$(746)
Additionally, during 2019, the Company reclassified $39 million and $4 million of AOCI related to foreign currency translation to loss on sale of business and income tax benefit, respectively, as a result of the sale of ADT Canada.
There were no other material reclassifications of AOCI during 2021, 2020, and 2019.
As of December 31, 2021, approximately $34 million of AOCI related to accumulated unrealized losses of interest rate swap contracts that have been de-designated as cash flow hedges is estimated to be reclassified to interest expense, net, within the next twelve months.
10. Share-Based Compensation
The Company grants share-based compensation awards to participants under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”) and the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2018 Plan”). Share-based compensation expense is included in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and was as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
202120202019
Share-based compensation expense$61,237 $96,013 $85,626 
2016 Plan
As of December 31, 2021, the Company is authorized to issue no more than approximately 5 million shares of Common Stock by the exercise or vesting of granted awards under the 2016 Plan. The Company does not expect to issue additional awards under the 2016 Plan. Unrecognized share-based compensation expense as of December 31, 2021 and share-based compensation expense during 2021, 2020, and 2019 for awards granted under the 2016 Plan were not material.
Distributed Shares and Class B Unit Redemption
In connection with the IPO, each holder of Class B awards (“Class B Units”), which were issued to certain participants by Ultimate Parent prior to the IPO, had their entire Class B interest in Ultimate Parent redeemed for the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Distributed Shares”) that would have been distributed to such holder under the terms of Ultimate Parent’s operating agreement in a hypothetical liquidation on the date and price of the IPO (the “Class B Unit Redemption”).
The Class B Unit Redemption resulted in a modification of the Class B Units, whereby each holder received both vested and unvested Distributed Shares in the same proportion as the holder’s vested and unvested Class B Units held immediately prior to the IPO. As a result of the Class B Unit Redemption, holders of Class B Units received a total of 20.6 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock, of which 50% were subject to the same vesting conditions under the Class B Unit Service Tranche (the “Distributed Shares Service Tranche”), which were subject to ratable service-based vesting over a five-year period, and 50% were subject to the same vesting conditions under the Class B Unit Performance Tranche (the “Distributed Shares Performance Tranche”), which were based on the achievement of certain investment return thresholds by Apollo. The Distributed Shares also have certain other restrictions pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Amended and Restated Management Investor Rights Agreement (the “MIRA”).
The IPO triggered an acceleration of vesting of the unvested Distributed Shares Service Tranche causing them to become fully vested six months from the date of the IPO, which occurred in July 2018.
The Company recorded share-based compensation expense on the Distributed Shares Performance Tranche on a straight-line basis over the derived service period of approximately three years from the IPO date, as the vesting conditions were deemed probable following the consummation of the IPO. Share-based compensation expense associated with the Distributed Shares Performance Tranche was not material during 2021 and was $32 million and $47 million during 2020 and 2019, respectively.
F-41


The following table summarizes activity related to the Distributed Shares during 2021:
Performance Tranche
Number of Distributed SharesWeighted-Average Grant Fair Value
Unvested as of December 31, 20209,583,754 $13.10 
Vested— — 
Forfeited(80,086)13.42 
Unvested as of December 31, 20219,503,668 $13.08 
2018 Plan
In January 2018, the Company approved the 2018 Plan, which became effective upon consummation of the IPO. The 2018 Plan authorizes the issuance of no more than approximately 38 million shares of Common Stock by the exercise or vesting of granted awards, which are generally stock options and restricted stock units (“RSUs”). During 2019, the Company amended the 2018 Plan, which increased the number of authorized shares of Common Stock to be issued to approximately 88 million shares. The Company satisfies the exercise of options and the vesting of RSUs through the issuance of authorized but previously unissued shares of Common Stock.
Awards issued under the 2018 Plan include retirement provisions that allow awards to continue to vest in accordance with the granted terms in its entirety or on a pro-rata basis when a participant reaches retirement eligibility, as long as 12 months of service have been provided since the date of grant. Accordingly, share-based compensation expense for service-based awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, or on an accelerated basis for retirement-eligible participants where applicable. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur.
Additionally, RSUs entitle the holder to dividend equivalent units (“DEUs”), which are granted as additional RSUs and are subject to the same vesting and forfeiture conditions as the underlying RSUs. DEUs are charged against accumulated deficit when dividends are paid.
In December 2019, the exercise price of all options granted under the 2018 Plan prior to the payment of the 2019 Special Dividend were adjusted downward by $0.70 in accordance with plan provisions, which allow for adjustments to the exercise price of options upon the occurrence of certain events, such as changes in capital or operating structure.
Top-up Options
In connection with the Class B Unit Redemption in 2018, the Company granted 12.7 million options to holders of Class B Units (the “Top-up Options”). The Top-up Options have an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price per share of the Company’s Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with 2018 Plan provisions, and a contractual term of ten years from the grant date. Similar to the vesting conditions outlined above for the Distributed Shares, the Top-up Options contain a tranche subject to service-based vesting (the “Top-up Options Service Tranche”) and a tranche subject to vesting based upon the achievement of certain investment return thresholds by Apollo (the “Top-up Options Performance Tranche”). Recipients of the Top-up Options received both vested and unvested Top-up Options in the same proportion as the vested and unvested Class B Units held immediately prior to the IPO and Class B Unit Redemption. The Top-up Options vesting conditions are the same as those attributable to the Distributed Shares, including the condition that accelerated vesting of the unvested options in the Top-up Options Service Tranche causing them to become fully vested six months from the IPO. Any shares of the Company’s Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Top-up Options will be subject to the terms of the MIRA.
The Company recorded share-based compensation expense associated with the Top-up Options Service Tranche on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of six months from the IPO.
Share-based compensation expense associated with the Top-up Options Performance Tranche is recognized on a straight-line basis over the derived service period of approximately three years from the IPO date and was not material during 2021, 2020, and 2019.
F-42


The following table summarizes activity related to the 2018 Plan Top-up Options:
Service TranchePerformance Tranche
Number of Top-up OptionsWeighted-Average Exercise PriceNumber of Top-up OptionsWeighted-Average Exercise Price
Aggregate Intrinsic Value(a)
(in thousands)
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)
Outstanding as of December 31, 20205,974,369 $13.30 5,923,973 $13.30 
Exercised— — — — 
Forfeited— — (73,424)13.30 
Outstanding as of December 31, 20215,974,369 $13.30 5,850,549 $13.30 — 6.0
Exercisable as of December 31, 20215,974,369 $13.30 — $13.30 — 6.0
________________________
(a)The intrinsic value represents the amount by which the fair value of the Company’s Common Stock exceeds the option exercise price as of December 31, 2021.
Options
Options granted under the 2018 Plan are primarily service-based awards that vest over a three-year period from the date of grant, have an exercise price equal to the closing price per share of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of grant, as adjusted in accordance with 2018 Plan provisions, and have a contractual term of ten years from the date of grant.
The Company did not grant any options during 2021. During 2020 and 2019, the grant date fair values of options granted under the 2018 Plan were determined using the Black-Scholes valuation approach with the following assumptions:
Years Ended December 31,
20202019
Risk-free interest rate0.51% - 1.40%1.58% - 2.51%
Expected exercise term (years)66.0 - 6.5
Expected dividend yield2.2% - 2.7%2.0% - 2.7%
Expected volatility45% - 46%41% - 42%
The risk-free interest rate was based on U.S. Treasury bonds with a zero-coupon rate. The Company did not have sufficient historical exercise data, and, as such, the Company estimated the expected exercise term based on factors such as vesting period, contractual period, and other share-based compensation awards with similar terms and conditions. The dividend yield was calculated by taking the annual dividend run-rate and dividing by the stock price at date of grant. The stock price volatility was implied based upon an average of historical volatility of publicly traded companies in industries similar to the Company, as the Company did not have sufficient trading history to use as a basis for actual stock price volatility, as well as consideration for the Company’s debt to equity ratio.
The weighted-average grant date fair values of options granted during 2020 and 2019 were $1.77 and $2.20, respectively.
The following table summarizes activity related to 2018 Plan options during 2021:
Number of OptionsWeighted-Average Exercise Price
Aggregate Intrinsic Value(a)
(in thousands)
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term
(Years)
Outstanding as of December 31, 202024,191,120 $6.60 
Granted— — 
Exercised(1,951,552)5.55 
Forfeited(773,750)7.49 
Outstanding as of December 31, 202121,465,818 $6.64 $50,657 7.2
Exercisable as of December 31, 202110,611,711 $8.33 $19,089 6.8
________________________
(a)The intrinsic value represents the amount by which the fair value of the Company’s Common Stock exceeds the option exercise price as of December 31, 2021.
F-43


Share-based compensation expense associated with options granted under the 2018 Plan was $12 million, $16 million, and $12 million during 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The cash flow and the intrinsic value of options exercised were not material during 2021, 2020, and 2019.
As of December 31, 2021, unrecognized compensation cost related to options was not material.
Restricted Stock Units
RSUs granted under the 2018 Plan are primarily service-based awards with a three-year graded vesting period from the date of grant. The fair value is equal to the closing price per share of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of grant.
The following table summarizes activity related to the 2018 Plan RSUs (including DEUs) during 2021:
Number of RSUsWeighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
Unvested as of December 31, 202016,763,274 $6.56 
Granted6,585,882 8.09 
Vested(6,481,391)7.14 
Forfeited(1,322,919)7.32 
Unvested as of December 31, 202115,544,846 $6.90 
Share-based compensation expense associated with RSUs granted under the 2018 Plan was $46 million, $39 million, and $14 million during 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
The fair value of RSUs (including DEUs) that vested and converted to shares of Common Stock was approximately $52 million on the respective vesting dates during 2021 and was not material during 2020 and 2019.
As of December 31, 2021, unrecognized compensation cost related to RSUs granted under the 2018 Plan was $53 million, which will be recognized over a period of 1.8 years.
11. Net Income (Loss) per Share
The Company applies the two-class method for computing and presenting net income (loss) per share for each class of common stock. The two-class method allocates current period net income (loss) to each class of common stock and participating securities based on (i) dividends declared and (ii) participation rights in the remaining undistributed earnings (losses).
Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) allocated to each class of common stock using the two-class method by the related weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period. Additionally, basic weighted-average shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2021 includes approximately 5 million shares of Common Stock to be issued during 2022 in connection with the Sunpro Solar Acquisition.
Diluted net loss per share gives effect to all securities representing potential common shares that were dilutive and outstanding during the period for each class of common stock. Potential shares of Common Stock include (i) incremental shares of Common Stock calculated using the treasury stock method for share-based compensation awards, (ii) incremental shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of Class B Common Stock, and (iii) incremental shares of Common Stock calculated using the treasury stock method for warrants to purchase additional shares of Common Stock that were issued in connection with a business combination. Potential shares of Class B Common Stock include (i) incremental shares of Class B Common Stock calculated using the treasury stock method for the period in which the Securities Purchase Agreement was outstanding prior to closing and (ii) incremental shares of Class B Common Stock calculated using the treasury stock method for Google’s option to purchase additional shares of Class B Common Stock prior to closing.
For purposes of the diluted net income (loss) per share of Common Stock computation, all potential shares of Common Stock that would be dilutive were excluded because their effect would be anti-dilutive. As a result, basic net income (loss) per share of Common Stock is equal to diluted net income (loss) per share of Common Stock for the periods presented. Accordingly, the potential shares of Common Stock that were excluded from the computation of diluted income (loss) per share of Common Stock were (i) share-based compensation awards of approximately 61 million, 66 million, and 50 million during 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively; (ii) shares of Class B Common Stock of 55 million during 2020; and (iii) warrants to purchase additional shares of Common Stock of approximately 0.2 million during 2021.
F-44


The computations of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share for each class of common stock for the periods presented are as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
202120202019
(in thousands, except per share amounts)Common StockClass B Common StockCommon StockClass B Common StockCommon StockClass B Common Stock
Allocation of net income (loss) - basic$(318,062)$(22,758)$(620,856)$(11,337)$(424,150)$— 
Dilutive effect of potential shares of Class B common stock— — — (1,952)— — 
Allocation of net income (loss) - diluted$(318,062)$(22,758)$(620,856)$(13,289)$(424,150)$— 
Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic770,620 54,745 760,483 15,855 747,238 — 
Dilutive potential shares of Class B common stock— — — 2,089 — — 
Weighted-average shares outstanding - diluted770,620 54,745 760,483 17,944 747,238 — 
Net income (loss) per share - basic$(0.41)$(0.41)$(0.82)$(0.72)$(0.57)$— 
Net income (loss) per share - diluted$(0.41)$(0.41)$(0.82)$(0.74)$(0.57)$— 
12. Commitments and Contingencies
Contractual Obligations
The Company’s contractual obligations for goods or services entered into in the ordinary course of business, including agreements that are enforceable and legally binding and have a remaining term in excess of one year, primarily consist of information technology services and equipment, including investments in our information technology infrastructure and telecommunication services.
The following table provides the Company’s contractual obligations as of December 31, 2021 (in thousands):
20222023202420252026ThereafterTotal
$120,307 $88,637 $45,136 $36,881 $29,463 $— $320,424 
Other Obligations
In 2021, the Company entered into agreements for potential future customer account purchases from 2 distinct third parties, assuming certain conditions are met, over the course of those agreements. As of December 31, 2021, remaining commitments for those potential future customer account purchases could total approximately $100 million through January 2023.
Google Commercial Agreement
The Company and Google entered into a Master Supply, Distribution, and Marketing Agreement (the “Google Commercial Agreement”), pursuant to which Google has agreed to supply the Company with certain Google devices as well as certain Google video and analytics services (“Google Services”), for sale to the Company’s customers. Subject to customary termination rights related to breach and change of control, the Google Commercial Agreement has an initial term of seven years from the date that the Google Services are successfully integrated into the Company’s end-user security and automation platform. If the integrated service is not launched by June 30, 2022, then Google has the contractual right to require the Company to offer Google Services without integration for professional installations except for existing customers who already have ADT Pulse or ADT Control interactive services until such integration has been made. Further, subject to certain carve-outs, the Company has agreed to exclusively sell Google Services and smart-home, security, and safety devices to the Company’s customers. The exclusivity restriction does not apply to, among others, sales of Blue by ADT DIY products and services, providing services to customers on certain of the Company’s legacy platforms, sales to large commercial customers, and sales of certain devices that Google does not supply to the Company.
The Google Commercial Agreement also contains customary termination rights for both parties. In addition, Google has rights to terminate the Google Commercial Agreement if (i) the Company divests any part of its direct to consumer business and the acquiring entity does not agree to assume all obligations under the Google Commercial Agreement, or (ii) the Company
F-45


breaches certain provisions of the Google Commercial Agreement and does not cure such breaches. In the event that the Company breaches the Google Commercial Agreement in a manner reasonably likely to result in a material adverse effect on Google’s business or brand, or the Company breaches certain data security and privacy obligations under the Google Commercial Agreement, the Company must suspend the sale of Google Services and certain devices during the applicable cure period. Upon termination of the Google Commercial Agreement, the Company will no longer have rights to sell the Google Services or devices to new customers, subject to an applicable transition period. In addition, the Google Services may not be accessible by the Company’s customers through its integrated end-user application during any cure period for the Company’s breach of certain data security and privacy provisions of the Google Commercial Agreement or upon termination of the agreement for a breach of such provisions.
The Google Commercial Agreement specifies that each party will contribute $150 million towards the joint marketing of devices and services; customer acquisition; training of the Company’s employees for the sales, installation, customer service, and maintenance for the product and service offerings; and technology updates for products included in such offerings. Each party is required to contribute such funds in three equal tranches, subject to the attainment of certain milestones. The Company expects to contribute the majority of these amounts by the end of 2024, however, the timing of these contributions is still uncertain.
Legal Proceedings
The Company is subject to various claims and lawsuits in the ordinary course of business, which include contractual disputes; worker’s compensation; employment matters; product, general, and auto liability claims; claims that the Company has infringed on the intellectual property rights of others; claims related to alleged security system failures; and consumer and employment class actions. The Company is also subject to regulatory and governmental examinations, information requests and subpoenas, inquiries, investigations, and threatened legal actions and proceedings. In connection with such formal and informal inquiries, the Company receives numerous requests, subpoenas, and orders for documents, testimony, and information in connection with various aspects of its activities.
The Company records accruals for losses that are probable and reasonably estimable. These accruals are based on a variety of factors such as judgment, probability of loss, opinions of internal and external legal counsel, and actuarially determined estimates of claims incurred but not yet reported based upon historical claims experience. Legal costs in connection with claims and lawsuits in the ordinary course of business are expensed as incurred. Additionally, the Company records insurance recovery receivables from third-party insurers when recovery has been determined to be probable. The Company has not accrued for any losses for which the likelihood of loss cannot be assessed or the range of possible loss cannot be estimated.
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company’s accrual related to ongoing claims and lawsuits not within the scope of an insurance program was not material. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company’s accrual for ongoing claims and lawsuits within the scope of an insurance program totaled $90 million and $89 million, respectively.
Environmental Matters
In October 2013, the Company was notified by subpoena that the Office of the Attorney General of California, in conjunction with the Alameda County District Attorney, is investigating whether the Company’s electronic waste disposal policies, procedures, and practices are in violation of the California Business and Professions Code and the California Health and Safety Code. During 2016, Protection One, Inc. was also notified by the same parties that it was subject to a similar investigation. The investigations have been inactive since December 2016 other than a status conference conducted in May 2019. The Company is coordinating joint handling of both investigations and continues to fully cooperate with the respective authorities.
Shareholder Litigation
NaN substantially similar shareholder class action lawsuits related to the IPO in January 2018 were filed in the Circuit Court of the Fifteenth Judicial Circuit in and for Palm Beach County, Florida in March, April, and May 2018 and were consolidated for discovery and trial and entitled In re ADT Inc. Shareholder Litigation. The consolidated complaint in that action asserts claims on behalf of a putative class of shareholder plaintiffs and sought to represent a class of similarly situated shareholders for alleged violations of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The complaint alleges that the Company defendants violated the Securities Act because the registration statement and prospectus used to effectuate the IPO were false and misleading in that they allegedly misled investors with respect to litigation involving the Company, the Company’s efforts to protect its intellectual property, and the competitive pressures faced by the Company. A similar shareholder class action lawsuit entitled Perdomo v ADT Inc., also related to the IPO in January 2018, was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida in May 2018. In September 2019, the parties reached an agreement in principle to settle both the state court and the federal court actions. In connection with the agreement, the plaintiffs in the Perdomo action voluntarily dismissed the action without prejudice in October 2019. The parties agreed to a Stipulation of Settlement in September 2020. In
F-46


January 2021, the State Court entered an order granting final approval of the settlement. The settlement has been administered and the matter is now concluded.
California Independent Contractor Litigation
In August 2017, Jabra Shuheiber filed civil litigation in Marin County Superior Court on behalf of himself and 2 other individuals asserting wage and hour violations against the Company. The action is entitled Jabra Shuheiber v. ADT, LLC (Case Number CV 1702912, Superior Court, Marin County). Mr. Shuheiber was the owner/operator of a sub-contractor, Maximum Protection, Inc. (“MPI”), who employed the other 2 plaintiffs in the litigation. In August 2018, in response to the California Supreme Court’s decision in Dynamex Operations West, Inc. v. Superior Court of Los Angeles County, counsel for Mr. Shuheiber provided the Company with a proposed amended complaint that modified the wage and hour claims such that they were brought on a class basis. The proposed class is not clearly defined but appears to be composed of 2 groups of individuals: 1) individual owners of sub-contractors who performed services for the sub-contractor; and 2) individuals with no ownership interest in a sub-contractor who were employed by the sub-contractor and provided services pursuant to a contract between the sub-contractor and the Company. In October 2018, the Company answered the plaintiffs’ first amended complaint and filed a cross-complaint against the plaintiffs’ sub-contracting company for indemnification pursuant to the term of ADT’s sub-contract. In November 2019, the parties reached a settlement agreement in principle. The settlement was documented and received preliminary approval from the court in July 2020. The court granted final approval of the settlement in January 2021. The settlement has been administered and the matter is now concluded.
Los Angeles Alarm Permit Class Action
In June 2013, the Company was served with a class action complaint in California State Court entitled Villegasv. ADT. In this complaint, the plaintiff asserted that the Company violated certain provisions of the California Alarm Act and the Los Angeles Municipal Alarm Ordinance for its alleged failures to obtain alarm permits for its Los Angeles customers and disclose the alarm permit fee in its customer contracts. The plaintiff seeks to recover damages for putative class members who were required to pay enhanced false alarm fines as a result of the Company not obtaining a valid alarm permit at the time of alarm system installation. The case was initially dismissed by the trial court and judgment was entered in the Company’s favor in October 2014, which the plaintiff appealed. In September 2016, the California Appellate Court reversed and remanded the case back to the trial court. In November 2018, the trial court granted the plaintiff’s motion for class certification and certified 4 subclasses of customers who received fines from the City of Los Angeles. The case settled in January 2020. The settlement received preliminary approval from the court in February 2021 and final approval in August 2021. The settlement has been administered and the court has set a case review for July 8, 2022 and the matter is expected to be concluded at that time.
Wage and Hour Class Action
In January 2020, the Company acquired Defenders, which was defending against litigation brought by Teddy Archer and 7 other security advisors who claim unpaid overtime under the Fair Labor Standards Act (the “FLSA”), breach of contract under state law in all states, have begun proposing and enacting legislationa violation of state wage-hour laws in California, New Jersey, New York, and Washington. The lawsuit was originally filed in March 2018 in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware. During 2018, the court conditionally certified the case as an FLSA collective action. The plaintiffs seek to represent a nationwide class for unpaid wages. During March 2021, Defenders was merged with and into the Company’s ADT LLC subsidiary, which is now defending the suit. In November 2021, the Company moved to decertify the collective action. Plaintiffs moved to certify a class for state law claims. The motions remain pending.
Unauthorized Access by a Former Technician
In April 2020, after investigating a customer inquiry, the Company self-disclosed that a former technician based in Dallas, Texas had, during service visits, added his personal email address to approximately 200 of the Company’s customers’ accounts, which provided this employee with varying levels of unauthorized personal access to such customers’ in-home security systems. In response, the Company initiated an affirmative outreach effort to notify all customers affected by this activity and to address their concerns. Since the unfavorable financial impactsdisclosure, 7 lawsuits have been filed against the Company, and the Company intervened in an eighth lawsuit filed against the former technician. NaN of these lawsuits were originally filed as putative class actions and 4 as individual claims. NaN of the COVID-19 Pandemic, which includes tax rate changes, decoupling from favorable federal legislation underindividual claims and 1 of the CARESputative class actions subsequently settled.
In May 2020, the Company was served with a class action complaint in a case captioned Shana Doty v. ADT LLC and filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida. By an amended complaint, the plaintiff asserted causes of action on behalf of herself and other Company customers similarly situated, and sought to recover damages for breach of contract, negligence, intrusion upon seclusion, violation of the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, (such as annegligent hiring, supervision and retention, and intentional infliction of emotional distress. The Company moved to dismiss the plaintiff’s amended complaint.
F-47


increased interest expense limitationIn December 2020, the federal district court dismissed the causes of action for intrusion upon seclusion and violation of the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, and further ruled that plaintiff may not seek to hold the Company vicariously liable for any intentional torts committed by the former technician. The Company’s motion was denied on plaintiff’s other claims. In January 2022, plaintiff filed a notice withdrawing motion for class certification and dismissing class allegations. The case will now proceed as an individual action and is in discovery.
In June 2020, the Company was served with a class action complaint in a case captioned Alexia Preddy v. ADT LLC and filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida. By an amended complaint, the plaintiff asserted causes of action on behalf of herself and others similarly situated as individuals residing in homes of Company customers, and sought to recover damages for negligence, intrusion upon seclusion, violation of the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, negligent hiring, supervision and retention, and intentional infliction of emotional distress. The Company moved to dismiss the plaintiff’s amended complaint and to compel arbitration. In December 2020, the federal district court granted the Company’s motion to compel arbitration. The case is stayed and administratively closed and is proceeding in arbitration as an individual claim.
In April 2021, the Company accepted service of a new class action complaint filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida on behalf of Randy Doty, the husband of the plaintiff in Shana Doty v. ADT LLC. The claims alleged in the new complaint are substantially similar to the claims asserted in Alexa Preddy v. ADT LLC, the case which has been stayed pending arbitration. In July 2021, the federal district court dismissed the claim for intrusion upon seclusion and ruled that the plaintiff cannot proceed on theories of vicarious liability for the technician’s intentional torts. As with the Shana Doty matter, plaintiff filed a notice withdrawing motion for class certification and dismissing class allegations. The case will now proceed as an individual action and is in discovery.
Following the November 2021 abandonment of their class action allegations, the lawyers in the Doty and Preddy cases filed a new complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida on behalf of 7 different customers and 14 members of their respective households. The case is captioned Stefanie Bryant, et al. v. ADT LLC. The claims alleged in the new complaint are substantially similar to the claims asserted in Alexa Preddy v. ADT LLC, Shana Doty v. ADT LLC, and Randy Doty v. ADT LLC.
The Company may also be subject to future legal claims.
13.Leases
Company as Lessor
The Company is a lessor in certain Company-owned transactions as the Company has identified a lease component associated with the right-of-use of the security system and a non-lease component associated with the monitoring and related services.
For transactions in which (i) the timing and pattern of transfer is the same for the lease and non-lease components, and (ii) the lease component would be classified as an operating lease if accounted for separately, the Company applies the practical expedient to aggregate the lease and non-lease components and accounts for the combined transaction based upon its predominant characteristic, which is the non-lease component. The Company accounts for the combined component as a single performance obligation under the applicable revenue guidance, and recognizes the underlying assets within subscriber system assets, net, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
For transactions that do not qualify for the practical expedient as the lease component represents a sales-type lease, the Company accounts for the lease and non-lease components separately. The Company’s sales-type leases are not material.
Company as Lessee
As part of normal operations, the Company leases real estate, vehicles, and equipment from 30%various counterparties with lease terms and maturities through 2030. For these transactions, the Company applies the practical expedient to 50%),not separate the lease and limitingnon-lease components and accounts for the usecombined component as a lease. Additionally, the Company’s right-of-use assets and lease liabilities include leases with initial lease terms of NOLs. As12 months or less.
The Company’s right-of-use assets and lease liabilities primarily represent lease payments fixed at the commencement of a lease and variable lease payments dependent on an index or rate. Lease payments are recognized as lease cost on a straight-line basis over the lease term, which is determined as the non-cancelable period, including periods in which termination options are reasonably certain of not being exercised, and periods in which renewal options are reasonably certain of being exercised. The discount rate is determined using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate coinciding with the lease term at the commencement of a lease. The incremental borrowing rate is estimated based on publicly available data for the Company’s debt instruments and other instruments with similar characteristics.
F-48


Lease payments that are neither fixed nor dependent on an index or rate and vary because of changes in usage or other factors are included in variable lease costs. Variable lease costs are recorded in the period in which the obligation is incurred and primarily relate to fuel, repair, and maintenance payments as they vary based on the usage of leased vehicles.
The Company’s leases do not contain material residual value guarantees or restrictive covenants. The Company’s subleases are not material.
Leases recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows (in thousands):
December 31,
PresentationClassification20212020
OperatingCurrentPrepaid expenses and other current assets$230 $684 
OperatingNon-currentOther assets125,945 138,408 
FinanceNon-current
Property and equipment, net(a)
88,962 54,414 
Total right-of-use assets$215,137 $193,506 
OperatingCurrentAccrued expenses and other current liabilities$37,359 $30,689 
FinanceCurrentCurrent maturities of long-term debt38,730 26,955 
OperatingNon-currentOther liabilities99,734 115,694 
FinanceNon-currentLong-term debt54,350 34,373 
Total lease liabilities$230,173 $207,711 
_________________
(a)Finance right-of-use assets are recorded net of accumulated depreciation of approximately $78 million and $67 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there has been no material impact torespectively.

The components of total lease cost reflected in the Company from these state legislative changes. However,Consolidated Statements of Operations were as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
Lease Cost (in thousands)
202120202019
Operating lease cost:$48,078 $56,680 $58,579 
Finance lease cost:
Amortization of right-of-use assets29,269 24,509 22,957 
Interest on lease liabilities2,823 3,122 3,770 
Variable lease costs72,367 47,013 48,325 
Total lease cost$152,537 $131,324 $133,631 
The following table presents cash flow and supplemental information associated with the Company expectsCompany’s leases:
Years Ended December 31,
Other information (in thousands)
202120202019
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows - operating leases$50,721 $56,235 $57,212 
Operating cash flows - finance leases$2,823 $3,122 $3,770 
Financing cash flows - finance leases$32,123 $27,956 $24,918 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:
Operating leases$21,203 $47,870 $51,909 
Finance leases$46,920 $15,326 $52,611 
F-49


The following table presents the trend to continueweighted-average lease term and these changes could have material impactsdiscount rate for operating and finance leases:
December 31,
Lease Term and Discount Rate20212020
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)
Operating leases4.24.8
Finance leases2.82.5
Weighted-average discount rate
Operating leases4.8 %5.4 %
Finance leases3.7 %4.8 %
The following table presents a maturity analysis related to the Company’s resultsoperating and finance leases, including interest, as of operations and cash flows. The Company will continue to assess the impacts as states finalize and enact these legislative changes.December 31, 2021:
Maturity of Lease Liabilities (in thousands)
Operating LeasesFinance Leases
2022$41,257 $42,871 
202339,743 27,351 
202426,274 18,852 
202518,201 8,329 
202613,149 — 
Thereafter13,239 — 
Total lease payments (including interest)$151,863 $97,403 
Less interest14,770 4,323 
Total$137,093 $93,080 
13.14. Retirement Plans
Defined Contribution PlansLos Angeles Alarm Permit Class Action
In June 2013, the Company was served with a class action complaint in California State Court entitled Villegasv. ADT. In this complaint, the plaintiff asserted that the Company violated certain provisions of the California Alarm Act and the Los Angeles Municipal Alarm Ordinance for its alleged failures to obtain alarm permits for its Los Angeles customers and disclose the alarm permit fee in its customer contracts. The Company maintains qualified defined contribution plans, which include 401(k) matching programs in the U.S.,plaintiff seeks to recover damages for putative class members who were required to pay enhanced false alarm fines as well as similar matching programs in Canada prior to the sale of ADT Canada. Expense for the defined contribution plans is computed as a percentage of participants’ compensation and was $40 million, $34 million, and $28 million during 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.
Multi-employer Plans
As a result of the Red Hawk Acquisition,Company not obtaining a valid alarm permit at the time of alarm system installation. The case was initially dismissed by the trial court and judgment was entered in the Company’s favor in October 2014, which the plaintiff appealed. In September 2016, the California Appellate Court reversed and remanded the case back to the trial court. In November 2018, the trial court granted the plaintiff’s motion for class certification and certified 4 subclasses of customers who received fines from the City of Los Angeles. The case settled in January 2020. The settlement received preliminary approval from the court in February 2021 and final approval in August 2021. The settlement has been administered and the court has set a case review for July 8, 2022 and the matter is expected to be concluded at that time.
Wage and Hour Class Action
In January 2020, the Company participatesacquired Defenders, which was defending against litigation brought by Teddy Archer and 7 other security advisors who claim unpaid overtime under the Fair Labor Standards Act (the “FLSA”), breach of contract under state law in certain multi-employer union pension plans,all states, and a violation of state wage-hour laws in California, New Jersey, New York, and Washington. The lawsuit was originally filed in March 2018 in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware. During 2018, the court conditionally certified the case as an FLSA collective action. The plaintiffs seek to represent a nationwide class for unpaid wages. During March 2021, Defenders was merged with and into the Company’s ADT LLC subsidiary, which provide benefitsis now defending the suit. In November 2021, the Company moved to decertify the collective action. Plaintiffs moved to certify a class for state law claims. The motions remain pending.
Unauthorized Access by a groupFormer Technician
In April 2020, after investigating a customer inquiry, the Company self-disclosed that a former technician based in Dallas, Texas had, during service visits, added his personal email address to approximately 200 of the Company’s unionized employees. Thecustomers’ accounts, which provided this employee with varying levels of unauthorized personal access to such customers’ in-home security systems. In response, the Company does not believe these multi-employer plans, includinginitiated an affirmative outreach effort to notify all customers affected by this activity and to address their concerns. Since the Company’s required contributions and any underfunding liabilities under such plans, are material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Defined Benefit Plans
The Company provides a defined benefit pension plan and certain other postretirement benefits to certain employees. These plans are frozen and are not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the fair values of pension plan assets were $87 million and $72 million, respectively, and the fair values of projected benefit obligations were $99 million and $91 million, respectively. As a result, the plans were underfunded by approximately $12 million and $18 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and were recorded as a net liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Net periodic benefit cost associated with these plans was not material during 2020, 2019, and 2018.
Deferred Compensation Plan
The Company maintains a non-qualified supplemental savings and retirement plan, which permits eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation. Deferred compensation liabilities were $28 million and $21 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and were recorded in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Deferred compensation expense was not material during 2020, 2019, and 2018.
14. Commitments and Contingencies
Contractual Obligations
The following table provides a schedule of commitments related to agreements to purchase certain goods and services, including purchase orders, entered into in the ordinary course of business as of December 31, 2020 (in thousands):
2021$177,024 
202258,714 
202348,245 
202417,201 
202512,324 
Thereafter19,578 
Total$333,086 
In addition to the contractual obligations shown above, the Commercial Agreement with Google requiresdisclosure, 7 lawsuits have been filed against the Company, and Googlethe Company intervened in an eighth lawsuit filed against the former technician. NaN of these lawsuits were originally filed as putative class actions and 4 as individual claims. NaN of the individual claims and 1 of the putative class actions subsequently settled.
In May 2020, the Company was served with a class action complaint in a case captioned Shana Doty v. ADT LLC and filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida. By an amended complaint, the plaintiff asserted causes of action on behalf of herself and other Company customers similarly situated, and sought to each contribute $150 million towards certain joint commercial efforts. Each party is requiredrecover damages for breach of contract, negligence, intrusion upon seclusion, violation of the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, negligent hiring, supervision and retention, and intentional infliction of emotional distress. The Company moved to contribute such funds in three equal tranches, subject todismiss the attainment of certain milestones. Refer to Note 9 “Equity” for further details.plaintiff’s amended complaint.
F-48F-47


DuringIn December 2020, the first quarterfederal district court dismissed the causes of action for intrusion upon seclusion and violation of the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, and further ruled that plaintiff may not seek to hold the Company vicariously liable for any intentional torts committed by the former technician. The Company’s motion was denied on plaintiff’s other claims. In January 2022, plaintiff filed a notice withdrawing motion for class certification and dismissing class allegations. The case will now proceed as an individual action and is in discovery.
In June 2020, the Company was served with a class action complaint in a case captioned Alexia Preddy v. ADT LLC and filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida. By an amended complaint, the plaintiff asserted causes of action on behalf of herself and others similarly situated as individuals residing in homes of Company customers, and sought to recover damages for negligence, intrusion upon seclusion, violation of the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, negligent hiring, supervision and retention, and intentional infliction of emotional distress. The Company moved to dismiss the plaintiff’s amended complaint and to compel arbitration. In December 2020, the federal district court granted the Company’s motion to compel arbitration. The case is stayed and administratively closed and is proceeding in arbitration as an individual claim.
In April 2021, the Company entered into commitmentsaccepted service of approximately $54 million to purchase certain parts used in the program to replace 3G and CDMA cellular equipment used in the Company’s security systems.
Legal Proceedings
The Company is subject to various claims and lawsuits in the ordinary course of business, which include contractual disputes; worker’s compensation; employment matters; product, general and auto liability claims; claims that the Company has infringed on the intellectual property rights of others; claims related to alleged security system failures; and consumer and employment class actions. The Company is also subject to regulatory and governmental examinations, information requests and subpoenas, inquiries, investigations, and threatened legal actions and proceedings. In connection with such formal and informal inquiries, the Company receives numerous requests, subpoenas, and orders for documents, testimony, and information in connection with various aspects of its activities.
The Company records accruals for losses that are probable and reasonably estimable. These accruals are based on a variety of factors such as judgment, probability of loss, opinions of internal and external legal counsel, and actuarially determined estimates of claims incurred but not yet reported based upon historical claims experience. Legal costs in connection with claims and lawsuits in the ordinary course of business are expensed as incurred. Additionally, the Company records insurance recovery receivables from third-party insurers when recovery has been determined to be probable.
The Company’s accrual for ongoing claims and lawsuits not within scope of an insurance program was not material and in most cases the Company has not accrued for any losses as the ultimate outcome or the range of possible loss cannot be estimated. The Company’s accrual for ongoing claims and lawsuits within scope of an insurance program totaled $89 million and $105 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Environmental Matters
In October 2013, the Company was notified by subpoena that the Office of the Attorney General of California, in conjunction with the Alameda County District Attorney, is investigating whether the Company’s electronic waste disposal policies, procedures, and practices are in violation of the California Business and Professions Code and the California Health and Safety Code. During 2016, Protection One, Inc. was also notified by the same parties that it was subject to a similar investigation. The investigations have been inactive since December 2016 other than a status conference conducted in May 2019. The Company is coordinating joint handling of both investigations and continues to fully cooperate with the respective authorities.
Shareholder Litigation
NaN substantially similar shareholdernew class action lawsuits related to the IPO in January 2018 were filed in the Circuit Court of the Fifteenth Judicial Circuit in and for Palm Beach County, Florida in March, April, and May 2018 and were consolidated for discovery and trial and entitled In re ADT Inc. Shareholder Litigation. The consolidated complaint in that action asserts claims on behalf of a putative class of shareholder plaintiffs and sought to represent a class of similarly situated shareholders for alleged violations of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The complaint alleges that the Company defendants violated the Securities Act because the registration statement and prospectus used to effectuate the IPO were false and misleading in that they allegedly misled investors with respect to litigation involving the Company, the Company’s efforts to protect its intellectual property, and the competitive pressures faced by the Company. A similar shareholder class action lawsuit entitled Perdomo v ADT Inc., also related to the IPO in January 2018, was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida in May 2018. In September 2019, the parties reached an agreement in principle to settle both the state court and the federal court actions. In connection with the agreement, the plaintiffs in the Perdomo action voluntarily dismissed the action without prejudice in October 2019. The parties agreed to a Stipulation of Settlement in September 2020. In January 2021, the State Court entered an order granting final approval of the settlement.
California Independent Contractor Litigation
In August 2017, Jabra Shuheiber filed civil litigation in Marin County Superior Court on behalf of himself and two other individuals asserting wage and hour violations againstRandy Doty, the Company. The action is entitled Jabra Shuheiberhusband of the plaintiff in Shana Doty v. ADT LLC. The claims alleged in the new complaint are substantially similar to the claims asserted in Alexa Preddy v. ADT LLC, the case which has been stayed pending arbitration. In July 2021, the federal district court dismissed the claim for intrusion upon seclusion and ruled that the plaintiff cannot proceed on theories of vicarious liability for the technician’s intentional torts. As with the Shana Doty matter, plaintiff filed a notice withdrawing motion for class certification and dismissing class allegations. The case will now proceed as an individual action and is in discovery.
Following the November 2021 abandonment of their class action allegations, the lawyers in the Doty and Preddy cases filed a new complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida on behalf of 7 different customers and 14 members of their respective households. The case is captioned Stefanie Bryant, et al. v. ADT LLC. The claims alleged in the new complaint are substantially similar to the claims asserted in Alexa Preddy v. ADT LLC, Shana Doty v. ADT LLC, and Randy Doty v. ADT LLC.
The Company may also be subject to future legal claims.
13. (Case Number CV 1702912, Superior Court, Marin County). Mr. Shuheiber wasLeases
Company as Lessor
The Company is a lessor in certain Company-owned transactions as the owner/operatorCompany has identified a lease component associated with the right-of-use of the security system and a non-lease component associated with the monitoring and related services.
For transactions in which (i) the timing and pattern of transfer is the same for the lease and non-lease components, and (ii) the lease component would be classified as an operating lease if accounted for separately, the Company applies the practical expedient to aggregate the lease and non-lease components and accounts for the combined transaction based upon its predominant characteristic, which is the non-lease component. The Company accounts for the combined component as a single performance obligation under the applicable revenue guidance, and recognizes the underlying assets within subscriber system assets, net, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
For transactions that do not qualify for the practical expedient as the lease component represents a sales-type lease, the Company accounts for the lease and non-lease components separately. The Company’s sales-type leases are not material.
Company as Lessee
As part of normal operations, the Company leases real estate, vehicles, and equipment from various counterparties with lease terms and maturities through 2030. For these transactions, the Company applies the practical expedient to not separate the lease and non-lease components and accounts for the combined component as a lease. Additionally, the Company’s right-of-use assets and lease liabilities include leases with initial lease terms of 12 months or less.
The Company’s right-of-use assets and lease liabilities primarily represent lease payments fixed at the commencement of a sub-contractor, Maximum Protection, Inc. (“MPI”), who employedlease and variable lease payments dependent on an index or rate. Lease payments are recognized as lease cost on a straight-line basis over the lease term, which is determined as the non-cancelable period, including periods in which termination options are reasonably certain of not being exercised, and periods in which renewal options are reasonably certain of being exercised. The discount rate is determined using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate coinciding with the lease term at the commencement of a lease. The incremental borrowing rate is estimated based on publicly available data for the Company’s debt instruments and other two plaintiffsinstruments with similar characteristics.
F-48


Lease payments that are neither fixed nor dependent on an index or rate and vary because of changes in usage or other factors are included in variable lease costs. Variable lease costs are recorded in the litigation. In August 2018,period in responsewhich the obligation is incurred and primarily relate to fuel, repair, and maintenance payments as they vary based on the California Supreme Court’s decisionusage of leased vehicles.
The Company’s leases do not contain material residual value guarantees or restrictive covenants. The Company’s subleases are not material.
Leases recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows (in thousands):
December 31,
PresentationClassification20212020
OperatingCurrentPrepaid expenses and other current assets$230 $684 
OperatingNon-currentOther assets125,945 138,408 
FinanceNon-current
Property and equipment, net(a)
88,962 54,414 
Total right-of-use assets$215,137 $193,506 
OperatingCurrentAccrued expenses and other current liabilities$37,359 $30,689 
FinanceCurrentCurrent maturities of long-term debt38,730 26,955 
OperatingNon-currentOther liabilities99,734 115,694 
FinanceNon-currentLong-term debt54,350 34,373 
Total lease liabilities$230,173 $207,711 
_________________
(a)DynamexFinance right-of-use assets are recorded net of accumulated depreciation of approximately $78 million and $67 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The components of total lease cost reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations West, Inc. v. Superior Court of Los Angeles County, counsel for Mr. Shuheiber providedwere as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
Lease Cost (in thousands)
202120202019
Operating lease cost:$48,078 $56,680 $58,579 
Finance lease cost:
Amortization of right-of-use assets29,269 24,509 22,957 
Interest on lease liabilities2,823 3,122 3,770 
Variable lease costs72,367 47,013 48,325 
Total lease cost$152,537 $131,324 $133,631 
The following table presents cash flow and supplemental information associated with the Company with a proposed amended complaint that modified the wage and hour claims such that they were brought on a class basis. The proposed class is not clearly defined but appears to be composed of two groups of individuals: 1) individual owners of sub-contractors who performed services for the sub-contractor; and 2) individuals with no ownership interest in a sub-contractor who were employed by the sub-contractor and provided services pursuant to a contract between the sub-contractor and the Company. In October 2018, the Company answered the plaintiffs’ first amended complaintCompany’s leases:
Years Ended December 31,
Other information (in thousands)
202120202019
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows - operating leases$50,721 $56,235 $57,212 
Operating cash flows - finance leases$2,823 $3,122 $3,770 
Financing cash flows - finance leases$32,123 $27,956 $24,918 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:
Operating leases$21,203 $47,870 $51,909 
Finance leases$46,920 $15,326 $52,611 
F-49


The following table presents the weighted-average lease term and fileddiscount rate for operating and finance leases:
December 31,
Lease Term and Discount Rate20212020
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)
Operating leases4.24.8
Finance leases2.82.5
Weighted-average discount rate
Operating leases4.8 %5.4 %
Finance leases3.7 %4.8 %
The following table presents a cross-complaint against the plaintiffs’ sub-contracting company for indemnification pursuantmaturity analysis related to the termCompany’s operating and finance leases, including interest, as of ADT’s sub-contract. In November 2019, the parties reached a settlement agreement in principle. The settlement was documented and received preliminary approval from the court in July 2020. The court granted final approval of the settlement in January 2021.December 31, 2021:
Maturity of Lease Liabilities (in thousands)
Operating LeasesFinance Leases
2022$41,257 $42,871 
202339,743 27,351 
202426,274 18,852 
202518,201 8,329 
202613,149 — 
Thereafter13,239 — 
Total lease payments (including interest)$151,863 $97,403 
Less interest14,770 4,323 
Total$137,093 $93,080 
14. Retirement Plans
Los Angeles Alarm Permit Class Action
In June 2013, the Company was served with a class action complaint in California State Court entitled Villegas v. ADT. In this complaint, the plaintiff asserted that the Company violated certain provisions of the California Alarm Act and the Los Angeles Municipal Alarm Ordinance for its alleged failures to obtain alarm permits for its Los Angeles customers and disclose the alarm permit fee in its customer contracts. The plaintiff seeks to recover damages for putative class members who were required to pay enhanced false alarm fines as a result of the Company not obtaining a valid alarm permit at the time of alarm system installation. The case was initially dismissed by the trial court and judgment was entered in the Company’s favor in October 2014, which the plaintiff appealed. In September 2016, the California Appellate Court reversed and remanded the case back to the trial court. In November 2018, the trial court granted the plaintiff’s motion for class certification and certified four4 subclasses of customers who received fines from the City of Los Angeles. The case settled in January 2020, and the2020. The settlement received preliminary approval from the court in February 2021 and final approval in August 2021. The settlement has been administered and the court has set a case review for July 8, 2022 and the matter is expected to be concluded at that time.
Wage and Hour Class Action
In January 2020, the Company acquired Defenders, which iswas defending against litigation brought by Teddy Archer and seven7 other security advisors who claim unpaid overtime under the Fair Labor Standards Act (“FLSA”(the “FLSA”), breach of contract under state law in all states, and a violation of state wage-hour laws in California, New Jersey, New York, and Washington. The lawsuit was originally filed in March 2018 in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware. During 2018, the court conditionally certified the case as an FLSA collective action. The plaintiffs seek to represent a nationwide class for unpaid wages. During March 2021, Defenders was merged with and into the Company’s ADT LLC subsidiary, which is now defending the suit. In November 2021, the Company moved to decertify the collective action. Plaintiffs moved to certify a class for state law claims. The parties are actively engaged in discovery.motions remain pending.
Unauthorized Access by a Former Technician
In April 2020, after investigating a customer inquiry, the Company self-disclosed that a former technician based in Dallas, Texas had, during service visits, added his personal email address to approximately 200 of the Company’s customers’ accounts, which provided this employee with varying levels of unauthorized personal access to such customers’ in-home security systems. In response, the Company initiated an affirmative outreach effort to notify all customers affected by this activity and to address their concerns. Since the disclosure, 37 lawsuits have been filed against the Company, and the Company intervened in a fourthan eighth lawsuit filed against the former technician. NaN of these lawsuits were originally filed as putative class actions and 4 as individual claims. NaN of the individual claims and 1 of the putative class actions subsequently settled.
In May 2020, the Company was served with a class action complaint in a case captioned Shana Doty v. ADT LLC and filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida. By an amended complaint, the plaintiff assertsasserted causes of action on behalf of herself and other Company customers similarly situated, and seekssought to recover damages for breach of contract, negligence, intrusion upon seclusion, violation of the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, negligent hiring, supervision and retention, and intentional infliction of emotional distress. The Company moved to dismiss the plaintiff’s amended complaint.
F-47


In December 2020, the federal district court dismissed the causes of action for Intrusion Upon Seclusionintrusion upon seclusion and violation of the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, and further ruled that plaintiff may not seek to hold the Company vicariously liable for any intentional torts committed by the former technician. The Company’s motion was denied on plaintiff’s other claims. In January 2022, plaintiff filed a notice withdrawing motion for class certification and dismissing class allegations. The case will now proceed as an individual action and is in discovery.
In June 2020, the Company was served with a class action complaint in a case captioned Alexia Preddy v. ADT LLC and filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida. By an amended complaint, the plaintiff assertsasserted causes of action on behalf of herself and others similarly situated as individuals residing in homes of Company customers, and seekssought to recover damages for negligence, intrusion upon seclusion, violation of the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, negligent hiring, supervision and retention, and intentional infliction of emotional distress. The Company moved to dismiss the plaintiff’s amended complaint and to compel arbitration. In December 2020, the federal district court granted the Company’s motion to compel arbitration. The case is stayed and administratively closed and is proceeding in arbitration as an individual claim.
In April 2021, the Company accepted service of a new class action complaint filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida on behalf of Randy Doty, the husband of the plaintiff in Shana Doty v. ADT LLC. The claims alleged in the new complaint are substantially similar to the claims asserted in Alexa Preddy v. ADT LLC, the case which has been stayed pending arbitration. In July 2021, the federal district court dismissed the claim for intrusion upon seclusion and ruled that the plaintiff cannot proceed on theories of vicarious liability for the technician’s intentional torts. As with the Shana Doty matter, plaintiff filed a notice withdrawing motion for class certification and dismissing class allegations. The Company’s motioncase will now proceed as an individual action and is in discovery.
Following the November 2021 abandonment of their class action allegations, the lawyers in the Doty and Preddy cases filed a new complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida on behalf of 7 different customers and 14 members of their respective households. The case is captioned Stefanie Bryant, et al. v. ADT LLC. The claims alleged in the new complaint are substantially similar to dismiss was denied as moot.the claims asserted in Alexa Preddy v. ADT LLC, Shana Doty v. ADT LLC, and Randy Doty v. ADT LLC.
The Company wasmay also served with a complaint filed in Texas state court by an individual Company customer, intervened in a putative Texas state court class action filed against the former technician and may be subject to future legal claims.
13.Leases
Company as Lessor
The Company is a lessor in certain Company-owned transactions as the Company has identified a lease component associated with the right-of-use of the security system and a non-lease component associated with the monitoring and related services.
For transactions in which (i) the timing and pattern of transfer is the same for the lease and non-lease components, and (ii) the lease component would be classified as an operating lease if accounted for separately, the Company applies the practical expedient to aggregate the lease and non-lease components and accounts for the combined transaction based upon its predominant characteristic, which is the non-lease component. The Company accounts for the combined component as a single performance obligation under the applicable revenue guidance, and recognizes the underlying assets within subscriber system assets, net, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
For transactions that do not qualify for the practical expedient as the lease component represents a sales-type lease, the Company accounts for the lease and non-lease components separately. The Company’s sales-type leases are not material.
Company as Lessee
As part of normal operations, the Company leases real estate, vehicles, and equipment from various counterparties with lease terms and maturities through 2030. For these transactions, the Company applies the practical expedient to not separate the lease and non-lease components and accounts for the combined component as a lease. Additionally, the Company’s right-of-use assets and lease liabilities include leases with initial lease terms of 12 months or less.
The Company’s right-of-use assets and lease liabilities primarily represent lease payments fixed at the commencement of a lease and variable lease payments dependent on an index or rate. Lease payments are recognized as lease cost on a straight-line basis over the lease term, which is determined as the non-cancelable period, including periods in which termination options are reasonably certain of not being exercised, and periods in which renewal options are reasonably certain of being exercised. The discount rate is determined using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate coinciding with the lease term at the commencement of a lease. The incremental borrowing rate is estimated based on publicly available data for the Company’s debt instruments and other instruments with similar characteristics.
F-50
F-48


15. Geographic DataLease payments that are neither fixed nor dependent on an index or rate and vary because of changes in usage or other factors are included in variable lease costs. Variable lease costs are recorded in the period in which the obligation is incurred and primarily relate to fuel, repair, and maintenance payments as they vary based on the usage of leased vehicles.
Revenue by geographic area forThe Company’s leases do not contain material residual value guarantees or restrictive covenants. The Company’s subleases are not material.
Leases recognized in the periods presented wasConsolidated Balance Sheets were as follows (in thousands):
December 31,
PresentationClassification20212020
OperatingCurrentPrepaid expenses and other current assets$230 $684 
OperatingNon-currentOther assets125,945 138,408 
FinanceNon-current
Property and equipment, net(a)
88,962 54,414 
Total right-of-use assets$215,137 $193,506 
OperatingCurrentAccrued expenses and other current liabilities$37,359 $30,689 
FinanceCurrentCurrent maturities of long-term debt38,730 26,955 
OperatingNon-currentOther liabilities99,734 115,694 
FinanceNon-currentLong-term debt54,350 34,373 
Total lease liabilities$230,173 $207,711 
_________________
(a)Finance right-of-use assets are recorded net of accumulated depreciation of approximately $78 million and $67 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The components of total lease cost reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations were as follows:
Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202020192018
United States$5,314,787 $4,936,121 $4,352,570 
Canada189,536 229,103 
Total revenue$5,314,787 $5,125,657 $4,581,673 
Years Ended December 31,
Lease Cost (in thousands)
202120202019
Operating lease cost:$48,078 $56,680 $58,579 
Finance lease cost:
Amortization of right-of-use assets29,269 24,509 22,957 
Interest on lease liabilities2,823 3,122 3,770 
Variable lease costs72,367 47,013 48,325 
Total lease cost$152,537 $131,324 $133,631 
Revenue is attributedThe following table presents cash flow and supplemental information associated with the Company’s leases:
Years Ended December 31,
Other information (in thousands)
202120202019
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows - operating leases$50,721 $56,235 $57,212 
Operating cash flows - finance leases$2,823 $3,122 $3,770 
Financing cash flows - finance leases$32,123 $27,956 $24,918 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:
Operating leases$21,203 $47,870 $51,909 
Finance leases$46,920 $15,326 $52,611 
F-49


The following table presents the weighted-average lease term and discount rate for operating and finance leases:
December 31,
Lease Term and Discount Rate20212020
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)
Operating leases4.24.8
Finance leases2.82.5
Weighted-average discount rate
Operating leases4.8 %5.4 %
Finance leases3.7 %4.8 %
The following table presents a maturity analysis related to individual countries based upon the Company’s operating entity that recordsand finance leases, including interest, as of December 31, 2021:
Maturity of Lease Liabilities (in thousands)
Operating LeasesFinance Leases
2022$41,257 $42,871 
202339,743 27,351 
202426,274 18,852 
202518,201 8,329 
202613,149 — 
Thereafter13,239 — 
Total lease payments (including interest)$151,863 $97,403 
Less interest14,770 4,323 
Total$137,093 $93,080 
14. Retirement Plans
Defined Contribution Plans
The Company maintains qualified defined contribution plans, which include 401(k) matching programs in the transaction.
As a result ofU.S., as well as similar matching programs in Canada prior to the sale of ADT Canada substantially allin 2019. Expense for the defined contribution plans is computed as a percentage of participants’ compensation and was $45 million, $40 million, and $34 million during 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
Multi-employer Plans
The Company participates in certain multi-employer union pension plans, which provide benefits for a group of the Company’s unionized employees. The Company does not believe these multi-employer plans, including the Company’s required contributions and any underfunding liabilities under such plans, are material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Defined Benefit Plans
The Company provides a defined benefit pension plan and certain other postretirement benefits to certain employees. These plans are frozen and are not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the fair values of pension plan assets are located inwere $71 million and $87 million, respectively, and the U.S.fair values of projected benefit obligations were $75 million and $99 million, respectively. As a result, the plans were underfunded by approximately $4 million and $12 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and were recorded as a net liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Net periodic benefit cost associated with these plans was not material during 2021, 2020, and 2019. In February 2021, the Company purchased annuity contracts for a certain class of pensioners and beneficiaries which settled a portion of the projected benefit obligation and is not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
F-50


Deferred Compensation Plan
The Company maintains a non-qualified supplemental savings and retirement plan, which permits eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation. Deferred compensation liabilities were $32 million and $28 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and were recorded in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Deferred compensation expense was not material during 2021, 2020, and 2019.
16.15. Related Party Transactions
The Company’s related party transactions primarily relate to products and services received from, or monitoring and related services provided to, other entities controlled by Apollo, as well as management, consulting, and transaction advisory services provided by Apollo as well as monitoring and related services provided to or products and services received from other entities controlled by Apollo.the Company. The following discussion is related to the Company’s significant related party transactions.
Apollo
There were no significant related party transactions with Apollo during 20202021 and 2018.2020. During 2019, the Company incurred fees to Apollo of approximately $5 million related to the Company’s financing transactions.
Rackspace
During October 2020, the Company entered into a master services agreement with Rackspace US, Inc., a related party controlled by Apollo, for the provision of cloud storage, equipment, and services to facilitate the implementation of the Company’s cloud migration strategy for certain applications. The master services agreement includes a minimum purchase commitment of $50 million over a seven-year term. Purchases under this agreement were not materialapproximately $6 million and $0.5 million during 2020.2021 and 2020, respectively.
Sunlight
17.QuarterlyADT Solar uses Sunlight Financial Data (Unaudited)
Selected unaudited quarterly financial data forLLC (“Sunlight”), a related party controlled by Apollo, to provide financing alternatives to certain ADT Solar customers. Amounts paid to Sunlight since the periods presented below was as follows:
For the Three Months Ended
(in thousands, except per share data)March 31, 2020June 30, 2020September 30, 2020December 31, 2020
Total revenue$1,369,752 $1,331,387 $1,298,924 $1,314,724 
Operating (loss) income$(89,356)$50,422 $62,886 $16,688 
Net loss$(300,293)$(106,741)$(113,098)$(112,061)
Net (loss) income per share - basic:
Common stock$(0.40)$(0.14)$(0.15)$(0.14)
Class B common stock$$$0.05 $(0.14)
Net loss per share - diluted:
Common stock$(0.40)$(0.14)$(0.15)$(0.14)
Class B common stock$$$(0.07)$(0.14)

Sunpro Solar Acquisition were not material.
F-51


For the Three Months Ended
(in thousands, except per share data)March 31, 2019June 30, 2019September 30, 2019December 31, 2019
Total revenue$1,243,060 $1,283,744 $1,300,570 $1,298,283 
Operating income (loss)$90,436 $93,137 $(51,234)$64,105 
Net loss$(66,470)$(104,057)$(181,630)$(71,993)
Net loss per share - basic:
Common stock$(0.09)$(0.14)$(0.25)$(0.10)
Net loss per share - diluted:
Common stock$(0.09)$(0.14)$(0.25)$(0.10)
Revenue—Total revenue for all quarters of 2020 includes incremental revenue associated with the Defenders Acquisition. In addition, total revenue for 2019 includes the revenue of ADT Canada up until its sale in November 2019. Both events impact quarter over quarter and year over year comparability.
Merger, restructuring, integration, and other—Operating loss and net loss for the first quarter of 2020 were impacted by the settlement of a pre-existing relationship in connection with the Defenders Acquisition of $81 million, which impacts quarter over quarter and year over year comparability.
Goodwill impairment—Operating loss and net loss for the third quarter of 2019 were impacted by the recognition of a goodwill impairment loss of $45 million, which impacts quarter over quarter and year over year comparability.
Loss on sale of business—Operating loss and net loss for the third quarter of 2019 were impacted by the recognition of a loss on sale of business, which impacts quarter over quarter and year over year comparability.
Loss on extinguishment of debt—Net loss for the first, third, and fourth quarters of 2020 and the first three quarters of 2019 were impacted by the recognition of loss on extinguishment of debt, which impacts quarter over quarter and year over year comparability.
F-52


18.16. Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
ADT INC.
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands)
December 31,
2021
December 31,
2020
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$1,947 $139,092 
Total current assets1,947 139,092 
Investment in subsidiaries and other assets3,850,198 3,472,397 
Total assets$3,852,145 $3,611,489 
Liabilities and stockholders' equity
Current liabilities:
Dividends payable and other current liabilities$47,482 $34,084 
Total current liabilities47,482 34,084 
Long-term debt527,098 518,335 
Other liabilities28,846 19,734 
Total liabilities603,426 572,153 
Total stockholders' equity3,248,719 3,039,336 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity$3,852,145 $3,611,489 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements
F-52


ADT INC.
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(in thousands)thousands, except per share data)
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$139,092 $354 
Total current assets139,092 354 
Investment in subsidiaries and other assets3,472,397 3,722,500 
Total assets$3,611,489 $3,722,854 
Liabilities and stockholders' equity
Current liabilities:
Dividends payable and other current liabilities$34,084 $26,218 
Total current liabilities34,084 26,218 
Long-term debt518,335 509,718 
Other liabilities19,734 2,549 
Total liabilities572,153 538,485 
Total stockholders' equity3,039,336 3,184,369 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity$3,611,489 $3,722,854 
Years Ended December 31,
202120202019
Selling, general, and administrative expenses$117 $807 $477 
Merger, restructuring, integration, and other(1,444)4,532 130 
Operating income (loss)(1,327)5,339 607 
Interest expense, net(8,743)(8,342)(211)
Equity in net loss of subsidiaries(333,404)(618,512)(423,332)
Net income (loss)(340,820)(632,193)(424,150)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax49,642 (60,239)13,403 
Comprehensive income (loss)$(291,178)$(692,432)$(410,747)
Net income (loss) per share - basic:
Common stock$(0.41)$(0.82)$(0.57)
Class B common stock$(0.41)$(0.72)$— 
Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic:
Common stock770,620 760,483 747,238 
Class B common stock54,745 15,855 — 
Net income (loss) per share - diluted:
Common stock$(0.41)$(0.82)$(0.57)
Class B common stock$(0.41)$(0.74)$— 
Weighted-average shares outstanding - diluted:
Common stock770,620 760,483 747,238 
Class B common stock54,745 17,944 — 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements
F-53


ADT INC.
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSSCASH FLOWS
(in thousands, except per share data)
Years Ended December 31,
202020192018
Selling, general and administrative expenses$807 $477 $515 
Merger, restructuring, integration, and other4,532 130 
Operating loss5,339 607 515 
Loss on extinguishment of debt(213,239)
Interest expense, net(8,342)(211)(47,585)
Equity in net loss of subsidiaries(618,512)(423,332)(347,816)
Net loss(632,193)(424,150)(609,155)
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax(60,239)13,403 (67,772)
Comprehensive loss$(692,432)$(410,747)$(676,927)
Net loss per share - basic:
Common stock$(0.82)$(0.57)$(0.81)
Class B common stock$(0.72)$$
Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic:
Common stock760,483 747,238 747,710 
Class B common stock15,855 
Net loss per share - diluted:
Common stock$(0.82)$(0.57)$(0.81)
Class B common stock$(0.74)$$
Weighted-average shares outstanding - diluted:
Common stock760,483 747,238 747,710 
Class B common stock17,944 
thousands)
Years Ended December 31,
202120202019
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)$(340,820)$(632,193)$(424,150)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Equity in net loss of subsidiaries333,404 618,512 423,332 
Other, net24,391 30,687 39,910 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities16,975 17,006 39,092 
Cash flows from investing activities:
Contributions to subsidiaries(40,000)(275,000)— 
Distributions from subsidiaries8,700 260,852 167,203 
Acquisition of businesses— (201,453)— 
Other investing, net— 750 (750)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities(31,300)(214,851)166,453 
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of related expenses— 447,811 — 
Proceeds from long-term borrowings— — 509,460 
Dividends on common stock(116,348)(109,328)(564,767)
Repurchases of common stock— (4)(149,868)
Other financing, net(6,472)(1,896)(24)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities(122,820)336,583 (205,199)
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents:
Net increase (decrease) during the period(137,145)138,738 346 
Beginning balance139,092 354 
Ending balance$1,947 $139,092 $354 
Supplementary cash flow information:
Issuance of shares in lieu of cash dividends$$15 $67,767 
Issuance of shares for acquisition of business$528,503 $113,841 $— 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements
F-54


ADT INC.
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
Years Ended December 31,
202020192018
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss$(632,193)$(424,150)$(609,155)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Equity in net loss of subsidiaries618,512 423,332 347,816 
Loss on extinguishment of debt213,239 
Other, net30,687 39,910 (72,932)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities17,006 39,092 (121,032)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Contributions to subsidiaries(275,000)(648,945)
Distributions from subsidiaries260,852 167,203 296,355 
Acquisition of businesses(201,453)
Other investing, net750 (750)
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities(214,851)166,453 (352,590)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of related expenses447,811 1,406,019 
Proceeds from long-term borrowings509,460 
Repayment of mandatorily redeemable preferred securities, including redemption premium(852,769)
Dividends on common stock(109,328)(564,767)(79,439)
Repurchases of common stock(4)(149,868)
Other financing, net(1,896)(24)(181)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities336,583 (205,199)473,630 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents138,738 346 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period354 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$139,092 $354 $
Supplementary cash flow information:
Issuance of shares in lieu of cash dividends$15 $67,767 $
Issuance of shares for acquisition of business$113,841 $$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements
F-55


Notes to Condensed Financial Statements (Parent Company Only)
1. Basis of Presentation
The condensed financial statements of ADT Inc. have been prepared in accordance with Rule 12-04, Schedule I of Regulation S-X, as the restricted net assets of the subsidiaries of ADT Inc. (as defined in Rule 4-08(e)(3) of Regulation S-X) exceed 25% of the consolidated net assets of the Company. The ability of ADT Inc.’s operating subsidiaries to pay dividends may be restricted due to the terms of the subsidiaries’ First Lien Credit Agreement and the indentures governing other borrowings.
The condensed financial statements of ADT Inc. have been prepared using the same accounting principles and policies described in Note 1 “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” with the only exception being that the parent company accounts for its subsidiaries using the equity method of accounting. These condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto.
2. Transactions with Subsidiaries
The majority of ADT Inc.’s transactions with its subsidiaries are related to (i) the receipt of distributions from subsidiaries in order to fund equity transactions, such as the payment of dividends and the repurchase of Common Stock, (ii) the contribution to subsidiaries of proceeds received from equity transactions, to subsidiaries for operating and financing purposes, or (iii) the integration of business acquisitions into the Company’s organizational structure.
During 2021, ADT Inc. made non-cash contributions to subsidiaries of approximately $630 million related to the transfer of net assets of certain subsidiaries for the acquisition of Sunpro Solar, including $529 million in the issuance of shares, as well as, share-based compensation.
During 2020, ADT Inc. acquired Defenders and Cell Bounce. In addition, ADT Inc. received a non-cash distribution of $43 million related to intangible assets from a subsidiary and made non-cash contributions to subsidiaries of approximately $434 million related to the transfer of net assets of certain subsidiaries and share-based compensation.
During 2019, ADT Inc. entered into an intercompany loan with a subsidiary in connection with the sale of ADT Canada. ADT Inc. also received non-cash distributions from subsidiaries of $891 million primarily related to the distribution of net assets and intercompany loans in connection with the sale of ADT Canada. In addition, ADT Inc. made non-cash contributions to subsidiaries of approximately $146 million primarily related to share-based compensation and intercompany loans in connection with the sale of ADT Canada.
During 2018, ADT Inc. made non-cash contributions to subsidiaries of $135 million related to share-based compensation. There were no non-cash distributions from subsidiaries during 2018.
F-56F-55